Inventors list

Assignees list

Classification tree browser

Top 100 Inventors

Top 100 Assignees


Determination of communication parameters

Subclass of:

370 - Multiplex communications

370241000 - DIAGNOSTIC TESTING (OTHER THAN SYNCHRONIZATION)

Patent class list (only not empty are listed)

Deeper subclasses:

Class / Patent application numberDescriptionNumber of patent applications / Date published
370253000 Measurement of flow rate of messages having an address header 213
Entries
DocumentTitleDate
20080279114METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING SERVICE AVAILABILITY INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for providing service availability information includes receiving a signal transmitted from a base station. A power level and interference level of the received signal is measured and an estimate of a power level of each potentially available service based on the power level of the received signal and predetermined power offsets associated with each of a plurality of potentially available services is derived. An estimate of a signal-to-interference ratio (SIR) for each potentially available service from the estimate of a power level of each service and the measured interference level and a service availability indicator for each potentially available service by dividing the estimated SIR with a target SIR are calculated. Service availability indicators for each potentially available service are outputted.11-13-2008
20110176448PILOT GROUPING AND SET MANAGEMENT IN MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Embodiments disclosed herein relate to methods and systems for grouping pilot signals and using such grouping for pilot strength reporting and set management in multi-carrier communication systems. In one embodiment, an access network may assign a group identifier (or “group ID”) to each of the pilot signals associated with the sector, e.g., based on the coverage areas of the pilot signals, and transmit the pilot signals with the corresponding group IDs. PN offset may be used as the group ID. An access terminal may group the pilot signals received into one or more pilot groups in accordance with their group IDs, and select a representative pilot signals from each pilot group for pilot strength reporting. The access terminal may also use the pilot grouping to perform effective set management.07-21-2011
20110176444COMMUNICATION UNIT, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - A transmission-time measurement section (07-21-2011
20110176440RESTRICTIONS ON AUTONOMOUS MUTING TO ENABLE TIME DIFFERENCE OF ARRIVAL MEASUREMENTS - A mobile terminal receives a transmission from a base station including a group of Nprs consecutive subframes, where Nprs is a number of subframes constituting the group, and each subframe is capable of transmitting a positioning reference signal (PRS). The group of Nprs consecutive subframes is configured such that a transition between a subframe that does, or does not, include a PRS transmission to a subsequent subframe that does not, or does, include a PRS transmission can occur only after an even number of subframes 2*k, where k=0, 1, 2 . . . . The mobile terminal determines an estimated time of arrival of the transmission from the base station based on a portion of the transmission that includes a PRS transmission.07-21-2011
20110176437TRAFFIC VOLUME MONITORING SYSTEM - A traffic monitoring system includes a communication apparatus for communicating with each terminal apparatus via a plurality of communication lines; and a monitor apparatus for monitoring a traffic of each terminal apparatus, wherein the communication apparatus establishes sessions with the terminal apparatuses by logical lines for each communication line; and the monitor apparatus monitors a traffic of each terminal apparatus for each flow type in each logical line.07-21-2011
20110176436METHOD AND APPARATUS THAT FACILITATES REDIRECTING WIRELESS TERMINALS BETWEEN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Aspects are described for redirecting wireless terminals between wireless networks. In a first embodiment, a coverage quality of user equipment within a first wireless network is monitored. Multiple candidate frequencies are then ascertained in response to the coverage quality to facilitate a communication between the user equipment and a second wireless network. The candidate frequencies are then communicated to the user equipment. In another embodiment, an indication of a plurality of candidate frequencies is received, and a failure in performing a handover from a first wireless network to a second wireless network is detected. For this embodiment, the handover is attempted via a primary frequency. An alternative frequency is then selected from the plurality of candidate frequencies in response to the failure, and a communication with the second wireless network is established via the alternative frequency.07-21-2011
20110176450RADIO BASE STATION, SCHEDULING SYSTEM, ALLOCATION CONTROL METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A radio base station that can communicate with a management device for controlling a mobile terminal and that accommodates the mobile terminal, includes: reception means for receiving an adjustment value in conformity with the amount of data which the mobile terminal has transmitted/received within a predetermined period, form the management device; and allocation means for controlling radio resources to be allocated to the mobile terminal, based on the adjustment value received by the reception means when the predetermined operational conditions are satisfied.07-21-2011
20130044628SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING USING AN IN-VEHICLE SYSTEM - A system and method for communicating wirelessly from a mobile device to a remote receiver station is disclosed. The system includes a controller configured to monitor a status of the mobile device and, upon an initiation event, initiate a data transfer process to wirelessly communicate data to the remote receiver station. The system also includes a voice-band modem that, upon initiation of the data transfer process is configured to receive data for transfer to the remote receiver station, divide the source data into a collection source packets, and encode the data using a fountain code encoding protocol to form a series of encoded packets. The voice band modem is also configured to transmit the series of encoded packets to the remote receiver station as a burst including all of the source data and repeatedly transmit the encoded packets until receiving an indication that the series of packets including all of the source data has been received at the receiving station.02-21-2013
20130044621SELF-INTERFERENCE HANDLING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A wireless communication terminal that has the self-interference due to the support of carrier aggregation, aggregating and jointly using two or more component carriers for transmission and reception, performs a first set of measurements on a received signal on a first operating frequency, wherein the first set of measurements are performed during which the wireless terminal transmits or receives signals on a second operating frequency. In an alternative embodiment, the wireless communication terminal changes the maximum transmit power limit on a first operating frequency on a per-slot basis to reduce the impact of harmonic or intermodulation distortion on a received signal at a second operating frequency.02-21-2013
20130044627Method of Handling Mobile Device Mobility and Related Communication Device - A method of handling mobility for a mobile device under coverages of a base station and a first relay capable of conveying data between the mobile device and the base station in a wireless communications system is disclosed. The method includes measuring at least a first communication environment of at least a first link with at least a base station to generate at least a first measurement result, measuring at least a second communication environment of at least a second link with at least a relay to generate at least a second measurement result, and reporting at least a channel quality report including at least one of the at least a first measurement result and the at least a second measurement result to a network of the wireless communications system.02-21-2013
20130044625METHOD FOR NON-COOPERATIVE MEASUREMENT OF NETWORK DATA-PATH QUALITY - A method and apparatus for measuring network path quality in a non-cooperative manner, which involves sending a probe consisting of a plurality of probe data packets to a remote node and receiving a response consisting of at least one response data packet therefrom. Both the probe and response data packets carry application messages and are exchanged according to normal transmission mechanisms, so that the method can void the reliability problem suffered by methods using non-data probes. The response data packets, at the same time, provide sufficient information for obtaining a rich set of data-path quality metrics in an efficient way.02-21-2013
20130044622CONTROLLING SIGNAL TRANSMISSION IN RADIO UNITS - Described embodiments provide controlling signal transmission in a plurality of radio units. The plurality of radio units may be coupled to a digital unit. The digital unit may be spatially separated from the plurality of radio units. Signal quality measurements may be received from multiple radio units when a user equipment is located within an overlapping service area of the multiple radio units. Determination may be made as to whether to simultaneously use at least two of the multiple radio units to transmit a data signal to the user equipment based on the received signal quality measurements. At least two of the multiple radio units may be controlled to transmit a same data signal to the user equipment using a same channel based on the determination result.02-21-2013
20130044618MONITORING APPARATUS, MONITORING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PRODUCT - A monitoring apparatus includes a processor to execute a process that includes calculating the delay of each of the data among acquired series of data transmitted from a communication apparatus that performs transmission processing with regularity; extracting from the series of data, a set of data whose calculated delays are greater than or equal to a threshold; and identifying, from among the extracted set of data, a pattern of data appearing successively for a given number of times or more, at equivalent intervals; and an output device that outputs information indicating the data related to the identified pattern.02-21-2013
20130044620SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MEASURING QUALITY OF MULTIMEDIA SERVICE - A system and a method for measuring quality of a multimedia service transceived via a VoIP service and notifying a user of a result of the measurement are disclosed. An embodiment of the present invention includes a VoIP multimedia server configured to loop back sample multimedia data received from a multimedia terminal providing a VoIP multimedia service, analyze a quality measurement result received from the multimedia terminal, calculate a quality measurement score, convert the quality measurement score into voice data, and transmit the voice data to the multimedia terminal, and a multimedia terminal configured to transmit the sample multimedia data to the VoIP multimedia server via a packet network, measure the quality of loopback sample multimedia data looped back from the VoIP multimedia server, transmit the quality measurement result to the VoIP multimedia server, receive the voice data of the quality measurement score, and output a voice.02-21-2013
20130044619Determining and Selecting Levels of Power Reduction for Signals to Be Transmitted From a Mobile Communications Device - Levels of power reduction for signals to be transmitted from a mobile communications device via radio channels in a digital wireless communications system, where each signal is modulated according to one of a number of modulation configurations, are determined. For each modulation configuration a first estimate of a power reduction is calculated (02-21-2013
20130044616METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING A CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION - In a method for transmitting a channel quality information on the quality of a communication channel in a radio communications system the system includes a regular cycle for transmitting the channel quality information in an uplink direction from a communication unit to a network, and the method including suppressing in the communication unit the transmitting of the channel quality information based on a predefined condition.02-21-2013
20130044617Reducing Interference in Wireless Time Division Duplex Systems by Monitoring and Limiting Timing Advance - Techniques are provided for reducing interference in a wireless network. A user equipment device in a first wireless coverage area of a wireless network using a time division duplex transmission scheme to designate a maximum timing advance value for uplink transmissions based on potential interference between uplink transmissions made by the user equipment device in the first wireless coverage area or at least one other user equipment device in the first wireless coverage area, and downlink transmissions intended for at least one user equipment device in a second wireless coverage area of the wireless network. The maximum timing advance value may be based on relative cell radii or other cell properties of the first and second wireless coverage areas. A base station may determine the maximum timing advance and transmit the maximum timing advance to the user equipment device.02-21-2013
20130044615METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROTECTING WIRELESS MEDIA STREAMS - A method is described including determining if a downlink data packet needs to be transmitted, transmitting the downlink data packet, determining if an uplink data packet has been received, determining if the received uplink data packet was transmitted by a protected station and performing scheduling. An apparatus is described including a scheduling module which controls access opportunities of protected uplinks and protected downlinks, the scheduling module is in communication with an uplink profiler and a medium access module, the uplink profiler module maintains statistics regarding the protected uplinks and the uplink profiler is in communication with the scheduling module and the medium access module performs actual transmission of data and the medium access module is in communication with the scheduling module.02-21-2013
20130044626Adaptive Multi-Service Data Framing - When a signal-to-noise ratio affecting radio communication becomes sufficiently low, the data transmission rate is responsively decreased in compensation. The signal-to-noise ratio of the communication link is thereby increased. Data for multiple different services is transmitted in data packets between two radios. By allocating one part, or time slot, of the data packet's payload to one service, and allocating another part, or time slot, of the data packet's payload to another service, communications sessions for multiple services can be maintained concurrently. Services are prioritized relative to each other. In case the signal-to-noise ratio becomes too low, data packet portions that are related to lower-priority services can be omitted from some data packets before those data packets are transmitted. Data remaining in the packet can be sent at a reduced data transmission rate without causing the quality of service for the remaining packets to fall below the minimum required level.02-21-2013
20130044612AUTONOMOUS WI-FI BASED RANGING DEVICE - A method for autonomous ranging between Wi-Fi enabled mobile devices. A mobile device transmits a probe request to a target mobile device via a wireless channel, and receives a probe response from the target device. The probe response includes identification information associated with the target device. The mobile device uses the identification information to transmit a data packet to the target device via the wireless channel, and without communicating with any wireless access points. The mobile device then receives a reply packet from the target device and determines a distance to the target device based on a round trip time between the transmission of the data packet and the reception of the reply packet.02-21-2013
20130044610METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATION OF CHANNEL TEMPORAL CORRELATION AND MIMO MODE SELECTION IN LTE SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for channel temporal correlation estimation and MIMO mode selection. An embodiment of the invention under LTE system utilizes SRS symbols for temporal correlation estimation and performs MIMO mode selection based on the said temporal correlation estimation.02-21-2013
20130044609APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR ENHANCING DATA RATE FOR PACKET-SWITCHED (PS) DATA SERVICE - A wireless communication device for eliminating performance degradation of a packet-switched (PS) data service. The device comprises a processor configured to receive a request to perform the PS data service with a first subscriber identity card, reduce a plurality of scheduled monitoring tasks associated with a second subscriber identity card, and perform the PS data service with the first subscriber identity card while using the reduced plurality of scheduled monitoring tasks to maintain mobility or receive network messages with the second subscriber identity card.02-21-2013
20130044613OPTIMIZING VOICE CALLS ON PACKET SWITCHED NETWORKS - Methods and systems for optimizing voice call setup times for user devices. A user device that is registered to a packet switched network and in an idle state receives a command to establish a voice call. The user device selects a legacy cell of a circuit switched network. The user device then establishes a radio connection with the selected legacy cell without first establishing a radio connection with a serving cell of the packet switched network.02-21-2013
20130044611OVERLAYING AN AIR TO GROUND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ON SPECTRUM ASSIGNED TO SATELLITE SYSTEMS - An air to ground communication system provides internet access to aircraft from ground based stations. The air to ground system shares spectrum with uplink portions of a satellite communication spectrum. Interference mitigation techniques are employed to avoid interference between the ground based communications and satellite communications. Fade mitigation techniques are employed to provide communication to aircraft at low angles of elevation in the presence of rain.02-21-2013
20130044614ACCESSING AN APPLICATION BASED ON A LEVEL OF SERVICE QUALITY - A user device receives an instruction to access an application, of one or more applications being provisioned via one or more base stations; obtains service quality information, associated with the application, where the service quality information identifies one or more quality thresholds associated with one or more frequency bands to be used to access the application; measures a first level of service quality associated with traffic being received via a first frequency band and a second level of service quality associated with traffic being received via a second frequency band; and accesses the application using one of the first frequency band or the second frequency band based on a determination that another one of the first level of service quality or the second level of service quality is less than a threshold, of the one or more quality thresholds.02-21-2013
20110199932SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DYNAMIC DATA TRANSFER MANAGEMENT ON A PER SUBSCRIBER BASIS IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method of dynamically managing transmission of packets is disclosed. The method, in some embodiments, may comprise establishing a network session over a communication link between a network and a user device of a user and associating a data transmission parameter with the user device. The method may further comprise receiving a packet and calculating a delay period associated with the packet based on the data transmission parameter and delaying transmission of the packet based on the delay period.08-18-2011
20110199926METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR AN IMPROVED USER GROUP SELECTION SCHEME WITH FINITE-RATE CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK FOR FDD MULTIUSER MIMO DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION - A method for channel selection in a communication system includes receiving a broadcast signal comprising a beam vector, generating a first channel state information message based on the power of the broadcast signal, generating a second channel state information message based on the direction of the broadcast signal with respect to the beam vector, and transmitting a feedback signal comprising at least the first channel state information message and the second channel state information message. The communication system may include a frequency division duplex (FDD) multiuser communication system or a time division duplex (TDD) multiuser communication system. The first channel state information message may include a channel gain with respect to the broadcast signal. The second channel state information message may include a measure of orthogonality between the broadcast signal and the beam vector.08-18-2011
20110199925PACKET SWITCHING EQUIPMENT AND SWITCHING CONTROL METHOD - A packet switching equipment and a switch control system employing the same performs operation of the switch core portion independent of content of decision of an arbiter portion and overall equipment can be constructed with simple control structure. The packet switching equipment includes input buffer portions temporarily storing packets arriving to the input ports and outputting packets with adding labels indicative of destination port numbers, a switch core portion for switching the packets on the basis of labels added to the input buffer portions, and an arbiter portion adjusting input buffer portions to provide output permissions for outputting to the output ports. A sorting network autonomously sorting and concentrating the packets on the basis of the labels added to the packets is employed in the switch core portion.08-18-2011
20110199920LOW/HIGH FREQUENCY SHARED LEAKAGE ANTENNA, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND CLOSE-RANGE DETECTION SYSTEM USING THE ANTENNA - The present invention provides a high/low frequency dual wireless location detection and information transmission system which is high in reliability and maintainability, and can be easily installed.08-18-2011
20110199915MANAGING PAGES OF AN ACCESS TERMINAL WHEN THE ACCESS TERMINAL IS ENGAGED IN A COMMUNICATION SESSION WITHIN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - At least one embodiment of the invention is directed to communicating in a wireless communications system, including monitoring a communication session on a first network, ignoring pages from a second network during the communication session, the first and second network configured for operation on different physical layers, and upon termination of the communication session over the first network, selectively sending a query to an application server to request information related to failed attempts by the application server to contact the access terminal on the second network during the communication session.08-18-2011
20130028105Wide Field Indexing for Packet Tracking - Methods, apparatus, and computer readable storage media for accumulating traffic statistics. A traffic receiver may receive a packet and determine a flow identifier associated with the received packet. A hash function may be applied to the flow identifier to generate a memory pointer. One or more records may be retrieved from a statistics memory based on the memory pointer. A determination may be made if the flow identifier associated with the received packet matches a flow identifier value contained in one of the one or more retrieved records. When a match occurs, the retrieved record containing the matching flow identifier value may be updated and the updated record may be stored in the statistics memory.01-31-2013
20130028119REDUCING PLMN SEARCH TIME - A method includes storing in a mobile communication terminal a definition of a set of frequency bands in which the terminal is capable of communicating, including at least first and second frequency bands. One or more combinations of at least portions of the frequency bands in the set, which cannot be allocated in proximity to one another due to interference, are determined in the terminal. A search is conducted in the terminal over the set of the frequency bands. Upon detecting a presence of a candidate wireless network in a first portion of the first frequency band, which cannot be allocated in proximity to at least a second portion of the second frequency band in accordance with the specification, at least the second portion is omitted from the search.01-31-2013
20090213744Self-testing communications device - The invention relates to a communications device with a transmitter (08-27-2009
20090213742Telephone Communication Monitoring Device and Method - A telecommunication system management device, the device comprising: a means to connect the device to a source of power; a means to connect the device to a multiplexed telephone signal; a means to provide the device with a destination network address; a decoder, to receive the multiplexed telephone signal and to extract control information from the multiplexed telephone signal; a converter, to receive inputs comprising the destination network address and the extracted control information, and to convert the inputs into a network compatible output signal; and a means to connect the device to a network, to permit the device to transmit the output signal over the network; wherein, the extracted control information can be sent to the destination network address.08-27-2009
20090213740Measurement Based Link Capacity for Multiple Interferers in an 802.11-Based Wireless Network - A method according to the invention includes determining a PHY layer model for a single interferer in an 802.11 wireless network responsive to an input of measured pair wise of at least one of a delivery ratio and received signal strength RSSI values in the 802.11 wireless network; ascertaining a deferral probability for a given node in the network in the presence of multiple interferers in a MAC layer model of the 802.11 network responsive to the determining step in the PHY layer model; and deriving from the ascertaining step at least one of sending capacity in the presence of multiple interferers, packet collision probability in the presence of multiple interferers and available capacity in a given link for a corresponding link delivery ratio.08-27-2009
20120201146MESH INFRASTRUCTURE UTILIZING PRIORITY REPEATERS AND MULTIPLE TRANSCEIVERS - A wireless mesh network, method, and processor-readable storage medium for using stand-alone repeaters that are designated as having priority over other communication nodes with respect to their service as repeaters are disclosed herein. According to various embodiments, a control node or collector builds a wireless mesh network by first establishing communication paths with the designated priority communication nodes and then with communication nodes that are not designated priority communication nodes.08-09-2012
20130028131REAL-TIME NETWORK NODE LOCATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system for determining a position of location of a tag includes, in an embodiment: a plurality of routers each including at least one antenna; and a location engine to: (a) determine for at least one router, from signals sent by the one router and at least part of which are received by the at least one antenna of each of at least one other of the routers, an average path loss of signal strength; (b) optimize, for at least the one router, multipath parameters in a radio-frequency signal propagation equation using the average path loss for each of the at least one other of the routers and known distance between the router and each of the at least one other of the routers; and (c) determine the position of location of the tag using at least the optimized multipath parameters.01-31-2013
20130028118MANAGING HANDOFF TRIGGERING BETWEEN UNICAST AND MULTICAST SERVICES - A wireless communication network may provide services, e.g., multimedia services, in unicast and broadcast modes, and the mode of providing a service may depend on a level of demand. In response to changing demand for a service the network may determine that service should transition from one mode to the other, and the network, may signal such a transition to one or more terminals subscribing to the service.01-31-2013
20130028130METHOD AND SYSTEM OF MONITORING THE RECEIPT OF MULTICAST TRAFFIC - A method and system for monitoring data packet traffic in a multicast network comprising determining a first packet count received at a receiver router, representing a quantity of data packets associated with a multicast group and source at a first time, determining a second packet count received at that receiver router representing a quantity of data packets associated with that multicast group and source, at a second time subsequent to the first time, comparing the second packet count to the first packet count, and indicating an alarm in response to the second packet count being less than a predetermined value greater than the first packet count. A status for multiple routers can be obtained, comprising a difference between the quantity of the first and second packet counts; and indicating a warning in response to at least one of the plurality of router status being less than the predetermined value.01-31-2013
20130028129METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION OF A TERMINAL IN A MULTI-NODE SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting feedback information of a terminal in a multi-node system in which a plurality of antennas are distributed and disposed in a cell. The method comprises the steps of: transmitting first feedback information, indicating a state between a channel and at least one of antennas, to a base station; and transmitting second feedback information, indicating at least one antenna, to the base station.01-31-2013
20130028128System and Method for Dynamic Band Scheduling - A method and apparatus that allows a communication system to operate across multiple bands and access technologies and to dynamically assign bands to user equipment (UE) devices based on properties of the bands, traffic conditions, services being delivered and other considerations.01-31-2013
20130028127METHODS, APPARATUSES AND NODES FOR DETERMINING AND ADJUSTING TARGET PACKET DELAY OF A LINK SEGMENT - In embodiments of the present invention, there is disclosed a method, apparatus, and network node for determining target packet delays of respective segments of a link. The method may comprise: collecting parameters affecting packet delays; and determining target packet delays of respective segments based on the collected parameters and an overall requirement on the packet delay of the link according to a relation between the packet delays of respective segments and an overall packet delay of the link. Besides, there is further provided a method, apparatus, and network node for adjusting target packet delays of respective segments of a link. With embodiments of the present invention, it is provided a solution of a packet delay guarantee for a multi-hop relay system, and the solution has a great scalability and a good backward compatibility and is transparent to both the core network and user equipments.01-31-2013
20130028124WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication device according to the invention includes a reception section that receives a downlink signal in a first subframe from another wireless communication device; an ACK/NACK generation section that generates ACK/NACK which indicates an error determination result of the received downlink signal; a determination section that determines, when an uplink signal directed to the other wireless communication device is not allocated in a second subframe, whether a different uplink signal is allocated in a third subframe subsequent to the first subframe by a predetermined number of subframes and previous to the second subframe; a multiplexing section that multiplexes the ACK/NACK to the different uplink signal in the third subframe when the determination section determines that the different uplink signal is allocated in the third subframe; and a transmission section that transmits the different uplink signal in which the ACK/NACK is multiplexed by the multiplexing section.01-31-2013
20130028126Method and Arrangement in a Wireless Communication System - According to some embodiments of the invention, a method is provided in a radio network node for scheduling data transmission and/or reception. According to the method, the radio network node predicts (01-31-2013
20130028123METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UTILIZING MULTIPLE CARRIERS IN HIGH SPEED PACKET ACCESS COMMUNICATIONS TECHNICAL FIELD - A method and an apparatus for utilizing multiple carriers are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) capable of receiving on a single downlink carrier at a time may tune the receiver to one downlink carrier and switch the downlink carrier in accordance with a configured pattern. The WTRU may switch the carrier from an anchor carrier to a non-anchor carrier at a high speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH) sub-frame boundary, and switches back at an end of a subsequent high speed physical downlink shared channel (HS-PDSCH) subframe. The WTRU may switch the carrier at an HS-PDSCH sub-frame boundary. A WTRU capable of receiving on multiple downlink carriers simultaneously may tune the receiver to an anchor carrier and a supplementary carrier, and switch the supplementary carrier to another carrier based on a carrier switching order. The carrier switching order may be received via an HS-SCCH or via layer 2 signaling.01-31-2013
20130028121PACKET LOSS ANTICIPATION AND PRE EMPTIVE RETRANSMISSION FOR LOW LATENCY MEDIA APPLICATIONS - In many low latency media applications it is important to transmit media data packets from a media source to one or more media destinations as promptly as possible, while also ensuring that all media data packets that may be lost due to transmission errors are retransmitted and received correctly at the media destination. This invention described a system to do this with a system and methods for anticipating media data packet loss and making preemptive media data packet retransmission requests by dynamically computing a metric and decision logic for retransmission request that includes a need based factor from the media consuming application.01-31-2013
20130028120System and Method for Measuring and Reporting Uplink Channel Condition - A method for reporting channel condition includes receiving an initial configuration identifying a group of assessment devices, and determining a channel condition for each communications channel between one of the assessment devices and the transmission point. The method also includes comparing each of the channel conditions with a first threshold, and transmitting a report to a network entity if at least one of the channel conditions meets the first threshold.01-31-2013
20130028112INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT DEVICE - For a user signal (signal requesting for provision of services) input to a signal transport network, header information for transmission in the signal transport network is given at a portal edge of the signal transport network on the user side. The information given at this time includes a time stamp indicating the time of receiving the user signal by the edge. In a server on the service provider side, the time stamp is referred to, and services are provided for each user. Specifically, a response process schedule for each user is produced from the time stamp, and waiting time is reduced and a priority process is performed in accordance with the time of issuing the request by the user.01-31-2013
20130028111SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR A COGNITIVE RADIO HAVING ADAPTABLE CHARACTERISTICS - Systems and methods for configuring a network of radios for dynamic spectrum access are described. A network radio can include hardware and/or software modules for detecting a radio environment and negotiating common communications channels with a plurality of other radios in the network. Network radio behavior can be defined by a plurality of predefined policies which are used in combination with the information about the radio environment to select common operating parameters.01-31-2013
20130028109Point-Dependent Resource Symbol Configuration in a Wireless Cell - A high-power point and one or more low-power points transmit signals associated with the same cell-identifier in a heterogeneous cell deployment. Coverage areas corresponding to the low-power points fall at least partly within the coverage area for the high-power point, so that mobile stations within range of a low-power point are also within range of the high-power point. Channel-state-information reference symbols, CSI-RS, are transmitted using different CSI-RS resources on different transmission points within the cell, while configuration of CSI-RS measurement resources is conducted on a UE-specific basis. The choice of measurement resources to be used is determined by the network, based on the properties of the channels from the transmission points to the UE. As the UE moves around within the cell, the network tracks the channel properties and reconfigures the CSI-RS resources measured by the UE, to correspond to the resource of the closest transmission point or points.01-31-2013
20130028110TRANSMITTING DEVICE AND TRANSMITTING METHOD - According to one embodiment, a transmitting device includes a transmitter configured to transmit a frame; a first carrier sensor configured to perform carrier sense in a wider bandwidth than a signal bandwidth to be used for a transmission of the frame by the transmitter; and an idle detector configured to determine whether the first carrier sensor succeeds in detecting an idle for a period that is equal to or more than a period for the transmitter to transmit the frame. The transmitter is configured to, when the idle detector succeeds in the idle detection, start the transmission of the frame after a lapse of a first period after the success of the idle detection.01-31-2013
20130028107MACRO NETWORK OPTIMIZATION WITH ASSISTANCE FROM FEMTO CELLS - The disclosed subject matter relates to employing a received signal strength indicator returned from a femto cell to optimize a multiple access wireless communication network. In particular, a method operable in a wireless communications network is disclosed. The method comprises receiving a received signal strength indicator from a femto cell situated in a geographical area within a multiple access wireless communication network, and optimizing the multiple access wireless communication network as a function of the received signal strength indicator.01-31-2013
20130028108METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention discloses a method for detecting downlink control information, including: when scheduling across carriers is enabled, determining by user equipment (UE) user-specific search space monitoring a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) according to component carrier indexes, wherein the component carrier indexes include component carrier indexes corresponding to various component carriers implementing scheduling across carrier and being scheduled across carriers. Also the present invention also provides an apparatus for detecting downlink control information, a user equipment and a network side device. The present invention solve the overlap problem of common search space and user-specific search space in Release 10 and solves the problem of determining a search space for the PDCCH in the situation of scheduling across carriers is enabled in Release 10.01-31-2013
20130028106Resource Aware Parallel Process Distribution on Multi-Node Network Devices - Techniques are provided for monitoring a plurality of independently operating processing nodes in a core data packet routing system, wherein each processing node is running its own operating system instance. A placement decision is made for respective processes on selected ones of the independently operating processing nodes based on a predetermined policy, and then the respective processes are placed, based on the placement decision, on the selected ones of the independently operating processing nodes such that the respective processes become placed processes. A list of placed process/processing node pairs specifying a pairing of the placed processes and the processing nodes on which the placed processes have been placed is maintained so that a user can review the then-current set of process placements01-31-2013
20130028104ESTIMATED TRANSMISSION OVERHEAD (ETO) METRICS FOR VARIABLE DATA RATE COMMUNICATION LINKS - In one embodiment, an expected transmission count (ETX) link metric is computed for a link between a transmitter and a receiver in a communication network, the ETX representative of an expected number of transmissions necessary for a message to be successfully received by the receiver over the link, and a data rate of the link at which the ETX is computed is also determined. From these, an estimated transmission overhead (ETO) link metric for the link may be computed by dividing the ETX by the data rate. In one embodiment, the data rate of the link may be adjusted based on the ETO (e.g., to minimize the ETO). In another embodiment, routes through the communication network may be selected based on ETO values along the route.01-31-2013
20130028103LINK RELIABILITY METRICS IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - In one embodiment, a transmitter in a communication network receives an indication of active transmission times of a receiver to which the transmitter attempts to reach with first transmissions, the active transmission times indicating respective times of second transmissions initiated by the receiver. Based on determining when the first transmissions occur, the transmitter may then compute a link reliability metric for a link from the transmitter to the receiver by excluding one or more of the first transmissions from the indicated active transmission times of the second transmissions. In one embodiment, the active transmission times are in the past and the reliability metric excludes any first transmissions in the past during those times, while in another embodiment the active transmission times are scheduled in the future and the reliability metric does not include any first transmissions since the first transmissions may be scheduled to avoid the active transmission times.01-31-2013
20130028102Adjusting a Single-Input and Multiple-Output (SIMO) Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) - A method for adjusting a received channel quality indicator is described. A channel quality indicator is received from a wireless communication device. A first transmission time interval for which the channel quality indicator was generated is determined. The received channel quality indicator is adjusted using an outer loop margin. The outer loop margin is dependent on a transmission mode of the first transmission time interval.01-31-2013
20130028113Method and Apparatus for Locally Managed Allocation of Bandwidth in a Wireless Network - A method for fabricating read-only copy protected optical medium comprising: a substrate (01-31-2013
20130028116WLAN Having Load Balancing Based on Access Point Loading - A network having distribution of access point loading includes access points to which mobile stations can associate themselves based upon access point beacon signal levels and loading levels for the various access points. A mobile station receives beacon signals from various access points and determines a signal strength for the received beacon signals. The mobile station also receives access point loading information from the access points. The mobile station associates with an access point based upon the access point beacon signal strengths and the access point loading information.01-31-2013
20090141650Method for Congestion Detection in Packet Transmission Networks - A method for measuring degree of packet congestion on a channel of a packet communication network. The method includes: during a training mode, generating an mathematical relationship between the degree of packet congestion on the channel and a plurality of measurable features of the network over a plurality of network conditions; and, during a subsequent normal operating mode, periodically measuring the plurality of measurable features and applying the generated mathematical relationship to such periodically measured plurality of measurable features to determine actual degree of congestion on the channel; and comparing the actual degree of congestion on the channel with a predetermined channel congestion threshold level. The degree of packet congestion on the channel is saturation level. The measurable features include: time delay between transmission starts and terminations of the previously transmitted packet; the fraction of time the channel is busy; and, average number of packet transmission retries.06-04-2009
20110182202WIRELESS SERVICE PROVISION - The invention pertains to wireless service provision comprising reception or transmission of wireless signals from/to a communications system not (yet) available for public communications in an environment providing telecommunications services of another communications system. An example embodiment of the invention explores and implements triggering of a user equipment to perform test or measurement of a target network from an originating network, whereas the user equipment triggers establishment of a communications channel in the target network, the target network providing test signals to the user equipment.07-28-2011
20120163227SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INTELLIGENT PROBE TESTING - Systems and methods are disclosed for testing a processor having at least a first interface. In one embodiment, the method includes configuring, at the processor, a second interface, such that the configured second interface has one or more quality of service parameters representative of the first interface; sending one or more packets through the configured second interface, the one or more packets being representative of another packet received at the first interface; and determining, based on the one or more packets, one or more performance parameters corresponding to the first interface under test.06-28-2012
20120163215OPEN WIRELESS ACCESS NETWORK APPARATUS AND CONNECTION METHOD USING THE SAME - An open wireless access network apparatus includes an Internet protocol (IP) resource management unit to allocate IPs, respectively, to a plurality of provider servers and open wireless access points (APs), and map the IP of each provider server to the IP of each open wireless AP; a subscriber movement management unit to provide a second wireless AP with an IP that has been allocated to a first wireless AP when a mobile device changes from one area in which the mobile device has a signal delivered from the first wireless AP to another area in which the mobile device has a signal delivered from the second wireless AP; and a wireless AP connection control unit to allow the mobile device to be connected to the second wireless AP through the allocated IP.06-28-2012
20120163207SPEED-ADAPTIVE CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR (CQI) ESTIMATION - A method, apparatus, computer program product, and processing system for generating a channel quality indicator (CQI) adapted according to the speed of a moving user equipment (UE). A CQI can be generated by mapping a calculated signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) to a CQI value. The SNR corresponds to a signal power and a noise power of a received pilot signal. The signal power and the noise power may be generated utilizing respective infinite impulse response (IIR) filters having filter coefficients chosen in accordance with the speed at which the UE moves. Selection of the filter coefficients can be made in accordance with a continuous function or a discontinuous function utilizing a threshold, and may utilize hysteresis.06-28-2012
20120163201CABLE MODEM WITH DUAL AUTOMATIC ATTENUATION - Described herein are a number of steps, methods and/or solutions that can be applied to greatly improve attenuation control of RF signals in cable plant. The present disclosure is directed to a cable modem auto-attenuation system or any other signal transferring system. The system may be capable of taking a high-power signal from the cable plant's service line, dropping the power value down to a usable level and transmitting the signal to a cable modem while eliminating the need for rigorous manual adjustments that a normal cable modem often requires. In certain embodiments, the system may be integrated into a separate device connected between the modem and the cable company service line and configured to handle upstream and downstream attenuation separately or jointly.06-28-2012
20110205919ROUTE CALCULATING SYSTEM - A route calculation system includes a collection unit that collects a current link traffic volume and a link power consumption for each link included in a network; a link cost calculation unit that estimates, for each link, an increase in the link power consumption due to the request flow based on the current link traffic volume, the link power consumption, the request flow, and the characteristic, and calculates a link cost value based on the increase in the link power consumption; and a route determination unit that determines, as a route for the request flow, a route that has the smallest sum of the link cost values of each route connecting between any nodes, thereby reducing the power consumption in the entire network for a request flow.08-25-2011
20130028122METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS WITH RELAYS - Methods and systems are provided for use with wireless networks having one or more cell in which each cell includes a base station (BS), at least one relay station (RS) and at least one mobile station (MS). The at least one relay station can be used as an intermediate station for providing communication between the BS and MS. Methods are provided for an RS to initially access the network, access of the RS by MSs initially accessing the network, methods of allocating OFDM resources for communicating between the BS, RS and/or MS for example dividing transmission resources into uplink and downlink transmissions, and methods of inserting pilot symbols into transmission resources used by the RS. In some embodiments on the invention, the methods are consistent and/or can be used in conjunction with existing standards such as 802.16e.01-31-2013
20100091666Discovering Parameters for a Communications Link - To dynamically adjust at least one setting of an interface to a communications link in a system, in response to receiving an indication of a change in a characteristic of the communications link, a representation of potential solutions for parameters associated with the communications link is constructed. From the representation, at least one solution is selected from among the potential solutions, where the selected at least one solution specifies values for the parameters that define the at least one setting for the interface to the communications link.04-15-2010
20130028115COMBINING P2P AND SERVER-BASED CONFERENCING - A system and a method for teleconferencing including a plurality of terminals, a plurality of peer servers and at least one conferencing servers, where the terminals measure their channel quality, create at least one group of terminals according to their channel quality measurements, and using a coding scheme adaptive to the channel quality measurements. The terminals communicate conferencing content via peer-to-peer communication, directly between terminals who are members of the group of terminals, and using the selected coding scheme, and communicate the same conferencing content with other terminals participating in the conferencing call via at least one network device such as a conferencing-server and a peer-server. Where the conferencing-server and/or the peer-server provide conversion for the conferencing content, adaptive to the other terminals.01-31-2013
20130028114Conversion of Inputs to Determine Quality of Service (QoS) Score and QoS Rating along Selectable Dimensions - A multi-dimensional analysis method for operation of a data server to isolate Quality of Service issues to constituents within major or minor Key Performance Indicators.01-31-2013
20100061262JOINT PACKET DETECTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A packet detector joint detects 802.11a packets, 802.11b packets and interference that is within a monitored frequency range but is not formatted as 802.11a packets or 802.11b packets. The packet detector can use signals from one or more antennas. Detection of signals is done using differentially detected correlations. In addition to packet detection, the packet detector can identify signal levels, noise levels and locations of narrowband interference. The process of packet detection and identifying other indicators can be done simultaneously and as the signal is being received.03-11-2010
20100020715Proactive Network Analysis System - A proactive network analysis system is a single unit for diagnosing network problems, measuring network performance, and monitoring network status in a comprehensive manner. The system is a compilation of individual tools including a distributed network packet capture data stream collector; a traffic analyzer; a performance graphing unit; a syslog recorder analyzer and archiving unit; a system availability monitor; a device configuration archiving unit; and a throughput measurement tool. The system can further provide an access list generator, an access list analyzer, a router DNS name generator and a service level agreement measurement device.01-28-2010
20100020717Method and system for Quality of Service (QoS) monitoring for wireless devices - Method and apparatus to monitor MQoS of wireless mobile devices is described. In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method to monitor the health of 3G mobile devices and provide a status check of such health to network technicians, supervisors, and management. In one aspect, mobile devices on the network perform measurement of MQoS factors that are reported to a quality of service backend. The MQoS data is combined to show current and historical network status. In another aspect, alarms may be set to notify specific managers when manager programmable conditions occur, such as low system performance, or specific error conditions occur. Reports may be generated summarizing and illustrating performance in tabular and graphical form. Parameters used for testing and monitoring mobile devices may be input to specific mobile devices or groups of mobile devices in a system. In one aspect, customer care or call centers may be enabled to request specific tests from specific mobile devices and utilize the overall network status to diagnose and/or resolve customer issues.01-28-2010
20090303891Mobile Station and Method Therefor Using Doppler and Cell Transition History for Cell Evaluation in a Fast Moving Environment - There is disclosed, a mobile station, and a method for candidate cell evaluation in a fast moving environment. The method includes receiving a plurality of transmissions from a plurality of candidate cells, where each of the plurality of transmissions corresponds to one of the plurality candidate cells. The method further includes measuring signal strengths of the plurality of transmissions and determining change in the signal strengths of the plurality of transmissions. The method further includes calculating a weighting factor corresponding to the plurality of candidate cells based on the measured signal strengths, the change in the signal strength, and a Doppler and assigning priority levels to the plurality of candidate cells based on the calculated weighting factor.12-10-2009
20100091679AUTOMATED INTEROPERABILITY ASSESSMENTS BASED ON ITERATIVE PROFILING AND EMULATION OF SIP OR T.38 FAX-RELAY ENABLED DEVICES - A system for and method of efficient interoperability assessment based on automated Behavioral Profiling and Emulation of SIP or T.38 Fax-relay Enabled Devices, for example, for profiling and emulating VoIP Phones such as SIP Phones, or T.38 Fax-relay devices such as Internet Aware Fax Terminals. The method includes a Multi-step/Multi-technology Iterative Profiling Stage that allows creating a Behavioral Profile based on the analysis of a plurality of traffic samples. Also, the method presents an efficient process of Device Emulation of an actual device to be used in interoperability assessment, including a Standard State Machine parameterized by a set of characteristics stored in the Behavioral Profile. The Emulation method can be used to duplicate one or more device behaviors exhibited either by different firmware revisions, software upgrades or by different OEM product models.04-15-2010
20100020706COMMUNICATION PARAMETER SETTING PROCESSING METHOD, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND PROGRAM - When the role of a receiver is not predetermined, it is impossible to uniquely determine the transfer direction of communication parameters. A communication apparatus comprises: discrimination means adapted to discriminate a function of another communication apparatus with respect to communication parameter setting processing when the self communication apparatus is a candidate for a providing apparatus of communication parameters; setting means adapted to set the function of the self communication apparatus as a receiving apparatus of communication parameters upon detecting an apparatus that is confirmed as a providing apparatus of communication parameters before a set time elapses; and execution means adapted, if the setting means sets the function as the receiving apparatus, to execute, as a receiving apparatus of communication parameters, the communication parameter setting processing with the providing apparatus.01-28-2010
20100091678DOWNLINK RANK INDICATION AND UPLINK RANK REPORTING FOR DEDICATED BEAMFORMING - A network transmitter and receiver are for use with a network MIMO super cell. The network transmitter includes a rank control unit configured to provide a rank indication for a dedicated beamforming transmission from the network MIMO super cell, wherein the rank indication corresponds to spatial multiplexing of multiple data streams for the dedicated beamforming transmission. The network transmitter also includes a transmission unit configured to signal the rank indication. The network receiver includes a reception unit configured to receive a dedicated beamforming transmission within the network MIMO super cell. The network receiver also includes a rank processing unit configured to process a rank indication for the dedicated beamforming transmission corresponding to spatial multiplexing of multiple data streams for the dedicated beamforming transmission.04-15-2010
20100091674Radio Carrier Identification Methods and Apparatus - A user equipment (UE) in a communication system measures the power received in a bandwidth on possible downlink carriers in a frequency band that is supported by the UE in order to search for available carriers. Search times can be decreased on average by using a specially configured filter to process the received power measurements and then determining likely carriers based on the filtered values. Metrics from the filter can be used to indicate both where to perform cell search and where not to perform cell search.04-15-2010
20090196197METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION AND DOWNLINK INTER-FREQUENCY AND INTER-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY MEASUREMENTS IN CELL_FACH STATE - A method and apparatus of performing discontinuous reception (DRX) and downlink inter-frequency and inter-radio access technology (RAT) measurements in CELL_FACH state are disclosed. While in DRX mode, a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may perform inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurements in a measurement occasion that fall into a DRX period. The WTRU may perform the measurements while T321 timer is running. The WTRU may take the measurements on first predetermined number of frame in which a DRX frame would coincide after a last reception frame if DRX operation was ongoing. The WTRU may periodically wake up for downlink reception in CELL_FACH state in accordance with a common DRX pattern that is common to all WTRUs in a cell or may wake up from DRX upon reception of the order and receiving a common traffic.08-06-2009
20090196196CARRIER MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE ASSIGNED A SET OF TWO OR MORE CARRIERS BY A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Carrier management in a wireless communication device assigned a set of two or more carriers by a wireless communication network is disclosed. In one aspect, a method of carrier management includes transmitting data over the wireless communication network on one or more carriers forming a subset of active carriers from the set of carriers assigned to the wireless communication device. A first performance metric is determined indicative of operating conditions across the set of carriers assigned to the wireless communication device. A desired number of carriers on which to transmit data based on the first performance metric is determined. The desired number of carriers on which to transmit data is compared with the number of carriers in the subset of active carriers. The subset of active carriers is dynamically adjusted based on the comparison and subsequent data is transmitted over the wireless communication network using the adjusted subset of active carriers.08-06-2009
20090196195Network Controlled Throughput for Enhanced Uplink FACH - Systems and methods according to these exemplary embodiments provide for network control of interference associated with uplink transmissions by user equipments, UEs, operating in a random access state, e.g., the CELL_FACH state. A radio network controller, RNC, can determine, and then transmit, a limitation on uplink transmissions for such UEs, e.g., a maximum transport block size, TBS.08-06-2009
20090196193METHOD IN A SCHEDULER FOR REDUCING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE - The present invention relates to a method for reducing inter-cell interference in a cellular radio system in which said scheduler controls a set of shared radio resources. The method comprises the steps of—assigning cell specific resource priority weights (RPW) to the different radio resources of a cell, said assignment differs from the assignment of the same radio resources in at least one neighboring cell utilizing the resource priority weights for selection of radio resources. The resource priority weights can furthermore be combined with channel quality indication reports (CQI) to form weighted quality indexes (WCQI) for the radio resources that are available to the scheduler. The invention also relates to a scheduler performing said method and a radio network node comprising such scheduler.08-06-2009
20090196191WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A SEQUENCE OF DATA UNITS BETWEEN A WIRELESS DEVICE AND A NETWORK - Method for transmitting a status report for a sequence of data transmitted along a wireless communication link between a wireless device and a network having several base stations, said link having a transmitting side and a receiving side. The method comprises: on the receiving side, determining status information on data units of the sequence, including a first set of data units comprising a first non-received data unit in the sequence and data units following said first non-received data unit, the status information indicating whether each data unit has been received or not on the receiving side; and transmitting, from the receiving side to the transmitting side, a status report containing a bitmap providing the status information for a second set of data units included in said first set, such that the bitmap has a predetermined maximum size.08-06-2009
20090196189Method And Arrangement For Measuring Transmission Quality In A Packet Mode Communication Network - A method and an arrangement for measuring a transmission quality in terms of lost packets between two pre-determined nodes arranged to transmit and receive packets in a packet mode communication network. Each node is provided with a counter arranged to count transmitted packets in one node and received packets in the other node during a pre-determined period of time. After the pre-determined period of time has ended, the counters are compared in order to obtain a packet loss measurement.08-06-2009
20090196192POWER CONTROL AND SCHEDULING METHOD IN CONSIDERATION OF INTERFERENCE LEVELS BETWEEN NEIGHBOR SECTORS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In order to perform uplink scheduling for a terminal, a base station receives information on uplink interference due to the terminal from neighbor base stations, transmits the information on the uplink interference to the terminal, receives information on transmission power of a feedback channel from the terminal through the feedback channel, compares the transmission power of the feedback channel and reception power of the feedback channel so as to estimate transmission loss, and performs uplink scheduling for the terminal by reflecting the transmission loss.08-06-2009
20100091673WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A wireless communication apparatus includes a reception unit configured to receive packets in multiple formats in which two or more different types of preamble information and intra-header control information are multiplexed, a demodulation and decode unit configured to demodulate and decode the received packets, and a measurement unit configured to measure a sending end time of the reception packets by selectively referring to any one of the intra-header control information on the basis of a transmission mode supported by the demodulation and decode unit.04-15-2010
20100091672BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus for communicating a mobile station over a downlink shared channel includes a reception unit configured to receive acknowledgement information for the downlink shared channel from the mobile station over a control channel frequency-multiplexed with an uplink shared channel, a measurement unit configured to measure a radio quality of the control channel, and a determination unit configured to determine based on the radio quality whether the mobile station has transmitted the acknowledgement information. Also, a communication control method at a base station apparatus for communicating a mobile station over a downlink shared channel includes receiving acknowledgement information for the downlink shared channel from the mobile station over a control channel frequency-multiplexed with an uplink shared channel, measuring a radio quality of the control channel, and determining based on the radio quality whether the mobile station has transmitted the acknowledgement information.04-15-2010
20100091671METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR CONTROLLING SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENTS IN A MOBILE NETWORK - A method and an arrangement in a service assurance module for controlling service level agreements for communication services in a mobile services access network. A network performance rule is created for a service level agreement, and is based on an associated performance indicator indicating the current network performance with respect to the fulfillment of the service level agreement. The performance indicator is then monitored, and the network performance rule is evaluated on a regular basis based on the performance indicator. If the network performance rule is not satisfied, an agreement violation is registered and/or measures are' taken to improve the network performance.04-15-2010
20100091670METHOD AND APPARATUS TO ALLOW COEIXTENCE BETWEEN WIRELESS DEVICES - The present invention relates generally to wireless transceivers, and more particularly but not exclusively to non 802.11 detection and avoidance methodologies for wireless devices including transceivers. In one or more implementations, a method for detecting non 802.11 operating in the unlicensed 5.25-5.35 and 5.47-10.725 GHz radio bands, using wireless devices, such as AP, are provided. An AP is used to automatically detect the presence of non 802.11 on all channels in these bands, alert all of its clients, and move to another channel that is known to be devoid of non 802.11 using one or more implementations.04-15-2010
20100091669METHOD TO SELECT ACCESS POINT AND RELAY NODE IN MULTI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORKING - A method and apparatus are described for selecting an access point in a wireless network, including initializing a channel index, recording a received signal power and information contained in one of a beacon message and a probe request response message, calculating an access link metric for each candidate access point, the access link metric being between an end device and each candidate access point on the channel indexed by the channel index responsive to the received signal power and information receiving a path metric between each candidate access point and a gateway, estimating a function using the access link metric and the path metric, selecting one of the candidate access points based on the function and establishing a connection with the selected access point. Also described is a method and apparatus for maintaining a connection with an access point.04-15-2010
20100091668COMMUNICATION QUALITY EVALUATION SYSTEM, DEVICE, METHOD, AND PROGRAM THEREOF - A communication quality evaluation system, a device, a method, and a program for evaluating communication quality at an arbitrary location, in the form which can actually felt by a user, are provided. According to an instruction from an evaluator, a control device displays a map or layout diagram of a specified area on a map/layout diagram display device and specifies an evaluation point within a display range of the map or the layout diagram. According to the network quality estimated by a network quality estimation unit, a network quality simulation unit for estimating the network quality when communications are performed at the evaluation point deteriorates the evaluation data and transmits the data to an evaluation device. The evaluation data deteriorated is a sample of data actually transmitted and received in the communication system. The evaluation device uses a communication device actually used by a user in the communication system.04-15-2010
20100091667Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - The present invention relates to resource management in a telecommunication system. In particular the invention relates to detection and estimation of transport network load and optimization of transport network resources. According to the method and arrangement of the invention a serving node engaged in admission control identifies a transport network interface from which transport load measurements are required for the admission control, and a target radio network node related to the identified transport network interface. The serving radio network node configure the target radio network node to perform and report measurements on the transport network interface.04-15-2010
20100150013CALIBRATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, FREQUENCY CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A calibration method according to the present invention includes a step of first channel estimating for transmitting a pilot signal from a first antenna and receiving the pilot signal at a second antenna different from the first antenna to calculate a first channel estimation value; a step of second channel estimating for transmitting a plot signal from the second antenna and receiving the pilot signal at the first antenna to calculate a second channel estimation value; and a step of correction coefficient calculating for calculating, by using the first and second channel estimation values, a correction coefficient.06-17-2010
20090207745PROVIDING REMOTE FIELD TESTING FOR MOBILE DEVICES - Remote field testing of mobile communication devices is provided herein. By way of example, an IP gateway of a target mobile network can be monitored. A mobile originated data packet associated with a test device can be updated or translated to include information of a device that is activated on the mobile network. Likewise, a mobile network originated data packet, routed to the activated device and/or identifying the test device, can be forwarded to the test device. As described herein, two way data exchange between the mobile network and the test device can be implemented even if the test device is not pre-activated on the mobile network. Further, an interface for the two way communication can comprise any suitable Internet Protocol (IP) network, enabling application testing remote from wireless access points of the mobile network.08-20-2009
20110188395Single Sensor Radio Scene Analysis for Packet Based Radio Signals using 2nd and 4th Order Statistics - We consider a problem of radio frequency (RF) signal analysis where one sensing node observes a frequency band possibly used by multiple packet based radio transmitters. Analysis of the received signal includes two steps. In the first step we use a spectrogram to perform temporal segmentation of the received nonstationary signal. This task may be formulated as a clustering problem. In the second step we compute a certain 2-D slice of the fourth order spectrum for each of the segments found in the first step. These fourth order spectrum slices are arraigned in a three-way array. One aspect of the second step is to use uniqueness properties of the low rank decomposition of the three-way array to recover spectra and associated activity sequences of individual components in the received signal. We derive a numerical algorithm for the low rank decomposition, which computes estimates of the spectra and activity sequences by optimizing certain weighted least squares criterion under application specific constraints. Certain embodiments are illustrated with simulation examples involving signals used in 802.11a/b/g and Bluetooth networks. The disclosed methods and related systems can be used as spectrum analysis tools, providing crucial information needed for achieving efficient utilization of radio spectrum and elimination of mutual interference between the coexisting systems.08-04-2011
20090238087Intelligent Heterogeneous, Mobile, Ad-Hoc Communication Network - The present invention relates to a Mobile Ad Hoc Network that possesses sufficient intelligence to handle a collection of devices that differ in terms of features either inherent to the device or the environment in which they operate. The different features inherent to the device may consist of different hardware and software technologies (e.g., combination of RF for transmission ability, processing ability, power supply, and interfaces). The different features of the environment may consist of any telemetry data measuring the state of the environment, as well as information regarding the MANet such as the density of devices in the vicinity of a device. Various applications are considered.09-24-2009
20080259813METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR QUALITY OF SERVICE DETERMINATION - A method of estimating bandwidth capacity, available bandwidth and utilization along a path in an IP network is disclosed. ICMP time-stamp requests are sent from a source host on the edge or inside the network to all routers on the end-to-end path to a desired destination. Differences between time-stamp values are used as indicators of QoS service at each router. The collected measurements are then processed at the sending host to infer QoS parameters in terms of path capacity in bit/sec, available bandwidth in bits/sec, individual link utilization and congestion at each router. These parameters can be combined to infer the QoS service in terms of bandwidth on the end-to-end path.10-23-2008
20080259811Spectrum Measurement Management for Dynamic Spectrum Access Wireless Systems - A wireless system (10-23-2008
20080259809Performance Measurement in a Packet Transmission Network - A data packet transmission network comprises a stream of packets of data sent by a first terminal passes in transit through at least one network equipment with which there is associated a stream measurement unit; wherein said first terminal and said measurement unit are connected to a collection unit. The measurement method comprising the following steps: the first terminal sends a specific stream of packets, each having a different determined size, the sizes being such that in a set of r packets, r being a positive integer less than or equal to the number of packets of the stream, there are not two subsets comprising the same number of packets and having the same cumulative total size; the measurement unit analyzes at least one packet and at most r packets of said stream passing in transit through the network equipment.10-23-2008
20100014439NODE OF A DISTRIBUTED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NODE AND MONITORING DEVICE COUPLED TO SUCH COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a node in distributed communication system operating under a time triggered protocol, further it relates to distributed communication system and to a monitoring device coupled to such node of a communication system. To provide a node in a distributed communication system, a distributed communication system and a monitoring device increasing the error detection and reducing complexity for providing a high availability for systems which require a non 100% fail safe solution a node is proposed comprising: a communication controller (01-21-2010
20090040938SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR END TO END ROUTE CONTROL - Session independent end to end route control is provided by coordination between a pair of route control devices. Each device determines whether received traffic qualifies for end to end route control and whether the device at the other end supports end to end route control. If so, then the route control devices determine a routing mode, such as tunneling or address translation, and routing parameters. The performance of the selected path is monitored and is changed if the performance becomes unacceptable. Path performance can be measured using one-way measurement techniques that use a common inbound path or a control channel.02-12-2009
20130044623WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A wireless communications system is described which comprises a base station, a relay device, and a terminal device. The terminal device is operable to transmit a message to the base station via the relay device. The relay device is operable to add a relay header to the message received from the terminal device, the relay header comprising control information for controlling the transmission of subsequent messages from the terminal device to the relay device. The relay device is also operable to relay the message having the relay header added to the base station. A problem with uplink-only relaying is that the relay device cannot feed back control information to the terminal device to support efficient future transmissions over the air interface between the terminal device and the relay device. However, by adding such control information to messages being relayed from the terminal device to the base station on the uplink, subsequent downlink communications from the base station to the terminal device can include the control information generated at the relay device (or transmission parameters derived from the control information).02-21-2013
20130044624METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION (CSI) BASED ON PHYSICAL UPLINK SHARED CHANNEL (PUSCH) - A method and apparatus for reporting channel state information (CSI) based on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) are used to realize correct reporting of the CSI based on double code books. The method includes the following steps: a reporting mode configuration signaling for the CSI sent from a network side is received, and said reporting mode configuration signaling for the CSI at least carries a designated reporting mode identifier; a first CSI aiming at the whole bandwidth of a system is established according to a reporting type corresponding to said reporting mode identifier; the whole bandwidth of the system is divided into at least two frequency band subclasses, and a second CSI aiming at a designated frequency band subclass is established according to the reporting type corresponding to said reporting mode identifier; and when a reporting indication signaling sent from the network side is received, said first CSI and said second CSI are transmitted to the network side. Therefore, when a user equipment (UE) reports the CSI, a long-term/wideband CSI and a short-term/frequency selective CSI could be considered comprehensively, then a two-level feedback mechanism based on the PUSCH double code books is realized.02-21-2013
20100008245METHOD FOR MANAGING A TRANSMISSION OF DATA STREAMS ON A TRANSPORT CHANNEL OF A TUNNEL, CORRESPONDING TUNNEL END-POINT AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A method is proposed for managing a transmission of data streams on a transport channel of a tunnel, the transmission of each stream being performed on the transport channel according to a transport protocol scheduled by packets and with acknowledgment, the tunnel being implemented between a first and a second tunnel end-point connected respectively to a first and a second sub-network, each stream being transmitted from a sender device to a receiver device, one device among the sender device and the receiver device being connected to the first sub-network and the other to the second sub-network. The method is performed by the first tunnel end-point and comprises the following steps: detecting a loss of packet on the transport channel of the tunnel; identifying at least one stream having at least one packet blocked on the transport channel of the tunnel by the loss; for at least one identified stream, generating and transmitting at least one acknowledgment to the sender device that has transmitted, on the tunnel, a packet blocked by said loss.01-14-2010
20090016233Method For Detecting QOS - A method for detecting QoS, including: obtaining information in packets transferred between MGWs, and obtaining packet loss ratio, jitter and delay of each channel of users in an office direction in communication with the MGWs through the obtained information; obtaining average packet loss ratio, average delay and average jitter of the office direction according to the packet loss ratio, the jitter and the delay of each channel of users; and obtaining overall QoS of the office direction according to the average packet loss ratio, the average delay and the average jitter of the office direction as well as the weight coefficient of the foregoing three indices affecting the voice quality.01-15-2009
20100080140MANAGING MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS PACKET DATA SERVICE TRAFFIC IN REAL-TIME - The invention allows managing mobile telecommunications packet data service traffic. Packet data service traffic of a mobile telecommunications network is received from data collectors. The service traffic is stored in a traffic file. The traffic file is split into service specific capture files. The capture files are stored. Key information is extracted from the capture files for entry points of the network. The key information is stored in entry point specific tables.04-01-2010
20110194435COMMUNICATION INFORMATION ANALYSIS SYSTEM - The communication information analysis system that executes the storing and the analyzing of the communication packets inexpensively without reducing the rate and reliability of the data communication network. The system of present invention comprises one or more communication terminals and a server computer. When the user terminal communicate with other communication terminals, the user terminal stores the packets to be sent and the received packets into itself as the electrical data file, at the acquisition unit, for example, time interval. The electrical data file is sent to the server computer and stored into it. The server computer analyzes the communication packets using the electrical data file stored in the server computer itself, when requested from the user.08-11-2011
20110194455BASE STATION, TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD FOR BASE STATION, PROCESSING APPARATUS, STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station 08-11-2011
20110194453PACKET LOSS FREQUENCY MEASURING SYSTEM, PACKET LOSS FREQUENCY MEASURING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A packet loss frequency measuring system for measuring the packet loss frequency at low processing costs is provided. Packet information storage means 08-11-2011
20110194451System and Method of Network Diagnosis - Embodiments provide systems and methods for diagnosing a network and identifying problems in a network which reduce the data transfer rate of data through the network. One embodiment of a method for network diagnosis may include infusing data into a network upstream and downstream of a portion of the network relative to a library drive, querying the drive at intervals over time for drive data to determine the data transfer rate at the drive and comparing the data transfer rate of the data infused upstream of the device or network portion with the data transfer rate of the data infused downstream of the device or network portion to determine throughput. By comparing the data transfer rate of data infused upstream and downstream of a network device or network portion, problem devices in a network may be identified.08-11-2011
20110194450CELL COPY COUNT HAZARD DETECTION - The present invention is directed to a network device, method and apparatus for processing data. The present invention includes at least one ingress module for performing switching functions on incoming data. The invention further includes a memory management unit (MMU) for storing the incoming data, and at least one egress module for transmitting the incoming data to at least one egress port. Further, in the present invention, the memory management unit further comprises a cell copy count pool (CCP) memory, wherein the CCP determines when a memory cell can be made available.08-11-2011
20110194449DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING AUDIOVISUAL QUALITY IMPAIRMENT IN PACKET NETWORKS - An audio and/or visual transmission quality device estimates transmission quality as perceived by a user based on observation and processing of objective metrics. The device preferably includes a primary integrator to generate an instantaneous estimate of user annoyance based on occurrence of frame loss events in a received signal. The device further preferably includes secondary integrators to process the instantaneous estimate of user annoyance in selected time intervals and generate a plurality of time-varying estimates of user annoyance valid over the selected time intervals. The device may further include a plurality of scaling modules to scale the plurality of time-varying estimates and generate a corresponding plurality of estimates of transmission quality as perceived by the user. The device may further include a modulation network to modify a sensitivity of the primary integrator to the occurrence of frame loss events in the received signal.08-11-2011
20110194448System and Method of Controlling In-Bound Path Selection Based on Historical and Continuous Path Quality Monitoring, Assessment and Predictions - A system and method of automatically controlling in-bound traffic from a first communications peer to a second communications peer based on an input from a historical path quality assessment and prediction system is disclosed. The second communications peer receives an input from the historical path quality assessment and prediction system, selects a path through a relay based on the received input, requests allocation of the relay, and sends an address of the selected relay to the first communications peer. The system and method works in concert with an Interactive Connectivity Establishment (ICE) mechanism, or takes advantage of the features of the Interactive Connectivity Establishment (ICE) mechanism.08-11-2011
20110194447METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE FLOW RECORD GENERATION AND ANALYSIS - A method, apparatus, and computer-readable storage medium for generating a mobile flow record for a mobile flow of a mobile node are provided. A method includes receiving information associated with signaling traffic of the mobile node, receiving information associated with bearer traffic of the mobile node, and generating the mobile flow record by correlating the information associated with signaling traffic of the mobile node and the information associated with bearer traffic of the mobile node. The mobile flow record includes IP layer information associated with the mobile flow and wireless layer information associated with the mobile flow.08-11-2011
20110194446NETWORK BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT - Technologies for measuring a data throughput rate of a link typically used for transferring media catalogs and media between a media provider and an UPnP Control Point.08-11-2011
20110194445Link Quality Reporting for a Communication System Capable of Using Different Modulation Schemes - It is described a method for reporting, in a link quality report, link quality information from a link quality report sending station to a link quality report receiving station. The link quality report receiving station is capable of using different modulation schemes for communicating to the link quality report sending station. Depending on a priority of each of at least two of said different modulation schemes, at least one of said at least two modulation schemes are selected for inclusion of corresponding link quality information in said link quality report. According to an embodiment, the priority of each of said at least two modulation schemes is determined depending on a link quality parameter value.08-11-2011
20110194444Controlling and Calibrating Wireless Range - A computer implemented method, apparatus, and computer program product for controlling a wireless access point range. In one embodiment, the process identifies a distance between the client device and the wireless access point in response to a request by a client device to access the wireless access point. The process allows the client device to access the wireless access point if the distance from the client device to the wireless access point is within the selected access range for the wireless access point.08-11-2011
20110194443METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK ACK/NACK FOR DOWNLINK DATA TRANSMISSION IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for feeding back ACK/NACK for downlink data transmission in a radio communication system. The method is applied on a mobile terminal and includes the following steps: receiving downlink data, calculating, with respect to each Compenent Carrier (CC), a number of ACKs of ACK/NACK information of downlink data sub-frames of the CC, and feeding back numbers of ACKs of the ACK/NACK information of the downlink data sub-frames of CCs.08-11-2011
20110194442Determining WLAN Edges - Determining whether a station is at the edge of wireless local area network (WLAN) coverage. In an IEEE 802.11 wireless network comprising one or more access points (APs) which may optionally be connected to one or more controllers, with wireless clients connected to those APs, . Station S connected to AP A collects reports such as beacon reports which contains information on all APs station S can hear, including signal strengths. AP A collects a neighbor report which contains information on all APs in its neighborhood including signal strengths. These reports from A and S are observed and compared over time to determine when S is at or is moving to the edge of WLAN coverage. For example, if the only entry in the beacon list for client S is AP A to which it is connected, and the signal strength is decreasing over time, S is at the edge of WLAN coverage and is moving away from the WLAN. The process may be implemented at a controller, at a client, or both.08-11-2011
20110194441APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DISCARDING LOGGED MEASUREMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of discarding logged measurements in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment in a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connected mode receives a Minimization of Drive Tests (MDT) configuration from a base station and starts a validity timer upon receiving the MDT configuration. The user equipment in an RRC idle mode logs measurements based on the MDT configuration to collect logged measurements while the validity timer is running. When the validity timer is expired, the user equipment discards the MDT configuration and starts a conservation timer. When the conservation timer is expired, the logged measurements are discarded.08-11-2011
20110194440Communication Devices and Methods for Determining Status of Remote Communication Devices - A communication device may include a transmitting circuit for transmitting packets from a first communication device to a second communication device and a processor in the first communication device and coupled with the transmitting circuit. The processor may evaluate the packet receipt status information to identify a packet receipt characteristic associated with the second communication device and control data packet transmission from the first communication device to the second communication device based on the packet receipt characteristic associated with the second communication device.08-11-2011
20110194439METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COMPUTING THE AVAILABLE SPACE IN A PACKET FOR DATA STREAM TRANSPORT - The method of computing the available space in a packet for data stream transport comprises: 08-11-2011
20110194438Clock Recovery Method over Packet Switched Networks based on Network Quiet Period Detection - A method of recovering timing information in a packet network, involves detecting quiet periods in the packet network when network packet delay variation (PDV) is low. A frequency prediction unit is trained during the quiet periods to learn output clock variations of a timing recovery unit to permit the frequency prediction unit to predict frequency update values for a local oscillator during non quiet periods taking into account the historical output clock variations during quiet periods. The output of the frequency prediction unit is used as the active frequency update values during non quiet periods.08-11-2011
20110194437ASSISTED STATE TRANSITION OF A USER EQUIPMENT (UE) FOR DELAY SENSITIVE APPLICATIONS WITHIN A WIRELESS COMMUNNICATIONS SYSTEM - In an embodiment, an application server receives a call message, from an originating user equipment (UE), that is configured to request initiation of a communication session, to be arbitrated by the application server, between the originating UE and at least one target UE. The application server selectively sends, in response to the call message, dummy data to a serving access network of a given UE associated with the communication session in order to facilitate a transition of the given UE to a dedicated-channel state. For example, the application server can selectively send the dummy data based on a size of the call message and/or based on a type of the communication session.08-11-2011
20110194434RATE SELECTION FOR EIGENSTEERING IN A MIMO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for selecting rates for data transmission on eigenmodes of a MIMO channel are described. An access point transmits an unsteered MIMO pilot via the downlink. A user terminal estimates the downlink channel quality based on the downlink unsteered MIMO pilot and transmits an unsteered MIMO pilot and feedback information via the uplink. The feedback information is indicative of the downlink channel quality. The access point estimates the uplink channel quality and obtains a channel response matrix based on the uplink unsteered MIMO pilot, decomposes the channel response matrix to obtain eigenvectors and channel gains for the eigenmodes of the downlink, and selects rates for the eigenmodes based on the estimated uplink channel quality, the channel gains for the eigenmodes, and the feedback information. The access point processes data based on the selected rates and transmits steered data and a steered MIMO pilot on the eigenmodes with the eigenvectors.08-11-2011
20110194433MANAGING DEDICATED CHANNEL RESOURCE ALLOCATION TO USER EQUIPMENT BASED ON RADIO BEARER TRAFFIC WITHIN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - In an embodiment, an access network monitors traffic, associated with a radio bearer of a given type (e.g., a radio bearer expected to be associated with delay-sensitive and/or high-priority communication sessions), between a user equipment (UE) in a dedicated-channel state (e.g., CELL_DCH state) and an application server that is arbitrating a communication session between the UE and at least one other UE. Based on the monitored traffic, the access network selectively transitions the UE away from the dedicated-channel state. For example, if traffic on the radio bearer of the given type is detected before expiration of a timer, the UE can be permitted to remaining in the dedicated-channel state. Alternatively, if no traffic on the radio bearer of the given type is detected before expiration of the timer, the UE can be transitioned away from the dedicated-channel state (e.g., into CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state).08-11-2011
20110194431SELECTION OF TRIGGERING EVENTS/ELEMENTS FOR FOR RELAXED DETERMINISTIC BACK-OFF METHOD - In the context of IEEE 802.11 WLAN networks, enhancement to the Relaxed Deterministic Backoff (R-DEB) for random access of shared (Medium Access Control MAC) method. For all available candidate resource slots, a busy index is calculated that reflects the level of use/occupation in the past and infers a probability of use in the future by another concurring device. The method assumes the use of a sub-set of resource slots for transmission, and updates this set by replacing resource slots for which collisions are frequent with a not currently used candidate resource for which the busy index is the lowest. Passive Spoofing/overhearing of all resources for clear channel assessment (CCS) is used for resource monitoring purposes.08-11-2011
20110194430METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UNIFIED CHANNEL ESTIMATION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Certain aspects of the disclosure propose a unified channel estimation algorithm that combines two or more channel estimation algorithms in a single piece of hardware or software. The proposed unified channel estimation may dynamically switch, based on one or more metrics, between different modes of operation that utilize different channel estimation algorithms.08-11-2011
20110194428MCCH NOTIFICATION SCHEDULING AND CONTENTS - A multimedia broadcast multicast service (MBMS) may be transmitted from a wireless network and may be received by a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). From the perspective of the WTRU, an MBMS control channel (MCCH) notification may be received over a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). The PDCCH may include an MBMS radio network temporary identifier (M-RNTI) and the PDCCH may be on a multimedia broadcast on a single frequency network (MBSFN) subframe for MBMS. The MCCH notification may be monitored on the MBSFN subframe. The MCCH notification may be received periodically within a scheduling period for the MBSFN subframe. The MCCH notification may also be received in an MCCH message modification period that may occur prior to an MCCH message modification period that may include a new MCCH message.08-11-2011
20110194427RESOURCE SELECTION FOR DUAL RADIO TERMINALS - Systems, methods and apparatus described herein include features that enable dual radio access. In one embodiment, the access point directs an access terminal through sequential measurements, which are selected by the access point based on the radio access capability of the access terminal, service preferences of the user and measurement reports. In a complementary method, an access terminal obtains the sequential measurements chosen by the access point. In another embodiment, the access point directs an access terminal through a set of measurements, which are selected by the access point based on the radio access capability of the access terminal and service preferences of the user. In another embodiment, an access terminal selects which subset of measurements to obtain based on the radio access capability of the access terminal and optionally service preferences of the user.08-11-2011
20110194426HIERARCHICAL QUEUING AND SCHEDULING - In an example embodiment, there is disclosed herein logic encoded in at least one tangible media for execution and when executed operable to receive a packet. The logic determines a client associated with the packet. The client associated with a service set, and the service set associated with a transmitter. The logic determines a drop probability for the selected client determines a current packet arrival rate for the selected client and determines whether to enqueue or drop the packet based on the drop probability for the selected client and the current packet arrival rate associated with the selected client. The drop probability is based on a packet arrival rate and virtual queue length for the, which is based on a packet arrival rate and virtual queue length for the service set that is based on a packet arrival rate and virtual queue length for the transmitter.08-11-2011
20110194425REMOTE NETWORK DEVICE COMPONENT TESTING - A network device receives, from a remote user device, a requested test that includes test Internet protocol (IP) packets, and converts the test IP packets into hardware test commands. The network device also performs, based on the hardware test commands, the requested test on a component of a network device card to produce hardware test results. The network device further converts the hardware test results into test results in an IP packet format, and provides the tests results in the IP packet format to the remote user device.08-11-2011
20110194424APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MEASURING HOME CELL/PRIVATE NETWORK CELL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method of measurement on a home cell/private network cell, by a user equipment (UE), in a mobile communication system, the method including the steps of: transmitting a request message requesting the measurement to a network node, the request message including an indicator instructing at least one of register, join, and use of the home cell/private network cell; receiving a response message corresponding to the request message from the network node, the response message including context information for measurement control of at least one home cell/private network cell accessible by the UE; and selectively executing measurement on the accessible home cell/private network cell by using the context information.08-11-2011
20110194423MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting signal, at a mobile station, in a wireless communication system is provided. Inter-cell interference level control parameter information may be different for each frequency partition due to use of an FFR scheme. This method is advantageous in that, when uplink transmission is performed, system throughput and cell edge-user throughput are improved and inter-cell interference level control is efficiently performed, thereby improving a Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR) at the receiving end.08-11-2011
20100097952Method and System for Classifying Communication Signals in a Dynamic Spectrum Access System - Methods and systems for dynamic spectrum access (DSA) in a wireless network are provided. A DSA-enabled device may sense spectrum use in a region and, based on the detected spectrum use, select one or more communication channels for use. The devices also may detect one or more other DSA-enabled devices with which they can form DSA networks. A DSA network may monitor spectrum use by cooperative and non-cooperative devices, to dynamically select one or more channels to use for communication while avoiding or reducing interference with other devices.04-22-2010
20090122713Interfering Packet Streams in Packet Networks - A method for estimating the network-layer topology of a telecommunications network is described. In particular, the illustrative embodiment of the present invention estimates the existence and connectivity of nodes in the topology based on the detection of network-wide end-to-end path intersections. This is based on the assumption that pairs of streams of packets that share a common node will interfere and that the interference can be detected in the received streams. In general, this interference is manifested as jitter. By transmitting streams on each pair of end-to-end paths in the network, and detecting interference (or a lack of interference) a matrix of path intersections for the network can be created. Using logic and supposition, the topology of the network can be estimated using the matrix of path intersections. Once the estimate of the topology is complete, the maintenance and operation of the network can proceed based on the topology.05-14-2009
20100157835Method and device for determining channel quality - It is provided a method for determining channel quality for a second channel, wherein, the second channel is overlapping with a first channel, the method comprising the steps of sending a request message through the first channel; receiving a response message on the second channel in response to the request message through the first channel; and determining the channel quality of the second channel based on the response message on the second channel. It can be used to determine the channel quality of at least one channel by sending a single message through the first channel.06-24-2010
20100157822SERVICE ACCOUNTING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPOSITE SERVICE - A system for an accounting infrastructure, including monitoring and reporting, for individual services within a composite service. An accounting engine integrates with the composite service to monitor components and parameters of at least one service in the composite service, to provide reporting on the measurements and statistics associated therewith over time. The accounting engine aggregates data for components and services. One example provides the accounting infrastructure as an object-oriented program model, instantiating statistics as objects. The reporting distinguishes each statistic allowing analysis and optimization of processes and services.06-24-2010
20100157834SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COMPUTING DATA TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS OF A NETWORK PATH BASED ON SINGLE-ENDED MEASUREMENTS - Systems and methods for computing data transmission characteristics of a network path are disclosed. In some embodiments, the network path has a sending host, at least one intermediate host, and a receiving host, and the data transmission characteristics are computed based on single-ended measurements performed at the sending host.06-24-2010
20130077503METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVING QoS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and system for improving quality of service (QoS) in a wireless network are disclosed. In one embodiment, bearer connection context parameters of each of a plurality of data packets in the wireless network are obtained. Further, general packet radio service tunneling protocol user plane protocol data unit (G-PDU) packets are determined in the plurality of data packets based on first bearer connection context parameters which is a subset of the bearer connection context parameters. Furthermore, the determined G-PDU packets are queued in a non-signaling queue. QoS attributes are then computed for each of the queued G-PDU packets. In addition, priority data is computed for each of the queued G-PDU packets is computed using the computed QoS attributes. Moreover, one or more priority queues are formed based on the computed priority data of each of the queued G-PDU packets for improving QoS in the wireless network.03-28-2013
20130077523METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTICARRIERS - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, discloses a method and a device for transmitting/receiving channel state information in a wireless communication system supporting multicarriers. The method for transmitting downlink channel state information in the wireless communication system supporting downlink multicarriers, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the following steps: receiving from at least one downlink carrier an uplink grant downlink control information (DCI) including a request for the channel state information; measuring the channel state information of at least one first type downlink carrier; and transmitting the measured channel state information on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) resource indicated by the uplink grant DCI, wherein the downlink multicarriers comprise the first type downlink carrier and a second type downlink carrier, wherein the channel state information on the second type downlink carrier may not be transmitted.03-28-2013
20120176923Power Control Method to Mitigate Interference for In-Device Coexistence - A power control method to mitigate in-device coexistence (IDC) interference is provided. A wireless communication device (UE) is equipped with a first LTE radio module and a second co-located WiFi/BT/GSNN radio module. Upon detecting coexistence or IDC interference, the UE applies power control method to mitigate the interference. In a first embodiment, the LTE radio module adjusts its power parameters locally without informing the serving eNB. In a second embodiment, the LTE radio module adjusts its power parameters and implicit informs the eNB through existing PHR reporting. In a third embodiment, the LTE radio module changes its power or power class and explicitly informs the eNB through UE capability or new RRC message or MAC CE. Power control can be used as a low cost and lightweight solution before applying other heavyweight solutions that either require more resource or control overhead, or have higher impact on throughput.07-12-2012
20090274059Method and system for switching antenna and channel assignments in broadband wireless networks - A method and apparatus for antenna switching, grouping, and channel assignments in wireless communication systems. The invention allows multiuser diversity to be exploited with simple antenna operations, therefore increasing the capacity and performance of wireless communications systems. Channel characteristics indicative of signal reception quality for downlink or bi-directional traffic for each channel/antenna resource combination are measured or estimated at a subscriber. Corresponding channel characteristic information is returned to the base station. Channel characteristics information may also be measured or estimated for uplink or bi-directional signals received at each of multiple receive antenna resources. The base station employs channel allocation logic to assign uplink, downlink and/or bi-directional channels for multiple subscribers based on channel characteristics measured and/or estimated for the uplink, downlink and/or bi-directional channels.11-05-2009
20100118715OPTIMAL PROBING FOR UNICAST NETWORK DELAY TOMOGRAPHY - Systems and methods are disclosed to probe a network includes generating a set of probing pairs from a network topology for unicast network delay tomography; probing the network using monitoring hosts in the network; and determining network performance from the probing results.05-13-2010
20100118731WIRELESS LINE USAGE STATUS MONITORING METHOD AND DEVICE - For monitoring a wireless line usage status more effectively, a mobile station extracts a synchronizing signal of each of frames received from a plurality of base stations and a known signal transmitted together with transmission data within a time slot in which the transmission data are included but not transmitted within a time slot in which the transmission data are not included. The mobile station then measures a reception power of the synchronizing signal and a reception power of the known signal for each base station. And the mobile station determines a usage status of a wireless line of each base station based on the reception power of the synchronizing signal and the reception power of the known signal.05-13-2010
20100118729CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT BASED ON SPATIAL STRATEGIES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK USING ADAPTIVE ANTENNA ARRAYS - Channels are assigned based on co-spatial constraints in wireless network using spatial division multiple access. In one example, the invention includes assigning a co-spatial constraint to each of a plurality of conventional traffic communications channels of a base station, and receiving a request from a user terminal to communicate using a traffic communication channel of the base station. The invention further includes measuring a quality parameter of the request deriving a co-spatial constraint for the user terminal, assigning the user terminal co-spatial constraint to the user terminal, and assigning the user terminal to a traffic communication channels having a channel co-spatial constraint that is no less than the user terminal co-spatial constraint and that has no more assigned radios than permitted by the channel co-spatial constraint.05-13-2010
20100118728NAVIGATION WITHIN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless device is registered in a first wireless router by storing information in the first wireless router, a message is created comprising a unique identifier for the wireless device and a unique identifier for the first wireless router; the message is transmitted to at least one second wireless router.05-13-2010
20100118724METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MONITORING A GTP COMMUNICATION PATH IN AN UMTS/GPRS NETWORK - A method for monitoring a GTP communication path in an UMTS/GPRS network as well as a corresponding monitoring system that is connected to the UMTS/GPRS network. The monitoring system comprises means for generating a GTP-C message in the form of a GTP echo request message containing an IP address of the monitoring system as an originating address and an IP address of a node of the UMTS/GPRS network or an external network as a destination address. The system also includes means for transmitting the GTP echo request message to the addressed network node and storing the message transmission time, means of receiving a GTP echo response message sent by the addressed network node as a reply to a successfully transmitted GTP echo request message, and means for determining a round trip time of the GTP echo request/response messages by forming the difference between the time the GTP echo response message is received and the time the GTP echo request message is sent.05-13-2010
20100118723METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING AND DISABLING A SUPPLEMENTARY DOWNLINK CARRIER - A method and apparatus are disclosed for multi cell wireless communication, wherein a status of a secondary serving cell is determined. On the condition that the secondary serving cell is disabled, a Hybrid Repeat Request (HARQ) process associated with the secondary serving cell is released.05-13-2010
20100118716METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DIRECTIONAL CLEAR CHANNEL ASSESSMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method of communication is provided. The method includes detecting at least a portion of a preamble of a packet transmitted by a first device by sweeping over a plurality of receive directions; receiving and decoding a header of the packet based on a first receive direction to identify that the first device had transmitted the packet; and completing reception of the packet based on a second receive direction. An apparatus for performing the method is also disclosed.05-13-2010
20100118726SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING REFLECTIONS AND FREQUENCY DEPENDENT DISPERSIONS IN REDUNDANT LINKS - A network device includes a group of high speed redundant transmission lines and a switch. The switch is configured to select one of the high speed redundant transmission lines. The switch causes reflections and frequency dependent dispersions in the selected high speed redundant transmission line. The network device further includes a transmitting device that is configured to adjust signals transmitted over the selected high speed redundant transmission line so as to reduce the reflections and frequency dependent dispersions.05-13-2010
20130028125RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station 01-31-2013
20100074139Systems and Methods of Measuring Data Transport Utilization - The disclosure is generally directed to a system and method of measuring transport utilization of data that is to be multiplexed and transmitted over a digital transport facility. In a particular embodiment, the system includes a traffic management reporting device to provide a report including performance information. The performance information is determined based at least in part on a count of stuff bits included in a user data frame having a fixed size payload.03-25-2010
20100074138TELEPHONE APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - There is provided a telephone apparatus for communicating with a different telephone apparatus via a network, including a telephone apparatus table in which first use type information indicating a type of use preset for the telephone apparatus is registered in association with telephone apparatus information identifying the telephone apparatus, a position table in which second use type information indicating the type of use preset for a position of the telephone apparatus is registered in association with the position, a position detection part detecting a present position of the telephone apparatus of concern, and a sensing part sensing an incoming call from the different telephone apparatus, a detection part detecting a telephone apparatus on a calling side when the sensing part senses the incoming call.03-25-2010
20100074137ZONE BASED QUALITY OF SERVICE IN A FIBRE CHANNEL FABRIC - Methods and apparatus are provided for improving the configuration, management, and distribution of quality of service information in a fibre channel fabric using zoning mechanisms. Configuration of Quality of Service (QoS) information is made easy by using zones as a classifier for flows. QoS information is included in zone objects, thereby using the existing zone distribution mechanism to distribute QoS information. Devices not part of any zones are placed automatically in the default zone with a default QoS priority level. QoS information for a particular packet is available as soon as the zoning information is obtained.03-25-2010
20100074136HANDHELD ELECTRONIC DEVICE INCLUDING VOICE OVER IP QUALITY INDICATOR, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD - A method of placing a call from a handheld device to a receiving device using VoIP includes initiating the call, transmitting a plurality of voice data packets to the receiving device, determining whether the receiving device has detected one or more missing or delayed packets, and providing a poor voice service indicator if it is determined that the receiving device has detected one or more missing or delayed data packets. Also, a method of placing a call to a receiving device over a network system which allocates bandwidth includes sending a request to the network system for a bandwidth allocation for the telephone call, determining whether the request has been granted, providing a poor voice service indicator to the user of the handheld electronic device if it is determined that the request has not been granted, and transmitting a plurality of voice data packets to the receiving device.03-25-2010
20100074135Distributed Packet Group Identification For Network Testing - There is disclosed a method, an apparatus, a computing device, and a storage medium for testing a network. A plurality of packets may be received. A packet group identification number for each packet may be determined by extracting two or more packet group identification fields from the packet, each packet group identification field located at a respective offset from one of a signature field, a start of the packet, a start of an IP header, and a start of a protocol header; and combining the two or more packet group identification fields to form the packet group identification number. The network testing system may measure, compile, and store performance statistics for packets having the same packet group identification number.03-25-2010
20100074134BAND ALLOCATION METHOD FOR ALLOCATING A PAIR OF RESERVATION PERIODS FOR MEASURING PACKET ROUND TRIP TIME - Upon measuring a packet round trip time RTT from a source device to a sink device, the source device requests a band management unit of a network to allocate bands for round trip packets. The band management unit notifies a reservation period Tsource for transmitting a packet from the source device to the sink device and a reservation period Tsink for sending back a packet from the sink device to the source device, using a beacon signal. The reservation period Tsource is allocated within a time period starting from a middle timing of a time cycle Tbeacon of the beacon signal, and the reservation period Tsink is allocated at a middle timing between the reservation period Tsource and the beacon signal right after the reservation period Tsource.03-25-2010
20100074133METHOD ON LOCALIZATION MESSAGE PROCESS FOR SUPPORTING MOBILITY OF WIRELESS NODES - Provided is a method for localization message process. The method includes allocating cluster resources for recognizing a location of a mobile node, setting operation of each node by deciding a cluster operation state for the mobile node, measuring distances between the mobile node to each of anchor nodes, and recognizing a location of the mobile node.03-25-2010
20100074132Systems for Providing Feedback to Sending Entities - Systems for providing feedback to sending entities are provided. In some embodiments, systems for providing feedback to at least one sending entity that sends requests are provided, the systems comprising: a receiving entity comprising at least one processor that: determines a number of active sources associated with each of the at least one sending entity; determines a number of sessions that each of the at least one sending entity is able to accept based on the number of active sources determined; and provides an indication of the number of sessions to each corresponding one of the at least one sending entity.03-25-2010
20100074131POWER OFFSET FOR CQI REPORTING - In one embodiment, the transmitter is for use with a cellular communication network and includes an offset determination unit configured to select a shift parameter for a channel quality indication, wherein the shift parameter corresponds to an adjustment in an energy per resource element ratio for reporting the channel quality indication. The transmitter also includes a sending unit configured to signal the shift parameter. In another embodiment, a receiver is for use with a cellular communication network and includes a reception unit that receives a transmission. The receiver also includes an offset interpretation unit configured to interpret a shift parameter for a channel quality indication from the transmission, wherein the shift parameter corresponds to an adjustment in an energy per resource element ratio for reporting the channel quality indication.03-25-2010
20100074130Preamble Group Selection in Random Access of Wireless Networks - A transport block size (TBS) of a first uplink message (RACH Msg3) transmitted on a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) during a random access procedure in a User Equipment (UE) accessing a radio access network may be determined by receiving a pathloss threshold parameter. A downlink pathloss value indicative of radio link conditions between the UE and a base station (eNB) serving the UE is then determined. A smaller value of TBS is selected from a set of TBS values if the determined pathloss value is greater than an operating power level of the UE minus the pathloss threshold parameter. A larger value of TBS is selected if the pathloss value is less than the operating power level of the UE minus the pathloss threshold parameter and the TBS required to transmit the RACH Msg3 exceeds the smaller TBS value.03-25-2010
20100074129METHOD FOR SUPPORTING A NETWORK LOCATING A TARGET NODE - The supporting of a network locating a target node is disclosed. The supporting of a network locating a target node includes a User Equipment (UE) transmitting a measurement report message to a source evolved Node B (eNB), the measurement report message including a measurement result of signal quality of a target eNB; the source eNB transmitting a message to a core network node, the message including a type of the target eNB; if the target eNB is a Home Node B (HNB), the core network node transmitting a switching message to a target eNB GateWay (GW) or the target eNB. The Mobility Management Entity (MME) can determine whether the UE is allowed to access the target HNB, and the MME can locate the proper HNB GW.03-25-2010
20100074127CHANNEL MEASUREMENTS ON COMBINED PILOT SIGNALA IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEMS - In a base station and a mobile station the pilot signal power in all carriers are combined for example by using an MRC (Maximum Ratio Combination) algorithm. Physical layer measurement such as Up-Link Synchronization and Angle of Arrival (AoA) are performed based on the combined received signal. The method results in that the measurement errors can be significantly reduced.03-25-2010
20100074126Method and System of Multimedia Service Performance Monitoring - A method and system of multimedia service performance monitoring is provided. The method comprises the following steps: (a) a reference point acquires and stores the association relationship between multimedia packet identification number and the corresponding multimedia information; (b) a sample point orders the received packets according to the multimedia packet identification numbers, detects the integrality of the packets, and feeds the identification numbers of the lost multimedia packets back to the reference point if there are lost packets; (c) the reference point obtains the corresponding multimedia information according to the identification numbers of the lost multimedia packets returned by the sample point and the stored association relationship between the multimedia packet identification number and the corresponding multimedia information, and then evaluates the multimedia service quality of the sample point. The method and system of multimedia according to the present invention is beneficial to digital copyright management, avoids the extra process of decoding multimedia in the server, and is beneficial to monitor the multimedia service performance for a plurality of receiving ends at the server.03-25-2010
20100074125DISCOVERING COMMUNICATION RULES IN A NETWORK TRACE - The claimed subject matter provides a system and/or a method that facilitates managing a network by mining a communication rule. An analysis engine can employ a packet trace within a network in order to provide timing information, wherein the network includes at least one of a host, a protocol, or an application. A traffic evaluator can extract a communication rule for the network based upon an activity matrix generated from the timing information in which the activity matrix includes at least one of a row of a time window for the packet trace and a column for a flow in the packet trace.03-25-2010
20100074124METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SIMPLIFYING PROTOCOL ANALYSIS - A system and method in accordance with exemplary embodiments may include receiving, from a user system, one or more protocol analysis request messages via a network, transmitting, to one or more multipurpose interface devices, one or more control signals based on the one or more protocol analysis request messages, receiving, from the one or more multipurpose interface devices, protocol analysis data associated with data traffic transmitted on one or more test networks in response to the transmitted control signals, and outputting, to the user system, the protocol analysis data via the network.03-25-2010
20100074123DYNAMIC MODEM BANDWIDTH CHECKING - Methods, systems, devices, and software are disclosed for providing controlled access to network characteristic data stored at a subscriber premises. In one embodiment, Internet services are provided to a subscriber through a subscriber's modem, connected to the Internet through an access network, and to a number of data terminals on a local network. The modem is adapted to receive and/or generate data from the connected networks and devices for use in generating network characteristic data. This data is stored in an access-controlled data storage module. Content providers may then login to the modem and query network characteristic data. The modem is configured to authenticate the content provider, and, if authorized and available, return the queried data to the content provider. The content provider may then communicate information to the subscriber's data terminal through the modem, according to the network characteristic data returned by the query.03-25-2010
20100074128BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus for communicating to a mobile station over an uplink shared channel includes a transmit instruction unit configured to assign an uplink shared channel to the mobile station and instruct the mobile station to conduct transmissions over the assigned uplink shared channel; a measurement unit configured to measure a radio quality of the assigned uplink shared channel; and a determination unit configured to determine based on the radio quality whether the mobile station has transmitted data over the assigned uplink shared channel. In addition, a communication control method at a base station apparatus for communicating to a mobile station over an uplink shared channel includes assigning an uplink shared channel to the mobile station and instructing the mobile station to conduct transmissions over the assigned uplink shared channel; measuring a radio quality of the uplink shared channel assigned to the mobile station; and determining based on the radio quality whether the mobile station has transmitted data over the assigned uplink shared channel.03-25-2010
20130136020METHOD FOR MEASUREMENT OF ASYMMETRIC NETWORK CAPACITIES - Disclosed is a method for achieving efficient and accurate measurement of path capacities of a communication network. The method includes the following steps: (a) transmitting a number of probes from a local node to a remote node over a forward network path, each probe contains at least one probe packet and can elicit the remote node to transmit a number of response packets to the local node over a reverse network path; (b) determine for each response packet a minimum round-trip packet delay between the time transmitting the probe and the time receiving the response packet; (c) calculate a number of pair-wise minimum delay differences from the minimum round-trip packet delays. The number of pair-wise minimum delay differences can be used as a measurement of the forward capacity, reverse capacity, faster-path capacity, slower-path capacity and a degree of capacity asymmetry between the local node and the remote node.05-30-2013
20130136016METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PEER LINK SETTING, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CHANNEL SWITCHING, IN WIRELESS MESH NETWORK - A method and apparatus for configuring mesh peer link and a method and apparatus for switching channel in wireless mesh network are provided. A method of configuring a mesh peer link in a wireless mesh network includes a first mesh station transmitting a mesh peering open frame to a second mesh station, and the first mesh station receiving a mesh peering confirm frame from the second mesh station in response to the mesh peering open frame, wherein the first mesh station and the second mesh station support a very high throughput (VHT), and wherein the mesh peering open frame and the mesh peering confirm frame comprise a VHT capability information element.05-30-2013
20130077522MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A mobile communication terminal includes: a transmission power controlling unit for performing transmission power control such that the sum of channel transmission powers or the sum of the ratios of the channel transmission powers to threshold values of the corresponding channels is a predetermined target value; an average transmission power calculating unit for calculating the average value of the sum of the channel transmission powers in a set monitoring period or the average value of the sum of the ratios of the channel transmission powers in the set monitoring period to the threshold values of the corresponding channels; and a transmission power suppressing unit for performing reduction control of the transmission powers such that these average values in a set control period are each equal to or less than the threshold value.03-28-2013
20130077513CoMP MEASUREMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - According to one embodiment, a subscriber station configured to communicate with one or more base stations in a wireless communication network. The subscriber station is configured to receive, from the network, information associated with one or more of the TPs that are candidates for coordinated multipoint (CoMP) transmission with the subscriber station, measure a plurality of channel quality values for each of the one or more TPs, and report to the network, the measured channel quality values.03-28-2013
20130077509RELAYING APPARATUS AND RELAYING METHOD - A relaying apparatus includes a memory that stores a program including a procedure, and a processor that executes the program including the procedure, wherein the procedure includes delaying, when received packet data includes a synchronization message for any one of a frequency synchronization and a time synchronization, a transmission of the received packet data so that a period of time for a relaying process attains a given value.03-28-2013
20130077518BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD - The present invention is designed to perform CQI measurement for adjacent cells without making the processes in the user terminal UE complex. A base station apparatus (eNodeB #03-28-2013
20130077524Method and System for Improved Interference Cancellation by Path Selection - The present invention discloses method and system for improving performance of interference cancellation in a radio communication system. The method comprises: estimating power of an interfering signal contained in a received signal; estimating power of an additive estimate error signal added to the interfering signal; and canceling the interfering signal from the received signal if the estimated power of the additive estimate error signal is lower than the estimated power of the interfering signal. A cellular mobile terminal and a cellular base station comprising the system are also disclosed.03-28-2013
20130077521METHOD AND DEVICE FOR UPDATING COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION SET - A method and a device for updating a coordinated multipoint (CoMP) transmission set are provided by the embodiments of the present invention. The embodiments of the present invention can update the CoMP transmission set, and adjust the CoMP coordinated cells flexibly, which is conducive to further improving the overall performance of the cell and the performance of the users at the edge of the cell.03-28-2013
20130077520METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HIGH-SPEED TRANSMISSION ON RACH - A method and apparatus for signaling in a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU). The method includes the WTRU receiving a value of a maximum number of retransmissions and retransmitting data in a plurality of hybrid automatic retransmission request (HARQ) processes limited by the value of a maximum number of retransmission. The WTRU is configured to receive a cell-specific, fixed or absolute grant on a broadcast channel.03-28-2013
20130077519METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL MANAGEMENT IN HSPA - A method is provided for determining a transmission power control command in a User Equipment (UE) of a High Speed Packet Access (HSPA) network by combining Transmit Power Control (TPC) commands received during Discontinuous Transmission/Discontinuous Reception (DTX/DRX) modes. The combining is done on those TPC commands, which are received on different radio links after ignoring the TPC commands that might be received in a DownLink (DL) slot overlapping with no UpLink (UL) transmission. The UE using the combined TPC commands as derived for transmission of second UL Dedicated Physical Control CHannel (DPCCH) preamble and thereby leading to increase in link reliability and subsequent conservation of power by the UE.03-28-2013
20130077517APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING RADIO NETWORK DEPLOYMENT STATE TEST PROCESS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for performing a radio network deployment state test process in a mobile communication system are provided. In the method, a User Equipment (UE) receives a n equivalent Minimization of Drive Test (MDT)_Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) list from a Mobility Management Entity (MME) or an enhanced Node B (eNB), wherein a PLMN of the MME is an MDT_PLMN of the UE, the MDT_PLMN is a PLMN in which the UE performs an MDT process as a radio network deployment state test process using an MDT scheme, the equiva lent MDT_PLMNs are equivalent PLMNs of the MDT_PLMN, and the equivalent MDT_PLMN Identifiers (IDs) represent PLMN IDs of equivalent PLMNs of the PLMN of the MME.03-28-2013
20130077515METHOD FOR PERFORMING MOBILITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for performing mobility by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes: receiving Physical layer Cell Identity (PCI) split information from a network, the PCI split information indicating a predetermined set of at least one PCI reserved for a predetermined cell type; receiving system information from at least one candidate cell, the system information comprising a PCI for each cell; measuring the at least one candidate cell; determining whether to apply the PCI split information for selecting a target cell; selecting the target cell; and performing the mobility to the target cell. If it is determined that the PCI split information is applied, the step of selecting the target cell includes: excluding at least one cell has a PCI included in the predetermined set; and selecting the target cell among at least one remaining cell.03-28-2013
20130077514Channel State Information Transmission - A wireless device receives control messages from a first base station. The control messages configure measurement parameters and triggers measurements of channel state information for a subset of carriers. The control messages configure an uplink transmission resource, physical uplink channel format, and a list of carriers. The wireless device measures and transmits the channel state information for each active carrier in the list of carriers. The wireless device simultaneously receives signals from a subset of carriers belonging to at least two base stations or belonging to at least two sectors of the first base station.03-28-2013
20130077512METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TERMINALS - A direct communication method between terminals is provided. When a terminal receives a plurality of synchronization information parts, the terminal selects synchronization information to acquire a reference time among the plurality of synchronization information parts according to a priority. Here, the priority is an order of first synchronization information that is received from a base station, second synchronization information that is received from a global positioning system (GPS), and third synchronization information that is received from a terminal in which a hop count from the base station or the GPS is small.03-28-2013
20130077508Method and Apparatus For Signal Quality Determination in a Communication Network - One aspect of the present invention is method for signal quality measurement that provides significant improvements in accuracy, at least in certain scenarios where conventional approaches to such measurements are vulnerable to inaccuracies. Non-limiting example scenarios include instances where a communication network uses downlink carriers in neighboring cells with overlapping frequencies but with different bandwidths and/or center frequencies. In such cases, there may be uneven interference across the carrier bandwidth, e.g., arising from neighboring carriers operating at different center frequencies and/or at different bandwidths. Thus, making the signal quality measurement for a given carrier depend on a combination of measurements taken at different frequency regions of the carrier provides a clearer, more accurate picture of the interference or loading conditions bearing on that carrier.03-28-2013
20130077511SYSTEM, APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication system is provided with a wireless transmission apparatus and a wireless reception apparatus. The wireless transmission apparatus includes a plurality of transmission antennas and a transmission unit. The transmission unit performs signal transmission according to a notified operation mode. The wireless reception apparatus includes a plurality of antennas, a reception unit, a reception quality controller, and an operation mode controller. The reception unit performs reception processing of reception signals received by the reception antennas. The reception quality controller measures a reception quality of each reception signal to calculate a ratio of the reception quality. The operation mode controller determines selection or non-selection of an operation mode according to a comparison result of the ratio and a threshold value and gives notification of the selected operation mode.03-28-2013
20130077507Method and System for Small Cell Discovery in Heterogeneous Cellular Networks - A method and a user equipment in a network having a macro cell and at least one small cell, the method in one embodiment receiving a measurement restriction over a broadcast channel from the macro cell; and applying the restriction for a corresponding measurement at the user equipment. In one embodiment the method includes receiving a small cell list from the macro cell; and measuring at least one of a reference signal receive power and a reference signal received quality based on the received small cell list. The method includes, in one embodiment, receiving a neighboring small cell configurations from the macro cell; and utilizing the received small cell configurations to attach to a small cell. The method includes, in one embodiment, receiving an s-measure offset value over a broadcast channel from the macro cell; and applying the s-measure offset value to an s-measure for neighbor cell discovery.03-28-2013
20130077506System and Method for Association and Uplink Adaptation in a Relay Network - In a system for allocating resources of a wireless communication system power levels of downlink (DL) communication channels and coupling losses of uplink (UL) communication channels are determined. When the power level of the DL communication channel between a base station and a UA is greater than the power levels of the DL communication channels between each of a plurality of RNs and the UA, and the coupling losses of the UL communication channel between at least one of the RNs and the UA are less than the coupling losses of the UL communication channel between the base station and the UA, a DL communication channel resource on the base station to the UA, and a UL communication channel resource on the at least one of the plurality of RNs to the UA are allocated.03-28-2013
20130077504STUDIO-TRANSMITTER LINK (STL) SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Studio-transmitter link (STL) systems and methods are disclosed. In one embodiment, a STL system is provided that includes a STL transmitter comprising a first STL transmitter interface that transmits program content over a first transmission path to a STL receiver, and a second STL transmitter interface that transmits program content over a second transmission path to the STL receiver.03-28-2013
20130077505Method And Apparatus For Using Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) Filtering To Provide Air-Time Optimization In Wireless Networks - A method, apparatus and computer program product for using Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) filtering to provide air-time optimization in wireless networks is presented. At least one message is received at an Access Point (AP) from a mobile unit (MU). A determination is made by the AP whether a received Signal Strength indicator (RSSI) associated with the at least one message from an MU is greater than a predetermined threshold. When the RSSI value associated with the at least one message from na MU is greater than to said predetermined threshold, then a response is generated by the AP and sent to the MU.03-28-2013
20130077501DYNAMIC SUBFLOW CONTROL FOR A MULTIPATH TRANSPORT CONNECTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A multipath transport protocol such as multipath TCP can utilize metrics such as a wireless link condition corresponding to one or more paths as a parameter for controlling a dynamic allocation of data and control signaling over respective paths. Fault-tolerant control can enable retransmissions of packets already sent on a poor path, onto a good path. Further, the feedback, the retransmissions, and other control signaling can be provided on a separate subflow or on a UDP overlay. In this way, a multipath TCP connection can be more reliable and efficient as flow control and data flow are enhanced.03-28-2013
20130077502ADJUSTING REPEATER GAINS BASED UPON RECEIVED DOWNLINK POWER LEVEL - A method of controlling gains within a repeater may include determining a power control set point value which controls a transmit power of a mobile station (MS), and receiving a downlink signal from a base station transceiver system (BTS). The method may further include measuring a power of the received downlink signal, and computing a power level of a signal expected at the uplink of the repeater, wherein the computing is based on the measured downlink power and the power control set point value. Finally, the method may further include adjusting a gain of at least one amplifier based on the computed power level. An apparatus for controlling gains in a repeater may include a baseband processor for performing the above method.03-28-2013
20130034005Enhanced QOS Support using Bluetooth Low Energy - Embodiments support stringent Quality of Service (QoS) requirements using adaptations to the existing Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) protocols. In systems using an enhanced BLE protocol, the master send a poll frame at selected connection intervals or poll intervals. The duration of the connection interval and/or poll interval may be calculated based upon desired QoS parameters, such as delay, target packet error rate (PER), frame error rate (FER), and/or jitter. The master may consider the connection interval lost if a frame is not received from the slave after a predetermined number (m) of consecutive poll frames are transmitted. The value m may be set relatively high to provide more robustness in the system. However, the poll interval may also need to be adjusted to meet QoS requirements. The slave may be required to transmit a packet—that may or may not carry data—in response to every m02-07-2013
20090323544INTERNET ROUTE DEAGGREGATION AND ROUTE SELECTION PREFERENCING - A method and system for managing the routing of traffic within a network develops a topological address space map of the network to enable a “best route” selection process. The network is comprised of a backbone connected to a plurality of peering partners. Points on the network monitor traffic flows. A central facility analyzes the traffic flows and routes within the network and performs intelligent routing management.12-31-2009
20100034106THROUGHPUT-BASED RATE ADAPTATION FOR WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS - A system and method of throughput-based transmission rate adaptation for wireless transmissions is provided. An adapted transmission rate is determined based on transmission feedback from previous wireless frame transmissions. The adapted transmission rate is determined by comparing nominal throughputs derived from packet success rate (PSR) estimates at the current rate and other rates, such that the adapted transmission rate chosen is one that maximizes the nominal throughput. The PSR estimates can include those associated with the current rate, a fallback rate, and other rates. The PSR estimates are updated after each frame transmission. The PSR estimates can be saved and used for calculating future estimates, and they can also be time-stamped so as not to use them if they are older than a predetermined age.02-11-2010
20130039209DATA TRANSFER - A bridging system, comprising bridges and a network, is arranged to transfer data using TCP/IP or similar between a local Storage Area Network (SAN) and a remote SAN. In one embodiment, a bridge is arranged to transfer data from a plurality of ports in a periodic sequence. While an acknowledgement from the remote SAN for data transferred from one port data is awaited, further data can be transferred using one or more of the remaining ports. In other embodiments, one or more parameters, such as number of ports, Receive Window Size etc., can be optimised using artificial intelligence (AI) routines in order to control the data transfer rate between the bridges. The bridging system may be configured to perform a self-learning routine on installation and, in some embodiments, to compile and consult a knowledge base storing optimum configurations for transferring data packets having different attributes by simulating data transfers.02-14-2013
20130039208Method for Setting and Adjusting a Parameter Dependent on a Round Trip Time - An arrangement (02-14-2013
20130039207CELL BASED DATA TRANSFER WITH DYNAMIC MULTI-PATH ROUTING IN A FULL MESH NETWORK - The present invention relates to computing apparatus as an element of a network structure using a method for acquiring and maintaining cell locked data transfer amongst a number of computing apparatuses which can be full mesh interconnected by full duplex data transfer links. A predefined number of symbols transmitted as a cell is followed by a variable number of idle symbols to ensure the nominally simultaneous start of the cell transfers throughout the network without a central control. At specific positions of the cells each computing apparatus broadcasts a list of its transmission requests and receiver capabilities to all other computing apparatuses. Each of the interconnected computing apparatuses executes the same arbitration procedure based on the identical data set of transmission requests and receiver capabilities. As a result transmission paths are assigned for direct transmission and for payload forwarding. The transmission paths can be assigned per cell period individually for both directions of each link. Several packet protocols assigned over the cell transmission layer can coexist in the network.02-14-2013
20130039211INTERFERENCE DETECTION - A computing device configured for wireless communication may effectively control adaptation to channel conditions. The device may be configured to identify and classify conditions impacting performance of a channel so that appropriate adaptations may be made. Interference may be detected by correlating received signal strength and packet errors. High received signal strength correlated to a high packet error rate may signify presence of a source of interference. Once a source of interference is detected, other criteria may be used to determine the nature of the interference so that an adaptation that is minimally disruptive of applications can be selected. Additionally, channel degradation may be predicted by monitoring trends in error rates, including Forward Error Correction rates, and adaptation may be used before packet error rates exceed an unacceptable level.02-14-2013
20130039210METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDICATING A TEMPORARY BLOCK FLOW TO WHICH A PIGGYBACKED ACK/NACK FIELD IS ADDRESSED - A method and an apparatus for indicating a temporary block flow (TBF) to which a piggybacked acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (PAN) field is addressed. A method and apparatus of performing receive processing to reduce the probability of false acceptance of erroneous PANs are also disclosed. A transmit station generates a PAN check sequence (PCS) and performs a channel coding on a PAN field and the PCS. The transmit station scrambles the encoded bits of the PAN field and the PCS with a TBF-specific scrambling code. Because of the scrambling, the PCS decoding at a receive station will pass if the data block is received by an intended receive station, while the PCS decoding will fail if received by a non-intended receive station. Alternatively, the scrambling may be performed before the channel coding. Alternatively, the transmit station may combine the PAN field and a temporary flow identity (TFI) to generate a PCS.02-14-2013
20130039205WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - Provided are a wireless communication method, a base station, a wireless communication system and a communication apparatus whereby an interference power is calculated from an estimated propagation channel estimation result and the transmission power is controlled based on the interference power or the interference is suppressed by controlling the directivity, thereby increasing the transmission capacity. A propagation channel estimation circuit performs propagation channel estimation from a response signal transmitted from a terminal station and estimates a propagation channel estimation result. An interference power calculation circuit measures each interference power from a signal of each sub-carrier received by each of wireless units, and calculates an interference power for each sub-carrier from the propagation channel estimation result estimated by the propagation channel estimation circuit. When the calculated interference power is equal to or more than a predetermined threshold, an interference suppression signal generation circuit changes the transmission power and generates an interference suppression signal.02-14-2013
20130039203REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR A COORDINATED MULTI-POINT NETWORK IMPLEMENTATION - A system and method of receiving a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) is presented. At a user equipment, a first CSI-RS transmitted from a base station is received. In some implementations, the first CSI-RS is transmitted at a first periodicity using a first set of antenna ports. At the user equipment, a second CSI-RS transmitted from the base station is received. In some implementations, the second CSI-RS is transmitted at a second periodicity using a second set of antenna ports. At least one of the first CSI-RS and the second CSI-RS is used to perform channel measurement.02-14-2013
20130039204METHOD FOR REDUCING ENERGY CONSUMPTION IN PACKET PROCESSING LINECARDS - The present invention refers to a method for reducing energy consumption in a packet processing linecard of a packet transmission network, said packet processing linecard comprising a plurality of microprocessors aimed at processing packet traffic wherein the number of active microprocessors is dynamically adjusted as a function of the computation of a traffic estimator based on a recurrent estimation of at least two statistical parameters including the average and a parameter representative of the statistical distribution of the packet traffic.02-14-2013
20130039206Adaptive Resource Partitioning in a Wireless Communication Network - Techniques for performing adaptive resource partitioning are described. In one design, a node computes local metrics for different possible actions related to resource partitioning to allocate available resources to a set of nodes that includes the node. Each possible action is associated with a set of resource usage profiles for the set of nodes. The node sends the computed local metrics to at least one neighbor node in the set of nodes. The node also receives local metrics for the possible actions from the neighbor node(s). The node determines overall metrics for the possible actions based on the computed local metrics and the received local metrics. The node then determines allocation of the available resources to the set of nodes based on the overall metrics. For example, the node may select the action with the best overall metric and may utilize the available resources based on a resource usage profile for the selected action.02-14-2013
20130039202COMPONENT CARRIER (DE)ACTIVATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - This invention relates to the proposal of component carrier (de)activation message that is allowing a activation or deactivation of one or more component carriers in the uplink or downlink. Furthermore, the invention relates to the use of the new component carrier (de)activation message in methods for (de)activation of downlink component carrier(s) configured for a mobile terminal, a base station and a mobile terminal. To enable efficient and robust (de)activation of component carriers, the invention proposes to use component carrier-specific or cell-RNTI(s) for the scrambling of the CRC of the component carrier (de)activation message, and to explicitly indicate the intended recipient of the component carrier (de)activation message in a corresponding field in the message. Furthermore, the invention further proposes different designs of the component carrier (de)activation message and further uses thereof, so as to trigger CQI reporting and/or SRS transmission by a mobile terminal.02-14-2013
20130039198BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station includes a receiver configured to receive data wirelessly transmitted from plural mobile stations which repeatedly transmit the data until a reception acknowledgement signal representing that the data has been received by the base station is received, a transmitter configured to wirelessly transmit data to the plural mobile stations, and a controller configured to assign a radio resource for data transmission to a mobile station of the plural mobile stations in accordance with a data transmission request received from the mobile station, make the receiver receive data from the mobile station in the assigned radio resource, when the receiver has received the data from the mobile station make the transmitter transmit the reception acknowledgement signal to the mobile station, and when the radio resource is reassigned in association with the wireless transmission of the reception acknowledgement signal make the transmitter retransmit the reception acknowledgement signal.02-14-2013
20130039201COMMUNICATION METHOD AMONG A SOURCE DEVICE, A DESTINATION DEVICE AND A RELAY DEVICE - A communication method of a source device according to an embodiment includes detecting a status of a first link directly connected from the source device to a destination device or a status of a second link connected from the source device to the destination device via a relay device, selecting any one of the first link and the second link based on a result of the detection, and transmitting data using the selected link.02-14-2013
20130039200METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC FREQUENCY SELECTION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A method of dynamic frequency selection by an access point (AP) in a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network is provided. The access point configured to communicate over a primary subchannel and a secondary subchannel. The method includes: transmitting a frame including a quiet element and a quiet channel element; and performing channel measurements in the quiet interval. The quiet element defines an quiet interval during which no transmission occurs, the quiet channel element indicates that the secondary subchannel is to be quieted during the quiet interval, and the quiet channel element indicates a condition under which the primary subchannel may be used during the quiet interval.02-14-2013
20130039197METHOD AND DEVICE FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL INFORMATION OF A PLURALITY OF CARRIERS - There is a method and device for scheduling channel information feedback to perform a feedback of channel information of a plurality carriers, wherein the method for feeding back channel information includes: a user equipment measuring channel information over a plurality of downlink carriers; upon reception of an instruction to trigger a feedback of channel information transmitted from a base station, the user equipment transmitting to the base station the measured channel information of corresponding downlink carriers in an obtained set of downlink carriers required to be measured and fed back.02-14-2013
20130039199Methods of Point Association for Cooperative Multiple Point Transission - Procedures for point association as well as measurement and feedback required to enable point association for CoMP deployment scenario 4 are proposed. In a first novel aspect, a serving eNB configures a first higher-layer configuration for RSRP measurement to be used by a UE for serving point selection. The higher-layer configuration contains multiple CSI-RS configurations, and each CSI-RS configuration indicates a set of resource elements (REs) or subcarriers in both frequency domain and time domain as one CSI-RS resource with non-zero transmission power. The UE then performs RSRP measurements based on the multiple CSI-RS configurations and reports RSRP measurement results to the serving eNB. In a second novel aspect, the serving eNB configures a second higher-layer configuration for CSI reporting based on the reported RSRP measurement results. In a third novel aspect, the serving eNB sends CSI-RS information to the UE for uplink power control.02-14-2013
20130039193DEVICES FOR CONVERTING A DOWNLINK SUBFRAME - An evolved Node B (eNB) configured for converting a downlink subframe is disclosed. The eNB includes a processor and executable instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The eNB determines whether to convert a target downlink subframe to a special subframe type 2. The eNB also transmits physical (PHY) layer signaling indicating a subframe conversion for the target downlink subframe if it is determined to convert the target downlink subframe to the special subframe type 2.02-14-2013
20130039196OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A management system for managing the operation of network elements in a mobile communications system, the management system comprising: a manager agent entity being capable of sending a request for the network element to measure a parameter indicated by a target to obtain a plurality of measured parameters and being capable of sending an achievement indication element related to the target; and an agent entity being capable of receiving the achievement indication element and being capable of determining a target achievement indication in respect of at least one measured parameter, the target achievement indication having been determined as a result of monitoring the correspondence between the target and the at least one measured parameter.02-14-2013
20130039195METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RANDOM ACCESS INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN HETEROGENEOUS CELLULAR NETWORKS - Methods and systems at a user equipment, low power access node and first access node operating in a wireless network having a plurality of access nodes comprising a first access node and at least one low power access node having lower transmit power than the first access node, wherein the user equipment receives stronger downlink signals from the first access node than from the at least one low power access node, the method at the user equipment determining, by the user equipment, whether a low power access node is better for uplink data transmission than the first access node; and if the low power access node is better for uplink data transmission, sending from the user equipment to the low power access node, a random access preamble directed to the first access node.02-14-2013
20130039194AUTONOMOUS MAXIMUM POWER SETTING BASED ON CHANNEL FINGERPRINT - A home base station (HBS) (02-14-2013
20130034006MOBILE STATION, RADIO BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A mobile station UE includes a measurement unit 02-07-2013
20130034010METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REPORTING ANTENNA CALIBRATION INFORMATION AND DETERMINING ANTENNA CALIBRATION FACTOR - A method and device for reporting antenna calibration information and determining antenna calibration factor are provided by the present invention. When reporting the antenna calibration information, a user equipment (UE) estimates the downlink equivalent baseband channel from a plurality of antennas of the base station to the UE; according to the equivalent baseband channel, determines the amplitude response and delay value to be reported, and then reports the amplitude response and delay value to the base station. When determining the antenna calibration factor, according to the uplink signal sent by the UE on the base station-directed time-frequency resources, the base station determines the amplitude response and the delay value; according to the amplitude response and delay value reported by the UE and according to the amplitude response and delay value determined by the uplink signal, the base station calculates the antenna calibration factor. Because the UE pre-processing process is added, the sensitivity degrees to the channel estimation error and to the channel Doppler extension are reduced.02-07-2013
20130034012AVAILABLE BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT SYSTEM, TRANSMISSION DEVICE, AVAILABLE BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A packet generation unit (02-07-2013
20130034011METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING A CYCLIC SHIFT PARAMETER WHICH INDICATES ORTHOGONALITY - An apparatus and method for transceiving a cyclic shift parameter which provides orthogonality includes a base station to transmit a cyclic shift parameter that provides orthogonality, and the method involves determining multiple access states of one or more user equipments (UEs), determining the cyclic shift parameter for calculating information related to the orthogonality, and transmitting the determined cyclic shift parameter to the UE.02-07-2013
20130034007Systems and Methods for OFDM Channelization - Systems and methods for OFDM channelization are provided that allow for the co-existence of sub-band channels and diversity channels. Methods of defining diversity sub-channels and sub-band sub-channels are provided, and systematic channel definition and labeling schemes are provided.02-07-2013
20130034004REFERENCE TBTT ESTIMATION ALGORITHM FOR SMART POWER SAVING ON WLAN CLIENT - A WLAN client receives a plurality of beacons that include timestamp values that indicate when the beacons were sent by an access point (AP). The WLAN client calculates a beacon drift value for each of the plurality of received beacons in response to the timestamp values and known physical layer characteristics associated with the WLAN client. The WLAN client selects one of the calculated beacon drift values that represents a minimum beacon drift, and uses this selected beacon drift value (i.e., golden reference target beacon transmission time (RTBTT) estimate) to control the wakeup timing of the WLAN client. The golden RTBTT estimate is updated if a subsequently received beacon exhibits a shorter beacon drift value. If the wakeup wait period of the WLAN client exceeds a predetermined threshold for each of a plurality of received beacons, the golden RTBTT is recalculated to account for the associated increased beacon drift.02-07-2013
20130034002METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RELIABLE ESTIMATION OF NETWORK TRAFFIC - A network, advantageously a home network, comprises a number of user devices, for example personal computers, game consoles and smartphones, each having an estimator application, preferably voluntarily installed by the user. The network further comprises a network device that acts as an interface between the network and an external network. The estimator applications measure the network traffic for its user device, while the network device in parallel generates an independent measurement of the network consumption. The measurements are then compared. If the difference between the sum of the measurements from the estimator applications and the measurement of the network device is below a fixed threshold, it is assumed that the measurements are valid for the considered measurement time interval. Otherwise, the difference is an indication that at least one estimation was incorrect.02-07-2013
20130034003CARRIER GROUPING SCHEMES FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - A method in a receiver includes receiving from a transmitter a request to provide channel feedback relating to a communication channel between the transmitter and the receiver. A maximum latency after which the channel feedback is expected by the transmitter is assessed. A spectral resolution with which to calculate the channel feedback is selected based on the assessed maximum latency. The channel feedback is calculated with the selected spectral resolution, and the calculated channel feedback is sent to the transmitter within the maximum latency.02-07-2013
20130034001TERMINAL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Provided is a terminal apparatus including a first communication unit that performs communication according to a first wireless communication scheme using frequency division duplex; a second communication unit that performs communication according to a second wireless communication scheme different from the first wireless communication scheme; a detecting unit that detects deterioration of reception quality of the first communication unit due to generation of the communication by the first communication unit and the communication by the second communication unit at the same timing; and a reporting unit that reports the deterioration of the reception quality to a communication control apparatus scheduling the communication by the first communication unit, when the deterioration of the reception quality is detected by the detecting unit.02-07-2013
20130034000METHOD OF VARIABLE RATE SINGLE USER AND MULTI USER MIMO FEEDBACK FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A spatial channel state information (CSI) feedback technique is incorporated into multiple-input multiple-output mobile communications technologies. User equipment (UE) channel conditions are measured and, based on the measurements, codebook subsets are selected to which indices are assigned and fed back to a base station.02-07-2013
20130033999NODE AND METHODS THEREIN FOR ENHANCED POSITIONING WITH COMPLEMENTARY POSITIONING INFORMATION - Example embodiments presented herein are directed towards a positioning node, and method therein, for enhanced user equipment position determination management. Example embodiments are also directed towards a network node, and method therein, for enhanced position determination. The example embodiments may employ the use of complementary positioning information in the management or performance of positioning measurement configurations.02-07-2013
20130033995CHANNEL SCANNING IN A NETWORK HAVING ONE OR MORE ACCESS POINTS - Techniques are presented for channel scanning in a network having one or more access points. In one embodiment, a first frequency band is scanned to identify a first access point. A channel indicator is received from the first access point. A second frequency band is scanned based on the channel indicator, to identify a second access point. The second access point may be identified based on the channel indicator.02-07-2013
20130033998METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASUREMENT FOR INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system and, more specifically, a measurement method and apparatus for inter-cell interference coordination in a wireless communication system are disclosed. Herein, a method for supporting measurement of a User Equipment (UE) by a first base station in a wireless communication system includes the steps of acquiring information of downlink subframe configuration of a second base station, determining measurement objects of downlink resource of the first base station based on the downlink subframe configuration of the second base station; transmitting information of the measurement objects to the UE, and receiving measurement result for the measurement objects from the UE.02-07-2013
20130033996ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH ANTENNA SWITCHING CAPABILITIES - Electronic devices may be provided that contain wireless communications circuitry capable of supporting time division multiple access. The wireless communications circuitry may include radio-frequency transceiver circuitry coupled to multiple antennas. Signal strength measurements may be gathered using the antennas and corresponding signal strength difference measurements may be computed to reflect which of the antennas is exhibiting superior performance. The signal strength measurements may be made by measuring receive power levels in a beacon channel during idle time slots while toggling its antennas in and out of use or by detecting for the presence of non-silent traffic channel frames or silence indicator description frames and measuring corresponding receive power levels while toggling its antennas in and out of use. Beacon-channel-based measurements and non-silent-frame-based measurements may be used for electronic devices with receive diversity by simultaneously receiving frames of interest using each of its antennas and making corresponding measurements in parallel.02-07-2013
20130033994SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE OPTIMIZATION OF RESOURCE UTILIZATION FOR REDUNDANCY ELIMINATION - An example method may include calculating a parameter for traffic propagating in a network between a sender and a receiver, where the traffic comprises encoding information and decoding information; determining whether the parameter meets a predetermined value; classifying the traffic as uni-directional if the parameter meets the predetermined value; and classifying the traffic as bi-directional if the parameter does not meet the predetermined value.02-07-2013
20130033997METHOD OF INCREASING DATA THROUGHPUT OF A WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM BY DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING WINDOW SIZE OF COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL - In a wireless network system which adopts a multi-layer data transmission structure, a wireless channel is established between a user equipment and a base station. A signal transmission status of a first layer is measured for adjusting a data transmission parameter of a second layer accordingly. The second layer is higher than the first layer according to the multi-layer data transmission structure.02-07-2013
20130077500Parallel Traffic Generator With Priority Flow Control - An apparatus to generate test traffic for testing a network. A scheduler may provide packet definition data for a sequence of packets, each packet associated with a respective flow control group. A channelized schedule FIFO (first-in first-out) queue may store the packet definition data. The channelized schedule FIFO queue may include multiple parallel channels, each channel dedicated to storing packet definition data associated with a corresponding flow control group. A plurality of non-channelized packet builder lanes may build packets in accordance with packet definition data read from the channelized schedule FIFO. A channelized output FIFO buffer may store packets built by the plurality of packet builder lanes. The channelized output FIFO buffer may include multiple parallel channels, each channel dedicated to storing packets associated with a corresponding flow control group. An output multiplexor may interleave packets from the channelized output FIFO buffer to form the test traffic.03-28-2013
20100046382METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVED SINGLE CELL ADAPTION DUE TO CHANGE IN ENVIRONMENT - A communication method for use in a wireless communications network is proposed, said method comprising the steps of—monitoring at least one property representative of the channel variability in time and/or frequency, for each of at least two channels in the cell, used to communicate with said at least two user terminals;—using the result of the monitoring to control, by a control node in the network or in one of the user terminals, the communication in the cell. The control of the communication may include artificially inducing time selectivity and/or frequency selectivity or selecting an operating mode for the cell.02-25-2010
20100046388METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTIMATING DISTANCE BETWEEN NODES IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - The present invention relates to a method for estimating a distance between nodes by using a round trip time (RTT) of a packet based on a CSMA/CA protocol in wireless sensor networks and a system thereof. The present invention provides a method for estimating a distance between nodes in wireless sensor networks that includes (a) measuring a transmission time of a transmission signal transmitted to the other node and a reception time of a reception signal received from the other node in response the transmission signal, and receiving a reception time of the transmission signal through the reception signal from the other node and a transmission time of the reception signal through a signal received after the reception signal from the other node; and (b) estimating a distance to the other node by using the transmission/reception time of all signals acquired in step (a). According to the present invention, it is possible to accurately estimate the distance between two nodes and as a result, it is possible to accurately identify positions of nodes that are deployed in a sensor field.02-25-2010
20100046392Controlling Software Distribution or File Transfer - An example of a solution provided here comprises automatically measuring bandwidth of a network connection; comparing results of the measuring, with bandwidth parameters; preventing a transfer of a file via the network connection, if measured bandwidth is less than a minimum acceptable value; providing to an end user an option of transferring a file via the network connection, if measured bandwidth is not less than a minimum acceptable value, but is less than an optimal value; and automatically transferring a file via the network connection, if measured bandwidth is greater than or equal to an optimal value.02-25-2010
20100046391APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR NETWORK ANALYSIS - A system for, and method of, extracting information from multiple sessions and in accordance with disparate protocols, and transforming the same into a common language. Packets are collected by packet collectors distributed throughout a network and those packets, and/or metadata relating to those packets, are passed to an aggregator, which is made available via an application program interface to users/applications.02-25-2010
20100046389METHOD AND FACILITY FOR SELECTING SATELLITE CHANNELS - A method for selecting satellite channels in a transmission system consisting of a data source, a data sink, satellite modems and a satellite radio link with a general channel and at least one dedicated channel is provided. The data sink prompts the data source, as a function of the transmission characteristics of the general channel, to set up a dedicated channel for further data transmission.02-25-2010
20100046387DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A TRANSMISSION BEHAVIOR OF SUB-CHANNELS - A device for a method for determining the transmission performance of sub-channels of a transmission channel in a radio-communication system is specified, where data-comprising signal carriers are generated for the setup of the transmission channel within the radio-communication system and accommodated in the sub-channels of the transmission channel, and the transmission performance of the sub-channels is determined on the basis of the signal sub-carriers superposed with interferers. In this context, each sub-channel occupies a separate bandwidth sub-range of a total bandwidth range of the transmission channel. The bandwidth sub-range is disposed within the bandwidth at a spacing distance from other bandwidth sub-ranges of the total bandwidth range, and the interferers are limited to the bandwidth sub-range allocated to the respective sub-channel.02-25-2010
20100046386APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MEASURING BI-DIRECTIONAL RADIO CHANNEL HAVING MULTIPLE ANTENNA - An apparatus and method for measuring bi-directional radio channel with multiple antenna are provided. The apparatus includes a transmitter for amplifying a signal that is frequency-up converted to radio frequency and removing a signal of other frequency band, a high power multiplexing switch for sequentially transferring transmitting signals from the transmitter to a corresponding circulator, a plurality of circulators for transferring the transmitting signals from the high power multiplexing switch to a corresponding antenna among multiple antennas, and transferring a receiving signal from a corresponding antenna, a low loss multiplexing switch for receiving the receiving signal from the corresponding circulator, and sequentially transferring the receiving signal; and a receiver for receiving the receiving signal from the low loss multiplexing switch, removing undesired frequency components from the receiving signal except a desired frequency band and low-noise amplifying the desired frequency band of the receiving signal.02-25-2010
20100046385Wireless Communication Terminal, Communication Control Method of Wireless Communication Terminal, and Wireless Communication System - It is possible to provide a radio communication terminal, a radio communication terminal communication control method, and a radio communication system, capable of effectively performing acquisition of a communication system and trying connection by a communication method desired by a user when a transmission process is generated even if the state is judged to be out-of-cell. When a communication start request is made in the state of out-of-cell in which communication is disabled, a control unit (02-25-2010
20100046383Transmitting and Receiving Media Packet Streams - This invention concerns the transmitting and receiving of digital media packets, such as audio and video channels and lighting instructions. The network (02-25-2010
20100046384METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL MESSAGE AND RESPONSE MESSAGE, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method for responding to a random access channel message, a method for transmitting a random access channel message and a mobile communication terminal for supporting the same are disclosed. The method for responding to a random access channel message includes reading quality measurement information of a downlink channel from a second layer header of a random access channel (RACH) message which is transmitted from a user equipment to an uplink, controlling transmission power of a response message for the RACH message according to the quality measurement information; and transmitting the response message to the user equipment. Since transmission power can be adaptively controlled according to a channel measurement result of the user equipment, a radio resource can be efficiently used. In a method in which information indicating whether or not quality measurement information is included or whether or not upper layer information is included is notified to a base station through a header, compatibility between the existing user equipment and a radio network can be maintained.02-25-2010
20090268627METHOD FOR RING MANAGEMENT IN AN ETHERNET NETWORK COMPRISING A PLURALITY OF REDUNDANCY MANAGERS - Test packets (TP10-29-2009
20130077516RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a radio communication apparatus, a packet size estimation unit estimates the packet size of a packet transmitted to the radio communication apparatus from a transmission side. A reception quality measurement unit measures reception quality of a received signal to obtain a reception quality measurement value. A code block number estimation unit estimates the numbers of code blocks in one packet using the packet size and the code block sizes for individual operation modes. An operation mode selection control unit recognizes desired qualities with respect to the individual operation modes from the estimated numbers of code blocks. Then, the operation mode selection control unit selects an appropriate operation mode based on a result of comparing the desired qualities with the reception quality measurement value.03-28-2013
20130034013METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING A CELL QUALITY MEASUREMENT RESULT FOR MDT BY A TERMINAL - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for reporting a cell quality measurement result for minimization of drive test (MDT) to a base station in an efficient manner by a terminal. The method for reporting a quality measurement result for MDT by a terminal according to one aspect of the present invention comprises: receiving from a base station a first message that contains logging configuration information of a quality measurement result for the MDT; performing quality measurement for the MDT and logging the quality measurement result according to logging configuration information contained in the first message; receiving from the base station a second message that contains information regarding whether the base station supports the report of the quality measurement result; and transmitting to the base station a message notifying the existence of the logged quality measurement result, if the second message contains the information regarding the support of the measurement result.02-07-2013
20130077510APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SWITCHING A PACKET - An apparatus includes a first switch circuit in an active mode and a second switch circuit in a standby mode. The apparatus receives high-priority packets and low-priority packets. Each switch circuit stores the high-priority packets and the low-priority packets into first and second buffers, respectively. The each switch circuit performs packet-readout processing reading out a packet from the first and second buffers where the packet-readout processing is performed on the first buffer on a priority basis. The apparatus controls the first switch circuit so that a back-pressure time for the high-priority packets becomes longer with increasing amount of data transmitted by the high-priority packets, when a low-priority packet outputted from the first switch circuit is determined to be a packet that has been received at a first time that is later than a second time at which another low-priority packet outputted from the second switch circuit has been received.03-28-2013
20090257361METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING COMMUNICATION LINK QUALITY - Methods and apparatus for determining the quality of a communication link transmitting a specified packet type are disclosed. The methodology includes configuring first packets, which share transmission characteristics with a specific packet type, such as a Voice over IP packet, such that the first packets experience similar communication link treatment as the specific packet type. The first packets are then transmitted over the communication link to a quality monitoring server located near a termination equipment of the particular communication link. Second packets, which are transmitted by the server in response to the first packets, are received and evaluated to determine the quality of the communication link based on characteristics of the second packets. Corresponding apparatus are also disclosed.10-15-2009
20120207050Method and device for multi-user beamforming based on a frequency division duplex system - The present invention discloses an FDD (Frequency Division Duplex) system based multi-user beamforming method and device. In the method, when two or more user terminals are at respective AOAs (Angles of Arrival), a transmit weight of a downlink signal of each user terminal is determined by using a null-widening algorithm, and the transmit weight is stored in a network side, the network side groups the user terminals based on AOA information reported by the user terminals, a corresponding transmit weight for the downlink signal of each user terminal in each group is selected based on the AOA information of the user terminals in the group, and the selected transmit weight is transmitted after multiplying it by a downlink data stream of the user terminal corresponding to the transmit weight.08-16-2012
20120207032METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COEXISTENCE BASED ON TRANSCEIVER CHAIN EMPHASIS - Methods and apparatus for reduction of interference between a plurality of wireless interfaces. In one exemplary embodiment, a device having a first (e.g., Wi-Fi) interface and a second (e.g., Bluetooth) interface monitors interference between its interfaces. A reduction in transmit power of the Wi-Fi module causes a disproportionately larger reduction in undesirable interference experienced at the Bluetooth antennas. For example, when the Bluetooth interface detects interference levels above acceptable thresholds, the Wi-Fi interface adjusts operation of one or more of its transmit chains based on various conditions such as duty cycle, Received Signal Strength Indication (RSSI), etc. Various embodiments of the present invention provide simultaneous operation of WLAN and PAN interfaces, without requiring time division coexistence, by reducing power on a subset of interfering antennas.08-16-2012
20100103834METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK NETWORK MIMO IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate generation and processing of control signaling to support uplink network multiple-in-multiple-out (N-MIMO) communication in a wireless communication system. As described herein, respective network nodes associated with an uplink N-MIMO framework can generate channel state information (CSI) corresponding to an uplink channel from a designated network user to the respective nodes. Generated CSI can subsequently be communicated to an uplink anchor node for the network user in order to facilitate rate assignment, scheduling, and/or other operations with respect to the network user. As described herein, CSI generated and reported by respective cells can include channel profiles, carrier/interference profiles, estimated supported uplink rates, or the like. As additionally described herein, supplemental information such as observed interference levels, demodulation indicators, or the like can be communicated to an anchor node and utilized in rate assignment and/or scheduling.04-29-2010
20100103837TRANSPARENT PROVISIONING OF NETWORK ACCESS TO AN APPLICATION - An apparatus and method for enhancing the infrastructure of a network such as the Internet is disclosed. A packet interceptor/processor apparatus is coupled with the network so as to be able to intercept and process packets flowing over the network. Further, the apparatus provides external connectivity to other devices that wish to intercept packets as well. The apparatus applies one or more rules to the intercepted packets which execute one or more functions on a dynamically specified portion of the packet and take one or more actions with the packets. The apparatus is capable of analyzing any portion of the packet including the header and payload. Actions include releasing the packet unmodified, deleting the packet, modifying the packet, logging/storing information about the packet or forwarding the packet to an external device for subsequent processing. Further, the rules may be dynamically modified by the external devices.04-29-2010
20100103827SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING INTERNET-WIDE TRANSMISSION PATH AND TRANSMISSION DELAY - Disclosed herein is a system and method for estimating an Internet-wide transmission path and transmission delay. The system includes indexing construction means configured to function as storage for storing the results of actual measurement of transmission delay for all destinations on the Internet, and configured to, in order to search for necessary actual measurement results using Autonomous System (AS) numbers, translate IP addresses constituting the actual measurement results into AS numbers and index respective path segments with AS numbers, mapping means for mapping the IP addresses of queried two points to AS numbers, AS path estimation means for estimating an AS path between the two AS numbers, and path stitching means for searching for respective path segments constituting the estimated AS path, stitching the found path segments together and stitching IP paths corresponding to the AS path, thereby obtaining a plurality of stitched paths and corresponding transmission delay.04-29-2010
20100103833Radio Bearer Specific CQI Reporting - An improved mechanism for providing channel state feedback from a user equipment (UE) 04-29-2010
20100103832Feedback Apparatus, Feedback Method, Scheduling Apparatus, And Scheduling Method - A scheduling apparatus in a MIMO control station for switching between SU-MIMO mode and MU-MIMO mode receives feedback information from each of a plurality of MIMO terminals. The scheduling apparatus comprises a SU-MIMO selecting unit that selects a terminal that has a SU-MIMO optimal performance metric among all the terminals; a MU-MIMO selecting unit that groups the terminals into at least one set, and selects a set of terminals that have a MU-MIMO optimal performance metric; and a switching unit that compares the SU-MIMO optimal performance metric and the MU-MIMO optimal performance metric to switch between the SU-MIMO mode and the MU-MIMO mode.04-29-2010
20100103831CONTROLLING ACCESS TO AN IP-BASED WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK VIA ACCESS POINT MANAGEMENT - An access point management facility manages use of an access point configured for IP-based communications in a telecommunications system. The facility allows for the establishment of one or more static and/or dynamic parameters for limiting use of the access point for IP-based communications. The facility monitors traffic on the access point and determines whether any requests for use of the access point complies with the parameters for limiting use. The facility then denies or redirects a request for use of the access point if otherwise permitting the request would not comply with the parameters for limiting use of the access point.04-29-2010
20100103830Integrity of Low Bandwidth Communications - The invention relates to a method for checking the integrity of a set of data packets received by a receiving communication device from a sending communication device, the data packets of the set being received in unpredictable order. The invention also relates to a communication device implementing a method according to the invention, in particular to a smart card.04-29-2010
20100103828CELLULAR SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION PATH QUALITY MEASURING METHOD, BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - A cellular system comprises a mobile station and a base station. The mobile station includes a means for transmitting a pilot signal synchronized with data transmission and a means for transmitting a pilot signal not synchronized with data transmission. The base station includes a means for measuring an interference power based on the received power of the field of the pilot signal synchronized with data transmission, a means for measuring a desired wave power based on the received power of the field of the pilot signal not synchronized with data transmission, and a means for estimating the channel quality of the mobile station based on the interference power and the desired wave power.04-29-2010
20100103836Remote Optimizing Wireless Wan Modular Transmitter/Bridge - The invention is a modular, optimizing transmitter/bridge device for optimizing placement of a transmitter/bridge for WWAN communication for one or more WWAN service providers, comprising a transmitter/bridge for WWAN communication, including software for identifying signals from the one or more WWAN service providers, a WWAN interface for providing WWAN service from a preselected WWAN service provider in electronic communication with the transmitter/bridge, a connection to a power source in electronic communication with the transmitter/bridge; and a signal strength indicator in electronic communication with the transmitter/bridge for indicating signal strength of a preselected WWAN service. The device will also have a signal strength indicator to allow for optimal placement for maximum wireless connectivity.04-29-2010
20100103840Techniques for LDPC decoding - Briefly, in accordance with one embodiment of the invention, a device may dynamically select a frequency on which to communicate on a wireless local area network by determining which channels are available and which are unoccupied, for example using a received signal power level measurement. A linear folding algorithm may be used to select an available channel at a midpoint in a larger gap between occupied channels. In the event there are multiple larger gaps of the same size, the larger gap at the higher frequency may be selected.04-29-2010
20130034009System and Method for Dynamic Power Control for Energy Efficient Physical Layer Communication Devices - A system and method for dynamic power control for energy efficient physical layer communication devices. Energy-efficiency features are continually being developed to conserve energy in links between such energy-efficient devices. These energy-efficient devices interoperate with many legacy devices that have already been deployed. In these links, energy savings can be produced by having a local receiver enter an energy saving state based upon the receipt of standard IDLE signals.02-07-2013
20130034008Handling of Idle Gap Commands in a Telecommunication System - The invention relates to methods and arrangements for the reliability handling of idle gap commands received in a unit of a mobile telecommunication system. A user equipment located in a cell of a mobile telecommunication network receives signaling gap commands used to activate or deactivate idle gaps for downlink measurements in the neighbor cells. It is determined whether the received gap command is reliable or not. Downlink measurements are then performed in accordance with a predefined rule in case the received gap command is determined as unreliable.02-07-2013
20100097953ESTIMATION OF BANDWIDTH REQUIREMENTS IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK WITH ACCESS CONTROLS - In one aspect, a method for estimating the bandwidth requirements for a transmission between an input node and an output node of a network with access controls is provided. According to the method, with respect to a time period, the sum of the value of the average bandwidth of the traffic that has been transmitted between the nodes during the time period and the weighted value of the accumulated bandwidth of the declined reservation requests is calculated. An efficient, approximate determination of the traffic matrix of the network and thus an optimal new definition of the limits for the access controls is permitted. This provides particular advantages in terms of efficiency and resources for applications in networks with a dynamic adaptation of the access controls to modified traffic situations.04-22-2010
20100110916Wireless Communication Network Analyzer - A packet controller for simultaneous processing of data packets transmitted via a plurality of communication channels includes a plurality of inputs to receive a respective plurality of signals, such that each of the plurality of signals is indicative of a presence of a data packet on a respective one of the plurality of communication channels, a clock source to supply a periodic clock signal, a plurality of independent processing modules coupled to the respective plurality of inputs to simultaneously process the plurality of signals, such that each of the plurality of independent processing modules implements a respective state machine driven by the periodic clock signal to process the respective signal independently of every other one of the plurality of processing modules, and an output to transmit an output signal indicative of a presence of at least one data packet on one or more of the plurality of communication channels.05-06-2010
20100110925METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADJUSTING CONFIGURATION OF BORDER OBJECT - The present disclosure relates to communication technologies and discloses a method for adjusting BO configuration and an EMS for use in a mobile communication network. The method includes: exchanging, by an Element Management System, EMS, information about BOs managed by other EMSs with each of the other EMSs; and negotiating with each of the other EMSs to adjust configuration of the BOs managed by each of the other EMSs according to the information about BOs received from the other EMSs. The embodiments of the present disclosure are applicable to adjustment and optimization of a BO in a mobile communication network.05-06-2010
20100110927MONITORING PORTAL SYSTEMS AND METHODS - In one of many possible embodiments, a system includes a monitoring portal configured to receive state information descriptive of usage of a plurality of communication services provided on a plurality of communication networks of different types and to make the state information available to a subscriber of the plurality of communication services, in substantially real time.05-06-2010
20090097409Dynamic Selection Between Active and Passive Probing in Computer Network - In one embodiment, during network operation, it is dynamically determined whether to change from passive probing of communication path metrics to active probing of communication path metrics.04-16-2009
20120263071DPI MATRIX ALLOCATOR - A deep packet inspection (DPI) allocator for managing bandwidth in a communication channel, the DPI allocator comprising: a DPI application for inspecting data packets propagating to a destination via the channel that enter the allocator; and at least one service application for processing data packets that enter the allocator.10-18-2012
20120263062TRANSPORT CONTROL SERVER, TRANSPORT CONTROL SYSTEM, AND TRANSPORT CONTROL METHOD - A passage channel is calculated by taking into account a plurality of requirements having different importance degrees. A channel calculation unit (10-18-2012
20120263060WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, CONTROL PROGRAM FOR MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - Efficient transmission control of power headroom is performed by a mobile station apparatus that includes a power headroom control unit which manages a power headroom which is a difference between a maximum transmit power value determined for each uplink carrier component by a base station and a predetermined power value estimated for uplink transmission. A path loss measurement unit monitors a path loss of a downlink carrier component informed from the base station among a plurality of downlink carrier components. When a path loss value of any downlink carrier component changes more than a predetermined value, the power headroom control unit modifies transmission to the base station apparatus of the power headroom for uplink transmission corresponding to all the downlink carrier components set by the base station apparatus.10-18-2012
20120263052Method and Device for Detecting Downlink Control Information - The present invention provides a method and device for detecting downlink control information, which relates to the communication field. The method includes: during cross carrier scheduling, the user equipment (UE) determines a search space for monitoring a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) according to the number of downlink component carriers in a PDCCH Monitoring Set and the number of downlink component carriers in a UE DL Component Carrier Set.10-18-2012
20090154370Mobile Communication Device and Reception Quality Information Creation Method - When a processing delay detection unit (06-18-2009
20090154368METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING QoE GUARANTEED REAL-TIME IP-MEDIA VIDEO QUALITY - A method and apparatus for measuring the quality of a video provided in an IP network based media service is provided. The apparatus for measuring Quality of Experience (QoE) guaranteed real-time Internet Protocol (IP)-media video quality, includes: a receiver receiving a transmission video provided through an IP network service platform and an original video corresponding to the transmission video, and extracting frames of the transmission video and the original video; a detector comparing the frames of the transmission video and the original video in real time to obtain a difference between the frames of the transmission video and the original video and detecting a matching segment between the transmission video and the original video; and a measurement unit calculating a QoE parameter using the frames of the transmission video and the original video which correspond to the matching segment.06-18-2009
20090154367Method And Apparatus For Relating To Quality Of Service In Wireless Networks - Quality of service is provided, for applications using a wireless network, by adapting the operation of the application to changes in operation of the wireless network, instead of attempting to command the wireless network to adapt to the application. Adaptation is accomplished by collecting pertinent RF data concerning operation of the wireless network and pre-calculating at least one anticipated operational characteristic of that network based on operational dynamics determined from the pre-calculation. Pre-calculation may include trend projection to predict near-term future operation expected from the wireless network. The pre-calculated operational characteristic is provided to the application so that operation of the application may adapt to the anticipated dynamic variations in operation of the wireless network.06-18-2009
20090219826SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LIMITING ACCESS TO AN IP-BASED WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK BASED ON ACCESS POINT IP ADDRESS AND/OR MAC ADDRESS - A system and method manages call connections between mobile subscribers and an EP-based wireless telecommunications network through a wireless access point. Communications between the mobile subscribers and the IP-based wireless telecommunications network are initiated by a registration request. During the registration request various identifiers (IMSI, MAC address, IP Address, etc.) are communicated to the system. The system is arranged to log the identifiers and associate those identifiers with the entry point (e.g., the wireless access point) into the IP based wireless network. Call connections from the mobile subscribers are monitored for various throughput and call quality based metrics. Call handoffs between the IP-based wireless communications network and the cellular telephony network are managed by the system based on the monitored call quality and throughput metrics on a per-access point basis using the registered identifiers.09-03-2009
20130028117METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AGGREGATING CARRIERS OF MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - The described aspects include methods and apparatus for communicating control information in a carrier aggregation configuration that uses multiple radio access technologies (RAT). A first resource assignment related to a first carrier corresponding to a first RAT can be received, as well as, a second resource assignment related to a second carrier corresponding to a second RAT. The first carrier and the second carrier are aggregated for communicating data in a wireless network. In addition, resources can be determined for communicating first RAT control data for the first RAT over an uplink carrier based at least in part on the first resource assignment. Second RAT control data can then also be communicated in containers and/or using timing for control data of the first RAT over at least a portion of the resources.01-31-2013
20100039950Method and Apparatus for Reducing the Signalling Bandwidth Load by Reporting Measurements in Differential Manner in a Multicast Message - A signalling method for reducing the bandwidth needed for communicating measurement values from at least a first source base station (02-18-2010
20100039948INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT BASED ON ENHANCED PILOT MEASUREMENT REPORTS - Techniques for managing interference in a wireless network are described. A base station may receive enhanced pilot measurement reports from user equipments (UEs) and may make an interference management decision based on the received reports. The base station may select a serving base station for a UE based on an enhanced pilot measurement report received from the UE. The base station may determine resources with a low target interference level at a neighbor base station and may avoid scheduling a UE for uplink transmission on the resources. The base station may also determine whether to reserve resources for a neighbor base station based on data performance of the neighbor base station, whether the neighbor base station observes high interference from UEs served by the base station, or whether UEs served by the neighbor base station observe high interference from the base station, which may be determined based on the enhanced pilot measurement reports.02-18-2010
20100039949Methods and apparatus for data communication - Data communication apparatus including a port and a control entity. The control entity is operative to establish a connection with a remote entity over a first path and negotiate with the remote entity using in-band signaling over the first path establishment of a second path allowing the exchange of data between the data communication apparatus and the remote entity. The invention presents advantages from the standpoint of ease of implementation and bandwidth and resource savings. The use of an in-band messaging protocol to negotiate a establishment of the second path can be implemented generally in a straight forward manner. At the same time, the ability to transfer at least part of the connection to the second path avoids the drawbacks that would arise if that part of the connection were constrained to the first path. This feature allows the operator to take advantage of benefits provided by the second path but not available to the first path.02-18-2010
20100039946Interception Of Multimedia Services - The present invention relates to a method for monitoring in a telecommunication system. The system comprises a service domain that handles session control and a bearer domain used for transportation of media flow. A request for monitoring of a first party (A) is received by a Call Session Control Function (CSCF) in the service domain. The method comprises the following further steps: —A SIP session event is detected by the Call 02-18-2010
20100039956METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING KEEP-ALIVE MONITORING ON SUBSCRIBER SESSIONS - A method and system for performing keep-alive monitoring on subscriber sessions as well as an edge device are provided. In the method, keep-alive monitoring is performed on a subscriber session group, and a keep-alive monitoring result of the subscriber session group serves as a keep-alive monitoring result of a plurality of subscriber sessions in the subscriber session group, so that the subscriber sessions in the subscriber session group can be processed in batches, and the real-time processing traffic of an IP edge device for the subscriber sessions is reduced, thereby lowering the real-time processing load of the IP edge device for the subscriber sessions, and increasing the real-time processing rate of the IP edge device for the subscriber sessions.02-18-2010
20100039955SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO MONITOR COMMUNICATIONS TO IDENTIFY A COMMUNICATIONS PROBLEM - Systems and methods to monitor communications to identify a communications problem are disclosed. An example method to monitor communication includes mirroring a first port on a first network element communicatively coupled to a virtual circuit to a second port on a second network element communicatively coupled to the virtual circuit, mirroring a third port on a third network element coupled to the virtual circuit to the second network element, monitoring mirrored communications data at the second network element by receiving communications data on the second port that are sent to the first port from the third port or from the first port to the third port, and analyzing the monitored communications data to identify a communications problem based on a difference between communications data mirrored from the first port and communications data mirrored from the third port.02-18-2010
20100039952SYSTEM FOR MONITORING, CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION OF TECHNICAL PROCESSES - In order to provide a system (02-18-2010
20100039951COOPERATIVE MULTI-CELL TRANSMISSION METHOD - The present invention provides a cooperative multi-cell transmission method that can be utilized to implement cooperative transmission in a virtual cell. Sectors composing the virtual cell are real cells and/or full sectors in real cells, any sector among the sectors composing the virtual cell is physically located adjacent to at least one of the other sectors, and each sector of the virtual cell corresponds to a real transmitting node respectively. The method includes: acquiring channel state information between any user and at least one of real transmitting nodes by a main information processing node; performing user scheduling and real transmitting node scheduling based on the channel state information by the main information processing node; and cooperatively transmitting data of one or more scheduled users based on the channel state information by one or more scheduled real transmitting nodes. The method according to an embodiment of the present invention reduces the interference and enhances the system spectral efficiency.02-18-2010
20100039954ANALYZING COMMUNICATION CONFIGURATION IN A PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM - An analysis of a communication configuration in a process control (PC) or substation automation (SA) system is disclosed, wherein network messages, and/or respective message sources, configured for transmission across a communication network of the system can be evaluated. From a logical data flow description that is part of a standardized configuration representation of the PC or SA system and which includes, in the form of control blocks, formal information for every message, receiver intelligent electronic devices (IEDs) can be retrieved or determined. For each retrieved receiver IED, the totality of all network messages destined for or directed to this particular receiver IED can be evaluated or processed (e.g. in view of a subsequent network load analysis, virtual local area network assignment, or graphical display of the data flow). Exemplary network messages of interest include cyclic point-to-point reports, periodic or repeated real-time multicast messages (Sampled Values SV) and event-based multicast messages (generic object oriented substation events GOOSE).02-18-2010
20100039947RELAYS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus for transmitting packets in wireless communication networks are disclosed. The methods include a relay mobile station measuring channel quality between the relay mobile station and a destination mobile station in response to a request for relay mobile stations from a base station The relay mobile station reports a channel quality indicator to the base station if the channel quality for a link between the base station and the destination mobile station via the relay mobile station is greater than a predetermined channel quality. The base station determines the relay mobile station that provides an optimal route for transmitting the packets from the base station to the destination mobile station.02-18-2010
20100027440Diagnostic information on multicast communications - Various embodiments of the invention pertain to a wireless communications device to receive multicast transmissions, and to transmit diagnostic information regarding those multicast communications in response to a triggering event. Other embodiments pertain to another wireless communications device to transmit the multicast transmissions, request the diagnostic information, and receive that information.02-04-2010
20100027439Portable Diagnostic Device for Trouble-Shooting a Wireless Network and a Method for Trouble-Shooting a Wireless Network - A portable diagnostic device (PDD) for diagnosing packet-based wireless networks. the PDD comprises an input device configured to convert user input into electrical signals, a radio frequency (RF) transceiver, an antenna, processing logic, a modem, and a display device. The processing logic is configured to execute a diagnostic software module that generates diagnostic commands for diagnosing a packet-based network and that interprets diagnostic information sent from the packet-based network to the PDD. The modem enables the PDD to wirelessly communicate via the RF transceiver and the antenna with a base transceiver station (BTS) that is in communication with the packet-based network. The display device displays diagnostic information received by the RF transceiver and processed by the processing logic. The diagnostic information displayed on the display device describes one or more attributes of the packet-based network.02-04-2010
20120213110COMMUNICATION CHANNEL SELECTION DEVICE, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A communication channel selection device, method and computer program product select a wireless communication channel among a plurality of communication channels with partially overlapping bandwidths in a frequency range available for use by an access point. A channel detector detects a busy channel used by another access point different from the access point. A signal strength detector detects a received signal strength of a wireless radio wave output from the another access point in the busy channel detected by the channel detector. A channel selector checks for a presence of a non-interfering channel that does not interfere with the detected busy channel, and when the channel selector does not detect the presence of the non-interfering channel, the channel selector selects the communication channel to be used by the access point based on the received signal strength of the wireless radio wave output in the busy channel.08-23-2012
20130208619WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Communication quality is prevented from being deteriorated due to interference caused by low accuracy of channel information or interference from another base station or another wireless communication system. A wireless communication system includes a first wireless station including a plurality of antenna elements, transmission units corresponding to the plurality of antenna elements, and a transmission directivity control unit that controls transmission directivity of the plurality of antenna elements, and a plurality of second wireless stations each including a reception power measurement unit that measures a reception power. The transmission directivity control unit determines the transmission directivity of each of the plurality of antenna elements so that a signal does not reach a particular second wireless station among the plurality of second wireless stations. The transmission units generate wireless signals using the transmission directivity. The plurality of antenna elements transmit the generated wireless signals. The reception power measurement unit measures the reception power in a period that is set so that a signal does not reach the particular second wireless station, and detect the presence or absence of interference.08-15-2013
20130083685METHOD FOR DIFFERENTIALLY QUANTIZING CHANNEL INFORMATION IN MULTI-ANTENNA WIRELESS SYSTEMS AND SYSTEM ADOPTING THE SAME - A method of signal transmission based on differentially quantized channel information in a multi-antenna wireless communication system which can transmit signal to multiple mobile stations simultaneously through multiple transmit antennas includes a main codebook reporting step of each mobile station for quantizing channel correlation information (CCI) using a main-codebook and reporting an index of the main codebook, which corresponds to the quantized CCI, to a base station. A sub-codebook reporting step of each mobile station for quantizing the change of the CCI between the quantization interval using a sub-codebook and reporting an index of the sub-codebook, which corresponds to the quantized CCI change, to a base station. A multi-user eigen-beam transmission step of the base station for generating multiple eigen-beams using the index of the main-codebook or sub-codebook reported from mobile stations and transmitting them to multiple users simultaneously.04-04-2013
20130083687COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A meter interface which is an exemplary communication device includes a radio communication unit, a level calculator unit, and an interface processing unit, and the processing unit is configured to obtain information relating to the number of lower terminals connected to each of the upper terminals, based on the signal from the upper terminal, and determine as an upper terminal to be connected to the meter interface, an upper terminal which is smallest in the number of lower terminals connected to the meter interface, from among upper terminals in which received signal levels calculated in the level calculator unit are not lower than a predetermined threshold.04-04-2013
20130083686Systems and Methods of Measuring Communication Performance - The disclosure is generally directed to a system and method of measuring transport utilization of data that is to be multiplexed and transmitted over a digital transport facility. In a particular embodiment, the system includes a traffic management reporting device to provide a report including performance information. The performance information is determined based on a count of stuff bits included in a user data frame having a fixed size payload.04-04-2013
20130083684METHODS OF DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Disclosed is a device to device (D2D) communication method. The D2D communication method includes generating a connection identification (CID) for D2D communication using an identification (ID) of a specific terminal, selecting a sequence corresponding to the CID, and transmitting the selected sequence using a paging request resource including a plurality of subcarriers. Accordingly, even in a channel selective wireless environment, a performance of a wireless link may be improved, and usage efficiency of wireless resources may be improved.04-04-2013
20130083683Support of Network Based Positioning by Sounding Reference Signal - A method of network-based positioning using sounding reference signal (SRS) is proposed. An eNodeB configures a number of parameters of a periodic SRS transmission for a user equipment (UE). The eNodeB then transmits SRS configuration data for SRS measurements performed by a location measurement unit (LMU). The SRS configuration data includes cell-specific SRS bandwidth configuration and UE-specific SRS bandwidth configuration. The SRS configuration data may further include a number of antenna ports for SRS transmission, SRS frequency hopping bandwidth configuration, information on whether SRS sequence-group hopping is enabled, and Δ04-04-2013
20130083681Methods of Channel State Information Feedback and Transmission in Coordinated Multi-Point Wireless Communications System - A method of operating an eNB in a wireless communication network is provided, wherein the eNB is configured for coordinated multipoint (CoMP) transmission. The method comprises determining, by the eNB, whether to use a fall back transmission scheme for communicating with a UE in the network, wherein the fall back transmission scheme is different from a regular transmission scheme. The method further comprises transmitting, by the eNB, data using the fall back transmission scheme in one or more selected subframes and/or on selected frequency resources.04-04-2013
20130083682DOWNLINK TIMING REFERENCE FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATION - A method, apparatus and a system are disclosed. A method of operating a user equipment includes receiving one or more signals from one or more transmission points for a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) transmission. The method also includes identifying a timing reference for receiving the coordinated multi-point (CoMP) transmission as a time when a signal is first received from one of the transmission points.04-04-2013
20130083679METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FILTERING AND PROCESSING RECEIVED VEHICLE PEER TRANSMISSIONS BASED ON RELIABILITY INFORMATION - Methods and devices for processing and retransmitting highway communication system transmissions include determining a reliability of a received message and including an indication of the reliability in retransmitted transmissions. Reliability of received messages may be based on a signal strength of the received peer transmission, comparison of the signal strength to a distance to the transmitter based on message contents, the age of the received message, the signal quality of the received message, and other parameters. An indication of the determined reliability may be included in retransmissions of the message to enable other vehicles and receiver units in the highway communication system to benefit from the reliability determination. Message reliability may be used as part of prioritizing messages for processing. Messages may be processed according to priority so that high priority messages are processed before lower priority messages.04-04-2013
20130083678MULTI-RADIO MEDIUM-AGNOSTIC ACCESS ARCHITECTURE - A multi-radio medium-agnostic access architecture is proposed. The multi-radio medium-agnostic architecture features a medium-agnostic MAC that interfaces between the TCP/IP and the physical layers of user equipment, such as a laptop computer or cellular phone having multiple radios, so that the radios in the user equipment may operate simultaneously, seamlessly, and transparently to higher layers.04-04-2013
20130083680SERVER, SERVER CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - According to one embodiment, a server includes a transmitter, a storage, a determination unit and a controller. The transmitter is configured to transmit data using TCP streams. The storage is configured to store a number of TCP streams which the transmitter used in transmitting the data and a maximum value of a bandwidth which the transmitter used in transmitting the data using the number of TCP streams, in association with each other. The determination unit is configured to determine a number of TCP streams, which the transmitter uses in transmitting new data, based on the stored number, the stored maximum value, and a target value of the bandwidth. The controller is configured to update the stored maximum value when a bandwidth used for transmitting the new data using the determined number is larger than the maximum value associated with the stored number which is identical to the determined number.04-04-2013
20130083674METHODS FOR ROBUST WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FOR NODES LOCATED IN VEHICLES - A communication method for a wireless communication network in a vehicle is disclosed where the network includes a plurality of sensor nodes and a receiving node. The method includes wirelessly transmitting first sensor data from a first sensor node and second sensor data from a second sensor node using first and second frequency channels, and receiving the first and second sensor data at the receiving node. The method can include rearranging the order of transmitting sensor data, and aggregating sensor data at the sensor nodes. The method can include testing the quality of the wireless links; and using the links with the best quality whether indirect or direct links. The receiving node can simultaneously receive data from more than one node using different frequencies. The nodes can transmit data in parallel using different frequencies. The network can include helper nodes. The wireless communication network can be designed as a tree.04-04-2013
20130083676Enhanced Stomp-and-Restart with Interference Suppression - Enhanced stomp-and-restart techniques are provided. At a plurality of antennas of a wireless communication device, energy is received in a channel in which one or more frames may be transmitted to the wireless communication device from any one of a plurality of other wireless communication devices. A first frame is acquired from the received energy. Channel state information is computed for the first frame and the channel state information associated with the first frame is stored. Interference suppression parameters are computed for the first frame from the channel state information. It is determined whether a stronger second frame is being received by the wireless communication device. The received energy associated with the first frame is nulled-out using the interference suppression parameters when the stronger second frame is determined to be received so that start-of-packet processing and decoding is performed on the stronger second frame.04-04-2013
20130083673Access Node For A Communications Network - An access node such as an OLT or DSLAM for use in a communications network. The access node performs a plurality of functions using in a number of function modules, each divided into one or more sub-modules. The status of the sub-modules is controlled by a controlled by a controller that reviews load statistics and other inputs and determines whether the configuration of the function module should be changed. If so, individual sub-modules are powered down, clock-gated, or returned to operational status. A traffic dispatcher positioned before each function module distributes the data traffic to available sub-modules for processing, after which it is aggregated by a traffic aggregator and passed on to the next stage. A number of circuit boards may be used, each containing only one or two function modules. The boards are connected by short, high-speed serial lines, which may have multiple links whose status may also be controlled.04-04-2013
20130083677Method And Apparatus For Controlling Buffer Status Report Messaging - An apparatus such as a user equipment user device, smart phone and the like includes a memory device and an associated processor configured to transmit a buffer status report message when a reported buffer size in a last transmitted buffer status report message is satisfied. The apparatus may be configured to store the reported buffer size associated with the last transmitted buffer status report message, and track one or more grants of uplink resource; wherein the reported buffer size associated with the last transmitted buffer status report message is satisfied based on the grants of uplink resource.04-04-2013
20130083675DEVICES FOR RADIO LINK MONITORING - A user equipment (UE) configured for radio link monitoring is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE monitors a radio link quality for a secondary cell (SCell). The UE also determines whether a physical layer problem is detected based on the radio link quality. If a physical layer problem is detected, the UE stops a time alignment timer (TAT) of the SCell or sets the time alignment timer (TAT) of the SCell as expired.04-04-2013
20130083672Apparatus and Method for Controlling Self-Interference in a Cellular Communications System - The invention relates to a radio base station (04-04-2013
20100067399METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANALYZING PROPOSED SERVICE FEATURES IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Method and apparatus for analyzing a proposed service feature in a communication network is described. In one example, a call flow for supporting the service feature in the communication network is created, where at least one network component supports the call flow. First cost data for internally developing the at least one network component is determined. Second cost data for procuring the at least one network component from third party entity is determined. The first cost data and the second cost data are processed to generate a recommendation for either internally developing or externally procuring the at least one network element.03-18-2010
20100329137WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A plurality of wireless communication methods are combined, networks to be used are dynamically selected by evaluating each network quality, and a packet format is changed adaptively to realize necessary reliability. The wireless communication apparatus has a network interface, a data interface, a quality interface, an allocation control part, a quality database, a quality update part, communication units and antennas. The wireless communication apparatus receives data and a requested quality from an application apparatus, selects the communication unit and communication method suitable for the requested quality, and transmits the data and requested quality. The communication unit receives a communication quality of the communication partner, and the quality update part updates the communication quality state in the quality database.12-30-2010
20100329129METHOD FOR PROVIDING SERVICE QUALITY IN A WIMAX COMMUNICATION NETWORK, AND METHOD FOR SELECTING AN ACCESS TRANSPORT RESOURCE CONTROL FUNCTION BY MEANS OF A GUIDELINE DECISION-MAKING FUNCTION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method provides service quality in a WiMAX communication network, and a method selects an access transport resource control function by a guideline decision-making function in a communication network. According to a method for providing service quality on an air interface of an access network in a WiMAX communication network by an application function, the application function aims to provide a user of the WiMAX communication network with a service quality-related application. The desired service quality is signaled by an authentication, authorization and accounting infrastructure of the WiMAX communication network.12-30-2010
20080285476Method and System for Implementing a Forward Error Correction (FEC) Code for IP Networks for Recovering Packets Lost in Transit - Certain aspects of a method and system for implementing a forward error correction (FEC) code for Internet Protocol (IP) networks for recovering data packets lost in transit may be disclosed. At least one forward error correction (FEC) packet comprising a first checksum of at least one selected subset of a plurality of data packets may be received by the client. A second checksum of the selected subset of the plurality of data packets excluding one or more lost data packets may be calculated. One or more lost data packets may be recovered based on comparing the first checksum with the calculated second checksum.11-20-2008
20120182899CQI TABLE FOR WIRELESS MIMO NETWORK - A Channel Quality Indicator table for wireless multiple input multiple output (MIMO) networks is disclosed. In one embodiment, a method of generating a table for channel quality indicator (CQI) for an open loop MIMO transmission includes calculating performance of a link between a transmitter and a user end unit for each MIMO transmission mode over a range of average signal-to-noise ratio, and selecting the MIMO transmission mode that maximizes performance for each subset of the range of average signal-to-noise ratio. The method further includes storing the selected MIMO transmission mode and the corresponding subset of the range of average signal-to-noise ratio in a CQI table, the CQI table being stored in an user end unit and a base transceiver station of the open loop MIMO network.07-19-2012
20120182898METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK DATA VIA A RELAY - A method and system for transmitting downlink data via a relay, and a relay are provided by the present invention. The system includes an evolved node B and a relay. The evolved node B is set to determine power parameters of a terminal according to a downlink transmission power from the rely to the terminal, and to inform the terminal of the power parameters; the rely is set to perform the signal transmission to the terminal according to the downlink transmission power; the terminal demodulates the signal received from the evolved node B and/or the rely according to the power parameters. Application of the present invention enhances the transmission performance of the system, and resolves the problem of setting the transmission power for the relay node.07-19-2012
20120182897METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK ENTRY IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - An apparatus and a method for manage network entry in a heterogeneous network (HetNet). In the method for network entry of a terminal in a HetNet, a base station access signal for network entry is transmitted to a serving base station. A response message is received from the serving base station. An uplink parameter is controlled based on an indication of the serving base station included in the response message. An access request message is generated and transmitted to the serving base station. A downlink response message including information regarding a selected serving base station is received from the serving base station. An access response message including information for network entry is received from the selected serving base station. A network entry procedure is performed with the selected serving base station.07-19-2012
20120182896INTERFERENCE MEASUREMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USER EQUIPMENT HAVING MULTIPLE HETEROGENEOUS COMMUNICATION MODULES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An interference measurement method and a user equipment supporting the method are provided. The method enables the user equipment having multiple heterogeneous communication modules for Long Term Evolution (LTE), WiFi, Bluetooth and Global Positioning System (GPS) to perform interference measurement so as to avoid coexistence interference. The user equipment may perform effective communication by identifying non-preferred frequency bands and avoiding coexistence interference caused by the heterogeneous communication modules.07-19-2012
20120182895APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - Provided are apparatus and a method for transmitting and receiving channel state information. The apparatus for transmitting channel state information includes a resource demapper configured to extract at least one of data, a user equipment (UE)-specific reference signal, and a cell-specific reference signal from an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM)-demodulated signal, a channel estimation unit configured to estimate a downlink channel on the basis of at least one of the UE-specific reference signal and the cell-specific reference signal, and a channel state information producer configured to produce at least one of a cell-specific channel quality indicator (CQI), a UE-specific CQI, and switched beam selection information on the basis of information on the estimated downlink channel. Accordingly, it is possible to efficiently perform channel adaptive transmission and beamforming-mode transmission in consideration of an actually reflected beamforming gain and interference cancellation gain.07-19-2012
20120182894WIRELESS RELAY MODULE FOR REMOTE MONITORING SYSTEMS - A wireless relay module for networked communications between a series of medical devices and a remote monitoring device. The relay module communicates with the remote monitoring device over one or more internet-accessible wireless communication networks, and includes a receiver, transmitter for communicating over wireless relay networks, other transmitters for the one or more internet-accessible wireless communications networks; and a controller. The controller determines a status of the one or more internet-accessible wireless communications networks. When the status indicates that at least one of the interne-accessible wireless communications network is available, the appropriate transmitter is selected for the transmitting medical device data over the available internet-accessible wireless communications networks. When internet-accessible wireless communications networks are not accessible, the appropriate wireless relay network transmitter is selected for transmitting the data to another wireless relay module.07-19-2012
20120182893METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING POWER OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Devices, systems and methods of controlling transmit power of a station are disclosed. The station is able to request for link management, to receive a response frame with an indication to decrease and/or to increase the transmit power and, if the transmit power is increased or decreased no later than a predefined time interval, the station sends a link adaptation acknowledgment with an indication to increase or decrease the transmit power.07-19-2012
20120182892METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOW-LATENCY NETWORKING - Various aspects of a method and system for low-latency networking are provided. Latency requirements of traffic to be communicated along a network path comprising one or more Ethernet links may be determined. A maximum size of Ethernet frames utilized for communicating the traffic may be determined based on the latency requirements. The maximum size of the Ethernet frames may be determined based on a data rate of one or more Ethernet links along the network path. A single device may utilize different maximum packet sizes for different ports/links on which it communicates. One or more messages indicating the determined maximum size may be communicated among devices along the network path to coordinate maximum packet sizes.07-19-2012
20120182891PACKET ANALYSIS SYSTEM AND METHOD USING HADOOP BASED PARALLEL COMPUTATION - The present invention relates to a packet analysis system and method, which enables cluster nodes to process in parallel a large quantity of packets collected in a network in an open source distribution system called Hadoop. The packet analysis system based on a Hadoop framework includes a first module for distributing and storing packet traces in a distributed file system, a second module for distributing and processing the packet traces stored in the distributed file system in a cluster of nodes executing Hadoop using a MapReduce method, and a third module for transferring the packet traces, stored in the distributed file system, to the second module so that the packet traces can be processed using the MapReduce method and outputting a result of analysis, calculated by the second module using the MapReduce method, to the distributed file system.07-19-2012
20120182890ADAPTIVE PEER DISCOVERY BASED ON NON PEER DISCOVERY TRANSMISSIONS AND DEVICE DENSITY FOR WI-FI - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product are provided in which a number of wireless devices communicating peer discovery information are estimated. In addition, a transmission time period for transmitting peer discovery information is determined based on the estimated number of wireless devices.07-19-2012
20120182889Quality of Service (QoS)-Related Fabric Control - In an embodiment, one or more fabric control circuits may be inserted in a communication fabric to control various aspects of the communications by components in the system. The fabric control circuits may be included on the interface of the components to the communication fabric, in some embodiments. In other embodiments that include a hierarchical communication fabric, fabric control circuits may alternatively or additionally be included. The fabric control circuits may be programmable, and thus may provide the ability to tune the communication fabric to meet performance and/or functionality goals.07-19-2012
20120182887RESOURCE ALLOCATION USING SUBSETS - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed for wireless resource sharing between heterogeneous wireless networks to enable coexistence of secondary networks by grouping two or more of the neighboring networks into subsets based on determining whether one or more wireless networks has a fair portion of available resources to operate, according to an embodiment of the present invention. An example embodiment of the invention includes a method, comprising: forming, by an apparatus, one or more subsets of networks, wherein each of the one or more subsets of networks comprise one or more wireless networks from one or more wireless networks served by the apparatus and wireless networks neighboring the one or more served wireless networks; calculating target resources for each of the one or more subsets of networks based on one or more parameters associated with the wireless networks; allocating available resources for each the one or more wireless networks served by the apparatus and wireless networks neighboring each of the one or more served wireless networks based on the calculated target resources; and determining whether each of the one or more wireless networks served by the apparatus and wireless networks neighboring each of the one or more served wireless networks has a fair portion of available resources to operate.07-19-2012
20120182886Method and Apparatus for Wireless Medium Access - In a non-limiting and example embodiment, a method is provided for arranging multi-channel wireless communications, including detecting, by a communications apparatus, information on available bandwidth for a transmission opportunity applying multiple channels, and controlling duration of channel occupancy for at least one of channels available for the transmission opportunity on the basis of the information on available bandwidth.07-19-2012
20120182885Testing Connectivity in Networks Using Overlay Transport Virtualization - Techniques are provided for detecting connectivity failures within an OTV network using CFM. In an embodiment, a method and apparatus for using E-OAM to accurately test connectivity in an OTV network is provided. In an embodiment, one method comprises: in a first edge router that is in a local area network (LAN) and that is coupled to a core network: maintaining, for each node of the LAN, a mapping of a source address to one or more delivery multicast groups, each delivery multicast group comprising a set of other edge routers, each of the other edge routers having a connection to a distinct LAN; receiving a frame from a particular source node of a particular source address; sending the frame to a plurality of the delivery multicast groups that are mapped, in the mapping, to the particular source address.07-19-2012
20130070627System and Method for Managing Contention in a Wireless Communications System - A method for transmitting to an access point includes receiving a selection condition and a selection contention period from the access point, and comparing the selection condition to a selection parameter. The method also includes contending for use of a transmission medium during the selection contention period if the selection parameter meets the selection condition.03-21-2013
20130070629SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMIC HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (HARQ) ENABLE/DISABLE - A system and method of increasing data throughput in a wireless communications network between a base station (BS) and one or more mobile stations (MS) includes establishing a service flow (SF) and initially enabling a hybrid automated repeat request (HARQ) protocol; determining, at a particular time, the measure of quality of the communications channel; comparing the determined measure of quality with a predetermined channel quality threshold; and selectively disabling the HARQ protocol based upon a first comparison result while continuing the SF between the BS and MS. In other aspects, after selectively disabling the HARQ protocol, the method further includes determining that the time-varying measure of quality of the communications channel has deteriorated below the predetermined channel quality threshold; and selectively re-enabling the HARQ protocol in the established SF.03-21-2013
20130070628SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING SUB-CHANNELS IN A NETWORK - At least one operating condition is determined for a first mobile subscriber station (03-21-2013
20130070626METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL DISCOVERY IN COGNITIVE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS - Techniques are provided for channel discovery. For example, there is provided a method operable by a mobile entity that may involve measuring beacon signals associated with the network. In one approach, the method may involve, in response to detecting an Authorized Shared Access (ASA) beacon signal on a frequency common to each network entity on a given ASA channel, extracting frequency information from the ASA beacon signal, wherein the ASA beacon signal comprises a single frequency network (SFN) beacon signal. In another approach, the method may involve, in response to detecting an ASA beacon signal on a frequency common to each network entity on a given ASA channel, extract frequency information from the ASA beacon signal, wherein timing correlates with an operating frequency for the ASA beacon signal.03-21-2013
20130070625WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BASE STATION - To reduce an uplink interference in a network with a first base station of a large output and a second base station of a small output. Detecting the interference, the second base station urges the first base station to hand over a terminal causing it to the second base station. Multiple base stations and one or more terminals exist in this system, each terminal connects with one base station, and a serving base station is changed according to a communication state of each terminal. If the different second base station other than the first base station to which the terminal connects detects a large interference, the second base station will multicast transmit information for urging handover to the base stations except itself. The base station having received the information specifies a terminal giving the interference to the second base station, and makes it to be handed over thereto.03-21-2013
20130070621System And Method Of Wireless Communication Using Large-Scale Antenna Networks - A communication method uses a distributed cell-free network of spatially independent service antennas. According to the method, pilot sequences are allocated to a user population of access terminals by an allocation procedure that imposes local relative orthogonality of pilot sequences. Channel coefficients for access terminals arc determined by measuring allocated pilot sequences as received by each of the service antennas. In embodiments of the invention, the determination of channel coefficients is performed independently and the resulting channel coefficients are locally stored at the respective service antennas. At each service antenna, a processor independently uses locally stored channel coefficients to precode forward link signals or to at least partially decode reverse link signals.03-21-2013
20130070620SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF ROUTING IP TELEPHONY DATA PACKET COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methods of selecting a media path for data packets bearing the media of a telephone call to traverse during a voice over Internet protocol telephone call include testing the call quality of multiple potential media paths immediately before a call is setup. The potential media path with the highest call quality is used as the initial media path for the call. If the call quality of the media path currently in use declines below a threshold value during a call, potential alternate media paths are identified and tested for call quality. If one of the alternate media paths has better call quality than the media path presently in use, the call is switched to the alternate media path with the highest call quality.03-21-2013
20130070624SENSOR-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS USING COMPRESSED SENSING WITH SPARSE DATA - Methods, devices and systems for sensor-based wireless communication systems using compressive sampling are provided. L User Equipments (mobile stations) transmit signals with sparsity S and their signals are compressively sensed to M samples by Z remote samplers (a distributed antenna arrangement) and the uplink channel is estimated by a central processor (the “central brain”). For a given system signal to noise ratio, retained samples M and sparsity S, we approximate the loss in sum mutual information due to imperfect knowledge of the channel. The approximation is premised on a lower bound of the mutual information which accounts for the power in the channel estimation error. Also, throughput results are given for adaptively adjusting the sparsity of multiple users' transmit signals based on channel fading.03-21-2013
20130070622Distributed Network Traffic Data Collection and Storage - Network traffic information from multiple sources, at multiple time scales, and at multiple levels of detail are integrated so that users may more easily identify relevant network information. The network monitoring system stores and manipulates low-level and higher-level network traffic data separately to enable efficient data collection and storage. Packet traffic data is collected, stored, and analyzed at multiple locations. The network monitoring locations communicate summary and aggregate data to central modules, which combine this data to provide an end-to-end description of network traffic at coarser time scales. The network monitoring system enables users to zoom in on high-level, coarse time scale network performance data to one or more lower levels of network performance data at finer time scales. When high-level network performance data of interest is selected, corresponding low-level network performance data is retrieved from the appropriate distributed network monitoring locations to provide additional detailed information.03-21-2013
20130070623METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A SOUNDING CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There are provided a method and apparatus for allocating a sounding channel in a wireless communication system. A base station transmits a first sounding channel allocation data to allocate a first sounding channel for a first system to a first zone, and transmits a second sounding channel allocation data to allocate a second sounding channel for a second system other than the first system to a second zone. The first zone and the second zone are multiplexed by an FDM (Frequency Division Multiplexing) method, and the first sounding channel and the second sounding channel are allocated to a same OFDMA (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access) symbol. A channel response can be estimated accurately when a terminal for IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) 802.16m system and a terminal for IEEE 802.16e system coexist in a legacy support mode.03-21-2013
20130070618MOBILE NETWORK SERVICES IN A MOBILE DATA NETWORK - Mobile network services are performed in a mobile data network in a way that is transparent to most of the existing equipment in the mobile data network. The mobile data network includes a radio access network and a core network. A first service mechanism in the radio access network breaks out data coming from a basestation, and performs one or more mobile network services based on the broken out data. A second service mechanism in the core network performs one or more mobile network services based on the network traffic remaining after the first service mechanism performs its breakout. An optional third service mechanism coupled to the core network provides one or more mobile network services in the mobile data network. An overlay network allows the first, second and third service mechanisms to communicate with each other. The overlay network is preferably a private virtual network.03-21-2013
20130070619MAINTENANCE OF HIGH-SPEED CHANNELS BY INSERTING CHANNEL MAINTENANCE DATA IN A MOBILE DATA NETWORK TO AVOID CHANNEL TYPE SWITCHING - A mobile data network includes a radio access network and a core network. A first service mechanism in the radio access network breaks out data coming from a basestation. When data is broken out by the first service mechanism, the data is delivered at the edge, which means the true activity of the channel is not visible to the core network. The reduction of data in the core network due to serving data at the edge risks causing a switch from a high-speed channel to a low-speed channel by the mechanism in the core network that monitors and assigns channel speeds. In order to maintain the high-speed channel, the on-going data rate for a subscriber session is monitored and channel maintenance traffic is injected towards and from the radio network controller (in both directions). The amount of channel maintenance traffic depends on thresholds that determine a desired data rate.03-21-2013
20130070617SHORTEST PATH ROUTING SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NETWORKS WITH NON-FULLY MESHED VERTICES - Shortest path routing systems and methods are presented for networks with non-fully meshed vertices or nodes. The systems and methods may include a shortest path routing method in a network with non-fully meshed vertices, a network with non-fully meshed vertices, and a system for implementing the shortest path routing methods. The shortest path routing systems and methods include modifications to the Dijkstra algorithm to more accurately model a network, such as an optical or photonic network. In an exemplary embodiment, the Dijkstra algorithm is modified to represent degrees at a site with an ingress vertex (e.g., a demultiplexer) and an egress vertex (e.g., a multiplexer). In another exemplary embodiment, in addition to representing degrees as ingress and egress vertices, the Dijkstra algorithm is modified to maintain knowledge of previously visited degrees to prevent revisiting a same degree in determining a shortest path.03-21-2013
20130051260COEXISTENCE OF A NORMAL-RATE PHYSICAL LAYER AND A LOW-RATE PHYSICAL LAYER IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A system including a physical layer module and a processing module. The physical layer module is configured to communicate at a first data rate via a channel, where the channel includes (i) a first sub-channel and (ii) a second sub-channel of the channel, to receive a first packet including a first preamble transmitted at the first data rate via (i) the first sub-channel and (ii) the second sub-channel, and to receive a second packet including a second preamble transmitted at a second data rate via (i) the first sub-channel or (ii) the second sub-channel, where the second data rate is less than the first data rate. The processing module is configured to process (i) the first preamble transmitted at the first data rate and (ii) at least a portion of the second preamble transmitted at the second data rate.02-28-2013
20130051259METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for reporting power headroom in a user equipment of a multi-carrier system, includes receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal comprising uplink resource allocation information from a base station; transmitting at least one of a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) signal and a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) signal to the base station in a predetermined subframe based on the uplink resource allocation information in accordance with a transmission mode; calculating one or more power headroom values for the predetermined subframe in accordance with the transmission mode; and transmitting a report message comprising the one or more power headroom values to the base station, wherein the user equipment reports its first and second type power headroom values when operating in transmission mode A, or reports its first type power headroom value when operating in transmission mode B.02-28-2013
20130051258Method of Controlling Receive Diversity for Battery Lifetime Improvement and Related Communication Device - A method of handling receive diversity of a mobile device in a wireless communication system for the mobile device is disclosed. The method comprises determining a plurality of corresponding conditions of a plurality of services supported by the mobile device; and controlling the receive diversity according to the plurality of corresponding conditions, for receiving data transmitted by a network of the wireless communication system.02-28-2013
20130051257Scheduling of Packets at Cellular Base Stations - A method for scheduling a sequential transmission of a plurality of packets includes estimating a time when each of the plurality of packets waiting to be transmitted will be used by a device targeted to receive the plurality of packets, and mapping the time of each of the plurality of packets to a prioritization among the plurality of packets.02-28-2013
20130051255DYNAMIC CHANNEL ESTIMATION APPARATUS, SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Apparatus, systems, and methods disclosed herein operate to calibrate path loss parameters corresponding to a communication channel between wireless stations, including a path loss exponent. A time-of-flight (TOF) associated with packet transmissions traversing a path between a first wireless station and a second wireless station is measured. A path length D02-28-2013
20130051275METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting channel status information (CSI) in a wireless communication system which supports multiple carriers. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting channel status information for multiple carriers comprises the steps of: measuring downlink channels for first and second carriers which are closely placed to each other on the frequency domain; determining channel status information for the first carrier on the basis of a result of the channel measurement for the first carrier; determining channel status information for the second carrier on the basis of a part of the channel status information for the first carrier and a result of the channel measurement for the second carrier; and transmitting channel status information for the first and second carriers.02-28-2013
20130051264COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR AGGREGATION OF HETEROGENEOUS COMPONENT CARRIERS AND COMMUNICATION DEIVCE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION STATION USING THE SAME - Communication methods for aggregation of heterogeneous component carriers and communication devices and wireless communication stations using the same methods are proposed. In one embodiment, the proposed communication method is adapted to a wireless communication station and includes aggregating physical channel resources respectively corresponding to heterogeneous access technologies in a Layer 2 or below the Layer 2 in a protocol stack; and communicating with at least one wireless terminal communication device through the physical channel resources respectively corresponding to the heterogeneous access technologies, wherein the physical channel resources respectively corresponding to heterogeneous access technologies are heterogeneous component carriers. The physical channel resources may be heterogeneous component carriers, such as radio component carrier(s), optical component carrier(s), and/or acoustic component carrier(s).02-28-2013
20130051263MOBILE TERMINAL, MOBILE COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile terminal includes a first transceiver which communicates a first signal in a first frequency band, a second transceiver which communicates a second signal in a second frequency band, a measuring section which measures a reception quality of the first signal, and a reception quality of the second signal, a storage which stores one or more index values based on the reception quality of the first signal which is obtained when the reception quality of the second signal becomes less than or equal to a threshold value, and a controller which puts the second transceiver into a sleep mode when the reception quality of the second signal becomes less than or equal to a threshold value, and cancels the sleep mode when a subsequently measured reception quality of a first signal becomes equal to or greater than the one or more index values.02-28-2013
20130051256Channel Reservation Procedure - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program are presented for carrying out channel reservations in a wireless communication system. A communication apparatus initiates a preliminary channel reservation procedure initiating related to a spatial multiplexing group transmission. The communication apparatus is caused to transmit during the preliminary channel reservation procedure a reservation request message announcing a preliminary group reservation on the channel. Upon completed preliminary channel reservation procedure, the communication apparatus is caused to utilize the preliminary group reservation by causing transmission of a frame on the reserved channel according to the spatially multiplexed wireless communication.02-28-2013
20130051254Dynamic Scheduling of In-Band Relay Node Resources - A relay node is operated in a communication system wherein the relay node communicates with a communication system node via a first link and communicates with user equipment (UE) via a second link. The relay node detects whether a collision between its own uplink transmission on the first link and receipt of the user's transmission on the second link at a future time instant is expected to occur, wherein the collision will interfere with the relay node's ability to receive the UE's transmission. If so, then, the relay node selects and executes one of a plurality of interference averting measures, selection being based at least in part on what type of information is expected to be transmitted and received on the respective first and second links. First and second interference averting measures comprise refraining from or proceeding with transmission of some information to the communication system node.02-28-2013
20130051253METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING USER EXPERIENCE VIA PAYLOAD ADAPTATION - Apparatus and methods for payload adaptation for a mobile device based on a request from the mobile device include determining a communication connection characteristic of the request and obtaining one or more results to generate obtained results responsive to the request. The apparatus and methods further include customizing the obtained results to generate customized results based on the communication connection characteristic and transmitting the customized results to the mobile device.02-28-2013
20130051252METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR MONITORING NETWORK PERFORMANCE - Network performance management includes identifying a location of a test unit, providing a test protocol to the test unit over a network, and transmitting a stream of data packets to the test unit. The network performance management also includes identifying, via the location of the test unit, a transmission path of network elements through which the stream of packets flows. The network performance management further includes tracking measurements associated with the stream of data packets transmitted to the test unit and return data packets received from the test unit. The measurements are tracked for segments associated with each of the network elements in the transmission path.02-28-2013
20130051251Mobile Device Network Configuration Via Speed Determination - In one or more embodiments, a mobile device can determine its speed and can utilize a wireless network based on its determined speed. In one example, the mobile device can be within a communications range of a wireless access point that implements a wireless local area network and can utilize a mobile telephone network for data communications rather than the wireless local area network when the mobile device is traveling at or above a certain speed. In another example, the mobile device can receive a signal from the wireless access point and, based on the signal and the speed of the mobile device, the mobile device can utilize the wireless access point at or above the certain speed. For instance, the signal can include a beacon indicating that the wireless access point can be utilized for data communications when the mobile device is traveling at or above a certain speed.02-28-2013
20120106370NEIGHBOR RELATION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT - Neighbor relation information management involves, for example: acquiring, reporting, and exchanging neighbor relation information. In some cases, neighbor relation information is acquired and/or reported in a manner that does not significantly impact other functionality of the access terminal. For example, an access terminal may be configured to acquire and/or report neighbor relation information only during one or more defined radio states. In some cases, the acquisition of neighbor relation information is based on a neighbor relation threshold. In some cases, an access terminal does not immediately report measured neighbor relation information and instead stores the information for reporting at a later time. In some cases, a transmitted indication is used to facilitate retrieval of neighbor relation information from an access terminal. In some cases, neighbor relation information acquired from an access terminal is exchanged over a direct interface between access points.05-03-2012
20130094378Method and Apparatus to Compute a Noise Power Estimate in a WCDMA Network - Method and apparatus for computing a noise power estimate in a wideband CDMA (WCDMA) network are disclosed and may include calculating a noise power estimate for a downlink channel based on an orthogonal sequence generated for a transmitted signal. The orthogonal sequence may be generated based on a slot number of the transmitted signal and/or a transmit diversity mode used for the transmitted signal. A portion of a plurality of dedicated physical channel (DPCH) pilot bits for the downlink channel may be summed to generate an in-phase (I) component and a quadrature (Q) component. The generated I component and the generated Q component may be multiplied by the orthogonal sequence to generate at least one noise I component and at least one noise Q component.04-18-2013
20100034103Robust Jitter-Free Remote Clock Offset Measuring Method - A clock offset between a client and a server is measured by: (a) the client sending a request to the server; (b) upon receiving the request in step (a), the server optionally sending a server acknowledgement to the client; (c) upon the client receiving the server acknowledgement in step (b) or directly, if no acknowledgement was used, each of the client and the server proceeding to concurrently exchange their respective timestamps with each other a multiplicity (n) of times, thus forming a multiplicity (n) of timestamp exchanges; and (d) determining a plurality of apparent forwards and backwards delays based on the multiplicity (n) of timestamp exchanges. The preferred apparent forwards and backwards delays are then selected based on the minimum values (for each direction) determined in (d) above. The clock offset between client and server is then determined based on the preferred apparent forwards and backwards delays.02-11-2010
20130121190WIRELESS NETWORK DEVICE AND AUTOMATIC PARAMETER SETTING METHOD THEREOF - A wireless network device and an automatic parameter setting method thereof are provided. The device includes a wireless communication module and an operation module. The wireless communication module is used for transmitting a test signal to a wireless device according to a wireless communication protocol, and receiving an ACK frame transmitted by the wireless device. The operation module is electrically connected to the wireless communication module, and is used for calculating one half of a sum of a minimum transmission time and a maximum transmission time, setting the half of the sum as an ACK timeout interval of the wireless communication module, analyzing whether the ACK frame is obtained within the ACK timeout interval so as to determine whether to use the ACK timeout interval as the maximum transmission time or the minimum transmission time, and recalculating the ACK timeout interval.05-16-2013
20130088997MONITORING PATH CHARACTERISATION INFORMATION - Methods and an associated traffic management module and system are disclosed for monitoring, at a traffic management module (04-11-2013
20130088990Methods, Devices and Computer Readable Media for Providing Quality of Service Indicators - Provided are exemplary embodiments including a methods, software and devices for providing Quality of Service (“QoS”) information the user of a mobile communications device while present at a geographic position. The embodiments include methods and devices for receiving a communication signal on a wireless communication device while located at the geographic location, measuring a characteristic of the communication signal pertinent to the proper operation of the wireless computing device in addition to signal strength; and providing a cognizable rendition of the quality of the characteristic to the user by the wireless communication device. The cognizable rendition may be a bar indicator or other audio, visual, vibratory, olfactory or tactile indicator.04-11-2013
20130088996RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TERMINAL APPARATUS - There is provided a radio communication system includes a radio station, a host apparatus configured to subordinate the radio station, and a terminal configured to communicate with the radio station. The terminal has a function of transmitting data to the host apparatus through a plurality of the radio stations and, when data is transmitted through the radio stations, executes a first transmitting operation for transmitting different data portions respectively to the radio stations, which are set as transmission destinations, or a second transmitting operation for transmitting same data respectively to the radio stations, which are set as the transmission destinations.04-11-2013
20130088994METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING PERFORMANCE OF MULTI-SERVICE IN TUNNEL - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for measuring performance of multi-service in a tunnel, including: receiving a measurement message corresponding to a service packet, where a priority of the measurement message is the same as that of the service packet, and the measurement message includes at least one of the three: a packet loss measurement parameter, a delay measurement parameter, and a variation measurement parameter; and measuring performance of a service in a tunnel according to a measurement parameter in the measurement message. According to the embodiments of the present invention, a problem that performance measurement cannot be performed for different services transmitted in a tunnel in the prior art may be solved.04-11-2013
20130088993CABLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND METHODS EMPLOYING TDMA/ATDMA QAM UPSTREAM CHANNELS BELOW 20 MHZ FOR INCREASED UPSTREAM CAPACITY TO SUPPORT VOICE AND/OR DATA SERVICES - Cable communication systems and methods to provide voice and/or data services to subscriber premises via a cable plant that conveys upstream information over an upstream path bandwidth, and a cable modem system including one or more demodulation tuners to receive and demodulate one or more upstream radio frequency (RF) signals. An RF signal includes an encoded carrier wave having a carrier frequency of between 5 MHz and 19.6 MHz that is modulated using a Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) protocol or an Advanced Time Division Multiple Access (ATDMA) protocol and quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM) with voice and/or data information constituting at least some of the upstream information. A modulation order of the QAM for the first upstream RF signal is at least 32, and at least one demodulation tuner of the cable modem system is configured to receive and demodulate the first upstream RF signal.04-11-2013
20130088991ASYMMETRICAL MULTICARRIER INTERFERENCE AVOIDANCE - Asymmetrical multicarrier interference avoidance in a communication from a network to a subscriber device is provided. The asymmetrical multicarrier interference avoidance technique comprises measuring signal-to-noise ratio interference values and sorting the measured values into two tables for selecting an anchor and a non-anchor frequency carrier pairs. The system is self-tuning based on changes in the network, the subscriber and the surrounding environment.04-11-2013
20130088989METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A CENTRALIZED SUBSCRIBER LOAD DISTRIBUTION - A method and apparatus for providing subscriber load distribution in networks are disclosed. For example, the method receives capacity data and user equipment (UE) resource consumption data from a plurality of devices that process call control signaling messages within the communication network. The method receives a first request from one of the plurality of devices to re-register one or more selected user equipment, and selects at least one available device from the plurality of devices. The method then re-registers the one or more selected user equipment on the at least one available device.04-11-2013
20130088988METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR MEASURING AGGREGATED CARRIER CELL - A method for measuring an aggregated carrier cell includes the following content. A user equipment receives measurement configuration information of an aggregated carrier cell from a serving base station, where the measurement configuration information includes signal estimation value information and a corresponding measurement period thereof; the user equipment obtains a measurement period of a non-active component carrier according to a signal estimation value of the non-active component carrier in the aggregated carrier cell and the measurement configuration information; and the user equipment measures the non-active component carrier according to the measurement period. With the method of the present invention, the user equipment can measure different component carriers in an aggregated carrier cell in different periods.04-11-2013
20130088987Broadband Radio Frequency Data Communication System Using Twisted Pair Wiring - A system for distributing broadband signals via twisted pair wiring is disclosed. Various aspects of the system involve use of a broadband signal distribution interface device and/or a broadband line driver. In one aspect, a broadband signal distribution interface device includes a broadband signal interface configured to receive broadband radio frequency signals, and a plurality of broadband signal connections configured to distribute broadband radio frequency signals. The interface device also includes circuitry defining an upstream signal path and a downstream signal path and including a gain control circuit and a slope control circuit each positioned along the downstream signal path. The circuitry is configured to accommodate downstream transmission of the broadband signals onto twisted pair wiring.04-11-2013
20130088986System and Method for Coordinated Transmission - A method for operating a first communications controller serving a first device includes receiving channel information for a communications channel between the first communication controller and a second device served by a second communications controller, and determining a time-frequency resource, a duration, and a precoding constraint in accordance with the received channel information, the time-frequency resource, the duration, and the precoding constraint for use with a transmission of the first communications controller occurring within the time-frequency resource for the duration to reduce interference to a third device served by the second communications controller. The method also includes transmitting coordinated transmission information about the time-frequency resource, the duration, and the precoding constraint, to the second communication controller, and transmitting to the first device in accordance with the precoding constraint, the time-frequency resource, and the duration.04-11-2013
20130088982METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING COVERAGE OF WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER - A method of controlling coverage of a wireless transceiver, including receiving information about the wireless transceiver from an external device, and changing a coverage value of the wireless transceiver, which has been set in advance, based on the received information about the wireless transceiver.04-11-2013
20130088984METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING FEEDBACK IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus are provided for generating feedback in a communication system. The method includes receiving information about first Evolved Node Bs (ENBs) and a threshold for the first ENBs, which are powered off at a specific time; measuring a channel status for each of second ENBs, which are subject to channel status measurement; selecting a third ENB having an optimal channel status from among the second ENBs, based on the measured channel statuses; generating first feedback information including a cell index and channel status information for the third ENB; measuring a channel status for each of the second ENBs, while the first ENBs are powered off; selecting a fourth ENB having an optimal channel status from among the second ENBs, based on the measured channel statuses; and generating second feedback information including a cell index and channel status information for the fourth ENB.04-11-2013
20130088983METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTEGRATING DIFFERENT RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and apparatus are described for integrating third generation partnership project (3GPP) radio access network and an Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 radio access technologies (RATs). This may be done at a medium access control (MAC) layer or below the MAC layer. For example, a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) for multiple radio access technology (RAT) integration includes a 3GPP RAT including a radio resource control (RRC) entity, an IEEE 802.11 RAT including a medium access control (MAC) management entity, and a session management entity (SME) for mapping between the RRC entity and the MAC management entity. Combined, hybrid and split versions of logical channel prioritization (LCP) are described. The features of an LTE access stratum-service management entity (AS-SME) are also described.04-11-2013
20130088980METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING MEASUREMENT IN AN EXTENSION CARRIER - A method in which a terminal (UE) operates to perform channel quality measurement in a system which supports carrier aggregation, disclosed in the present description, comprises the following steps: receiving, from a base station, a first message containing a first indicator for indicating control information for channel quality measurement used in an extension component carrier; receiving control information corresponding to the first indicator from the base station via the extension component carrier; and performing channel quality measurement in the extension component carrier using the received control information.04-11-2013
20130088981METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING HIERARCHY FEEDBACK WITH SPACE INFORMATION-ASSISTED - A method for performing hierarchical feedback with space information assisted in a mobile communication system is provided. At the user terminal, the method comprises: measuring a space correlated matrix of multiple transmit antennas of a base station; converting a hierarchical code book in the mode of hierarchical feedback by using the spatial correlation matrix; selecting the code word from the converted hierarchical code book; and feedbacking a pre-coding matrix index corresponding to the index of the selected code word and the space correlated correlation matrix from the user terminal to the base station by using the mode of hierarchical feedback.04-11-2013
20130088979System and Method for Multiple Point Transmission in a Communications System - A system and method for multiple point transmission in a communications system are provided. A method for multiple point transmission operation comprises modifying a configuration of a radio bearer for use in a multiple point transmission to a user equipment according to operating condition information of the user equipment, reconfiguring the radio bearer according to the modified configuration, and initiating a multiple point transmission to the user equipment using the reconfigured radio bearer.04-11-2013
20130088978Joint Encoding of Rank and CQI Feedback For Comp - A method to reduce feedback overhead for CoMP operation is described. The method includes deriving a set of CSI for a coordinated multi-point transmission received at a UE over a plurality of radio links Each CSI of the set of CSI pertains to a radio link of the plurality of radio links. The plurality of radio links includes a first link from a serving transmission point and at least one multi-point link from at least one non-serving transmission point to the UE. The method also includes jointly encoding at least two CSI from the set of CSI. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described.04-11-2013
20090310507METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING INFORMATION ABOUT FORWARD CHANNEL STATUS IN A MULTI-CARRIER MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving forward channel status information in a multi-carrier mobile communication system. An MS transmits to a BS forward channel status information representing an average C/I of forward signals with respect to a plurality of carriers, the maximum of the forward signal C/Is, or each of the forward signal C/Is. The forward channel status information is absolute C/I information representing a current C/I, or relative C/I information representing a difference of the current C/I from a previous C/I.12-17-2009
20130088995METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting data in a wireless communication system. The method for transmitting data involves allocating a first node set containing a plurality of nodes for the transmission of downlink signals and a second node set containing a plurality of nodes for the reception of uplink signals, and communicating with a terminal through the first node set and the second node set. In the event the uplink transmission and downlink transmission are performed by base stations or nodes that are different from each other, the operation of the base stations and of a terminal can be efficiently controlled.04-11-2013
20130088992HIGH DATA THROUGHPUT WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK RECEIVER - A method for receiving a frame in a high data throughput wireless local area network begins by receiving a preamble of the frame via a channel in accordance with a default receiver filter mask. The processing continues by validating the preamble. The processing continues by, when the preamble is validated, interpreting the preamble to determine a high data throughput channel configuration. The processing continues by reconfiguring the default receiver filter mask in accordance with the high data throughput channel configuration to produce a reconfigured receiver filter mask. The processing continues by receiving a data segment of the frame in accordance with the reconfigured receiver filter mask.04-11-2013
20090116399SERVICE DATA UNIT DISCARD TIMERS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate enforcing quality of service requirements. A first timer is employed for each data packet arriving at a packet data convergence protocol layer of a wireless communications apparatus. The first timer can be configured based upon delay tolerance specified according to quality of service requirements imposed on the data packet. The data packet can be discarded if the timer expires before the data packet leaves the protocol data convergence protocol layer. In addition, a second time is utilized for the data packet as it arrives at a radio link control layer. The data packet can be discarded if the second timer expires before the data packet is successfully transmitted to a receiver.05-07-2009
20090116398SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FLOW MONITORING - A network device may include logic configured to receive a packet from a packet forwarding engine, create a flow ID for the packet, determine whether the flow ID matches one of a plurality of flow IDs in a table, determine whether the packet is associated with a flow to be sampled, sample the packet and additional packets associated with the flow that are received from the packet forwarding engine when the flow is to be sampled and transmit the flow ID and the sampled packets via a switch to an interface.05-07-2009
20100103839Testing of Transmitters for Communication Links by Software Simulation of Reference Channel and/or Reference Receiver - A transmitter for a communications link is tested by using a (software) simulation of a reference channel and/or a reference receiver to test the transmitter. In one embodiment for optical fiber communications links, a data test pattern is applied to the transmitter under test and the resulting optical output is captured, for example by a sampling oscilloscope. The captured waveform is subsequently processed by the software simulation, in order to simulate propagation of the optical signal through the reference channel and/or reference receiver. A performance metric for the transmitter is calculated based on the processed waveform.04-29-2010
20090303900APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving Channel Quality Information (CQI) in a communication system. A Base Station (BS) transmits, to a Subscriber Station (SS), a request for CQI of a resource region corresponding to a frequency reuse factor K, which is designated by the BS. The BS then receives, from the SS, the CQI of the resource region corresponding to a channel quality measured by the SS. The channel quality is measured by the SS by measuring a boosted reference signal and compensating the boosted reference signal for a non-boosted signal.12-10-2009
20090303899DISCOVERY OF MULTIPLE-PARENT DEPENDENCIES IN NETWORK PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS - Multiple parent-dependencies are identified for messages that are received on a network that includes nodes that are configured to avoid the conventional strictly-sequential communications techniques and protocols, in order to accelerate network performance. If a network is known, or assumed, to include intermediate/proxy nodes that are configured to provide acceleration, access control, and other services, the system that analyzes traffic on the network is configured to assume that these nodes may/will provide such features, and thereby introduce multiple dependencies among the messages communicated across the network. For each message transmitted from a forwarding node, messages received at the forwarding node are assessed to distinguish messages from the destination node and messages from an other node, and a dependency is defined for each.12-10-2009
20090303898Determining of Telegram Lengths - Described is a method for determining a telegram length in an operating apparatus for communicating between the operating apparatus and a field device via a network. The method comprises composing a first telegram in the operating apparatus. The first telegram comprises a predeterminable first telegram length, and the composed first telegram is despatched via the network to the field device. After the first telegram has been despatched, the operating apparatus waits for the receipt of a second telegram, which second telegram is received by the operating apparatus via the network. After successful receipt of the second telegram, the first telegram length is increased by a predeterminable value. Increasing the value takes place until receiving the second telegram fails. After the receipt of the second telegram has failed, the first telegram length that has resulted in successfully receiving the second telegram is provided.12-10-2009
20090303896METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING RANDOM ACCESS WINDOW CONFIGURATION - An approach is provided for providing random access window configuration by estimating a processing time margin for processing random access preambles received in one or more random access channels. The estimated processing time margin is then used to offset the respective random access window configuration.12-10-2009
20090303895SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS MULTI-HOP NETWORK SYNCHRONIZATION AND MONITORING - A wireless communication system and method for wireless communication in a multi-hop network. A first preamble is transmitted using a first repetition cycle. Monitoring for a second preamble is done in a second repetition cycle. The first repetition cycle is different than the second repetition cycle.12-10-2009
20090303894Click Quality Classification and Delivery - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving a packet flow associated with a click-through from an end user node destined for an advertiser server; extracting information from the packet flow; analyzing the extracted information to determine one or more characteristics of the packet flow; and classifying the packet flow based on the determined one or more characteristics; modifying the packet flow to include classification information to provide classification information indicating a quality level of the click-through. The packet flow may include a hypertext transfer protocol GET request. Modifying the packet flow may include adding a tag with classification information that indicates a likelihood of fraudulent click behavior associated with the packet flow.12-10-2009
20090303893METOD OF PERFORMING STATUS REPORT IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing reception status report in a mobile communication system is disclosed. The method of performing reception status report in a specific protocol layer of a user equipment which receives data transmitted from a base station in a mobile communication system includes performing reception status report of at least one first data block in the protocol layer in accordance with a first value of at least one parameter, the at least one first data block being transmitted from the base station, changing the first value of the at least one parameter to a second set value if a previously set event occurs or if at least one condition is satisfied and performing reception status report of at least one second data block in accordance with a second set value of the at least one parameter, the at least one second data block being transmitted from the base station.12-10-2009
20090303892ESTIMATION METHOD, DEVICE, AND PROGRAM, AND NETWORK MEASURING SYSTEM - An inversion of a packet transmission sequence number is observed in a predetermined sampling measurement. The number of sampled sequence numbers greater than the sequence number upon the inversion is measured as an inversion degree. A number of packet losses or a loss ratio is estimated according to the inversion degree under the estimated full sampling measurement and the inversion degree observed under a predetermined sampling measurement.12-10-2009
20090303890METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMAND PROCESSING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for command processing in a wireless communication system, comprising receiving Activate or Deactivate commands, determining commands and determining state of the access terminal.12-10-2009
20100271967METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING DEMODULATING PERFORMANCE OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for measuring demodulating performance of a communication system. The method includes: commanding the mobile station to modulate test pattern data and transmit test pattern data to the central station; commanding the central station to comparing a demodulation result of the data transmitted from the mobile station with the test pattern data; and receiving the comparison result from the central station.10-28-2010
20120218911Transceiver Set Assignment Scheme For A Distributed Antenna System - According to one embodiment, a method includes establishing a plurality of wired connections between a base station and a plurality of geographically distributed remote transceivers. Each remote transceiver of the plurality of remote transceivers has one or more physical antenna ports. The plurality of remote transceivers are assigned to a plurality of sets where each set has one or more of the plurality of remote transceivers. One or more logical ports is assigned to each set of the plurality of sets. Each logical port of a set corresponds to at least one physical antenna port of the one or more remote transceivers of the respective set. Data traffic is sent from the base station to the endpoint using at least one wireless connection between the endpoint and at least one physical antenna port of the one or more remote transceivers of a first set of the plurality of sets.08-30-2012
20090040940OFF-LINE BROADBAND NETWORK INTERFACE - A system for processing a data packet is disclosed and may include at least one processor that enables receiving of a data packet at a station on a network, the data packet having a preamble which includes a destination tag and a training sequence. The at least one processor may enable obtaining a channel model using the training sequence, and encoding each of one or more addresses that the station receives with the channel model to produce a result. The at least one processor may also enable comparing the result with the destination tag. The at least one processor may enable convolving of each of the one or more addresses that the station receives with the channel model to produce the result.02-12-2009
20090040939SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING BROADBAND SERVICES - A system and method are described for selecting a service state using a configurable abstraction layer. A comparison is made between network parameters of a Network Performance Layer and network services of a Service Layer. Once network parameters are within a threshold for providing a given service, a state change can be made in the configuration parameters to suit the provided service.02-12-2009
20130058231Method and apparatus for adjusting TCP RTO when transiting zones of high wireless connectivity - Systems and methods for managing transmissions of a mobile device are described herein. An example of a mobile device described herein includes an environment monitor module configured to perform one or more observations of a local environment associated with the mobile device, a connectivity tracker module communicatively coupled to the environment monitor module and configured to determine whether the one or more observations indicate wireless connectivity of the mobile device has been restored, and a retransmit timeout (RTO) manager module communicatively coupled to the connectivity tracker module and configured to reset at least one RTO value of the mobile device if the wireless connectivity of the mobile device has been determined to be restored.03-07-2013
20130058228NETWORK VIRTUALIZATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - Some embodiments provide a network virtualizer for managing several managed switching elements that forward data in a network. The virtualizer includes an interface for receiving input logical forwarding plane data. It also includes a converter for converting the input logical forwarding plane data to output physical control plane data. In some embodiments, the physical control plane data is translation into physical forwarding plane data that direct the forwarding of data by the managed switching elements.03-07-2013
20090092059Interference measurement mechanism for frequency reuse in cellular OFDMA systems - Under adaptive frequency reuse technique, mobile stations in a cellular orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system are served by different radio resource regions with appropriate frequency reuse patterns to mitigate inter-cell interference and improve system capacity. In a first novel aspect, the mobile stations measure interference statistics and obtain interference measurement results. The mobile stations report the obtained interference measurement results to serving base stations. The serving base stations determine adaptive frequency reuse patterns based on the received interference measurement result. In a second novel aspect, a radio resource control element receives the interference measurement results, determines frequency reuse patterns and configures radio resource allocation based on the received interference measurement results. In a third novel aspect, the base stations obtain the interference measurement results and schedule the mobile stations to be served with appropriate radio resource regions.04-09-2009
20090092058Non-Data-Aided Channel Estimators for Multipath and Multiple Antenna Wireless Systems - Novel non-data-aided maximum likelihood estimators for the delays and the attenuations in an ultra-wide bandwidth channel are proposed. Numerical results show that these new estimators outperform the previous non-data-aided maximum likelihood channel estimators derived in the literature. Moreover, in some cases, the performances of the new non-data-aided estimators approach those of the data-aided estimators, enabling us to reduce the overhead expense of pilot symbols.04-09-2009
20090092057Network Monitoring System with Enhanced Performance - A data packet inspection and/or filtering system monitors packet traffic across an interface. In the case of monitoring incoming traffic, the incoming packets are directed to a packet capture process associated with a kernel of an operating system. The packets are then stored in shared memory of the kernel for access by a user space application that inspects the packets without requiring copying of the packets to user space and back to kernel space.04-09-2009
20090092055TRIGGERING MULTI-CARRIER REQUESTS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate triggering multi-carrier requests at a mobile device and granting or denying the request at the access point. The mobile device can determine when to request additional carriers from the access point based on communication parameters, such as buffer levels, inflow/outflow data rates, PA headroom for handling an additional carrier, a timer for requesting the carrier, a maximum number of allocable carriers, and/or the like. Upon receiving the request, the access point can grant or deny the request based at least in part on subscriber level of the mobile device, available resources in the access point, reverse link throughput, and/or the like. Allocating additional carriers to the mobile device can increase throughput for communicating with the access point.04-09-2009
20130070634METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING INTERFERENCE - The invention relates to the technical field of wireless communications, and in particular to a method, system, and device for measuring interference, so as to solve the problem in the prior art that the precision of interference measured by a terminal is low if a cell adopts a Resource Element Muting (RE MUTING) solution. The method includes: a network side device determining configuration information of a first Resource Element (RE) group performing interference measurement (03-21-2013
20130070632APPARATUS AND METHOD OF REPORTING LOGGED MEASUREMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides an apparatus and method of reporting logged measurements in a wireless communication system. User equipment receives an MDT (Minimization of Drive Tests) configuration from a base station, and logs a measurement on the basis of the MDT configuration in order to collect logged measurements. The user equipment determines whether the logged measurement needs to be reported. If it is determined that the logged measurement needs to be reported, the user equipment transmits to the base station a report indicator indicating the need for reporting of the logged measurement.03-21-2013
20130070633COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND MOBILE DEVICE - During communication by a mobile device, when a communication feasibility determining unit of an SGSN determines, based on a remaining communication volume, that the communication by the mobile device cannot be continued, an access point information extracting unit extracts APN information regarding an APN with an unused remaining communication volume and reports the extracted APN information to the mobile device. An access point information acquiring unit of the mobile device acquires APN information regarding the APN with an unused remaining communication volume. When communication is next initiated, the APN information regarding the APN with an unused remaining communication volume is transmitted to the SGSN to perform communication.03-21-2013
20130070635METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SAVING ENERGY IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM BASE STATION - A method for achieving energy-saving in a mobile communication system base station, for application in an LTE system, comprises the steps of: determining the average value of a downlink sub-frame traffic load; determining, when the average value of the downlink sub-frame traffic load is below a threshold value therefor, an MBSFN downlink sub-frame which is not carrying multicast traffic; and closing the radio frequency channel corresponding to the multicast symbol in the MBSFN downlink sub-frame which is not carrying multicast traffic. By using the method in the embodiments of the present invention, the number of downlink sub-frames required to meet the communication traffic needs of a current cell is judged according to changes in the traffic load observed by measuring the traffic load values in that cell; sub-frames which can be closed are set as MBSFN downlink sub-frames which do not send multicast traffic; radio frequency channels occupied by the multicast symbol are closed, thereby achieving the object of reducing energy consumption.03-21-2013
20130070631METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MINIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION DURING IDLE MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for minimizing power consumption of a terminal during a power saving mode operation in a wireless communication system includes acquiring synchronization using a frequency used in a first paging listen interval or a frequency selected in a first paging listen interval; measuring a signal quality based on the acquired synchronization; and according to the measured signal quality, determining a length of a wake-up interval for a second paging listen interval. Thus, the terminal operating in the idle mode can minimize the power consumption of the terminal through the efficient control of the synchronization acquisition overhead interval and the frequency reselection algorithm carried out based on and the channel change.03-21-2013
20130070630Method and System for Determination and Exchange of Network Timing Information - Aspects of methods and systems for determination and exchange of network timing information are provided. In one such method, a propagation delay of a network physical link is determined using a plurality of time stamps. The time stamps are provided by one or more sending nodes traversed by a packet along the network physical link. The length of the network physical link is calculated, utilizing the determined propagation delay. The determined propagation delay and/or the length of the network physical link is appended to the packet.03-21-2013
20110058496VOICE-ACTIVITY DETECTION BASED ON FAR-END AND NEAR-END STATISTICS - Methods and apparatus of managing a communication system, wherein a decision regarding a level of activity at a first end is made based at least in part on the level of activity at the second end. In one embodiment, the energy level of a first-end audio signal is measured. The first end is declared voice-active if the first-end energy level is greater than or equal to a first threshold value. The first end is declared voice-inactive if the first-end energy level is less than the first threshold value. To determine the value of the first threshold value, the energy level of a second-end audio signal is measured. If the second-end energy level is greater than or equal to a second threshold value, the second end is declared voice-active, in which case the first threshold is maintained at a relatively high level. If the second-end energy level is less than the second threshold value, the second end is declared voice-inactive, in which case the first threshold is maintained at a relatively lower level.03-10-2011
20130058235SUB-PATH E2E PROBING - The present invention relates to a method and arrangement for estimating available bandwidth of sub-path of a data path. The solution is based on the sending of probe packet trains comprising inner and outer packets from a start node to an end node using different TTL values for the outer and inner packets of these probe trains. By comparing measurements using different TTL values of the inner packets, it is also possible to determine which link are the local tight link and what available bandwidth it has. 03-07-2013
20110038276Relay Station, Radio Communication System, and Radio Communication Method - Realizing the position of a wireless communication terminal and guaranteeing stable communication quality and realizing a seamless handover while maintaining wireless communication. A relay station 02-17-2011
20130188504TEST FIXTURE AND METHOD FOR SECURING AND TESTING NETWORK DEVICES - A system and method for testing multiple residential gateways. One of the multiple residential gateways is engaged in a testing platform of a test fixture. The testing platform includes an adapter for interfacing the set-top box with the test fixture. The multiple residential gateways are automatically tested in parallel. Test results for each of the multiple residential gateways are measured. The test results for each of the multiple residential gateways are displayed to a user.07-25-2013
20130188505Control and Data Signaling in Heterogeneous Wireless Communication Networks - A method in a wireless communication device including receiving control signaling from a base station in a control region of a downlink carrier spanning a first bandwidth, receiving a signaling message from the base station indicating a second bandwidth, receiving a first control message within the control region using a first Downlink Control Information (DCI) format size, the first DCI format size based on the first bandwidth, and receiving a second control message within the control region using a second DCI format size, the second DCI format size based on the second bandwidth, wherein the second bandwidth is distinct from the first bandwidth and the first and second control messages indicate downlink resource assignments for the downlink carrier.07-25-2013
20130188501Techniques for Coordinated Uplink Power Control - Examples are disclosed for determining, at a base station, a target received power parameter for a wireless device in communication with the base station. In some examples, the target received power parameter may be determined based on one or more uplink status signals received from the wireless device at the base station and/or one or more other base stations. For these examples, the wireless device may adjust one or more transmit power levels responsive to receiving the target received power parameter from the base station. Other examples are described and claimed.07-25-2013
20130188502Techniques for Uplink Coverage Analysis - Examples are disclosed for analyzing uplink interference or pathloss associated with uplink coverage provided by one or more base stations for a wireless network based on logged uplink signal quality or interference information at least temporarily maintained at a wireless device. In some examples, a base station may request the logged uplink signal quality or interference information from the wireless device. The wireless devices may have been configured to measure uplink signal quality or interference characteristics for one or more communication links between the wireless device and one or more base stations of the wireless network. The logged uplink signal quality or interference information may be based on the measured uplink signal quality or interference characteristics. Other examples are described and claimed.07-25-2013
20130188503Low Mobility States And Procedures - Mobility states are defined in order to prevent excess signaling overhead and to conserve power on a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) in a wireless network. The WTRU may determine that is operating in a low mobility state based on triggers related to the frequency of movement of the WTRU between network cells. The WTRU may change cells less frequently in a low or no mobility state than in a normal mobility state. Upon determining that the WTRU is in the low or no mobility state, the WTRU may configure mobility procedures associated with the low or no mobility state in order to conserve power and other network resources. The WTRU may coordinate its mobility state with the network.07-25-2013
20110038270Method for facilitating latency measurements using intermediate network devices between endpoint devices connected by a computer network - Network latency measurements of RTP traffic are measured using an intermediate network device positioned between endpoints that do not necessarily support RTCP. During an active RTP stream between two endpoints, the intermediate device detects whether the endpoints are already providing their own RTCP packets and responding to RTCP packets from the other endpoint. If not, the intermediate device generates RTCP packets on behalf of the non-responsive or non-providing endpoint(s), acting as a proxy for the endpoint(s), so the packets appear to one endpoint as if they were generated by the other endpoint. Thus, if at least one endpoint supports RTCP, a single intermediate device is sufficient to generate the RTCP packets that allow the latency calculation to be performed.02-17-2011
20130058249METHOD AND SYSTEM OF ALLOCATING TIMESLOTS IN A MULTIPLE USERS REUSING ONE SLOT (MUROS) ENVIRONMENT - A method and system are provided for allocating timeslots in a Multiple Users Reusing One Slot (MUROS) environment. A method includes receiving measurement data from a first mobile station over the uplink channel; evaluating a set of parameters associated with pairing the first mobile station in the uplink channel and the downlink channel, respectively, based on the measurement data; associating a first timeslot in a frame between the first mobile station and a set of mobile stations for uplink data transmission using the evaluated set of parameters; and associating a second timeslot in the frame between the first mobile station and a second set of mobile stations for downlink data transmission using the evaluated set of parameters.03-07-2013
20130058248MECHANISM FOR INTEGRATING APPLICATION DATA WITH AVAILABLE BANDWIDTH ESTIMATION TOOLS FOR CLOUD COMPUTING ENVIRONMENTS - The present invention relates to a system and method for integrating useful data while measuring available bandwidth between a cloud computing client device and a server farm. More specifically the present invention relates to the method for integrating useful application data carried inside probe packets, by tools that estimate available bandwidth between two nodes connected through the internet (cloud). Importantly, the present invention relates to the method to overcome application data loss that typically happens during the available bandwidth estimation process. Advantageously, the Cloud Computing Environment (CCE) user's internet usage billing reduces significantly and also Available Bandwidth Measurement Tools (ABMT) could be run more frequently without significant increase in billing.03-07-2013
20130058244Method and System for Processing Measurement Event in Multi-Carrier System - The present invention provides a method and a system for processing a measurement event in a multi-carrier system. The method for processing a measurement event in a multi-carrier system comprises: a mobile terminal receives a measurement assignment configured and transmitted by a network side device (S03-07-2013
20130058247METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COEXISTENCE OF DIFFERENT BANDWIDTH SYSTEMS IN TV WHITE SPACE - Methods and apparatus of slot time synchronization for coexistence of 5 MHz, 10 MHz, and 20 MHz systems in TV white space are provided. The methods and apparatus extend concepts used in traditional 802.11 applications in the MAC layer so that networks that overlap in frequency and space can have access opportunities to TV white space channels. Several passive mechanisms are described which use bits of traditional 802.11 MAC Management Protocol Data Units to receive information related to the slot time of other overlapped networks. An active approach is described that uses measurements from a radio resource measurement service to adjust the slot time of stations in a network to that of the lowest bandwidth overlapped network in frequency and space.03-07-2013
20130058243SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETECTING SOURCES OF ROGUE NON-AUDIO TRAFFIC MARKED AS AUDIO TRAFFICE - Disclosed herein are systems, methods, and computer-readable storage media for managing a packet network to deal with rogue applications that produce non-audio packets marked as audio packets. The system analyzes packet flow through the network to identify an unauthorized source of non-audio packets marked as audio packets, and upon identifying the unauthorized source, the system stops subsequent unauthorized transmission of non-audio packets marked as audio packets from the identified unauthorized source. For example, such an unauthorized source is identified by finding that an audio marked packet has a source address that is not found on a list of authorized sources, or by detecting atypical patterns of audio queue utilization, or by determining whether audio marked packets from a source exceed a threshold value related to transmission of audio marked packets.03-07-2013
20130058246DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT (MIMO) SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION - The disclosure provides a downlink transmission method for a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) system, and a base station, wherein the method comprises: a base station selecting a downlink MIMO mode in a downlink transmission mode in which a UE currently is by using a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI), a Rank Indicator (RI) and a Preceding Matrix Indicator (PMI) which are reported by the UE within a time window; and the base station transmitting data to the UE by using the selected downlink MIMO mode. The disclosure achieves the effect of increasing the coverage and capacity of the LTE system to the maximum.03-07-2013
20130058245HANDOVER WITH CARRIER AGGREGATION - A handover with carrier aggregation is provided. A method of assisting handover of a user equipment from a source wireless access node to a target wireless access node, for use in a wireless access network having a plurality of carrier frequencies and a plurality of cells in which a cell and a carrier frequency may be configured as a component carrier, and in which at least two component carriers may be aggregated for communication between the user equipment and the source wireless access node, the aggregated component carriers comprising a primary component carrier and at least one secondary component carrier comprises the step of selecting, at the source wireless access node, a first carrier frequency to be configured as a primary component carrier for communication with the target wireless access node after handover, and selecting, at the target wireless access node, a second carrier frequency to be configured as a secondary component carrier for communication with the target wireless access node after handover.03-07-2013
20130058242DATA TRANSMISSION METHODS AND APPRATUSES USING THE SAME - A mobile communication device with a wireless module and a controller module is provided for improving data throughput by dynamically adjusting a window size of a communication protocol layer. The wireless module performs wireless transceiving to and from a service network. The controller module measures a link quality of the service network associated with a first protocol layer via the wireless module, and determines a number of transmission layers supported for spatial multiplexing associated with the first protocol layer. Also, the controller module adjusts a data transmission parameter associated with a second protocol layer according to the link quality and the number of transmission layers associated with the first protocol layer. Particularly, the second protocol layer is hierarchically higher than the first protocol layer in a multi-layer protocol stack.03-07-2013
20130058241Method And Apparatus For Cell Reselection - A method and wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) are disclosed that is configured to perform cell reselection to another cell when the WTRU is in a CELL_FACH state using an Enhanced-Dedicated Channel (E-DCH). The cell reselection is based on internal measurements by the WTRU. Alternatively, the cell reselection can be WTRU based on the WTRU measurements reported to the network.03-07-2013
20130058240PDCCH MONITORING METHOD AND APPARATUS IN A CARRIER JUNCTION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a PDCCH monitoring method in a carrier junction system, comprising: monitoring a plurality of candidate PDCCHs in an overlapping region between a PDCCH search space of a first component carrier and a PDCCH search space of a second component carrier; and receiving downlink control information through one PDCCH out of the plurality of candidate PDCCHs, which has succeeded in decoding. The PDCCH having succeeded in decoding is a shared PDCCH that contains shared control information, a PDCCH for a self-scheduling component carrier without a carrier indicator field, or a PDCCH for a primary component carrier.03-07-2013
20130058236METHOD AND NODE FOR MEASURING PROCESSING POWER IN A NODE IN A COMMUNCATIONS NETWORK - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a first network node (03-07-2013
20130058237METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A FLEXIBLE LOW POWER MODE - What is disclosed is a method for transmitting DSL data including establishing a communication link between a first unit and a second unit, the communication link selectively operable according to one of a plurality of management states, each of said management states defined by at least one fixed control parameters associated with a predetermined value. The method also includes initiating operation of the communication link according to a first management state; transmitting from the first unit a request to the second unit to modify said predetermined value; and implementing the request while said link is operating according to the first management state.03-07-2013
20130058232Signal Processing - According to an embodiment, a mobile device includes wireless access circuitry configured to access a wireless communication network; a processor for executing a communication client application to conduct a packet-based call with a remote device via a channel established over the wireless communication network, the communication client application configured to monitor at least one network parameter; a hardware processing module selectively operable to implement a processing function; a software processing module selectively executable to implement said processing function; and a selection mechanism for supplying the call to one of the hardware processing module and software processing module based on the at least one monitored network parameter.03-07-2013
20130058230SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR PACKET CLASSIFICATION PREVIEWING - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for packet classification previewing are disclosed. Packet classification previewing is performed by a reserved preview packet classifier and initiated by a user. According to one aspect, a method for packet classification previewing includes providing a preview packet classifier. User input is received to classify packets using the preview packet classifier. In response to the user input, classification of packets is initiated using the preview packet classifier. Preview packet classification results are generated and displayed to the user, providing feedback as to whether the classifier configuration is correct or not as the user changes the configuration dynamically.03-07-2013
20130058227SYSTEM AND METHOD OF BUILDING AN INFRASTRUCTURE FOR A VIRTUAL NETWORK - A network resource module communicatively interfaces a resource manager with one or more network nodes in a communications network. Each network node provides one or more network resources that may be used to create a virtual infrastructure for a virtual network. The network resource module detects the network nodes, abstracts the resources associated with the network nodes at a desired granularity (e.g., node level or flow level) into Virtual Resource Objects (VROs), and then publishes the VROs in a registry. Thereafter, Virtual Network Operators (VROs) select desired VROs from the registry to build the virtual infrastructure for the virtual network.03-07-2013
20120307662METHOD FOR MONITORING AND INTELLIGENT CONTROL OF THE PARAMETERS IN RADIO NETWORKS - A method and system for monitoring and intelligently controlling parameters that affect the operation of the network connection in wireless networks. Using monitoring elements, measurement data about the network is collected and stored in a so-called history base. The data can be processed by analysis in order to generate a prediction model giving an approximation of the network operation in the future. On the basis of the prediction model the parameters that affect the operation of the network connection in a network device can be controlled so as to maintain or improve the service level provided by the network. The measurements and the changes are made as a continuous process, so that the system can learn from the earlier situations and parameters so as to approach the optimal situation in the service provided by the network.12-06-2012
20110013535METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SOLICITING CONNECTIVITY FROM WIRELESS DATA NETWORKS - According to the embodiments of the techniques of this application, a wireless data device or other data node sends solicitation messages periodically to a wireless gateway, such as a PDSN, when there is no data traffic between the wireless data device and a wireless data network. Each solicitation message resets the simple IP inactivity timer on the wireless gateway. When multiple wireless data devices send solicitation messages, the interval between subsequent transmissions of solicitation messages is randomised to reduce the probability of collision with the solicitations from other devices on the same wireless link. The solicitation timer, for instance, may be based on the simple IP inactivity timer setting on the wireless network, and the number of wireless data devices that the wireless data network serves. Expiration of the solicitation timer at the wireless data device or other data node causes the next solicitation message to be sent from or on behalf of the wireless data device.01-20-2011
20110013533ADAPTIVE COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT TO ACCOMMODATE HIDDEN TERMINAL CONDITIONS - A method for use in an access point includes managing communication, based on an associated set of communication parameters, between a first client wireless transceiver and the packet switched backbone network, and between a second client wireless transceiver and the packet switched backbone network. A hidden terminal condition is identified, based on at least the attempt to detect transmissions from the second client wireless transceiver circuitry by the first client processing circuitry. At least one parameter of the associated set of communication parameters is altered to address the hidden terminal condition.01-20-2011
20110013532Method for Wireless Communication System and Device Using the Same - A method, for determining a first amount of a plurality of high-throughput long training fields within a packet in a wireless communication system, includes determining a second amount of a plurality of space time streams needed by the wireless communication system transmitting the packet, and setting the first amount to be greater than or equal to 8 when the second amount is greater than 4.01-20-2011
20110013530METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING DETECTION OF A COMPATIBLE NETWORK - An approach is provided for searching and detecting cells. System synchronization sequences are detected. An information block on a control channel of one of a plurality of networks is decoded, in response to the detected synchronization sequences. The synchronization sequences are independent of the networks. The information block includes a system indicator specifying release version of the network.01-20-2011
20110013529Method and device for processing access of user terminals in fixed access networks - Improvements are made to an access control equipment, a user-side equipment, and a user terminal through this invention. Wherein, the access control equipment obtains the resource condition of the link between itself and the user-side equipment, and provides it to each user terminal via the user-side equipment, for the convenience of the user terminal to perform the access point selection. Besides, the access control equipment further performs reasonable allocation for the resource in the link according to a predefined rule without depending on a quasi-static configuration of user.01-20-2011
20110013528METHOD FOR PROVIDING PRESENCE AND LOCATION INFORMATION OF MOBILES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - In one embodiment, the method includes collecting, at the base station, presence information for each of the plurality of mobile devices, respectively. Location information is collected at the base station for each of the plurality of mobile devices, respectively. Integrated information is generated at the base station for each of the plurality of mobile devices, respectively, based on the collected presence and location information.01-20-2011
20110013527SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DEEP PACKET INSPECTION - IP networks carry packets that consist of headers and payloads. Typical traffic analysis systems at layer 3 process packet headers in order to obtain as much information about the traffic as possible. However, performing of deep packet analysis requires the processing of packet payloads as well. Another important requirement of layer 3 processing is the need to process the payloads at wire speeds. A system and method for deep packet inspection at layer 3 involves (a) an approach for packet payload processing; (b) accounting for out of order arrival of packets; (c) an approach for partial match analysis so as to be able to analyze the traffic flows when only partial information is available; and (d) an approach for effective payload processing for attempting to achieve wire speed processing.01-20-2011
20110013526SLOT ADAPTATION IN A WIRELESS DYNAMIC TDMA NETWORK WITH RESERVATIONS - One embodiment of the present invention provides a system for performing wireless slot adaptation with reservations in a time division multiple access (TDMA) network where time is divided into time slots in repeated frames. During operation, the system receives a vector from a neighbor node, wherein a respective element in the vector indicates received signal quality for a corresponding time slot in a frame with respect to that neighbor node. Next, the system updates a record which indicates the received signal quality for all the time slots within a frame for the neighbor node based on the received vector. The system then determines a transmission threshold for a time slot with respect to a neighbor node based on the record. Subsequently, the system transmits a packet destined for the neighbor node in an outbound queue if the record indicates that the received signal quality in an upcoming slot is better than the transmission threshold.01-20-2011
20110013525Indirect measurement methodology to infer routing changes using statistics of flow arrival processes - Statistical methods are used to observe packet flow arrival processes and to infer routing changes from those observations. Packet flow arrivals are monitored using NetFlow or another packet flow monitoring arrangement. Packet flow arrivals are quantified by counting arrivals per unit time, or by measuring an inter-arrival time between flows. When a change in packet flow arrivals is determined to be statistically significant, a change in network routing protocol is reported.01-20-2011
20130058239Integrity and Quality Monitoring and Signaling for Sounding and Reduced Feedback - A method of sounding and feedback with channel quality information and reduced overhead is provided. A receiving station receives a sounding signal transmitted from an access point over multiple sub-channels of a wide channel in a wireless network. The receiving station detects channel quality based on the received sounding signal for each sub-channel. The receiving station then performs channel estimation based on the received sounding signal and thereby determining feedback information. Finally, the receiving station transmits a feedback message to the access point, the feedback message contains NULL feedback information, reduced feedback information, or channel integrity/quality indicators based on the channel quality information for each sub-channel. Based on the feedback message, the access point may repeat the sounding process, narrow the transmission bandwidth, or select only stations who have indicated uncorrupted channel sounding for MU-MMO transmission.03-07-2013
20130058238METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR AUTOMATED CALL TROUBLESHOOTING AND RESOLUTION - A method for call quality troubleshooting and mitigation may include polling network communication path elements to determine network performance data, receiving a call quality alert from at least one communication unit, the call quality alert indicating degraded call quality of a call session, and analyzing the network performance data from the network communication path elements and the at least one communication unit to determine a cause of the alert and at least one action to mitigate the cause of the alert.03-07-2013
20130058234METHOD OF PERFORMING CELL MEASUREMENT AND METHOD OF PROVIDING INFORMATION FOR CELL MEASUREMENT - A method of providing information for cell measurement is provided. In the method, a first cell obtains a first pattern information indicating a subframe for performing measurement with respect a second cell. The first cell configures a subframe for performing measurement, which is different from that for performing measurement with respect the second cell. The first cell transmits a second pattern information on the subframe configured by the first cell to a user equipment (UE).03-07-2013
20130058233METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACTIVATING CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for activating a carrier by a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation is provided. The UE receives a Down-Link (DL) assignment from an Evolved Node B (ENB), and determines whether to activate a carrier based on the DL assignment. By doing so, the UE may perform carrier activation rapidly and efficiently.03-07-2013
20130058229METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROBUST PACKET DISTRIBUTION AMONG HIERARCHICAL MANAGED SWITCHING ELEMENTS - For a network that includes several managed edge switching elements and several managed non-edge switching elements that are for implementing a logical switching element, some embodiments provide a method of distributing packet processing across the several managed non-edge switching elements. The method receives a packet for processing through the logical switching element. Based on a determination that the packet needs to be processed by a managed non-edge switching element, the method determines a particular managed non-edge switching element of the several managed non-edge switching elements to forward the packet. The method forwards the packet to the particular managed non-edge switching element for the particular managed non-edge switching element to process the packet.03-07-2013
20120188902CHANNEL SOUNDING TECHNIQUES FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A technique for channel sounding in a wireless communication system includes determining respective geometries of multiple subscriber stations with respect to a serving base station. Respective time periods for sounding a channel between the multiple subscriber stations and the serving base station are then set based on the respective geometries of the multiple subscriber stations.07-26-2012
20120188892NETWORK ABSTRACTION GATEWAY AND CORRESPONDING METHOD TO ABSTRACT AN ENDPOINT - A network abstraction gateway includes at least one abstracted network interface for connectivity with an abstracted network wherein a user has an abstracted endpoint having a first identity in the abstracted network; a communication system interface for connectivity with at least one user's communication system and exposing abstracted endpoint behavior via a second identity in the user's communication system; means adapted to register a one-to-one relationship between the first identity and the second identity; means for extracting behavior of the abstracted endpoint; and endpoint abstraction means adapted to abstract the abstracted endpoint in the user's communication system via an endpoint abstraction using the second identity. The endpoint abstraction is responsive to behavior of the abstracted endpoint and is adapted to implement at least one feature and/or state of the user's communication system and to bi-directionally map the behavior of the abstracted endpoint.07-26-2012
20090262658Method of Measuring Receive Power of CDMA Mobile Communication System, and CDMA Mobile Communication System - The receive power of uplink signals in a CDMA mobile communication system is measured by prohibiting a mobile station from transmitting an uplink signal including a frame over a first channel during a predetermined transmission prohibition period, and measuring a receive power of uplink signals at a base station transmitted from each of the mobile stations located in a cell during the prohibition period. Another method of measuring the receive power includes measuring a first receive power of uplink signals at a base station from each mobile station located in a cell, and measuring each second receive power of uplink signal including a frame only over a first channel transmitted from each mobile station, and then calculating a total receive power of uplink signals excluding frames over the first channel by subtracting respective second receive powers from the first receive power.10-22-2009
20100128628Context-Based Routing in Multi-hop Networks - Context-based routing in multi-hop networks involves using a context-based routing metric. In a described implementation, respective path values are calculated for respective ones of multiple paths using the context-based routing metric. A path is selected from the multiple paths responsive to the calculated path values. Data is transmitted over at least one link of the selected path. In an example embodiment, the context-based routing metric is ascertained responsive to an estimated service interval (ESI) of a bottleneck link of each path of the multiple paths. In another example embodiment, the context-based routing metric is ascertained responsive to an expected resource consumption (ERC) metric. In an example embodiment of path selection, the path is selected using a context-based path pruning (CPP) technique that involves maintaining multiple local contexts at each intermediate node, with each local context representing at least one partial path.05-27-2010
20100128627BASE STATION APPARATUS, UPLINK SINR MEASURING METHOD, UPLINK SCHEDULING METHOD, AND RECEPTION-QUALITY MEASURING METHOD - A base station apparatus includes a receiving unit that receives a control signal having predetermined patterns for performing communication control processing at the base station; and a measuring unit that measures SINR of reception data that is obtained from the control signal received by the receiving unit.05-27-2010
20090268632Method and Apparatus for Measurement, Analysis, and Optimization of Content Delivery - An apparatus and method for measurement, analysis, and optimization of content delivery over a communications network is presented. In one embodiment, the apparatus detects data packets en route over a communications network. The detected data packets are read by the apparatus, combined into application messages, and further combined into user centric events. The events are analyzed to identify metrics and statistics relating to the delivery of content over a communications network and the experience of the end user. The metrics and statistics are saved in a data storage area. When the metrics exceed a configurable threshold, the apparatus provides real-time notification of content delivery problems or end user experience problems. Alternatively, the system can take action to proactively prevent anticipated content delivery problems or end user experience problems.10-29-2009
20090268631METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING FORWARD LOAD IN SECTOR, CONTROL METHOD, AND CONTROL APPARATUS THEREOF - A method for measuring a forward load in a sector includes: acquiring the amount of best-effort (BE) service data respectively transferred by each BE service user in a sector in a predetermined period of time; acquiring a time used by each BE service user for transferring BE service data in the predetermined period of time; and calculating a user equivalent rate of the BE service in the sector for the forward load by using the used time and the amount of the BE service data. The measurement apparatus includes a data amount acquiring unit, a time length acquiring unit, and a rate calculating unit. The measurement method and apparatus can measure a forward load of a BE service in a sector accurately.10-29-2009
20090268630SIGNALING OF UNUSED RESOURCES - A user device on a wireless network includes a receiver, a noise detector and a noise determiner. The receiver receives downlink data communications from a base station that indicates an allocation of time/frequency resource blocks at least to user devices that are communicating with the base station. The noise detector measures noise in a time/frequency resource block, comprising plural time/frequency bins, that is not allocated to one of the user devices. The noise determiner determines a level of interfering noise based on noise in the resource block that is not allocated to one of the user devices.10-29-2009
20090268629PACKET PROCESSING APPARATUS - A packet processing apparatus includes a packet buffer unit that temporarily holds packet data, a packet processing unit that processes packet data output from the packet buffer unit, a clock supply unit that supplies a clock signal to the packet processing unit, and a control unit that detects a buffer vacant time indicating a time during which no packet data exists in the packet buffer unit based on an accumulation amount of the packet data in the packet buffer unit, and controls an operational state of the clock supply unit in accordance with the buffer vacant time.10-29-2009
20090268628Synchronous Circuit Synthesis Using An Asynchronous Specification - A method for specifying and synthesizing a synchronous digital circuit by first accepting a specification of an asynchronous system in which stored values are updated according to a set of state transition rules. For instance, the state transition rules are specified as a Term Rewriting System (TRS) in which each rule specifies a number of allowable state transitions, and includes a logical precondition on the stored values and a functional specification of the stored values after a state transition in terms of the stored values prior to the state transition. The specification of the asynchronous circuit is converted into a specification of a synchronous circuit in which a number of state transitions can occur during each clock period. The method includes identifying sets of state transitions, for example by identifying sets of TRS rules, that can occur during a single clocking period and forming the specification of the synchronous circuit to allow any of the state transitions in a single set to occur during any particular clocking period.10-29-2009
20090268626SEMICONDUCTOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT WITH TEST MODE - A semiconductor integrated circuit is provided which includes: A signal input terminals which include control input pads, A being an integer greater than or equal to 2; an internal circuit; a clock signal input terminal to which a clock signal is input; and an input signal control block which, in a test mode, separates time-division multiplexed data having a multiplicity of X, the time-division multiplexed data being input from A/X signal input terminals among the A signal input terminals, into individual data in accordance with the clock signal, and outputs the separated individual data to the internal circuit, X being an integer greater than or equal to 2.10-29-2009
20090268625Communication Method and a Radio System - The network system of an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing radio system measures a quality of a signal from a user terminal. At least one compared property of the signal is compared with a predetermined threshold. The comparison includes a comparison involving the measured quality. A number of sub-channels for the user terminal is decreased if each comparison operation indicates that a compared property is at the predetermined threshold or within a predetermined range of the threshold. A control signal about a decrease is transmitted to the user terminal. The user terminal transmits with the decreased number of sub-channels as a response to the control signal.10-29-2009
20090268624SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MEASUREMENT AND FEEDBACK OF CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR INFORMATION - User equipment may receive configuration information indicating whether the user equipment provides feedback of channel quality indicator (CQI) information in virtual resource block mode or physical resource block mode. If the configuration information indicates that the user equipment provides feedback in virtual resource block mode, the user equipment may calculate the CQI information for virtual resource blocks. The user equipment may feed back the CQI information for the virtual resource blocks to a Node B.10-29-2009
20090268623EFFICIENT PROBABILISTIC COUNTING SCHEME FOR STREAM-EXPRESSION CARDINALITIES - In one embodiment, a method of monitoring a network. The method includes, at each node of a fixed set, constructing a corresponding vector of M components based on data packets received at the node during a time period, M being an integer greater than 1, the fixed set being formed of some nodes of the network; and, based on the constructed vectors, estimating how many of the received data packets have been received by all of the nodes of the set or estimating how many flows of the received data packets have data packets that have passed through all of the nodes of the set. The constructing includes updating a component of the vector of one of the nodes in response to the one of the nodes receiving a data packet. The updating includes selecting the component for updating by hashing a property of the data packet received by the one of the nodes.10-29-2009
20090268622Route Tracing Program Configured to Detect Particular Network Element Making Type of Service Modification - One or more network elements that modify type of service values in a network are detected by sending route tracing messages having increasing time-to-live values and a designated type of service value from a first network element to a second network element. Type of service values are monitored in respective time exceeded messages received from respective network elements on a given network path between the first network element and the second network element responsive to the route tracing messages. At least a particular one of the network elements on the given network path that has made a modification in type of service value relative to the designated type of service value is identified, based on the monitored type of service values in the respective time exceeded messages.10-29-2009
20090268621TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, RECEIVING APPARATUS AND MULTIPLEX NUMBER CONTROLLING METHOD - A spatial multiplex number controlling method and others wherein streams can be separated for each of receivers and the transmission efficiency can be improved. In a receiving apparatus, a PER is calculated from a history of CRC test results per stream multiplex number. A reception quality and an offset corresponding to the calculated PER are fed hack to a transmitting apparatus. The transmitting apparatus assigns, based on the fed-back reception quality and offset, the streams, thereby controlling the stream multiplex number.10-29-2009
20090268620COMMUNICATION CONNECTING METHOD, COMMUNICATION CONNECTING DEVICE AND STORAGE MEDIUM WITH PROGRAM STORED THEREIN - A user is prompted to turn on power supply of a device to be connected with a screen. When it is detected that the power supply is turned on, the screen is displayed for confirming a user whether the device whose power supply is turned on should be connected or not. Thus, connection is carried out. With such a method, a communication connection method capable of selecting a device to be connected reliably is provided.10-29-2009
20090268619SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR A COGNITIVE RADIO HAVING ADAPTABLE CHARACTERISTICS - Systems and methods for configuring a network of radios for dynamic spectrum access are described. A network radio can include hardware and/or software modules for detecting a radio environment and negotiating common communications channels with a plurality of other radios in the network. Network radio behavior can be defined by a plurality of predefined policies which are used in combination with the information about the radio environment to select common operating parameters.10-29-2009
20090073890Method And System For Uplink Establishment In A Wireless Cellular Communication - The present invention relates to wireless communications. More especially it relates to wireless packet data communications. Particularly it relates to latency reduction by distinguishing connection initiation of circuit switched and packet switched connections, respectively.03-19-2009
20090059808Memory Access Optimization - A method and an apparatus for memory access optimization are disclosed. Data unit information may be accumulated for a plurality of data units. Partial network statistics for the plurality of data units may be read sequentially in round robin fashion from each of a plurality of memory banks of a memory. The partial networks statistics may be updated based on the plurality of data units. The updated partial network statistics may be written sequentially in round robin fashion to each of the plurality of memory banks.03-05-2009
20090059805BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION FOR PROCESSING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION WITH EACH OTHER, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A base station and a mobile station for processing wireless communication with each other, and a method for controlling the same are provided. The method for controlling a base station which performs radio communication with a mobile station includes starting radio communication via at least one arbitrary mobile station and a predetermined cellular channel; receiving Channel Quality Indication (CQI) information from the mobile station; determining whether a radio communication anomaly occurs between a specific mobile station from among the at least one arbitrary mobile station and the base station by using the received CQI information; and when determining that the radio communication anomaly occurs with the specific mobile station, controlling to interrupt the radio communication via the predetermined cellular channel and perform radio communication via the specific mobile station and either a shared channel or an open channel.03-05-2009
20100008241Method of Determining Video Quality - A method and a device utilizing an algorithm using measurement data derived from parameters related to a video-streaming player and/or parameters related to data transport is disclosed. The data are used as input data in a model designed to generate a value corresponding to the quality of the multimedia sequence, such as for example a MOS score.01-14-2010
20120224502POWER CONTROL FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Techniques for controlling transmit power of a terminal are described. The terminal may send a first transmission (e.g., for pilot or signaling) on the reverse link, receive feedback (e.g., a power control command or an erasure indicator) for the first transmission, and adjust a reference power level based on the feedback. The terminal may also receive interference information and possibly other parameters such as a pilot quality indicator (PQI), an offset factor, and a boost factor from a sector. The terminal may determine transmit power for a second transmission to the sector based on the interference information, the reference power level, and/or the other parameters. The terminal may receive the feedback from one sector and may send the second transmission with CDMA or OFDMA to the same sector or a different sector.09-06-2012
20120224501Upstream Bandwidth Management Methods and Apparatus - A system and method for managing bandwidth of an upstream communications channel in a communications system.09-06-2012
20120224500RELAY STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A measuring unit measures the line quality with an eNB. A receiving unit receives line quality information transmitted from an UE. When the line quality measured by the measuring unit is different from line quality contained in the line quality information received by the receiving unit, a transmitting unit changes,the received target data to data for a layer that is different from the physical layer,and transmits the changed data to the UE.09-06-2012
20120224499CHANNEL ESTIMATION FOR REFERENCE SIGNAL INTERFERENCE CANCELATION - Various aspects disclosed are directed to improvements to channel estimation through more efficient cancelation of neighboring common reference signals (CRS). Cancelation of CRS from other cells allows the user equipment (UE) a better opportunity for accurately detecting the reference signal of the current cell. Alternative aspects have a recursive element that uses previous estimates as the basis for the current channel estimate. The various aspects of the present disclosure generally have two alternative embodiments: (1) initializing the channel estimation for all cells with a previous channel estimate and cancellation of reference signals of non-target cells to accurately update channel estimate of the target cell; and (2) initializing the channel estimate for all cells with a previous channel estimate and cancelation of reference signals of all cells to accurately estimate residual channel estimate of the target cell and update its channel estimate.09-06-2012
20120224498BAYESIAN PLATFORM FOR CHANNEL ESTIMATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose a method for estimating a channel utilizing Sparse Bayesian Learning (SBL) algorithm. The proposed method employs a Basis expansion (e.g., polynomial) channel model, and iteratively performs SBL algorithm to adjust parameters of the channel model.09-06-2012
20130064128METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - The present invention discloses method and terminal for feeding back channel state information. The method comprises: UE determining channel state information comprising first-type PMI and/or second-type PMI according to indication information, wherein first-type PMI is used for indicating index of one first precoding matrix in first precoding codebook, each first precoding matrix is used for mapping channel information of one wideband and/or long-term channel; second-type PMI is used for indicating index of one second precoding matrix in second precoding codebook, each second precoding matrix is used for mapping channel information of one subband and/or short-term channel; UE feeding back first-type PMI in PUCCH periodically and feeding back second-type PMI in PUSCH periodically or non-periodically, or, feeding back first-type PMI and second-type PMI in PUCCH. Through the present invention, precision of feeding back channel state information by UE is increased, and base station can dynamically select SU-MIMO or MU-MIMO transmission.03-14-2013
20130064127METHOD AND NETWORK DEVICE FOR SELECTING LABEL SWITCHED PATH - The present invention relates to a method for selecting a label switched path LSP, which is applied in an MPLS network and includes: determining an energy engineering parameter of a network element itself in the network, where the network element is a network element on any candidate LSP between a source network element and a destination network element; receiving, by the network element, Interior Gateway Protocol IGP messages sent by other network elements in the network, and obtaining an energy engineering parameter of each of the other network elements; and selecting, according to the energy engineering parameter of the network element itself and the energy engineering parameter of each of the other network elements, a transmission path for the source network element and the destination network element.03-14-2013
20130064131APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING POWER INFORMATION IN MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for transmitting power information by a mobile station in a multiple component carrier system includes: obtaining power headroom that is a difference between maximum transmit power of a mobile station for each component carrier and power estimated for actual uplink transmission; configuring an identification field that identifies a component carrier that the power headroom is for; configuring power headroom fields that indicates a level of power headroom; and generating a medium access control protocol data unit (MAC PDU) including the identification field and the power headroom field and transmitting the generated MAC PDU to a base station.03-14-2013
20130064130Method for dynamically adjusting switching loop and network equipment - The disclosure provides a method for dynamically adjusting a switching loop. The method comprises the following steps: a network equipment in the switching loop determines current link costs of all links connected with the network equipment, wherein the network equipment determines the current link costs of the links according to initial link costs and link adjustment parameters of the links (S03-14-2013
20130064129Apparatus, Method and Computer Program Product for Selecting Beam Group and Subset of Beams in Communication System - An apparatus and method for selecting a beam group and a subset of beams in a communication system are disclosed. The method includes: measuring channel state information (CSI) on a downlink from a base station (03-14-2013
20130064126RECEIVING APPARATUS AND DATA OBTAINING METHOD - A receiving apparatus for communication area evaluation includes a receiving unit configured to receive a first signal transmitted from a base station; a delay profile calculation unit configured to calculate a downlink delay profile based on the first signal; and an estimated value calculation unit configured to calculate an estimated cyclic prefix length based on the calculated downlink delay profile.03-14-2013
20130064125FLOW STATISTICS AGGREGATION - There are disclosed apparatus and methods for testing a network. An apparatus for testing a network may include first and second memory banks configured to alternate between being active and inactive in a complementary manner. A traffic receiver may receive traffic comprising a plurality of packets from the network, accumulate traffic statistics, store the accumulated traffic statistics in the active memory bank of the first and second memory banks, and copy contents of the first memory bank, when inactive, to a third memory bank, and copy contents of the second memory bank, when inactive, to a fourth memory bank. A port processor may aggregate at least selected traffic statistics stored in the third memory bank and the fourth memory bank.03-14-2013
20130064123WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TERMINAL, MESSAGE SENDING METHOD, AND PROGRAM FOR ALLOWING TERMINAL TO EXECUTE THE METHOD - Upon receiving a beacon, a terminal B sends a RTS control message to a terminal A before sending a registration request message to the terminal A. Upon receiving the RTS control message, the terminal A sends a CTS control message. The terminal B measures the time from when the RTS control message is sent to when the CTS control message is received so as to calculate the distance with the terminal A. If the distance with the terminal A is within a predetermined distance X03-14-2013
20130064122LINK QUALITY ESTIMATION AND APPARATUS IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and apparatus for enabling accurate link quality estimation of a wireless link between a sending node and a receiving node. When the sending node receives link state reports from the receiving node, it estimates the current state of the wireless link. The sending node also determines a measurement adjusting parameter if the link state reports are deemed inaccurate in relation to the estimated link state, based on a deviation between the received link state reports and the estimated actual link state. The sending node then sends the determined measurement adjusting parameter to the receiving node, and the receiving node provides a link state report based on signal measurements adjusted by the measurement adjusting parameter. The adjusted link state report can then be used for link adaptation of the wireless link and/or for packet scheduling decisions.03-14-2013
20130064124WEAK SIGNAL DETECTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A mechanism for weak signal packet detection in a wireless receiver. Cross-correlation and self-correlation operations are performed on a plurality of short training field symbols associated with a plurality of RF signals received at a plurality of receiver chains of the wireless receiver. A plurality of self-correlation outputs generated in the plurality of receiver chains are summed and the sum of the self-correlation outputs is accumulated over a predetermined number of STF symbol periods. A moving sum operation is performed on the accumulation output when the accumulation output is greater than a first predetermined threshold. A signal indicating a data packet has been detected is generated when the moving sum output is greater than a second predetermined threshold.03-14-2013
20130064118METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK CAPACITY ENHANCEMENT FOR WIRELESS DEVICE COEXISTENCE - Methods and apparatus for enhancing network capacity in a network comprising multiple wireless communication that overlap at least partly in frequency spectrum. In one embodiment, the apparatus comprises a portable device such as a laptop or smartphone having both a WLAN (e.g., Wi-Fi) interface and a PAN (e.g., Bluetooth) interface which each operate with approximately the same frequency range. One variant places the WLAN interface into a power-saving mode as a default, thereby mitigating interference with the PAN interface in cases where the WLAN interface is not in active use. In another variant, an aggressive PAN management algorithm is used to enforce network policy on the PAN interface, thereby mitigating interference between the PAN interface and the WLAN interfaces of other devices in the network (as well as the parent device). AP-based variants are also described. Methods of operation and doing business utilizing the aforementioned apparatus are also disclosed.03-14-2013
20130064117RELAY NODE SIMULATOR AND TEST METHOD - A relay node simulator that outputs a test signal obtained by simulating a signal in which a first RF signal from a base station and a second RF signal transmitted to a mobile communication terminal by a relay node receiving the first RF signal are multiplexed, the relay node simulator including a relay processing unit that generates a second baseband signal on the basis of a first baseband signal, a delay processing unit that provides a predetermined delay to the second baseband signal, a gain adjustment unit that changes a level of the first baseband signal, an adder that adds the first baseband signal and the second baseband signal, and a transmission unit that converts an added signal into an RF signal and transmits a converted signal as the test signal.03-14-2013
20130064119Narrow Bandwidth Operation in LTE - A method of wireless communication provides narrow bandwidth operation within a wider LTE system bandwidth. Wideband information is transmitted to a first set of user equipments (UEs). Also, narrowband information is transmitted to a second set of UEs. The second set of UEs operate in a narrower bandwidth than the first set of UEs.03-14-2013
20130064121Method and Apparatus for Measuring the Distance Between Nodes - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for measuring distances between nodes. According to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, N or more nodes among a plurality of nodes located in a network are randomly selected, n-dimensions (where N>n and n≧1) are formed by using the randomly selected N or more nodes, coordinates of other nodes are determined in the formed n-dimensional spaces by using distances between the randomly selected N or more nodes and other nodes, and distances between the plurality of nodes located in the network are calculated by using the determined coordinates. According to the present invention, the distance between nodes located in a network may be more effectively measured.03-14-2013
20130064120MEASUREMENT REPORTING IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A communications system comprises a managing entity responsible for handling measurement reports and a network node, the managing entity being capable of sending condition-related parameters to the network node and the network node being capable of controlling measurement reporting in a communications system by: receiving a measurement report from a mobile terminal; determining from the measurement report whether it is a type of measurement report for which condition-related parameters need to be applies; wherein if the measurement report is of the type requiring the condition-related parameters to be applied, applying a load-related condition and a security related condition and if both are satisfied, providing the measurement report to the managing entity.03-14-2013
20130064113TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A transmission apparatus includes a digital circuit that has an input circuit into which packets are input at indefinite intervals; a measuring circuit that measures an interval during which no packet is input into the input circuit; a determiner circuit that determines, based on the interval measured by the measuring circuit, whether to insert a given frame between packets input into the input circuit; and a transmitter that inserts, based on a result of determination by the determiner circuit, the given frame between the packets input into the input circuit and sequentially transmits the packets with the given frame therebetween.03-14-2013
20130064112Method of Handling Adaptive Modulation and Coding and Related Communication Device - A method of determining a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) for a next hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) transmission for a receiver in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises measuring signal quality of a present HARQ transmission when receiving complete information transmitted by a transmitter of the wireless communication system in the present HARQ transmission; determining normalized signal quality according to the signal quality and remaining part of the complete information to be received in the next HARQ transmission; and determining the MCS according to the normalized signal quality, for processing the remaining part of the complete information according to the MCS.03-14-2013
20130064115MULTIPLEXING TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, RECEIVER APPARATUS AND MODULE, TRANSMITTER APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLEXING TRANSMISSION - Digital signals having respective pieces of frequency information different from each other are bundled, and transmitted at high speed. On receiving side, digital signals retaining the respective pieces of frequency information are recovered and separated. Transmitter apparatus divides pieces of transmission data that have the different pieces of frequency information and correspond to respective input channels into data blocks having a fixed length, as valid data, and subsequently multiplexes the data blocks corresponding to the respective input channels and outputs the multiplexed data to a transmission path. A receiver apparatus divides data string received into data flows and subsequently restores the transmission data, from the data blocks consecutive in each data flow and stores the restored data, and outputs transmission data corresponding to the respective data flows in synchronization with clocks generated for these data flows.03-14-2013
20130064116WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A wireless communications system is described which comprises a base station, a relay device, and a terminal device. The terminal device is operable to transmit a message to the base station via the relay device. The relay device is operable to add a relay header to the message received from the terminal device, the relay header comprising control information for controlling the transmission of subsequent messages from the terminal device to the relay device. The relay device is also operable to relay the message having the relay header added to the base station. By adding such control information to messages being relayed from the terminal device to the base station on the uplink, subsequent downlink communications from the base station to the terminal device can include the control information generated at the relay device (or transmission parameters derived from the control information).03-14-2013
20130064114RANDOM ACCESS HETEROGENEOUS MIMO NETWORK - A number of techniques, which may be used together, provide distributed coordination of multiple stations so that concurrent transmissions and increased throughput are achieved on a shared radio medium. Each of the techniques provides a separate innovation that can be used alone or in combination with one or more of the other techniques.03-14-2013
20130064107ADJUSTMENT OF RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL STATE TIMERS IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - Systems and methods are provided for adjusting Radio Resource Control (RRC) timers in a Radio Access Network (RAN). The system manages radio communications between a mobile device and a base station, and further transitions the mobile device between Radio Resource Control (RRC) states based upon application-layer data traffic for the mobile device and a timer value. Additionally, the system determines an overhead load based on network-layer signaling events associated with at least one RRC transition for the mobile device, and determines a bearer load based on the application-layer data traffic for the mobile device. Based upon the overhead load and the bearer load, the system adjusts the timer value.03-14-2013
20130064110ACTIVITY-AND DEPENDENCY-BASED SERVICE QUALITY MONITORING - Many services measure quality of service (QoS) according to abstract metrics based on general heuristics of QoS determinants (e.g., VoIP service providers may presume that QoS is predominantly determined by network performance). However, users' QoS perceptions are often based on their experiences with particular activities of the service, which may utilize different service paths having different QoS determinants. Therefore, QoS may be measured by identifying the activities of the service, and the dependencies among the components of such services; for respective activities and dependencies, identifying a service path from the source to the user, and the segments comprising the service path; measuring the quality of the segments of the service path; and calculating the QoS of the activity according to the QoS of the segments of the service path providing the activity. This approach may yield QoS information of greater relevance to the users' experience and with greater analytic value.03-14-2013
20130064111METHOD AND APPARATUS TO FACILITATE SUPPORT FOR MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE - In a multi-radio user equipment, a power backoff or similar restraint may be placed on communications of a first radio, such as LTE, in order to protect operations of a second radio, such as Bluetooth, depending on the time remaining for completion of the communications of the second radio. Such protected operations may include paging or inquiry operations. A power backoff may be applied to an LTE radio in order to protect completion of the paging or inquiry operations. The power backoff may be increased as the time to completion of the paging or inquiry operations approaches.03-14-2013
20130064109Analyzing Internet Traffic by Extrapolating Socio-Demographic Information from a Panel - A network intelligence solution (NIS) is arranged to tap a stream of IP (Internet Protocol) packets traversing a node in a network that supports a mobile communications service between mobile equipment employed by subscribers in a universe of subscribers to the service and one or more remote servers such as web servers. The NIS performs deep packet inspection to measure Internet usage by the universe of subscribers as well as usage by a subscriber panel that is a representative subset of the universe. A unique network identifier is generated, for example using the MSISDN (Mobile Subscriber Integrated Services Digital Network Number) associated with each subscriber which is anonymized, to enable socio-demographic information collected from the subscriber panel to be correlated to the panel's Internet usage. The correlations can then be extrapolated to make generalizations about socio-demographics of the larger subscriber universe.03-14-2013
20130064108System and Method for Relating Internet Usage with Mobile Equipment - A network intelligence solution (NIS) is arranged to access a stream of IP (Internet Protocol) packets associated with communications over a mobile communications network between mobile equipment employed by a user and a remote server such as a web server. When the mobile equipment accesses the network, the TAC (Type Allocation Code) portion of the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) is extracted from the IP stream at the NIS so that information about the mobile equipment such as technical information (e.g., manufacturer, model, operating system, etc.) and market data (e.g., market share, average sales price of the equipment, etc.) can be retrieved from one or more databases. The NIS performs deep packet inspection (DPI) to measure Internet usage by the mobile equipment user with each network access. Relationships between variables and/or observed data in each of the Internet usage data and mobile equipment information may then be identified.03-14-2013
20130064103Mechanism for signaling buffer status information - There is provided a mechanism for reporting buffer status information to a communication network control element when transmission via both a licensed and an unlicensed spectrum is conducted and offloading of traffic is executed. After an offloading value indicating the amount of traffic which can be offloaded from a transmission over a licensed spectrum to a transmission over an unlicensed spectrum is estimated, the UE determines a buffer size of at least one transmission buffer used in a transmission over the licensed spectrum and the unlicensed spectrum. Then, buffer status information is sent to the eNB wherein the estimated offloading value is considered. The eNB can then allocate resources for the transmission over the licensed band while benefits by the offloading to the unlicensed band are considered in the resource allocation.03-14-2013
20130064106AUTOMATIC TRANSFER OF MOBILE CALLS BETWEEN VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL (VoIP) AND GUARANTEED SERVICE (GS) NETWORKS BASED ON QUALITY OF SERVICE (QoS) MEASUREMENTS - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for the automatic transfer of mobile calls between wireless packet switched (PS) and guaranteed service (GS) networks based on quality of service (QoS) measurements are disclosed. One method includes establishing a call over the PS or GS network. The method may further include monitoring a quality of service (QoS) parameter associated with the PS network, and comparing the QoS parameter to a minimum quality threshold. The method may further include receiving instructions to initiate a call transfer based upon the comparison of the QoS parameter to the minimum quality threshold.03-14-2013
20130064105FEEDBACK PROTOCOL FOR END-TO-END MULTIPLE PATH NETWORK SYSTEMS - A method, system, and computer program product for providing feedback over a multiple path network is provided. A first device sends a transmissions to a second device over at least two different paths of the network. Using information collected as a result of receiving the transmissions, the second device aggregates data regarding the performance of each of the paths together into a feedback message. The second device then sends this feedback message to the first device over one path of the network. The first device uses the data in the feedback message in its calculations for determining the relative performance of each path. The amount of traffic sent along each path is adjusted as appropriate, based on these calculations.03-14-2013
20130064104SECURE QUALITY OF SERVICE - Methods and apparatus are provided for communicating a flow of packets with a requested quality of service. An exemplary method involves receiving a first packet of a flow, determining a first reference value for the packet flow identification field of the first packet using a key value, and facilitating the requested quality of service for the first packet when the received value of the packet flow identification field of the first packet matches the first reference value. The method continues by receiving a second packet of the flow, determining a second reference value for the packet flow identification field using the key value, and facilitating the requested quality of service for the second packet when the received value of the packet flow identification field of the second packet matches the second reference value.03-14-2013
20130188499PERFORMING IDLE MODE MOBILITY MEASUREMENTS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Methods, apparatus and articles of manufacture for performing idle mode mobility measurements in a mobile network are disclosed. An example method in a user equipment (UE) disclosed herein comprises receiving, from the mobile network, a system information block (SIB) message specifying idle mode mobility measurement is to be performed. If the measurement parameter threshold is not configured in the SIB message or if the SIB message includes an indication to not use a configured measurement parameter threshold in the SIB message, the UE sets a measurement parameter threshold for idle mode mobility measurement.07-25-2013
20130188500AUTOMATIC UPLINK-DOWNLINK RATIO RECONFIGURATION SETTING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - At least one neighbor cell is identified by a base station by detecting a synchronization signal of the at least one neighbor cell. A received signal power, such as a Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) or a Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ), or a combination thereof, is also measured from the at least one neighbor cell. Identifying information and the received signal power of the at least one neighbor cell is then communicated to a network entity of the wireless network. Information is received from the network entity indicating whether the base station can enable a reconfiguration of the allocation of uplink and downlink subframes used in the cell of the base station. Based on the information received from the network entity, the base station enables a reconfiguration of the allocation of uplink and downlink subframes used in the cell.07-25-2013
20130163462MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A mobile communication terminal includes an interference rejection combining processor for obtaining a received signal vector with regard to each of multiple resource elements and for calculating receiving weights so as to suppress influence to a desired beam of electric wave sent from the desired base station by other beams, on the basis of the received signal vectors; a non-interference-rejection receiving weight calculator for calculating receiving weights so as not to suppress influence to the desired beam by other beams; a signal separator for separating a signal destined for the mobile communication terminal from signals destined for other mobile communication terminals; and an interference rejection combining determiner for determining whether the receiving weights to suppress influence by other beams or the receiving weights calculated by the non-interference-rejection receiving weight calculator should be used for signal separation by the signal separator, on the basis of an index representing a relationship between reception quality of a desired downlink transmission signal and reception quality of an interfering signal.06-27-2013
20130163446Correlation of Media Plane and Signaling Plane of Media Services in a Packet-Switched Network - This invention relates to methods for correlating at least one media path and a signaling session of a packet-switched network and to an implementation of these methods in hardware and software. To overcoming one or more of the limitations and challenges on the correlation of signaling plane and media plane of services, the invention defines a key, which can be used for correlation of media streams and signaling sessions. The invention is based on a signaling probe identifying new services and associated media paths of the media plane by detecting their corresponding signaling sessions and determining for each service a signaling session identifier. The signaling probe registers the signaling sessions and their media paths at a correlation unit using the signaling session identifiers as a key, which allows a media probe to query the correlation unit for respective signaling session identifiers that correspond to media paths detected in the media plane traffic.06-27-2013
20080225744METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS LINK ADAPTATION - A method of high speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) link adaptation, comprises receiving a channel quality measurement metric over a Measured Results on random access channel (RACH) information element (IE). The link is adapted based upon the received channel quality metric.09-18-2008
20120195207Communication terminal, communication device, method for measuring a signal and method for requesting a measurement - A communication terminal is described comprising a transmitter configured to generate a transmit signal and a measurement circuit configured to receive the generated transmit signal and to measure the power of the received transmit signal in a predetermined frequency region.08-02-2012
20090245123METHOD FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY ACCESSING CIRCUIT SERVICES AND PACKET SERVICES IN A CELLULAR MOBILE RADIO SYSTEM - A method for simultaneous access to circuit services and packet services in a cellular mobile radio system comprising second generation cells and third generation cells, in which method, if a packet or a circuit connection is required by a terminal already having a circuit or a packet connection set up in a second generation cell, the method determines whether a change of cell to a third generation cell is possible and, if so, effects said change of cell in order to allow said circuit and packet connections simultaneously in a third generation cell.10-01-2009
20090238091MONITORING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of monitoring a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) is disclosed. A starting location of a search space in a control region of a subframe k is acquired. The search space is defined by a set of PDCCHs at each aggregation level. The set of PDCCHs from the starting location in the search space at the each aggregation level is monitored. The starting location is defined by the multiple of the aggregation level in the control region.09-24-2009
20090238090COMMON DATA CHANNEL RESOURCE USAGE REPORT - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate indicating channel resource usage information for receiving additional channel resources in a wireless network. An access point can initially receive a set of channel resources from a network controller for providing wireless network access to one or more devices. The access point can grant and/or deny requests for one or more of the channel resources from a plurality of devices and can feedback information to the network controller regarding the granting/denying. The network controller can determine a load on the access point based at least in part on the feedback information and adjust channel resource allocation based on the load. Thus, where an access point has granted close to capacity of allocated resources to one or more devices, the network controller can provide additional resources to the access point based on received feedback information related to the granted resources.09-24-2009
20090238089ETHERNET TRANSMISSION METHOD, TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND SYSTEM - The present invention, provides an Ethernet transmission apparatus comprising a first and second MEPs provided for each of transmission lines of operational and non-operational systems and for performing the transmission/reception of a frame to be transmitted over each transmission line in a duplexed manner, and a switching processing part for switching the MEP to be used for reception by using ETH-CC which is transmitted at regular intervals, in which the above described first and second MEPs are configured to be able to confirm each other's received content and are adapted to add a continuous sequence number to the ETH-CC when transmitting the ETH-CC, and when the sequence number of the received ETH-CC is smaller than the sequence number of the ETH-CC received by the operational system side, the MEP of the non-operational system side is adapted not to transmit the frame.09-24-2009
20090238088NETWORK TRAFFIC ANALYZING DEVICE, NETWORK TRAFFIC ANALYZING METHOD AND NETWORK TRAFFIC ANALYZING SYSTEM - A network traffic analyzing device accurately analyzes traffic of a communications network. The traffic analysis device includes a real time monitoring unit configured to collect information regarding communication data between a primary network and an access network from a traffic collecting device in real time; an alert managing/notifying unit that generates an alert regarding traffic between the primary network and the access network based on the information collected in real time by the traffic collecting device; and an alert generation cause analyzing unit that analyzes a cause of the alert generated by the alert managing/notifying unit based on information regarding at least one of normal data and abnormal data transmitted and received between the primary network and the access network prior to generation of the alert by the alert managing/notifying unit.09-24-2009
20090238086Rank Dependent CQI Back-Off - In a wireless communication network UE, an estimated signal to interference and noise ratio (SINR) is calculated for each potential transmission mode, and is reduced by a calculated SINR back-off value in response to errors detected in decoding data in each of a plurality of data streams. A Channel Quality Indicator CQI is then generated based on the reduced SINRs. Reducing the SINR estimates in the presence of known data errors allows a UE to more accurately track a target BLER.09-24-2009
20090238085METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING VOICE QUALITY ON A VoIP NETWORK - In a method and apparatus for measuring voice quality of an endpoint in a Voice-over-IP (VoIP) network, a plurality of network quality parameters are determined for the endpoint. A voice quality factor for the endpoint is determined in real time based on the network quality parameters.09-24-2009
20090232019PROVIDING MULTIPLE LEVELS OF SERVICE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Local breakout is provided by one or more nodes (e.g., a local access point and/or a local gateway) in a wireless network to facilitate access to one or more local services. In conjunction with local breakout, multiple IP points of presence relating to different levels of service may be provided for an access point. For example, one point of presence may relate to a local service while another point of presence may relate to a core network service. IP point of presence may be identified for an over-the-air packet to indicate a termination point for the packet. Also, different mobility management functionality may be provided at different nodes in a system whereby mobility management for a given node may be provided by a different node for different types of traffic. Thus, an access terminal may support multiple NAS instances. In addition, different types of paging may be provided for different types of traffic. Furthermore, messages associated with one protocol may be carried over another protocol to reduce complexity in the system.09-17-2009
20090232018Method and apparatus for processing padding buffer status reports - A method and system for processing buffer status reports (BSRs) such that when BSR triggering is performed, the size(s) of the necessary sub-header(s) are also to be considered together in addition to the BSR size. The steps of checking whether any padding region is available in a MAC PDU that was constructed, comparing the number of padding bits with the size of the BSR plus its sub-header, and if the number of padding bits is larger than the size of the BSR plus its sub-header, triggering BSR are performed. Doing so allows the sub-header(s) to be inserted or included into the MAC PDU or transport block (TB) or other type of data unit.09-17-2009
20090232017SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRAFFIC PRIORITIZATION - A method for management of Internet Protocol (IP) traffic comprises (a) receiving an uplink data packet associated with a connection of a plurality of connections; (b) assigning a weight to the uplink data packet; (c) updating a debt associated with the connection based on the weight assigned to the uplink data packet; (d) prioritizing the connections based on the debt associated with each of the one or more connections; and (e) processing packets in the one or more connections based on the prioritizing.09-17-2009
20090232016APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COLLECTING AND ANALYZING COMMUNICATIONS DATA - A method of monitoring data on a first communication line. Data is received from the first communication line (09-17-2009
20090232013METHOD, MEASURING SYSTEM, BASE STATION, NETWORK ELEMENT, AND MEASURING DEVICE - There is provided a measuring system comprising: a measuring device configured to measure parameters of a serving cell required for camping into the neighbor cells of the serving cell, to camp into the neighbor cells in order to store reception quality and neighbor cell lists from the neighbor cells; and a base station configured to set parameters of the formed virtual cell such that the virtual cell becomes a tempting destination for a cell reselection, to interfere the serving cell in order to cause the one or more user terminals to camp into the virtual cell, and to catch one or more identifiers of the one or more user terminals camping into the virtual cell after the start of virtual cell transmission.09-17-2009
20090232012Method and Monitoring System for Sample-Analysis of Data Comprising a Multitute of Data Packets - The invention is related to a method and a monitoring system for sample-analysis of data comprising a multitude of data packets. Defined parent population numbers (N) of data packets are sampled by an out of N sampling and classified or vice versa. Classification is done by classification rules to create sample-flow-groups of specific flows. Each sample-flow-group consists of a sample-flow-quantity of data packets having a sample-flow-size. According to the invention in each sample-flow-group sample-flow-variances and sample-flow ratios defined by the sample-flow-quantity in proportion to the sample number (n) are determined. Furthermore, an estimated flow size defined by an estimated sum of data sizes of data packages in a flow of the parent population number of data packets and its variance are calculated. For the calculation the parent population number, the sample number and at least one of the sample-flow-ratios, the sample-flow-mean-sizes and the sample-flow-variances are used, comprising the step of determination of at least one of parent population flow-ratios parent population flow-mean-sizes and parent population flow-variances for each flow in the parent population number of data packets.09-17-2009
20090232014Method for Determining a Route Distance Value - A method determines a route in distance value for use in routing protocols. An optimum route is determined for time-critical transmissions such as videotelephony or VoIP. For this purpose, the route distance value is calculated as the product of the link metrics for the links of a route, said link metrics being the product of data packet arrival rates. This value is the optimum value for the route which requires the lowest number of repeated packet transmissions (retransmissions). Optionally, an additional factor can be inserted in the link metrics, which factor ensures that the length of a route is also taken into consideration.09-17-2009
20090046595METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTENT ESTIMATION OF PACKET VIDEO STREAMS - A method and system for estimating the content of frames in an encrypted packet video stream without decrypting the packets. The method involves comparing the relative sizes of frames within a video stream and estimating the content of the video stream based on the frame sizes and the ordering of frames within the video stream. The method can alternatively be used to estimate the content of frames in an unencrypted packet stream.02-19-2009
20090046593METHOD FOR PROVIDING DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT OF FRAME ENCODING PARAMETERS IN A FRAME-BASED COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for data communication are disclosed. An example method includes encoding a first plurality of transmitting frames, where a header segment of each frame is encoded in accordance with a fixed set of header encoding parameters and a payload segment of each frame is encoded in accordance with a first set of a variable set of payload encoding parameters. The example method also includes transmitting the first plurality of transmitting frames to a receiving station and receiving a request from the receiving station to change the first set of payload encoding parameters to a second set of the variable set of payload encoding parameters. The example method further includes selecting the second set of payload encoding parameters based on the request and encoding a second plurality of transmitting frames, where a header segment of each frame of the second plurality of transmitting frames is encoded in accordance with the fixed set of header encoding parameters and a payload segment of each frame of the second plurality of transmitting frames is encoded in accordance with the second set of payload encoding parameters. The example method still further includes transmitting the second plurality of transmitting frames to the receiving station.02-19-2009
20090046592WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication method and a wireless communication system wherein any communication interruption caused by changing RRB arrangement information can be avoided. In ST02-19-2009
20100046390RATE MATCHING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING RATE MATCHING IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for controlling rate matching in a communications system includes calculating a rate matching parameter containing a basic variable for an input bit string, and evaluating an additional parameter reflecting a current channel status of the transport channel receiving the input bit string. The input bit string generated in the upper layer is mapped to a physical channel of a Physical Layer by performing bit repeating or bit puncturing. If the bit repeating is executed on the input bit string on the basis of the first basic variable, and a second basic variable is calculated using the first basic variable and the additional parameter. A communication device to control rate matching between a physical channel and a transport channel includes a parameter calculator, an additional parameter generator, and a rate matching executioner to execute bit repeating or bit puncturing.02-25-2010
20120230209System and Method for Exchanging Channel, Physical Layer and Data Layer Information and Capabilities - A system and method for exchanging channel, physical layer and data layer information and capabilities. The exchange of channel, physical layer and data layer capabilities enables optimal solutions for the provision of network services. In one embodiment, channel, physical layer and data layer capabilities are exchanged during an auto-negotiation process or LLDP messaging.09-13-2012
20090010176Method for capacity evaluation in OFDM networks - A fast and simple method evaluates the capacity of OFDM-based radio networks using adaptive modulation and coding. From a mapping of SINR values to achievable data throughput, constant coefficients defining a linear function for the required channel activity of a single user are determined. Subsequently, linear equations for total uplink and downlink channel activity are obtained which allow fast numerical solutions.01-08-2009
20090010175METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING AUTOMATIC DISABLING OF NETWORK DEBUGGING - An approach is provided for automatic disabling of network debugging. A debugging command is received for initiating debugging of a router that includes a processor configured to execute a debugging procedure. Utilization of the processor is monitored. A determination is made whether the utilization exceeds a utilization threshold. The debugging procedure is disabled based on the determination that the utilization threshold is exceeded.01-08-2009
20120113861METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDBACK TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for feedback transmission in a wireless communication system are provided. A terminal receives information about a short-term feedback period and a long-term feedback period from a base station, and then transmits to the base station short-term feedback information per short-term feedback period or long-term feedback information per long-term feedback period over a primary fast feedback channel (PFBSCH). The long-term feedback information contains an index of a subband subjected to channel measurement and a difference in measurement values that is a difference between a reference channel measurement value and a channel measurement value being measured.05-10-2012
20120113860POWER SAVING MECHANISM IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - The present invention relates to providing methods and apparatus for determining whether a cell in a radio access network could have been powered down during at least one time slot in a predetermined period of time. Measurement data relating to the cell is used to determine whether the neighbouring cells had sufficient spare capacity to handle the network traffic originating from cell during the time slots in the predetermined period of time.05-10-2012
20120113859METHOD FOR MEASURING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION ON A DOWNLINK MULTI-CARRIER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present invention relates to a method for measuring channel quality information in a system transmitting a signal via a plurality of component carriers. The method comprises the steps of: measuring a channel quality value of at least one component carrier allocated to a terminal from among a plurality of component carriers used to transmit a signal from a serving cell, to which the terminal belongs, to the terminal; comparing the channel quality value with a critical value for determining whether or not a channel quality of a component carrier not allocated to the terminal from among the plurality of component carriers must be derived; and, if the channel quality value is less than the critical value, measuring a channel quality value of a component not allocated to the terminal from among the plurality of component carriers.05-10-2012
20120113858HANDOVER PROCESSING IN MULTIPLE ACCESS POINT DEPLOYMENT SYSTEM - This disclosure relates to method, device and system for determining transmit power in a communication system. A node receives an access point interference signal from an access point. The access point interference signal is measured by the access point based in part on an inference from an external system. The node determines a transmit power based in part on the access point interference signal. The node then transmits an uplink signal at the transmit power.05-10-2012
20120113857DYNAMIC MONITORING OF NETWORK TRAFFIC - A device, connected to a monitoring appliance, may include a traffic analyzer to receive a data unit and identify a traffic flow associated with the data unit. The device may also include a traffic processor to receive the data unit and information regarding the identified traffic flow from the traffic analyzer, determine that the identified traffic flow is to be monitored by the monitoring appliance, change a port number, associated with the data unit, to a particular port number to create a modified data unit when the identified traffic flow is to be monitored by the monitoring appliance, and send the modified data unit to the monitoring appliance.05-10-2012
20120113856TRANSMISSION ADAPTATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - An arrangement is provided for adapting the output bit rate of a multimedia source to the bandwidth available in a wireless network. Depending on the value of the available network idle time, at least a portion of the available network idle time may be used by the source to increase its output bit rate so that the network bandwidth may be more efficiently utilized. If the effective throughput of the network after the increase of source output bit rate drops significantly, the source may reduce its output bit rate until the effective throughput returns to the level before the source output bit rate increase. Additionally, packet delay and queue jitter information may be collected and used for queue rate adaptation as well as bandwidth adaptation.05-10-2012
20120113855CHARGING COUNT METHOD AND DEVICE - A charging count method and a charging count device are provided. The method includes: acquiring an industry user identifier corresponding to a user equipment according to a user equipment identifier or an access point name APN used by the user equipment; and performing charging count on an industry user corresponding to the industry user identifier. Through the charging count method and the charging count device, charging processing of a charging count network element is optimized, thereby greatly reducing a charging processing load of the charging count network element, and ensuring normal operation of the charging count network element.05-10-2012
20120113854Adaptive Data Delivery - Techniques for use in delivering data from a host service to a mobile device operative in a wireless network are disclosed. The host service is configured to maintain in a host memory an availability status indicative of the availability of the mobile device in the wireless network. A router receives an indication signal from the mobile device within a predetermined interval. The indication signal indicates one or more functional states or parameter levels of the mobile device. When the one or more functional states or parameter levels of the indication signal are indicative of availability, and a cached availability status in cache memory of the router equals to unavailable, the router changes the cached availability status from unavailable to available and transmits the changed availability status from the router to the host service for setting the availability status at the host service.05-10-2012
20120113853METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BLIND TRANSPORT FORMAT DETECTION USING DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION (DTX) DETECTION - Methods and apparatus are provided for blind transport format detection using Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) detection. According to one aspect of the invention, the transport format that was used to transmit information is determined by identifying a transition between a Discontinuous Transmission segment and a data segment included in the transmitted information; and determining the transport format based on a location of the transition of the Discontinuous Transmission segment. A cyclic redundancy check can optionally be performed for a plurality of possible transport formats, and then the step of identifying a transition can be to limited to those transport formats having a valid cyclic redundancy check.05-10-2012
20120113852METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONFIGURING AND SENDING DOWNLINK CSI REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method for configuring and sending a downlink CSI reference signal is provided. The method comprises: an eNB configures the downlink CSI reference signal and sends configuration information of the downlink CSI reference signal to a UE, wherein the configuration information comprises a starting subframe number and/or a cycle of the downlink CSI reference signal; the eNB sends the downlink CSI reference signal to the UE according to the configuration information of the downlink CSI reference signal.05-10-2012
20120113851CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK - In an embodiment, state of a wireless channel on which information is received is measured; the measured state is used to select from a codebook a plurality of N codewords which optimize a predefined measure, and first and second codewords of the plurality are reported which best optimizes and next-best optimizes the predefined measure. If by example the above is done by a user equipment UE, in another embodiment the network receives first and second indications, searches a codebook using the first and second indications to find the first and second codewords; and utilizes them to improve the channel state information, such as by interpolating between them to find an estimate of the channel. In examples the channel is a MIMO channel that is estimated at two or more antenna ports, there are interpolation weights sent with the codeword indications, and the interpolating uses a geodesic algorithm.05-10-2012
20120113850METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - A method is provided for measuring CSI. A Macro UE determines a restricted measurement resource pattern for CSI measurement. The restricted measurement resource pattern is reported from the Macro UE to a Macro NodeB. The CSI of the restricted measurement resource pattern is measured. The CSI is reported from the Macro UE to the Macro NodeB for scheduling a data transmission resource of the Macro UE in the restricted measurement resource pattern according to the CSI.05-10-2012
20120113849CQI-ONLY TRANSMISSION ON THE PUSCH - A method for transmitting a channel quality indicator-only feedback payload is described. A channel quality indicator scheduling message is received from a base station. A channel quality indicator-only feedback payload is generated. The channel quality indicator-only feedback payload is transmitted on a physical uplink shared channel. The method may be performed by a wireless communication device.05-10-2012
20120113848METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALCULATING POWER HEADROOM IN CARRIER AGGREGATION MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A power headroom calculation method and apparatus of a User Equipment (UE) are provided for a primary cell Power Headroom (PH) calculation in a Long Term Evolution-Advanced (LTE-A) mobile communication system. The method includes determining whether an activated serving cell includes uplink data and/or uplink control signal to be transmitted, and determining PH of the activated serving cell according to whether the activated serving cell has the uplink data and/or uplink control signal.05-10-2012
20120113847Configuring Unscheduled Periods to Enable Interference Reduction in Heterogeneous Networks - A mobile station in a wireless communication network is disclosed. The mobile station includes a transceiver coupled to a processor configured to perform measurements of signals of one or more cells of a wireless communication system during a first set of subframes, to cause the transceiver to transmit a measurement report including at least the measurements of signals of the one or more cells, and to indicate that the measurements of the one or more cells were performed during the first set of subframes.05-10-2012
20120113846Idle State Interference Mitigation in Wireless Communication Network - A mobile station is disclosed wherein the mobile station determines interference by assessing one or more frames in a first periodic sequence of frames relative to a reference and, in response to the assessment, monitors transmissions from a base station for paging signals during a second periodic sequence of frames, wherein the second periodic sequence of frames is offset from the first periodic sequence of frames by a predetermined amount.05-10-2012
20120113845UPLINK SCHEDULING APPARATUS AND METHOD BASED ON UPLINK REPORT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for scheduling uplink transmissions according to a maximum transmission power and Power Headrooms (PHs) reported by a User Equipment (UE) are provided. A method for reporting the PHs for carriers used by a terminal in a mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation includes generating a message including the PHs along with indicators indicating whether a real transmission is scheduled on an uplink data channel of corresponding carrier, and including, when the real transmission is scheduled, a maximum transmission power used for calculating the PHs in the generated message.05-10-2012
20120113844INTERFERENCE MEASUREMENTS IN ENHANCED INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION CAPABLE WIRELESS TERMINALS - A wireless communication terminal is disclose. The terminal includes a transceiver coupled to a processor configured to determine that a subset of a plurality of REs must be excluded from demodulation, the plurality of resource elements (REs) received in a signal from a first base station, to estimate a hypothetical block error rate (BLER) based on the signal received from the first base station by excluding the subset of the plurality of Res, and to estimate channel state information based on the hypothetical block error rate (BLER).05-10-2012
20120113838COMMUNICATION METHOD OF A MACRO BASE STATION, A VEHICULAR MOVING RELAY, AND A VEHICULAR MOVING TERMINAL - Provided are examples of methods of a vehicular moving relay in a communication system including the vehicular moving relay, a moving terminal, and a macro base station. Also provided is an example of a terminal. The vehicular moving relay may repeatedly transmit data to a vehicular moving terminal without requesting a handover from a macro base station to the vehicular moving relay, using a unique code that is allocated to the vehicular moving terminal from the macro base station.05-10-2012
20120113837Methods and Apparatus for Enhancing Network Testing Procedures - Methods and arrangements for reporting of measurements in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The embodiments relate to methods and arrangements exercising automated collection of network performance statistics as an alternative to drive tests and reporting function called Minimizing Drive Tests (MDT). The described embodiments for reporting of measurements in a wireless communication system include acquiring suitable confidence information.05-10-2012
20120113836DEVICE AND METHOD FOR COMPUTATION OF CHANNEL LOSS RATE AND COLLISION LOSS RATE OF COMMUNICATION LINK(S) IN A RANDOM ACCESS NETWORK - A method is intended for computing online channel loss rate and collision loss rate of at least one communication link established between nodes of a network using a random access MAC protocol. This method comprises the steps of i) dividing time in probing windows and transmitting a chosen number S of probe packets during each probing window from a transmitter node to a receiver node linked therebetween, ii) measuring a packet loss rate from probe packets lost on this communication link during a probing window, iii) scanning each probing window with smaller sliding windows, each having a size Wk smaller than S, to identify the sliding window during which only channel losses occur, and then for computing a channel loss rate on this communication link from this identified sliding window, and iv) computing a collision loss rate on this communication link by subtracting the computed channel loss rate from the measured packet loss rate.05-10-2012
20120113835INTER-NETWORK CARRIER ETHERNET SERVICE PROTECTION - An interconnection assembly for connecting a first communication network to a second communication network includes a first network device of the first communication network for selectively transmitting data packets to a second network device of the second communication network and a third network device of the first communication network for alternatively transmitting the data packets to the second network device of the second communication network depending on a status information made available to the third network device.05-10-2012
20120113834SYSTEMS, APPARATUS AND METHODS TO FACILITATE EFFICIENT REPEATER USAGE - In accordance with aspects of the disclosure, a method, apparatus, and computer program product are provided for wireless communication. The method, apparatus, and computer program product may be provided for detecting a change in power of received signals and adjusting amplification of the received signals based on the detected change in power prior to transmitting the signals.05-10-2012
20120113833Method of Power Information Reporting for Enhancing Uplink Power Control - A method of power information reporting for enhancing uplink power control in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises reporting a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) power headroom report (PHR) on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in a reporting subframe for each of at least one PUCCH transmission in a first subframe.05-10-2012
20120113832TRANSMISSION OF CONTROL INFORMATION ON UPLINK CHANNELS - Techniques for sending control information on uplink channels are disclosed. In one design, a user equipment (UE) may determine its current configuration for concurrent transmission of a control channel and a shared channel. The UE may select one or more channels, from among the control channel and the shared channel, to send control information of at least one type in a same subframe. The UE may select the one or more channels based on the types of control information to send, the current configuration for concurrent transmission of the control channel and the shared channel, whether the UE is scheduled for data transmission on the shared channel in the subframe, whether the UE has sufficient transmit power to transmit both the control channel and the shared channel, etc. The UE may send the control information on the one or more selected channels in the subframe.05-10-2012
20120113831Determination of Carriers and Multiplexing for Uplink Control Information Transmission - Embodiments contemplate methods and devices that may select uplink (UL) transmission resources for transmitting uplink control information (UCI). A determination may be made that UCI should be transmitted. A physical channel resource for transmission of the UCI may be selected and a wireless transmit/receive unit (WRTU) may transmit the UCI over a physical uplink channel capable of supporting multiple component carriers using the selected physical channel resource. The selection of the physical channel resource may include at least one of: selecting a pre-determined UL component carrier (CC) for uplink transmission on a physical uplink control shared channel (PUSCH) upon a PUSCH resource being available in a subframe, or, selecting a pre-determined UL CC for uplink transmission on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) capable of UCI transmission in the subframe upon a PUSCH resource not being available in the subframe.05-10-2012
20120113830ENHANCED NODE B AND METHOD FOR PRECODING WITH REDUCED QUANTIZATION ERROR - Embodiments of an enhanced Node B (eNB) and method for precoding with reduced quantization error are generally described herein. In some embodiments, first and second precoding-matrix indicator (PMI) reports may be received on an uplink channel and a single subband precoder matrix may be interpolated from precoding matrices indicated by both the PMI reports. Symbols for multiple-input multiple output (MIMO) beamforming may be precoded using the interpolated precoder matrix computed for single subband for a multiple user (MU)-MIMO downlink orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) transmission. In some embodiments, each of the first and second PMI reports includes a PMI associated with a same subband that jointly describes a recommended precoder.05-10-2012
20120113829Achieving Greater Test Efficiencies Using ACK Signal Suppression - A method and system for testing a wireless data packet transceiver as a device under test (DUT) adapted to operate in conformance with a wireless signal standard such that a transmitted signal, when received by an intended receiver, is to result in a responsive signal transmission acknowledging such signal reception. During testing, responsive signal transmissions, e.g., acknowledgement signals, are withheld by the test system until after a predetermined number of data packets have been captured from the DUT, until a predetermined time interval has passed, or until data packets at a predetermined number of data rates have been captured from the DUT.05-10-2012
20120113828BEAM-FORMER HUB - A method, program, system and apparatus for implementing programmable radio patterns (i.e. beam-forming) in a wireless communication network are discussed. Beam-forming is performed by weighting data samples to compensate for phase variation and frequency variation introduced by a signal path. The phase variation and frequency variation introduced by a signal path is estimated by correlating stored data and calibration data. The phase variation and frequency variation are compensated for by applying phase and frequency corrections, or weights, to the data so as to equalize the phase variation and t frequency variation of the data.05-10-2012
20120113827DYNAMIC SIMULTANEOUS PUCCH AND PUSCH SWITCHING FOR LTE-A - A method for reporting uplink control information (UCI) on a user equipment (UE) is described. A set of physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) candidates on an activated serving cell are monitored. A PDCCH of a serving cell intended for the UE in a subframe is detected. A physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) corresponding to the PDCCH in the same subframe is decoded. Transmission of the UCI for a subframe corresponding to the subframe in which the PDCCH was decoded is adjusted.05-10-2012
20120113826Idle Interval Generation in Telecommunication Systems - In certain wireless communications systems, such as TD-SCDMA, frames are divided into sections allocated for various communication purposes such as uplink and downlink transmissions. In such schemes, there may be no mechanism to generate gaps for a UE to employ for non-allocated purposes, such as inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement. To generate gaps for such purposes the UE may employ rate-matching techniques to take certain allocated time slots for the UE and reserve them for inter-RAT measurement or other purposes. The rate-matching techniques generate unconfigured slots.05-10-2012
20120113825Wireless Communication Device and Method for Performing Neighbor Cell Analysis During Continuous Packet Connectivity Mode - A wireless communication device is operable to perform neighbor cell analysis functions while operating in a continuous packet connectivity (CPC) mode and without requiring dedicated time periods for performing the neighbor cell analysis functions as part of a discontinuous reception (DRX) phase of the CPC mode. The DRX phase includes discontinuous (e.g., periodic) time periods for monitoring a downlink control channel from a serving base station. A receiver of the wireless communication device receives a control signal over the downlink control channel during each time period of the discontinuous time periods. A processor of the wireless communication device performs a portion of a neighbor cell analysis function during each time period of a quantity of the discontinuous time periods to produce neighbor cell analysis data. The processor accumulates the neighbor cell analysis data over the quantity of time periods to complete the neighbor cell analysis function.05-10-2012
20120113824REPORT SEQUENCE WITH PERFORMANCE DATA TRANSMITTED BETWEEN TWO NODES OF A COMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to a method, a performance data transmission device and a computer program product for performing performance management reporting from a first to a second node in a communication system. The reporting concerns communication over one communication interface of a node in the communication system and the performance data transmission device comprises a data collecting unit that obtains performance data relating to the communication over the communication interface for transmission to the second node and configuration data, a data scheduling unit that schedules the transmission of performance data and configuration data in a sequence of consecutive reports according to a reporting scheme, where the sequence makes up a set of reports, and a transmitting unit that transmits the reports according to the reporting scheme and where configuration data is only present in a subset of the set of reports including at least one report.05-10-2012
20120113823METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR VERY HIGH FREQUENCY DATA LINK CAPACITY ENHANCEMENT - A method to increase throughput over a very high frequency aeronautical network is provided. The method comprises simultaneously receiving at least two downlink signals at a plurality of ground antennas at an aeronautical ground station of the very high frequency aeronautical network, generating a channel-state-information matrix based on preambles, decomposing the simultaneously received at least two downlink signals into respective ones of the at least two downlink signals, and decoding each of the respective ones of the decomposed at least two downlink signals. The at least two downlink signals include respective preambles indicative of a channel state. Solutions to the channel-state-information matrix are generated by a mean-square-error algorithm to avoid singularities in the solutions. The decomposing of the simultaneously received at least two downlink signals is based on the generated channel-state-information matrix.05-10-2012
20100085880METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Method and arrangement in a first node for requesting a status report from a second node. The first node and the second node are both comprised within a wireless communication network. The status report comprises positive and/or negative acknowledgement of data sent from the first node, to be received by the second node. The first node comprises a first counter configured to count the number of transmitted Protocol Data Units, PDUS, and a second counter configured to count the number of transmitted data bytes. The method and arrangements comprises initialising the first and the second counter to zero, transmitting data to be received by the second node, comparing the value of the first and the second counters with a first threshold limit value and a second threshold limit value and requesting a status report from the second node if any of the threshold limit values is reached or exceeded.04-08-2010
20100085881Wireless Communication System, Wireless Communication Terminal, Base Station and Wireless Communication Method - Provided is a wireless communication system for performing communication using a shared control channel that can be used in a predetermined period for each of a plurality of base stations and a plurality of traffic channels that can be adaptively allocated to each of a plurality of wireless communication terminals. The wireless communication terminal is provided with a channel requesting unit that requests the base station to allocate an individual control channel through the shared control channel and a communication control unit that performs control information communication by wirelessly connecting the individual control channel allocated from the base station. The base station is provided with a channel allocating unit that allocates one of the traffic channels as the individual control channel to be exclusively used for the wireless communication terminal when the request of individual control channel allocation is received from the wireless communication terminal through the shared control channel.04-08-2010
20100085882RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, LEAST SIGNIFICANT STATION, AND INTERMEDIATE STATION - In a lower-level station (04-08-2010
20100085883APPLICATION DETECTION ARCHITECTURE AND TECHNIQUES - An application detection architecture and related techniques are provided for detecting, identifying, and managing network-based applications. In various embodiments, a combined layered approach to application detection and various application-detection techniques provide for quick assessments that move from simplest to complex for rapid detection of unauthorized or misbehaving applications in communication with one or more computer networks. This layering, in some embodiments, further provides scalability and speed for determining and implementing policies that may be applicable to detected network-based application, users, groups, or devices associated with unauthorized network-based applications sending or receiving data via a computer network.04-08-2010
20100085885COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - In a ring type network, a master node sends a measurement packet to a slave node in the backward direction and the forward direction, receives the measurement packet which has been circulated among a plurality of slave nodes, stores a received time of the backward direction measurement packet and a sending time of the forward direction measurement packet according to time-keeping of an internal clock, sends a measurement result notifying packet showing a sending time and a received time of the measurement packet to the slave node; each slave node receives the backward direction measurement packet and the forward direction measurement packet, sends the received measurement packet to the next node, stores the received time of the backward direction measurement packet and the sending time of the forward direction measurement packet according to the time-keeping of the internal clock, receives a measurement result notifying packet, calculates a time correction value using the sending time and the received time of the measurement packet shown in the measurement result notifying packet and the sending time and the received time of the measurement packet stored, and corrects a time of the internal clock using the calculated time correction value.04-08-2010
20100085886PACKET DELAY CHARACTERISTIC MEASURING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A packet delay characteristic measuring apparatus that can accurately only measure a delay in a network even if a delay may occur also in a device that receives packets. The apparatus includes: a sending section for periodically sending out test packets each including sending time information to the network; a branching section for handing over the test packets flowing from the network to each of a plurality of communication paths by electrically branching a communication path; a plurality of receiving sections each of which is connected to the branching section for receiving the identical test packets and calculating delay times based on the sending time information; and a measurement value determining section for comparing a plurality of delay times calculated by each of the plurality of receiving sections for the identical test packets and determining the smallest delay time value as a measurement value.04-08-2010
20100085889 Statistical, Signature-Based Approach to IP Traffic Classification - A signature-based traffic classification method maps traffic into preselected classes of service (CoS). By analyzing a known corpus of data that clearly belongs to identified ones of the preselected classes of service, in a training session the method develops statistics about a chosen set of traffic features. In an analysis session, relative to traffic of the network where QoS treatments are desired (target network), the method obtains statistical information relative to the same chosen set of features for values of one or more predetermined traffic attributes that are associated with connections that are analyzed in the analysis session, yielding a statistical features signature of each of the values of the one ore more attributes. A classification process then establishes a mapping between values of the one or more predetermined traffic attributes and the preselected classes of service, leading to the establishment of QoS treatment rules.04-08-2010
20130163444MULTICAST RESOURCE OPTIMIZATION - Content may be transmitted to mobile devices, in a network, using a Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Services (MBMS) multicast technique over wireless interfaces in the network. In one implementation, network elements in the network may receive feedback about the MBMS multicast transmission, where the feedback relates to a quality of the content, as received by the one or more mobile devices, or to the quality of the radio channel. The devices may determine whether to modify transmission parameters relating to the MBMS multicast transmission and may determine whether to retransmit lost data, corresponding to the content, to the mobile devices. The lost data may be retransmitted as a unicast transmission or a multicast transmission.06-27-2013
20110019579METHOD FOR TESTING THE TRANSMISSION MODES OF A RADIO DEVICE - A method for determining a channel quality for the transmission of data in the channel by a test device. The test device transmits the data with the determined channel quality to a device to be tested which determines one or more pieces of decision information. The device to be tested forwards the piece(s) of decision information to the test device as a response signal and the test device reads the piece(s) of decision information from the response signal. The piece(s) of decision information from the response signal is/are uniquely attributed to a transmission mode to be adjusted. The initially determined channel quality is also uniquely attributed to an expected transmission mode. The expected transmission mode is compared with the transmission mode to be adjusted in a comparative unit in the evaluation unit, thereby allowing a statement regarding the correctness of the transmission mode to be adjusted.01-27-2011
20110019560Method And System For Power-Limited Switching And/Or Routing In A Network - Communication devices may determine routes and/or may select a route for communicating data between a first communication device and a second communication device. The selected route may require the least power consumption. The determined routes may be ranked based on an amount of power required for routing the data. The data may be routed among devices based on the ranking. Power consumption of a device may be determined based on a bandwidth associated with the device. Route selection may be based on availability of power for power sources of the communication devices. The selection of routes may be based on a current power consumption and/or a history of prior power consumption of the communication devices. The selection of a route which may require least power consumption may be optimized based on the availability of bandwidth.01-27-2011
20130163445Testing TCP Connection Rate - Methods and apparatus to test connection rate of a network device. T connections between a test system and the network device may be defined and C connections of the T connections may be initiated in each of a plurality of sequential time intervals, where T and C are positive integers and T>C. Connection identifiers associated with active connections and inactive connections may be stored in first-in first-out active and idle queues, respectively. Connection identifiers associated with the initiated connections may be moved from the head of the idle queue to the tail of the active queue. When a number NI of connection identifiers in the idle queue at the start of a time interval is less than C, C−NI connections associated with connection identifiers at the head of the active queue may be aborted and re-initiated.06-27-2013
20090003227Performance analysis of a circuit switched mobile telecommunications network - In a circuit switched mobile telecommunications network a performance analysis is provided. In accordance with the invention a method is implemented, which can be carried out both OFF-LINE and ON-LINE, wherein transport channels carrying the circuit switched traffic of a service are found, then bit-streams of the circuit switched traffic are demultiplexed. A traffic database is built and a set of Key Performance Indicators and usage measures characterizing the service are defined and calculated. A passive traffic monitor is also disclosed, which is attached to a standardized interface of the circuit switched mobile telecommunications network consisting of mobile terminals, radio access network and core network. The passive traffic monitor comprises a trace analyzer connected to a signaling analyzer, to a user plane protocol analyzer and to a traffic database writer. The traffic database writer generating a traffic database is linked to the signaling analyzer, to the trace analyzer and to the user plane analyzer.01-01-2009
20120236752Apparatus and Method for Channel Estimation in a Wireless Communications System - The exemplary embodiments of the present invention relate to a user equipment and to a method for channel estimation in a wireless communications network system. The method comprises: receiving physical resource blocks from a radio base station; estimating a channel coefficient of each received physical resource block; calculating for each two adjacent physical resource blocks, a difference between estimated channel coefficients of the two adjacent physical resource blocks; comparing each difference with a predefined threshold value; grouping physical resource blocks for which said difference is less than or equal to the predefined threshold value; and performing a group-wise channel estimation and per physical resource block channel adaptively.09-20-2012
20120236751APPARATUS AND METHOD OF PERFORMING MEASUREMENTS LOGGING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing measurements logging in a mobile communications system is provided. An user equipment receives a first measurement configuration message including a first measurement configuration and receives a second measurement configuration message. The user equipment discards the first measurement configuration upon receiving the second measurement configuration message.09-20-2012
20120236750SYSTEM, METHOD FOR COMPILING NETWORK PERFORMANCING INFORMATION FOR COMMUNICATIONS WITH CUSTOMER PREMISE EQUIPMENT - A system and method for determining network performance information. The system includes an interface configured to communicate between customer premise equipment (CPE) and a communications device. The system also includes one or more processing units in communication with the interface. The one or more processing units are configured to generate packets communicated by the interface between the CPE and the communications device to determine the network performance information.09-20-2012
20120236749METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR AUTONOMOUS CHANNEL COORDINATION FOR A WIRELESS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - A method and system for autonomous channel coordination for a wireless distribution system (WDS) are disclosed. A wireless communication system includes a plurality of access points (APs) and the APs communicate each other via a WDS. A coordinated channel group (CCG) of a plurality of member APs is established. The member APs of the CCG camp on a WDS channel used for the WDS among the member APs of the CCG. One AP among the member APs of the CCG is designated as a master AP. The master AP coordinates with other member APs of the CCG for selecting and configuring the WDS channel for the CCG and addition and deletion of member APs. By allowing APs to define a CCG, changes of the WDS channel are performed autonomously while maintaining connectivity.09-20-2012
20120236748SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING WIRELESS NETWORK COMMUNICATION, SATELLITE-BASED WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEMS, AND AIRCRAFT-BASED WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEMS, AND RELATED METHODS - A wireless network system may include a source node having a first source wireless interface and a second source wireless interface, wherein the source node initiates a data transmission via the first source wireless interface. The wireless network system may also include a repeater node having a first and second repeater wireless interfaces, wherein the repeater node is configured to receive the data transmission on the first or second repeater wireless interface and to repeat the data transmission on the other of the first or second repeater wireless interface. The wireless network system also includes a destination node having first and second destination wireless interfaces, wherein the destination node is configured to receive the data transmission on the first or second destination wireless interface. A wireless network system may also include a satellite-based, wireless network system, including an earth station server, a satellite client, and a terrestrial client.09-20-2012
20120236747METHOD OF CONTROLLING RADIO RESOURCES, AND RADIO SYSTEM - There is provided a radio system, comprising: a receiver for receiving uplink channel traffic; a measuring unit for measuring periodicity of the received uplink channel traffic; and a control unit for controlling discontinuous uplink operation on the basis of the measured periodicity of the received uplink channel traffic.09-20-2012
20120236746BASE STATION APPARATUS AND TERMINAL APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING OR RECEIVING A SIGNAL INCLUDING PREDETERMINED INFORMATION - An acquiring unit receives a packet signal of a first type from the other base station apparatus. A measuring unit measures a receipt frequency of the packet signal of the first type which is received. A determining unit determines a timing for broadcasting a packet signal of a second type to inform a terminal apparatus of a presence based on the receipt frequency which is measured and a receipt timing of the packet signal of the first type which is received. A broadcasting unit broadcasts the packet signal of the second type in the determined timing. A communicating unit executes a communication with the terminal apparatus receiving the packet signal of the second type.09-20-2012
20120236745TERMINAL APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING OR RECEIVING A SIGNAL INCLUDING PREDETERMINED INFORMATION - A measuring unit measures a quality of a received packet signal. An estimating unit estimates entry from a second area to a first area when the measured quality is improved so as to satisfy a first condition and estimates the entry from the first area to the second area when the quality measured by the measuring unit is deteriorated so as to satisfy a second condition. The estimating unit sets different values for a parameter included in the first condition and the parameter included in the second condition. The determining unit determines a first period or a second period as transmission timing based on an estimated result.09-20-2012
20120236744COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH SIGNAL PROCESSING MECHANISM FOR TONE ESTIMATION AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - A method of operation of a communication system includes: converting time-domain data to frequency-domain data based on an N-point transform size; generating K-point data based on the frequency-domain data and the N-point transform size; and determining a tone interference frequency based on the K-point data for elimination of tone interference to improve system performance.09-20-2012
20120236743TRANSMITTING DEVICE AND INFORMATION ACQUISITION CONTROL METHOD - A transmitting device includes a counter circuit that counts a counter circuit that counts a value of statistical information of a communication path for certain time periods; a memory; and a control circuit that acquires the value of the statistical information from the counter circuit and causes the memory to store the value of the statistical information when the value of the statistical information acquired by the counter circuit reaches a threshold.09-20-2012
20120236742Method/apparatus for transporting two or more asynchronous data streams over a single data link - A method and apparatus for locking transmit data rates to respective, arbitrary receive data rates in a system that transports two or more video, audio or general data streams over a single data link.09-20-2012
20120236741POWER CONTROL AND USER MULTIPLEXING FOR HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK COORDINATED MULTIPOINT OPERATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for power control and user multiplexing for coordinated multi-point (CoMP) transmission and reception in heterogeneous networks (HetNet).09-20-2012
20120236740NETWORK EMULATION WITH VARYING BANDWIDTH AND/OR ERROR RATE - Network emulation techniques are provided for dynamically varying network bandwidth and/or error rate. Network emulation can be performed by determining a bandwidth range, determining a plurality of specific bandwidth values distributed across the bandwidth range, and dynamically varying available bandwidth among the plurality of specific bandwidth values for a stream of network packets. Transitioning between specific bandwidth values can be performed using a probability jump matrix. Network emulation can also be performed by varying error rates, such as dropped packets, separately or in addition to dynamic bandwidth variation.09-20-2012
20120236739NETWORK DEVICE, AND MULTI-WIDE AREA NETWORK INTERFACE SELECTION MODULE AND METHOD - A network device includes a plurality of wide area network (WAN) interfaces, and a multi-WAN interface selection module. The WAN interfaces transmit session requests. The multi-WAN interface selection module communicates with the WAN interfaces and includes a monitoring unit, a quality table management unit and a network selection unit. The monitoring unit monitors and records network QoS corresponding to each WAN interface to obtain corresponding QoS information. The quality table management unit establishes a QoS information table according to the QoS information from the monitoring unit and updates the QoS information table in real time, and the network selection unit queries the QoS information table to select and distribute a WAN interface to send a new session request.09-20-2012
20120236738Radio frequency communications based on multiple receivers - Apparatus, methods, and computer program products are disclosed for: selecting a reception path to receive information from a first receiver path through a first receiver portion in a transceiver portion of the apparatus or from a second receiver path in a receiver portion separate from the transceiver portion of the apparatus, wherein both of the first and second receiver paths receive the information using a same frequency band of a same radio access technology; and receiving the information using the selected reception path. Apparatus, methods, and computer program products are disclosed for: transmitting first information using a transmission frequency band of a radio access technology over a transmission path in a transceiver; and, for the radio access technology and a reception frequency band, receiving second information over a receiver path in a secondary receiver, where the transceiver does not have a receiver path configured to receive the reception frequency band.09-20-2012
20120236737Base Station, Method, Computer Program and Computer Program Product for Improved Random Access - A base station as presented herein improves random access. The base station comprises a radio unit comprising a transceiver and an antenna; a message receiver arranged to receive random access preamble messages with a preamble, from mobile communication terminals, on a random access channel; a distance determiner arranged to, for each random access preamble message, determine whether the corresponding mobile communication terminal is further away than an outer threshold distance from the radio unit; and a radius adjuster arranged to, when it is determined that there is more than a threshold magnitude of mobile communication terminals being further away than the outer threshold distance, increase the outer threshold distance and a random access cell radius of the radio unit. In other words, when many mobile communication terminals are determined to be far away, the random access cell radius is increased, allowing dynamic resizing of the random access cell.09-20-2012
20120236736Method and Apparatus for Multi-Radio Coexistence with a System on an Adjacent Frequency Band Having a Time-Dependent Configuration09-20-2012
20120236735ENHANCED POWER HEADROOM REPORTING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method in a wireless communication device includes determining a first configured maximum transmit power (P09-20-2012
20120236734PACKET LOSS MEASUREMENT AT SERVICE ENDPOINTS OF A VIRTUAL PRIVATE LAN SERVICE - In general, techniques are described for measuring packet data unit (PDU) loss in a L2 virtual private network (L2VPN) service, such as a VPLS instance. In one example of the techniques, provider edge (PE) routers that participate in the L2VPN measure known unicast and multicast PDU traffic at the service endpoints for the instance to determine unicast PDU loss within the service provider network. As the routers learn the outbound service (i.e., core-facing) interfaces and outbound local (i.e., customer-facing) interfaces for L2 addresses of customer devices that issue packets to the VPLS instance, the routers establish respective unicast transmit and receipt counters for the service endpoints that serve the customer devices. In another example, PE routers that participate in the L2VPN measure multicast PDU traffic at the service endpoints for the instance and account for internal replication by intermediate service nodes to determine multicast PDU loss within the service.09-20-2012
20120236733METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MONITORING USE OF A MOBILE HOTSPOT FUNCTION IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - A method for monitoring use of a mobile hotspot function in a wireless device, comprising: storing a last access time for a client within a memory of the wireless device, the last access time being a time when the hotspot function last performed a network address translation for the client; determining whether a difference between a current time and the last access time exceeds a threshold; and, if the difference exceeds the threshold, generating an indication that the mobile hotspot function is not in use by the client.09-20-2012
20130163447APPARATUSES AND METHODS IN RELATION TO SENSING OPERATION IN A CARRIER AGGREGATION SCENARIO - The present invention proposes an apparatus which comprises a communication module configured for communication in a carrier aggregation mode aggregating a primary and at least one secondary carrier, a measurement module, and a control module, configured to retrieve measurement information pertaining to a measurement to be conducted of at least one secondary carrier associated to the primary carrier in the carrier aggregation mode, and instruct the measurement module to conduct a measurement of the at least one secondary carrier based on the measurement information, determine, based on a measurement result, an extent to which the measured secondary carrier is usable for transmission. Also, a corresponding method and computer program product is proposed.06-27-2013
20130163448SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROBABLISTIC WLAN POSITIONING - This disclosure is directed to a wireless network node having position determination capabilities. The position of a node is determined using range measurements to other network nodes having known locations. Probability density functions modeling uncertainty factors are incorporated in the estimation algorithms to account for the dynamic nature of wireless network, including the relative motion of a node in the network. These probabilistic estimation techniques provide a solution in the form of an expectation value for the position of the network node and a variance that can be assessed to determine the validity of the position determination.06-27-2013
20130163449SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPTIMAL LISTEN BEFORE TRANSMIT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - One embodiment of the present invention sets forth a technique for transmitting data in a listen before talk (LBT) wireless transmission regime. A digital radio receiver is configured to simultaneously receive and decode digital data transmissions from multiple radio channels. A digital radio transmitter is configured to listen to the multiple radio channels prior to transmitting digital data on a selected one of the multiple channels, based on locally determined channel occupancy. Optimal LBT efficiency is achieved within the set of multiple channels, thereby improving overall transmission efficiency between the transmitter and the receiver.06-27-2013
20130163450OPTIMIZATION OF DATA HANDOVER TO WIRELESS WIDE AREA NETWORKS - A method, system, and computer program product for managing a radio resource control state of a user equipment. A triggering module may be configured to determine whether a number of triggering conditions are satisfied. Also, responsive to satisfying the number of triggering conditions, a sustain module may be configured to initiate a sustain message. The sustain message may prevent the radio resource control state of the user equipment from changing states06-27-2013
20130163451Terminal-Assisted Improvement of Timing-Based Positioning Accuracy - There are provided measures for enabling a terminal-assisted improvement of timing-based positioning accuracy. Such measures may exemplarily include measuring a cell-related timing value for timing-based positioning calculation on the basis of a cell-originated positioning-related signal and measuring a terminal-related timing value for timing-based positioning calculation at an apparatus to be positioned, and utilizing the measured cell-related timing value and the measured terminal-related timing value for timing-based positioning calculation relating to the apparatus to be positioned at a network side.06-27-2013
20130163452SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ADJUSTING CARRIER QUALITY METRICS FOR INTRINSIC IMPARIMENTS - An Internet protocol (IP) telephony system terminates calls to certain groups of telephone numbers via multiple different telephony carriers. The IP telephony system will discontinue using a telephony carrier to terminate calls if the quality provided by the carrier falls below a threshold level. The IP telephony system includes a quality monitoring unit that determines when a particular group of telephone numbers are intrinsically impaired, such that no carrier could provide high quality when terminating calls to those numbers. In these circumstances, the IP telephony system adjusts the quality threshold to which a carrier's quality is compared when completing calls to the impaired numbers to account for the intrinsic impairment of the telephone numbers.06-27-2013
20130163453PRESENCE SENSOR WITH ULTRASOUND AND RADIO - An ultrasound and radio frequency technology is used to implement presence sensor capability for wireless devices such as, a laptap device. For example, the laptap device connects to a station device through a WiFi signal. In this example, the WiFi signal may include a data packet that synchronizes internal clocks of the laptap device with the station device. Further, the data packet may include transmitting time information for an ultrasound audio signal generated by the station device. The ultrasound audio signal is received by the laptap device that calculates time of flight (TOF) of the ultrasound audio signal. The TOF may be used to determine actual distance of the wireless device (e.g., laptap device) to the station device.06-27-2013
20130163454MEASUREMENT CONFIGURATION AND REPORTING METHOD FOR MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREOF - The present invention discloses a measurement configuration and reporting method for multi-carrier system and device thereof, and the method comprises the following steps: eNB sends RRC signaling carrying multi-carrier measurement configuration information to the terminal; said terminal measures according to said multi-carrier measurement configuration information and carries multi-carrier measurement results in measurement report message. In the embodiments of the present invention, the terminal carries multi-carrier measurement results in measurement report message according to RRC signaling sent by eNB to quickly provide measurement results required during eNB handover, thus facilitating source eNB to perform multi-carrier handover for UE under CA.06-27-2013
20130163455COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device including: a processor configured to perform a wireless communication protocol including an upper layer and a lower layer, wherein the processor is configured to estimate, based on a round trip time measured at the upper layer in case of carrying out a retransmission control at the lower layer and a time taking for retransmissions at the lower layer, a first estimated round trip time, to estimate, based on the number of times of packet loss at the upper layer in case of carrying out the retransmission control at the lower layer, and the number of times of successful transmission at the upper layer being recovered by the retransmission control, a first estimated packet loss rate, and to obtain, based on the first estimated round trip time and the first estimated packet loss rate, a first estimated throughput in case of not carrying out the retransmission control.06-27-2013
20130163456Method and Device for the Validation of Networks - A method is provided for the validation of a network by a checking module, the network comprising a plurality of routers, each of the routers comprising a plurality of output ports, each of the output ports of the routers being associated with a bandwidth budget, a priority latency budget and a plurality of network budget grains. The method comprises, for each of the ports of each of the routers, steps of: calculation of a latency consumed on the output port of the router on the basis of the network budget grains and the bandwidth budget; checking of the compatibility of the latency consumed on the output port with the priority latency budget grains of the output port of the router; and, transmission by the checking module of a signal indicating the result of the check.06-27-2013
20130163458METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR POSITION LOCATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for position location in a wireless network. In an aspect, a method is provided that includes determining whether a symbol to be transmitted is an active symbol, wherein the symbol comprises a plurality of subcarriers, and encoding identification information on a first portion of subcarriers if it is determined that the symbol is the active symbol. The method also includes encoding idle information on a second portion of subcarriers if it is determined that the symbol in not the active symbol. In an aspect, an apparatus includes detector logic configured to decode a plurality of symbols to determine identification information that identifies a plurality of transmitters, and to determine a plurality of channel estimate associated with the plurality of transmitters. The apparatus also includes position determination logic configured to calculate a device position based on the plurality of transmitters and the plurality of channel estimates.06-27-2013
20130163442METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR INITIALIZING A NETWORK CONNECTION FOR AN OUTPUT DEVICE - In some embodiments, an apparatus includes a processor configured to send an identifier to an output device such that the output device presents the identifier. The apparatus also includes a cellular communication module and a Wi-Fi communication module operatively coupled to the processor. The cellular communication module can be configured to establish a connection with a cellular network. The cellular communication module can be configured to receive, from a server via the cellular network, Wi-Fi configuration instructions in response to the server receiving the identifier and the Wi-Fi configuration instructions from a communication device. The Wi-Fi communication module can be configured to establish a connection with a Wi-Fi network based on the Wi-Fi configuration instructions. The Wi-Fi communication module can be configured to receive, from the communication device, a command configured to control content presented by the output device after the connection with the Wi-Fi network has been established.06-27-2013
20130163443Blind Detection of VAMOS Capable Mobile Stations - A network performs blind detection of the VAMOS capability, at or above a predetermined SCPIR level, of mobile stations. The network transmits an AQPSK modulated message having a predetermined SCPIR level on a control channel or non-traffic portion of a traffic channel, and monitors the mobile station for an anticipated action taken in response. In some embodiments, the AQPSK modulated message is repeated to increase the probability of its reception. In some embodiments, AQPSK modulated messages are transmitted at varying SCPIR levels, to determine a minimum SCPIR level at which the mobile terminal is operative in VAMOS mode. The VAMOS capability and SCPIR level of mobile stations may be recorded, so that they may later be paired for VAMOS operation.06-27-2013
20110026417BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR USE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station for use in a mobile communication system includes: a measurement unit configured to measure one or more pieces of statistical data in the number of users in a cell, a user distribution state or a traffic amount; and a deriving unit configured to derive a value of a radio parameter corresponding to currently measured statistical data from predetermined correspondence relationship between the statistical data and the radio parameter. A value of the radio parameter set as office data in the base station is automatically updated to a value derived by the deriving unit.02-03-2011
20090303888METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZING WIRELESS NETWORKS THROUGH FEEDBACK AND ADAPTATION - A method for optimizing a wireless network comprises obtaining local measurement and feedback data from a single node in the network; estimating a state of the node by using the local measurement and feedback data in an analysis framework model of the wireless network; applying the estimated state of the node to a local control law to determine one or more local protocol parameter updates for the node; and transmitting the one or more local protocol parameter updates to the node in the network. The method can further comprise obtaining global measurement and feedback data from one or more additional nodes in the network; estimating a state of the one or more additional nodes by using the global measurement and feedback data in the analysis framework model; applying the estimated state of the one or more additional nodes to the local control law; applying the estimated state of the one or more additional nodes to a global control law to determine one or more network-wide protocol parameter updates; and transmitting the network-wide protocol parameter updates to the network.12-10-2009
20090252054Reduced Power Transmission - Reduced power transmission is described. In embodiments, networked devices communicate via a network connection. A characteristic of the network connection between the networked devices can be determined, and an output amplitude of a signal that is indicative of the communications between the network devices can be adjusted based on the characteristic of the network connection. Power consumption that is utilized for the communications between the network devices is reduced based on the adjustment of the output amplitude of the signal.10-08-2009
20120269087METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING NETWORK TRAFFIC SWITCHING - The embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, an apparatus, and a system for controlling network traffic switching. The method for controlling network traffic switching includes: establishing a direct link interface, where the direct link interface has an address attribute of a peer node, and a value of the attribute is a peer node address of the direct link; and comparing a border gateway protocol (BGP) next-hop address of each route in a routing table with the peer node address of the direct link, and switching traffic on a route that matches a comparison result to the direct link. By using the preceding technical solution, after a direct link is established between nodes, a relevant node establishes a new type of interface for the direct link.10-25-2012
20120269085Multicast-Based Inference of Temporal Loss Characteristics in Packet Data Networks - Disclosed are method and apparatus for characterizing the temporal loss characteristics of a packet data network by multicast-based inference. Multicast probes are transmitted from a source node to a plurality of receiver nodes, which record the arrivals of the multicast probes. From the aggregate data comprising recorded arrivals of the end-to-end paths from the source node to each receiver node, temporal loss characteristics of individual links within the network may be calculated. In a network with a tree topology, the complexity of calculations may be reduced through a process of subtree partitioning.10-25-2012
20110044200Conversational Interactivity Measurement and Estimation for Real-Time Media - An apparatus (02-24-2011
20110044190COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus comprising a table configured to include a correspondence between at least one of a first identifier that identifies a port from which frames are received, a second identifier that identifies a port from which frames are transmitted, a third identifier that identifies a flow related to a frame received, and a fourth identifier that identifies a flow related to a frame to be transmitted, and a fifth identifier that is different from the first to fourth identifiers, a counter equipped for each fifth identifier, and a controller configured to search the table, each time a frame is received or transmitted, for a fifth identifier by using any one of the first to fourth identifiers related to the frame as a key, and increment a counter corresponding to the fifth identifier by an amount.02-24-2011
20110044185Method in a Communication Device Providing Data Services Over a Packet Access Radio Interface and a Communication Device - A method in a communication device (02-24-2011
20110044182Reporting Operational Information Of A Network Device - A method for reporting operational information in a network is described herein. The network may include a network device and a network management server. The network device may detect an event triggering reporting of a modification to a configuration of the network device. A report message initiated by the network device may be provided. The report message may identify the modification to the configuration. The modification to the configuration may be committed after providing the report message. In another embodiment, the network device detects an event indicating a performance condition in the network device. A report message initiated by the network device is generated. The report message may include a state of the network device at the time of the event.02-24-2011
20100020713DIVIDING RTCP BANDWIDTH BETWEEN COMPOUND AND NON-COMPOUND RTCP PACKETS - An apparatus for controlling utilization of RTCP bandwidth for compound and non-compound RTCP packets is described. This apparatus includes a bandwidth detector determining available RTCP bandwidth and a channel quality detector determining channel quality. A bandwidth divider connected to the bandwidth detector and the channel quality detector divides the available RTCP bandwidth between compound and non-compound RTCP packets based on the determined channel quality.01-28-2010
20090016231CONTROL CHANNEL DESIGN TO SUPPORT ONE-TO-ONE, MANY-TO-ONE, AND ONE-TO-MANY PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS - A protocol is provided that facilitates downlink concurrent peer-to-peer communications (within a time slot or traffic slot) between one device and many terminals as well as uplink concurrent peer-to-peer communications (within a time slot or traffic slot) between a plurality of terminals and one device. The concurrent peer-to-peer communications may take place within an ad hoc network of devices. To facilitate such operation, a time-frequency structure is provided within a control channel that allows the device and terminals to identify the peer-to-peer connections. This time-frequency structure also allows terminals to identify other sibling terminals that have a connection with the same device, thereby allowing to more efficiently performing interference mitigation. That is, sibling peer-to-peer connections with the same device may be treated different from other non-related peer-to-peer connects for purposes of interference mitigation in a wireless network.01-15-2009
20120170468POWER MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS AD HOC NETWORK - In a wireless ad hoc network (07-05-2012
20120147760Method for Provisioning a Wireless Network - A method that collects data and subjects it to statistical analysis to detect localized events, which assists in network provisioning. Illustratively, the data employed is hourly network traffic count that is collected at cell sites. By taking the advantage of additive property of Poisson process, the method integrates spatial neighbor information by aggregating temporal data in various areas, and iteratively estimating the event location and the radius of event impact by examining the posterior probability base on the aggregated data.06-14-2012
20100165858COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - When it is judged that the size of a band of a wireless IP network (07-01-2010
20100195525Preliminary Neighbor Cell Suitability Check - Disclosed herein are apparatus, method, and computer program product whereby user equipment (08-05-2010
20100067389METHOD OF CONTROLLING POWER IN A WCDMA SYSTEM - A method and a device relating to a scheduling mechanism in a base station in a WCDMA system are disclosed. The mechanism enables the base station to rapidly adapt to users momentary traffic demands and to interference variations, a dynamical adjustable margin is proposed in this invention. The adjustment is based on the RoT measurement in a cell. To fully use the resource in a cell, the RoT can be targeted to be as closer to the RoT03-18-2010
20110116403LMS Adaptive Filter for Digital Cancellation of Second Order Inter-Modulation Due to Transmitter Leakage - A transmit signal second-order inter-modulation (IM2) canceller for a portable handset using a full duplex mode of operation (e.g., WCDMA) is used to controllably reduce IM2 introduced by a transmit signal that appears in a received signal in a receive channel of the portable handset. The transmit signal IM2 canceller includes a delay estimator and a digital signal adjuster. The delay estimator receives a first input from a receive channel and a second input from a transmit channel. The delay estimator generates an estimate of the IM2 that the transmit channel introduces in the receive channel. The digital signal adjuster removes the estimate of the IM2 before forwarding a modified receive channel signal to a baseband subsystem of the portable handset.05-19-2011
20100232307Apparatus and method for semi distributed resource allocation in a cognitive radio wireless communication system - An apparatus and operation method of a Base Station (BS) for allocating a radio resource in a Cognitive Radio (CR) wireless communication system includes, when a licensed system is activated, determining whether each of User Terminals (UTs) located in a cell satisfies Quality of Service (QoS). If all of the UTs satisfy the QoS, a binary message indicating ‘on’ is broadcasted to neighbor BSs. If at least one of the UTs does not satisfy the QoS, a binary message indicating ‘off’ is broadcasted to the neighbor BSs, and when the binary message indicating ‘off’ is received from at least one of the neighbor BSs, the binary message indicating ‘off’ is broadcasted to the UTs.09-16-2010
20120002564MOBILITY IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - A device, method or system implements operations to receive compressed samples of wireless transmissions from a plurality of user equipment (UEs) traveling through different communication regions in a wireless network, and detect information in the wireless transmissions of the UEs based on the compressed samples.01-05-2012
20120155314WIRELESS BASE STATION, WIRELESS TERMINAL, WIRELESS RELAY STATION, AND WIRELESS BASE STATION SYSTEM - A terminal speed identification unit identifies the moving speed of a wireless terminal currently in communication. A ranging control unit sets the transmission cycle of a ranging signal of a wireless terminal moving at a speed greater than or equal to a predetermined speed shorter than the transmission cycle of a ranging signal of a wireless terminal moving at a speed below the predetermined speed. A transmission unit transmits a signal notifying the transmission cycle of a ranging signal to the wireless terminal. A reception unit receives a ranging signal from a wireless terminal currently in communication.06-21-2012
20120155304METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESS CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA)-based wireless mesh network, a communication node receives information regarding a next transmission time of a 1-hop node and a 2-top node through the 1-hop node, calculates next transmission intervals of the 1-hop node and the 2-hop node, determines a next transmission time of the communication node by using the next transmission intervals of the 1-hop node and the 2-hop node, and then transmits, to an 1-hop node of the communication node, the information of the next transmission time together with the information of the transmission time of the 1-hop node, received from the 1-hop node.06-21-2012
20120127889MIMO RECEIVING APPARATUS AND RECEIVING METHOD - A MIMO receiving apparatus that can demodulate a spatially multiplexed signal without using any division operation requiring a large quantity of operation resources. In the MIMO receiving apparatus, stream separation section (05-24-2012
20120076027FEMTO-RELAY SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF MANAGING SAME - The various embodiments of the present invention relate generally to femto-relay systems and methods. An exemplary embodiment of the present invention provides a femto-relay system comprising a relay-radio, a femto-radio, a joint femto-relay resource management module, and an IP-backhaul QoS monitoring module. The relay-radio is in communication with a macro-cell base-station. The femto-radio is in communication with the relay-radio and configured to route signals between a core network and at least one femto-cell user equipment through an IP-backhaul link. The joint femto-relay resource management module is configured to intelligently manage radio resources between the femto-radio and the relay-radio to reduce cross-tier interference. The IP-backhaul QoS monitoring module is configured to monitor a QoS being delivered by the IP-backhaul link and notify the relay-radio to route signals between the femto-cell user equipment and core network through the macro-cell base-station if the QoS fall below a predetermined threshold.03-29-2012
20090303897METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR VOICE-OVER-IP CALL RECORDING AND ANALYSIS - A method and computer-readable medium for obtaining information associated with a VoIP communication session includes tapping the computer network passively to obtain signaling and media information in a first format, separating the signaling and media information, determining transport information from at least one of the signaling and media information, transcoding the media information to a second format, and storing the transcoded media information in the second format. The media information includes data, voice, audio, and/or video information. A system obtain information associated with a VoIP communication session on a computer network includes a tapping device to passively tap the computer network to obtain signaling and media information in a first format, a processing device to transcode the media information from the first format to a second format, separate the signaling information from the media information, and determine transport information from at least one of the signaling and media information, and a storage device to store the transcoded media information in the second format.12-10-2009
20120320766METHOD OF COORDINATING FAULT DETECTION RESPONSES BY ACCESS NODES OF A NETWORK - The present invention provides a method of coordinating access nodes when a sleeping cell is detected. The method may include modifying a coverage area of an access node to compensate for lost coverage in a sleeping cell detected by the access node. The access node implements resource allocation algorithms and a cell identification algorithm. The method may also include instructing the resource allocation algorithms and/or the cell identification algorithm to perform a predetermined action concurrently with the modification.12-20-2012
20100014437METHODS FOR BUS DATA TRANSMISSION AND SYSTEMS UTILIZING THE SAME - A method for data transmission in a device coupled to a host via a bus is provided. A sequence of data packets are received from the host and the received data packets are stored into a buffering unit of the device. It is then determined whether a predetermined error has occurred. When the predetermined error has occurred, the buffering unit of the device is locked to stop receiving the data packets. Thereafter, the buffering unit of the device is unlocked according to an unlock request from the host to resume receiving subsequent data packets.01-21-2010
20100014438METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK DATA - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method for transmitting uplink Ethernet data in a coaxial network, a Coaxial Network Unit (CNU) and a Coaxial Line Terminal (CLT) applying the method. In the method, the CNU determines a transmission path loss between the CNU and the CLT, determines a transmission level for transmitting uplink data according to the transmission path loss, and transmits the uplink data by using the determined transmission level. The present invention ensures the security of data uplink transmission in an Ethernet Passive Coaxial Network (EPCN) system in essence and dramatically increases service quality.01-21-2010
20130021938RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station 01-24-2013
20110280139PROGRESSIVE CHARTING - Embodiments of the invention include an apparatus, method, and computer program for progressive charting of network traffic flow data. The method includes, in one example, receiving, at a network traffic analyzer, a query of network traffic flow data over a certain time period. The method further includes modifying the query to produce sub-queries each based on different segments of time within the certain time period, executing at least one of the sub-queries, and incrementally outputting results of each of said executed sub-queries as each of the sub-queries are completed.11-17-2011
20110280146METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR RECEIVE POWER ESTIMATION IN A MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for estimating a received signal power of a first transmission channel at a receiving node in a communications system wherein a received signal comprises information transmitted by a transmitting node over at least two transmission channels. The received signal power of a second of the at least two transmission channels is measured, and together with an estimate of the relationship between the transmission power of the second transmission channel and the transmission power of the first transmission channel; the measurement of the received signal power is used in estimating the received signal power of the first transmission channel.11-17-2011
20110280148ADAPTIVE SENSITIVITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method of accommodating aberrant behavior in wireless devices in a wireless network includes the steps of establishing communication with at least one wireless device, monitoring signals received from the at least one wireless device, determining characteristics of the at least one wireless device based on the monitored signals, comparing the determined characteristics with prescribed characteristics for wireless devices exhibiting aberrant behavior and altering settings to accommodate the at least one wireless device, when the determined characteristics match the prescribed characteristics.11-17-2011
20110280147Front-End Module and Method for Testing a Front-End Module - For simpler and more rapid testing of a front-end module, additional linked operating states are provided in the switch and/or its decoder and allow a plurality of paths to be enabled in parallel, in order in this way to test these paths with a smaller number of test routines in a test set, in particular a network analyzer.11-17-2011
20110280145Loop detecting device, system, method and program - A loop detecting device is provided which is capable of detecting a loop packet or a loop flow with less processing load. A sorting means 11-17-2011
20110280141Control Channel Discontinuous Reception (DRX) Messaging for Performing Measurements to Enable Handover Between Wireless Networks - In geographical areas with incomplete coverage of Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA) networks, it may be beneficial for a multimode User Equipment (UE) to handover to a Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) network. Before handover, a multimode UE may receive an indication from a serving TD-SCDMA cell to enter a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) mode and perform measurement on a nearby GSM cell. After measurement, the UE receives a grant from the serving TD-SCDMA cell allowing the UE to transmit a measurement report to the serving TD-SCDMA cell. The TD-SCDMA cell may use the measurement report to determine if the multimode UE should handover to the GSM cell.11-17-2011
20110280144REDUCING IDLE MODE POWER CONSUMPTION FOR MONITORING NEIGHBORING BASE STATIONS - A method for reducing idle mode power consumption is disclosed. An idle mode is entered. A neighboring base station is selected. If the selected neighboring base station is assigned a high-frequency monitoring mode, a signal strength of the neighboring base station is measured. A low-frequency monitoring mode is assigned to the selected neighboring base station if the signal strength of the selected neighboring base station has been below a power threshold for longer than a time threshold. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described.11-17-2011
20110280143System, Apparatus for Content Delivery for Internet Traffic and Methods Thereof - In one embodiment, a method of serving media includes receiving a delivery log of traffic use after every first time interval for an user equipment. The user equipment is part of a hot billing class of users. The traffic use comprises data usage by the user equipment during communication with a media server in a layer2 access network. A user traffic information computed from the delivery log is transmitted to a billing center. A account status information is received from the billing center. The account status information is received if the user equipment exceeds a user account metric. A session termination information based on the account status information is transmitted.11-17-2011
20110280142DECENTRALIZED SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VOICE AND VIDEO SESSIONS - A wireless communicator, including a modular communicator, including a communicator controller, a modem coupled with the communicator controller for sending and receiving data under instruction of the communicator controller, and a connector coupled with the communicator controller for transmitting signals between the modular communicator and a jacket device under instruction of the communicator controller, and a plurality of jacket devices, each jacket device including a housing comprising a cavity into which the modular communicator is inserted, a jacket controller mounted in the housing, a connector coupled with the jacket controller for transmitting signals between the jacket device and the modular communicator under instruction of the jacket controller, a user interface mounted on the housing and coupled with the jacket controller for performing on-line communication functions via the modem, and for performing at least one off-line activity via the jacket controller, and a usage monitor mounted in the housing and coupled with the jacket controller for monitoring off-line activity usage, wherein the jacket controller notifies the communicator controller when the amount of off-line usage monitored by the usage monitor exceeds a pre-designated threshold, and wherein the communicator controller instructs the modem to transmit an off-line usage report to a remote computer.11-17-2011
20110280137Packet Rate Detection Apparatus and Method - There are disclosed an apparatus, a machine readable media, and methods for testing a network. The apparatus may include a statistics engine coupled to a memory. The statistics engine may extract a packet group identifier (PGID) from a packet received from the network and retrieve traffic statistics associated with the PGID from the memory. The retrieved traffic statistics may include a packets-per-interval count and a packets-per-interval threshold, the packets-per-interval count indicating a number of packets received within a time interval of a sequence of time intervals. At the start of each new time interval, the statistics engine may set a flag indicating whether or not the packets-per-interval count for the previous time interval was equal to or greater than the packets-per-interval threshold. The flag may be saved in the memory as part of the traffic statistics associated with the extracted PGID.11-17-2011
20110280140Alternate Transmission Scheme for High Speed Packet Access (HSPA) - Transmission of certain channels between a User Equipment (UE) and a Node B (NB) in High Speed Packet Access (HSPA) of a Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA) network may be scheduled during a UE's idle intervals. Scheduled transmissions during a UE's idle interval result in lost system resources because the transmissions do not occur. A NB may prevent conflicts between scheduled transmissions and a UE's idle period by prohibiting transfer of certain channels a predetermined number of radio frames before the UE's idle period. Alternatively, the NB may schedule transmission of certain channels with a predetermined delay to prevent the channels from being scheduled during the UE's idle period.11-17-2011
20110280138BI-DIRECTIONAL REPEATER WITH A QUALITY OF SERVICE (QOS) INDICATOR - The invention relates to a method for determining a quality of service (QoS). A received signal strength indicator (RSSI) value associated with a downlink signal, a gain of a downlink power amplifier, and an increase in the RSSI value received by the mobile device associated with the downlink signal are determined. The QoS based on at least one of the RSSI value, the gain, and the increase in RSSI value received by the mobile device is determined and displayed to the user.11-17-2011
20090103445METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING VARIOUS PDCP AND LAYER 2 OPERATIONS - Method and apparatus for enhancing interactions between layers in a wireless communications system. A PDCP layer sublayer provides a delivery confirmation service to at least one upper layer above the PDCP layer.04-23-2009
20090190491ESTIMATING POINTING LOSS FOR USER TERMINALS OF A SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Techniques are provided herein for monitoring the performance of a satellite communications system, including techniques for determining the pointing loss of a plurality of user terminals in the satellite communications system using the isotropic radiated power (EIRP) of the satellite.07-30-2009
20110134774COMPONENT CARRIER ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus for addressing wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) behavior in response to configuration, configuration parameters and access issues related to the activation/deactivation process when the WTRU may be configured with multiple serving cells or carrier aggregation.06-09-2011
20080267087GATEWAY WITH IMPROVED QoS AWARENESS - A device and method for exchanging data frames are disclosed. In one aspect, the device exchanges data between a WAN and one or more LAN segments in an optimized way leading to a better quality of experience for the user. The device comprises an interface exchanging data frames over an access network, at least a first and second subnet interface exchanging data frames and arranged for being coupled to a network, a memory storing classification rules, a classification agent extracting information from an incoming data frame and applying the rules to the extracted information to determine the interface via which the incoming data frame is to be forwarded, and a Quality of Service monitoring agent for retrieving Quality of Service information from the subnet interfaces and dynamically updating the classification rules according to the QoS information.10-30-2008
20120287799CHANNEL FEEDBACK FOR COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSIONS - A method of Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) communication between a base station has a plurality of points with at least one user equipment (UE). At least one UE receives at least one transmission from the base station having the plurality of points. This UE measures downlink channel state information for each of the plurality of points including a rank indicator (RI), a precoding matrix indicator (PMI) and a channel quality indicator (CQI). This UE transmits the downlink channel station information in an uplink feedback channel to the base station.11-15-2012
20120287802METHOD FOR CALIBRATING THRESHOLDS AND THRESHOLD CALIBRATION MODULE FOR A SATELLITE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for calibrating a threshold for selecting a transmission format, from a plurality of transmission formats, in order to exchange data packets over a radio-frequency propagation channel, referred to as the “channel” (L,11-15-2012
20120287801USING MAXIMAL SUM-RATE MUTUAL INFORMATION TO OPTIMIZE JCMA CONSTELLATIONS - A method and a system for calculating a JCMA constellation for use in a JCMA communication system where the method includes a step of using maximum sum-rate mutual information criterion to select an optimal JCMA constellation for the number of transmitters N, SNR and modulation schemes used by the transmitters.11-15-2012
20130021927WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, SLAVE STATION DEVICE, MASTER STATION DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM CONTROL METHOD - A wireless communication system that includes a hub and multiple nodes is provided. The nodes include a wireless communication control unit that acquires, during a predetermined communication time period, a signal transmitted to the hub by a node; an RSSI calculating unit that calculates propagation information from the signal acquired by the wireless communication control unit; and an RSSI table creating unit that transmits the calculated propagation information to the hub. The hub includes a wireless communication control unit that receives propagation information transmitted by each of the nodes and an RSSI table aggregating unit that aggregates the received propagation information.01-24-2013
20100309805TESTING UPSTREAM CABLE CHANNELS - In order to measure the performance of a DOCSIS upstream channel as well as to locate impairments, a special test signal is transmitted in a time slot of the upstream channel by a test instrument positioned anywhere within the CATV plant. A second test instrument, located at the termination point of the upstream plant, then detects, recovers, and processes the test signal in order to complete the measurement. The typical methods used to detect and recover bursted signals within a DOCSIS upstream channel use precise timing information transmitted in a corresponding DOCSIS downstream channel. Unfortunately, the downstream channel and thus the precise timing information are not always available to the secondary test instrument. The present invention also describes an apparatus and method for detecting a bursted test signal without the use of the DOCSIS upstream channel timing.12-09-2010
20090147692COLLECTING NETWORK PERFORMANCE DATA FROM MULTIPLE AUTONOMOUS SYSTEMS - A computer apparatus comprises first Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) logic comprising BGP route table data; a network interface to communicatively couple to a first autonomous system; data collection logic in computer-readable storage media when executed operable to perform discovering an address prefix of a data collector that is communicatively coupled to second BGP logic of a router within a second autonomous system that is coupled to the first autonomous system, wherein the second autonomous system is independent of the first autonomous system; determining a path through the first autonomous system, the one or more networks or intemetworks, and the second autonomous system to the data collector based on the BGP route table; requesting the data collector to provide one or more data values relating to performance of network elements of the second autonomous system; receiving and storing the one or more data values.06-11-2009
20110170448MANAGEMENT OF ROUTING TOPOLOGY IN A NETWORK - In a packet communication network comprising a plurality of nodes connected by respective links according to a routing topology, ordered metrics are respectively associated with links each connecting two nodes together directly. On detection of a modification of the routing topology, at the level of a first node connected by a link to at least one second node, a timer value associated with the second node is determined. Next, the timer is set. Finally, on expiring of this timer, a topology update message is emitted destined for the second node. The timer value is provided by an increasing function taking as parameter the metric associated with said link connecting the first node to the second node, so that the larger the metric, the larger the timer value.07-14-2011
20110122791TECHNIQUE FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A PLURALITY OF NODES - A method is provided for communication between a plurality nodes organized as a ring provided with transmission resources at least one of which is a control resource dedicated to transmitting control information and associated with at least one transmission resource, said method comprising the following step executed by a node of the ring: a step of receiving information relating to a reservation of a transmission window of the transmission resource received over the associated control resource. The method further comprises, if the transmission window is reserved by another node of the ring, steps of: comparing the respective volumes of reservations of resources of the ring made by the node in question and by the other node during a reference period; and pre-empting said reservation of the transmission window as a function of the result of the comparison step.05-26-2011
20090310506SWITCHING SCHEMES FOR MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - Signals from multiple antennas are evaluated in a wireless device having one receiver chain and the antenna receiving the highest quality signals is selected. The signal quality from the multiple antennas may be evaluated using the short symbols in the preamble or the beacon signals and the antennas dynamically selected to improve the performance of the wireless communications device.12-17-2009
20090310505APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MULTI-SECTOR VELOCITY MOBILE VELOCITY AND DOPPLER ESTIMATE FOR SYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - An apparatus and method for estimating velocity and Doppler frequency comprising acquiring a first plurality of time-of-arrival (TOA) measurements from a first plurality of base stations at a first time; acquiring a second and a third plurality of TOA measurements from a second and third plurality of base stations at a second time and a third time; determining a plurality of line-of-sight distance measurements using the first, second and third pluralities of TOA measurements; determining a plurality of velocity estimates and a plurality of angle of arrival (AOA) estimates, using the plurality of LOS distance measurements; determining a plurality of Doppler frequency estimates using the plurality of velocity estimates and the plurality of AOA estimates; and using a processor for determining an average Doppler frequency estimate over a plurality of sectors, wherein the first, second and third pluralities of TOA measurements are acquired over the plurality of sectors.12-17-2009
20090310504PACKET CLASSIFICATION - An apparatus for classifying a data packet includes an interface for receiving the data packet; a classification controller for parsing the data packet to identify a plurality of data items required for classifying the data packet; memory for storing a set of range identifiers for each data item in the data packet corresponding to a rule range defined in the rule sets; and a controller for performing a preliminary test of at least one of the data items to determine whether any of the data item's values match known frequently-occurring values for that data item.12-17-2009
20090310502Device and associated method for crosstalk estimation - The present invention relates to a crosstalk estimation device for estimating crosstalk between communication lines in a precoding group. The crosstalk estimation device comprises transmission means for transmitting a pilot sequence and reception means for receiving error feedback on one or more communication lines in the precoding group. The crosstalk estimation device further comprises crosstalk estimation means for combining the pilot sequence with the error feedback in order to obtain a crosstalk estimation between the communication lines. The device further comprises selection means for selecting a subset of one or more communication lines from the precoding group. The transmission means are adapted to transmit the pilot sequence only on the subset.12-17-2009
20090310499DATA COMMUNICATION WITH CONTROL OF THE TRANSMISSION RATE OF DATA - A data communication network, includes a transmitting node; a receiving node; and a connection between the transmitting node and the receiving node. The receiving node is arranged to process data received from the transmitting mode via the connection. The network further includes a first measuring unit which is connected with a measuring input to the receiving node. The first measuring unit can determine a first parameter value forming a measure for the data processing capacity of the receiving node. A calculator has an input connected to an output of the measuring unit and can derive from the first parameter value a second parameter value forming a measure for the transmission rate of data from the transmitting node to the receiving node. A transmission control unit has a transmission control input connected to a calculator output and a transmission control output connected to the transmitting node. The transmission control unit can control a transmission of data via the connection based on the determined measure for the transmission rate.12-17-2009
20090310498COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A packetizer sectionalizes data to be transmitted into predetermined units and packetizes them into packets. A permuter permutes the order of the packets created by the packetizer based on a designated interleave length and sends out the packets to a network. A continuous loss information collector collects information on continuous packet loss occurring on the network. An interleave length determiner determines an interleave length based on the information on continuous packet loss, collected by the continuous loss information collector and designates the interleave length for the permuter.12-17-2009
20090310496MONITORING THRESHOLD FUNCTIONS OVER DISTRIBUTED DATA SETS - A method for distributed computing includes processing multiple sets of data at respective computing nodes (12-17-2009
20090310495Session Control System, Session Control Method, and Mobile Terminal - [Problems] Mobile communication enabling continuation of TCP communication while maintaining the quality in a real-time communication.12-17-2009
20090154369Digital-channel-monitor unit - A digital-channel-monitoring unit (DCMU) suitable for use in a coaxial-broadband network. The DCMU monitors quality, and integrity of digital and analog Radio Frequency (RF) channels from one or more remote locations in the network. These remote locations include one or more strategic locations between the headend, and a subscriber's premises, such as a business or home.06-18-2009
20090316594WSN-BASED CONTEXT AWARENESS ENGINE - A WSN-based context awareness engine applies spatial filtering to sensed data which is output from sensors included in a group to filter data in which an error does not occur, identifies a non-operated sensor, compares filtered data with at least one condition to determine a current state of a place corresponding to the group, and combines the determined current state and information regarding the group to generate a context-awareness result.12-24-2009
20110007637Indicating Current Connection Status of a Wireless Device - In one embodiments, a method includes determining a current connection status of a first wireless device with respect to one or more second wireless devices configured to communicate wirelessly by a particular wireless communication protocol. The current connection status of the first wireless device potentially being that the first wireless device has scanned for and found one or more available ones of the second wireless devices to connect wirelessly to but has not yet having established a wireless connection to any one of them or potentially being that the first wireless device is currently attempting to establish a wireless connection to one of the available ones of the second wireless devices. The method includes communicating for presentation to a user at the first wireless device a scan-result indicator if the first wireless device has scanned for and found one or more available ones of the second wireless devices to connect wirelessly to but has not yet established a wireless connection to any one of them and a connection-attempt indicator if the first wireless device currently is attempting to establish a wireless connection to one of the available ones of the second wireless devices.01-13-2011
20110128882RADIO TRANSMITTER AND RADIO RECEIVER - A radio transmitter and a radio receiver which reduce the number of blind determinations of control signals while maintaining resource utilization efficiency. A radio transmitter (06-02-2011
20110128881TECHNIQUES FOR MONITORING THE QUALITY OF SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS LINKS - A method for monitoring of a wireless link quality comprises measuring the link quality of a wireless link (06-02-2011
20110128869METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION PACKETS WITHIN AN ASYNCHRONOUS WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND NETWORK NODE IMPLEMENTING IT - A source node estimates not only the schedule time offset of the destination node but also the clock drift of the destination node. In this way, the source node may choose very accurately the transmission start time of an information packet to this destination node so that typically only one very short preamble needs to be transmitted. The estimation of time offset and clock drift between two nodes is achieved through tone or more previous transmissions between these two nodes, in particular, information relating to these parameters is transmitted from the destination node to the source node in reply to a preamble transmitted by the source node to the destination node.06-02-2011
20110128867FORWARD LINK DATA RATE CONTROL AND RATE INDICATION FOR SATELLITE-ENABLED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - In a synchronous application to control forward link (FL) data rates in a satellite system, user equipment (UE) repeatedly transmits a quality control measurement (QCM) index during a QCM period. During this QCM period, the data rate cannot change. The associated satellite transmits at a new rate corresponding to the QCM index. The UE knows that it will begin receiving new data at the new rate after a QCM delay. In an asynchronous application, a satellite transmits a rate change signal over a FL rate indication channel (RICH). A UE monitors the FL RICH for this signal. When the signal quality is to be low, the satellite sends only a single bit of the QCM index over a first orthogonal channel. When the signal quality is not low, the satellite transmits each bit of the QCM index in a separate orthogonal channel of the FL RICH.06-02-2011
20090207747Network device and data transmission method thereof in wireless sensor network - A wireless sensor network and data transmission method thereof provides for improving channel access efficiency and energy saving effect by using inventive carrier sensing mechanism. The data transmission method includes assessing a channel after initializing, when a packet to be transmitted is generated, a number of carrier sensing attempts (Ns) and a backoff value (W); determining, when the channel availability is assessed to be idle, whether W reaches 0; transmitting the packet if W reaches 0; and reassessing, if W does not reach 0, the channel after a duration corresponding W/(Ns-1) slot.08-20-2009
20090207748COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS USING RECEIVED SIGNAL STRENGTH INDICATOR IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - A communication method and apparatus is disclosed that uses a received signal strength indicator (RSSI). In a sensor network including a plurality of nodes, a first node of the plurality of nodes receives a signal transmitted from a second node of the plurality of nodes, at least once. The first node also manages a link state with the second node according to the RSSI of the received signal. Therefore, the first node can receive signals from the plurality of nodes and then predict whether the second node moves. The first node can also predict a link state after the second node is moved so that communication can be performed through a link in a good state. Accordingly, the communication quality and the network performance of a network are enhanced.08-20-2009
20090207744METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING TUNEAWAY TIME IN OPEN STATE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for determining TuneAway time in a wireless communication system is described. A current TuneAway attribute is and a TuneAwayRequest message having a MessageSequence matching the last received TuneAwayResponse is used. A tuneaway period number n for a sector with given sectorOffset is began at TuneAwayTimeNn, wherein the TuneAwayTimeNn is a function of t08-20-2009
20090207746FFT-BASED ESTIMATION OF THERMAL NOISE AND RISE OVER THERMAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for estimating thermal noise and rise-over-thermal (RoT) in a communication system are described. Thermal noise in a sideband may be measured and used as an estimate of thermal noise in a signal band. In one design, samples containing a desired signal centered at DC or a frequency higher than DC may be partitioned into blocks of K samples. Each block of K samples may be transformed with an FFT to obtain a corresponding block of K transform coefficients for K frequency bins. The power of transform coefficients for frequency bins in the sideband may be computed. Thermal noise may be estimated based on power values for the frequency bins in the sideband. Power values for frequency bins in the signal band may also be obtained and used to estimate total received power. RoT may then be estimated based on the estimated thermal noise and the estimated total received power.08-20-2009
20120287798SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UPLINK MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT TRANSMISSION - Methods and apparatuses are provided for uplink MIMO transmissions in a wireless communication system. In particular, a single inner loop power control may be utilized to control a power of both a primary stream and a secondary stream, in a system where the power of the secondary stream is linked to the power of the primary stream. That is, a single transmit power control command calculated according to the primary stream and directly controlling the power of the primary stream can effectively control the power of both uplink streams. Further, the disclosure provides outer loop power control, where a signal-to-interference ratio target used in the inner loop power control can be adjusted. Here, the SIR target may be adjusted in accordance with at least one of a block error rate performance or a HARQ failure performance of one of the primary stream or the secondary stream.11-15-2012
20120287800Radio Network Node, a Node and Methods Therein for Enabling Enhanced Cell ID Timing Measurement for Positioning of a User Equipment - Embodiments herein relate to a method in a radio network node (11-15-2012
20110110263METHOD OF TRIGGERING STATUS REPORT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RECEIVER - A method and apparatus of triggering a status report in a wireless communication system is provided. A duplicated data block is received. A triggering of a status report is suspended if the duplicated data block requests the status report and a sequence number (SN) of the duplicated data block is equal to or greater than a maximum status transmit state variable. Even if a duplicated data block requests a status report, the status report is triggered after hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) reordering is complete.05-12-2011
20080259810Broadband Service Applications Test Tool - A broadband internet system comprises a speed test tool, a database, and an internet portal. The speed test tool determines available bandwidth for a communication link. The database stores the available bandwidth for the communication link from the speed test tool. The internet portal offers a service to the customer based on the available bandwidth of the communication link stored in the database, therefore allowing the customer the most efficient usage of the bandwidth of the communication link.10-23-2008
20110286354RESOURCE STATE MONITORING METHOD, DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A resource state monitoring method, device and communication network are provided. The method includes: acquiring network event state information of a node in a network running process, detecting a data plane resource state of the node and a control plane resource state of the node when it determines that the network event state information of the node meets a resource state detection triggering condition, and reporting a detection result to a management plane of the node. The device includes an acquiring unit, a checking unit, a triggering unit, a detecting unit and a reporting unit. The network includes several nodes, a communication control device and a resource state monitoring device.11-24-2011
20110286352WIRELESS DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DISCRIMINATING RADAR TRANSMISSIONS FROM WIRELESS NETWORK TRANSMISSIONS AND WIRELESS NETWORK HAVING RADAR-AVOIDANCE CAPABILITY - The disclosure provides a wireless device for use in a wireless network, systems and methods for identifying radar signals and for giving the wireless network a radar-avoidance capability. In one embodiment, the wireless device includes: (1) a pulse analyzer configured to make a determination whether a received pulse is a radar pulse and not a wireless network pulse and (2) a pulse reporter coupled to the pulse analyzer and configured to generate, if the determination is positive, a report thereof for transmission over the wireless network to a central aggregation node thereof.11-24-2011
20110286353CQI REPORTING FOR MIMO TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for determining and reporting channel quality indicator (CQI) information are described. A user equipment (UE) may determine a transmit power per channelization code, P11-24-2011
20110286346MEASUREMENT OF RECEIVED POWER AND RECEIVED QUALITY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatuses for wireless communications. According to certain aspects, a set of protected resources, allocated to a base station of a first cell, that are protected by restricting transmissions of a second cell is determined and received power of a first reference signal from the base station in the set of resources is measured. According to certain aspects, a subset of one or more neighbor base stations that have reduced interference in a set of protected resources is determined and received power measurements for the subset of neighbor cells is excluded when calculating receive signal quality measurements for the subframe.11-24-2011
20110286349Method and System for User Equipment Location Determination on a Wireless Transmission System - Neighbor cell hearability can be improved by including an additional reference signal that can be detected at a low sensitivity and a low signal-to-noise ratio, by introducing non-unity frequency reuse for the signals used for a time difference of arrival (TDOA) measurement, e.g., orthogonality of signals transmitted from the serving cell sites and the various neighbor cell sites. The new reference signal, called the TDOA-RS, is proposed to improve the hearability of neighbor cells in a cellular network that deploys 3GPP EU-TRAN (LTE) system, and the TDOA-RS can be transmitted in any resource blocks (RB) for POSCH and/or MBSFN subframe, regardless of whether the latter is on a carrier supporting both PMCH and POSCH or not. Besides the additional TDOA-RS reference signal, an additional synchronization signal (TDOA-sync) may also be included to improve the hearability of neighbor cells.11-24-2011
20110286350COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM - Exemplary embodiments increase reliability of communication over a non-deterministic communication channel, in electric power systems. A communication channel is monitored based on regular network traffic, by evaluating messages or data packets carrying real-time operational data as a payload. A permanent determination of a channel quality, including appropriate alarming in case the channel quality is found insufficient, is based on an evaluation, at a receiving node, of data packets continually transmitted by a sending node. These continually or repeatedly transmitted data packets can include identical payloads reflecting current states rather than state changes as operational data.11-24-2011
20110286343SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DUAL MODE COMMUNICATION - Wi-Fi setup application and path switching applications are provided to allow commands received from native applications of the UE to be redirected to a Wi-Fi engine. The Wi-Fi engine supports circuit switched and packet switched services over a Wi-Fi connection, thus allowing commands received from native applications on a UE to connect the user to either a wireless unlicensed communication system or a wireless licensed communication system.11-24-2011
20110286348Quality-deteriorated part analyzing system, quality-deteriorated part analyzing device, quality-deteriorated part analyzing method, and quality-deteriorated part analyzing program - Provided is a quality-deteriorated part analyzing system capable of analyzing a quality-deteriorated part in a network while increasing the degree of freedom of precision (coverage ratio, sectioning divisions, etc.) independently of the number and installation locations of devices transmitting and receiving flows. Path calculation means 11-24-2011
20110286345Method of determination of transmission quality of a communication link between a transmitter and a receiver and corresponding apparatus - The invention proposes a method and apparatus for determination of transmission quality of a communication link between a transmitter and a receiver. Among others, the invention allows to determine the transmission quality of a communication link between a transmitter and a receiver by a tier device, for example a transmission quality testing or monitoring device.11-24-2011
20110286340REMOTE CONTROL OF TRANSMITTER-SIDE RATE ADAPTATION - In general, this disclosure is directed to techniques for remotely controlling a transmitter-side rate adaptation algorithm. According to one aspect, a method includes detecting, with a receiver device, that a packet received from a transmitter is corrupted. The method further includes sending, with the receiver device, a positive acknowledgement for the packet to the transmitter in response to at least detecting that the packet is corrupted. According to another aspect, a method includes determining, with a receiver device, a targeted outcome for a rate adaptation algorithm performed by a transmitter. The method further includes using, with the receiver device, positive acknowledgements to remotely control the rate adaptation algorithm performed by the transmitter based on at least the targeted outcome.11-24-2011
20110286344Wireless Communication System for Controlling Qualities of Experience, and Gateway - When a terminal switches systems, if many users have their terminals already connected to destination wireless communication system and the resource use rate of destination system is high, other users have to reduce resources to meet a QoS to be delivered to the user. When resource allocation is controlled based on QoS, the resources are controlled for meeting a requested QoS. Therefore, even if a larger magnitude of a resource than a necessary magnitude thereof is allocated based on radio environment, there is no way of reducing the resource. This situation deteriorates the performance of the systems. An access point or a gateway is provided with a facility that measures a quality of experience (QoE), which a user perceives for an application, for system switching. The QoE of the user concerned and a QoE of whole systems are calculated. If the QoEs are improved, the systems are switched.11-24-2011
20110286342METHODS AND APPARATUS TO ROUTE PACKETS IN A NETWORK - Methods and apparatus to route packets in a network are disclosed. A disclosed example method includes receiving a packet in a packet aggregator, accessing a forwarding table to determine a router within a router array to which the packet is to be forwarded, transmitting the packet to the determined router via a first interface of the packet aggregator, identifying a second interface within the router to which the packet is to be forwarded, forwarding the packet from the router via the second interface to a virtual interface within the packet aggregator, and statically forwarding the packet from the packet aggregator to a destination based on the virtual interface that received the packet.11-24-2011
20110286341System and Method for Spatial Multiplexing for Coordinated Multi-Point Transmission - A system and method for spatial multiplexing for coordinated multi-point transmission are provided. A method for communications device operations includes receiving transmissions from at least two access points, measuring channels between the communications device and each of the at least two access points based on the received transmissions, computing beamforming weights based on the measured channels, and transmitting the beamforming weights to the at least two access points. The computing is based on attempting to maximize a capacity of a communications system containing the communications device and the at least two access points with the beamforming weights, and the beamforming weights are used at the at least two access points to beamform transmissions to the communications device using coordinated multi-point transmission.11-24-2011
20120294172RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station communicating with a radio terminal, comprising a control unit configured to perform scheduling of a radio resource with respect to the radio terminal, wherein the control unit estimates transmission power of the radio terminal, which is calculated by the radio terminal, based on information on transmission power notified from the radio terminal, calculates power of an uplink signal from the radio terminal based on uplink propagation loss between the radio base station and the radio terminal, and performs the scheduling based on a difference between a first power obtained by the estimation of the transmission power of the radio terminal and a second power obtained by the calculation of the power of the uplink signal.11-22-2012
20120294171COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A plurality of frame buffers of a communication device store input frames for respective flows, which are units of managing communication. A sequential scheduler and an adjustment scheduler cyclically visit the plurality of frame buffers to read a frame for external output from each frame buffer. The sequential scheduler reads one frame per a visit to each frame buffer at a speed lower than a communication speed of the communication device. The adjustment scheduler reads one or more frames per a visit to each frame buffer such that a restriction on read quantity defined by a reference value greater than the shortest frame size is imposed.11-22-2012
20120294173APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR CLIENT SERVER INTERACTION IN HYBRID NETWORK ENVIRONMENTS - Methods and apparatus for modifying network management for hybrid operation. In one embodiment, the networks include an LTE network and a CDMA 1X network, and a mobile device can place CDMA 1X voice calls while registered with the LTE network. However, since the mobile device cannot simultaneously measure information for the LTE network while connected to the CDMA 1X networks, the mobile device modifies measurements and behaviors reported to the LTE network. In one implementation, the mobile device accounts for the time switched away from the LTE network in one or more subsequent reports thereto.11-22-2012
20120294166TECHNIQUES FOR EFFICIENTLY UPDATING ROUTING INFORMATION - Techniques for efficiently updating routing information in a network device such as a router. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the routing information is updated upon creation or deletion of an overlay tunnel without the network device having to regenerate a Shortest Path Tree (SPT) by performing full Shortest Path First (SPF) processing.11-22-2012
20110299418ON-LINE WEB ACCESSED ENERGY METER - An electrical metering system capable of performing multiple metering functions, collecting data, and wirelessly provides the collected metering data to a utility operator. In the electrical metering system, at least one computing device for initiating a request for data. A first modem connects the computing device to an infrastructure. A wireless embedded modem for wirelessly connects an electric meter to an infrastructure, and the wireless electric modem receives a request from the computing device and wirelessly transmits the metering data to the computing device, thereby initiating the request.12-08-2011
20110141941Method and Apparatus of Transmitting Control Information in Wireless Communication System - A method and an apparatus of transmitting control information in a wireless communication systema are provided. The method includes transmitting first control information and second control information through an uplink component carrier (UL CC), wherein the first control information is for a first downlink component carrier (DL CC), and the second control information is for a second DL CC.06-16-2011
20110141930BASEBAND COMPENSATION FOR PHASE DISCONTINUITIES IN RADIO FREQUENCY COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A method for compensating for phase discontinuities on a communication device is described. A communication device may determine a desired output power. The communication device may determine a Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) gain corresponding to the desired output power. The communication device may determine a cumulative phase offset based on the DAC gain. The communication device may apply the DAC gain. The communication device may apply a phase compensation to a rotator to adjust for the cumulative phase offset.06-16-2011
20110141925Measuring call quality - Provided is a method, computer program product, and apparatus for estimating the quality of a call in which a first user terminal will comprise an end point. The method comprises establishing an end-to-end connection between a first user terminal and a node, which end-to-end connection is via an access point of a network by which the first user terminal is connected to the network; displaying information indicative of an expected quality of a call in which the first user terminal will comprise an end point, in dependence on information indicative of the quality of the end-to-end connection; and providing call initiation means for enabling a user to then selectively establish a call between the first user terminal and a callee. Also provided is a method, computer program product, and apparatus for estimating the quality of a call between a first user terminal and a potential callee.06-16-2011
20110141920METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMICALLY CONTROLLING INTERNET PROTOCOL PACKET HANDLING IN A VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL NETWORK - In one embodiment, the present disclosure is a method and apparatus for dynamically controlling Internet Protocol packet flows in a Voice over Internet Protocol network. In one embodiment, a method for controlling flows of packets in a network includes obtaining a list identifying at least one user element that is authorized to register with the network and dynamically configuring a manner in which at least one border element handles the packets in accordance with the list.06-16-2011
20120099472THRESHOLD VALUE CALCULATION METHOD A RADIO BASE STATION - A threshold calculation apparatus (04-26-2012
20120099471Adjusting Channel Quality Report in a Wireless Communication Network - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement in a first communication node (04-26-2012
20120099470METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and apparatus for channel state information feedback. The method comprises: estimating channel state information from the mobile terminal to a serving cell and neighboring cells according to channel state information reference signals (CSI-Reference Signal) received from a plurality of coordinating cells; calculating a precoding matrix based on the estimated channel state information of the serving cell; calculating precoded channel state information respectively for the serving cell of the mobile terminal and neighboring cells in the coordinating cells according to the obtained precoding matrix; and feeding the precoded channel state information back to the serving cell of the mobile terminal. The above technical scheme can implement flexible and efficient channel status information feedback with low overhead, and enable multi-cell coordinated transmission to perform flexible and efficient precoding processing based on the feedback.04-26-2012
20120099469METHODS OF TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL IN A TIME DIVISION DUPLEXING MIMO SYSTEM AND ASSOCIATED APPARATUSES - The present invention relates to methods of transmitting a signal in a time division duplexing MIMO system and associated apparatuses. According to a first aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of transmitting a signal in an eNodeB of a time division duplexing multiple input multiple output system. The method includes: A. receiving a signal from a user equipment in a space division multiplexing group and estimating uplink channel characteristics according to the received signal; B. determining reciprocity calibration information between the uplink channel characteristics and downlink channel characteristics; C. determining a downlink precoding matrix using zero forcing according to the uplink channel characteristics and the calibration information and transmitting a downlink signal to the user equipment in the space division multiplexing group according to the determined downlink precoding matrix. And the step B further comprises receiving information associated with a downlink vector channel matrix fed back from the user equipment in the space division multiplexing group and selectively updating the calibration information according to the information associated with the downlink vector channel matrix.04-26-2012
20120099463Method and Apparatus for Managing Carrier Measurements - Various methods for managing carrier measurements are provided. One example method includes capturing a secondary carrier intra-frequency measurement for a secondary carrier frequency and determining that the secondary carrier measurement satisfies secondary carrier event criteria. The secondary carrier event criteria may be derived from an anchor carrier measurement parameter. The example method may also include generating a measurement report in response to the captured secondary carrier intra-frequency measurement satisfying the secondary carrier event criteria. The measurement report message may include an event identifier associated with the satisfied event criteria. Similar and related example methods and example apparatuses are also provided.04-26-2012
20120099462RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a radio communication terminal which is capable of measuring quality in communication with a handover destination with high accuracy. The radio communication terminal is capable of communicating with a base station or a relay node, and includes: a receiver which receives control information including information relating to measurement of measuring quality of a neighbor cell; an extractor which extracts information on a subframe where the measurement should be performed, which is a subframe where only transmission of a signal from the relay node connected to the base station is performed, from the information relating to the measurement; a measurement section which performs the measurement, on a subframe basis, based on the extracted information on the subframe where the measurement should be performed: and a transmitter which transmits a result, of the measurement to the base station or the relay node.04-26-2012
20120099461APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SETTING UP RADIO BEARER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method of setting up a radio bearer (RB) in a wireless communication system are provided. A relay node transmits information on a supported quality of service (QoS) to a core network (CN) or a user equipment. The relay node relays a service request of the user equipment to the CN and sets up a UuRB for a service requested by the service request over a Uu interface between the relay node and the user equipment under the instruction of the CN. The relay node sets up a UnRB over a Un interface between the relay node and a base station (BS) according to a required QoS for the service requested by the service request.04-26-2012
20120099460RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND RADIO TERMINAL STATION - This radio communication method is used to perform spatial multiplexing communication between cells in the overlap cell environment. In the MU-MIMO overlap cell environment, when a null is formed between a radio base station and a radio terminal station belonging to different cells, a first set of a “call signal” and a “response signal” is used to perform mutual detection with the radio base station and the radio terminal station belonging to different cells, and then a null is formed so as not to cause interference of radio waves between the radio base station and the radio terminal station belonging to different cells. At this time, the addresses of the radio base station and the radio terminal station are used to discriminate whether the radio base station and the radio terminal station belong to the same cell or different cells.04-26-2012
20120099458TERMINAL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A terminal apparatus includes a downlink transceiver that receives downlink data via a base station governing a first cell and exchanges with the base station governing the first cell, control information that is for receiving the downlink data; and an uplink transceiver that transmits uplink data via a base station governing a second cell that is different from the first cell and exchanges with the base station governing the second cell, control information that is for transmitting the uplink data.04-26-2012
20120099457METHOD AND SIGNALING TO ENHANCE ASSOCIATION IN MESH SYSTEMS - A method and system for conveying backhaul link information for intelligent selection of a mesh access point (MAP) in a mesh network are disclosed. The mesh network includes a plurality of MAPs. The MAPs send backhaul link information regarding backhaul connections between each MAP and any interconnections in the mesh network to a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). The WTRU then determines a performance value with respect to the MAPs based on the backhaul link information and selects one of the MAPs to associate with based on the performance value. The WTRU may send information about interconnection needs of the WTRU to the MAPs, and the MAPs may generate the backhaul link information based on the interconnection needs of the WTRU.04-26-2012
20120099456RECEPTION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, RECEIVING METHOD, AND TRANSMITTING METHOD - A reception apparatus includes a receiver configured to receive a packet including a label and quality information indicating communication quality for the packet. The reception apparatus also includes a processor configured to allocate a priority to the received packet based on a combination of the label and the quality information included in the received packet and a transmitter configured to supply the packet to which the priority is allocated to a switch that performs transfer control to a packet based on its priority.04-26-2012
20120099455WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MANAGEMENT SERVER, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system is provided including a first base station, and a second base station having a coverage area at least one part of which overlaps a coverage area of the first base station. The communication system includes a measurer that measures a utilization degree of at least one mobile station connected to the second base station, and an adjuster that adjusts a wireless resource allocation of the at least one mobile station connected to the second base station based upon the utilization degree.04-26-2012
20120099454APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A scheduling method and apparatus in a wireless communication system. The scheduling method for a node B in a wireless communication system supporting a plurality of carriers includes determining a delay weight for each of a plurality of user equipment (UEs) according to a preset weight application time point. The method also includes determining a scheduling metric value of each UE per carrier using the delay weight, and determining a priority of each UE per carrier using the scheduling metric value.04-26-2012
20120099453Uplink Link Adaption at the User Equipment - Method and arrangement in a user equipment for link adaptation of signals sent from the user equipment to a base station. The base station and the user equipment are comprised within a wireless communication system. The method comprises receiving information from the base station, comprising an indication of resource blocks available for transmission of signals from the user equipment to the base station, obtaining at least one of a user equipment related parameter or a link related parameter, and selecting a subset of the indicated available resource blocks received from the base station, based on at least one of the measured user equipment related parameter or the measured link related parameter, to be used for sending signals to the base station. Also, a method and arrangement in a base station for assisting a user equipment in performing link adaptation of signals is presented.04-26-2012
20120099452Method, Terminal and Network System for Reporting Buffer Status Report - The present invention discloses a method, a terminal and a network system for reporting a buffer status report. The method comprises: a terminal triggers a buffer status report (BSR) and obtains radio resource information of uplink component carriers in a radio network; one or more BSR data units are constructed based on information of buffer data volume to be transmitted; one or more uplink component carriers are selected from the uplink component carriers with available radio resources, and the BSR data unit(s) is/are transmitted on the selected uplink component carrier(s) to a network side. The present invention fully takes advantages of wide bandwidth of a long term evolution-advanced (LTE)-A system, and can realize high-efficiency-and-quality transmission of BSR data unit(s).04-26-2012
20120099451Method and device for detecting a signal in a Long Term Evolution system - The present disclosure discloses a method for detecting a signal in an LTE system, the method includes that: an eNodeB calculates a signal power P04-26-2012
20120099450SPATIAL REUSE IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product are provided. The apparatus determines a channel gain to a second wireless device with which the first wireless device is communicating. In addition, the apparatus determines interferer backoff information that ensures an interference level at the first wireless device such that a signal received from the second wireless device can be decoded reliably. The interferer backoff information is determined based on the channel gain. Furthermore, the apparatus transmits information based on the interferer backoff information in one of an RTS message or a CTS message to the second wireless device.04-26-2012
20120099449SPATIAL RESUSE IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - In a first method, a first apparatus determines a channel gain to a second apparatus with which the first apparatus is communicating. The first apparatus determines interferer backoff information that ensures an interference level at the first apparatus such that a signal received from the second apparatus can be decoded reliably. The interferer backoff information is determined based on the channel gain. The first apparatus transmits information based on the interferer backoff information in a message to the second apparatus. In a second method, a first apparatus in communication with a second apparatus determines a channel gain to a third apparatus with which the first apparatus can potentially interfere. The first apparatus receives a message from the third apparatus. The message includes interferer backoff information. The first apparatus determines a power for transmitting a signal to the second apparatus based on the interferer backoff information and the channel gain.04-26-2012
20120099447Reliable ISP Access Cloud State Detection Method and Apparatus - A Multi-Homing System is equipped with an Adaptive ISP Access Cloud State Detection apparatus (ACSD) that improves the reliability of the availability of digital connections (links) between computer sites, such as a Computer Premises Network and the Internet, in which such connections are made by connecting through a multiplicity of ISP Access Clouds (links). Reliability is improved over prior art methods by using data elements of Internet Protocol data-grams, e.g. record fields or bits of fields, that are regularly and normally exchanged between the ISP Access Clouds and the CPN without creating additional data traffic. Data Elements from each ISP Access Cloud are used by processing functions of the by the ACSD to test for conditions that indicate that it may be in a DOWN status. when a DOWN status is suspected, other functions in the ACSD initiate transmission of a set of PROBE packets that can reliably determine if the suspect link is actually DOWN or merely giving a response that would be interpreted as DOWN by prior art methods.04-26-2012
20120099446REPORTING OF CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATORS FOR A NON-LINEAR DETECTOR - Techniques for determining channel quality indicators (CQIs) for a non-linear detector at a user equipment (UE) are described. In one design, the UE may determine at least one parameter (e.g., at least one threshold) based on at least one constellation constrained capacity function. Each threshold may correspond to a maximum number of information bits for one stream when a particular modulation order is used for another stream. The UE may determine CQIs for multiple streams for the non-linear detector based on the at least one parameter. The UE may also select a precoding matrix (e.g., jointly with the CQIs) based on the at least one parameter. The UE may report the selected precoding matrix and the CQIs for the multiple streams. The UE may thereafter receive a transmission of the multiple streams, which may be transmitted based on the selected precoding matrix and the CQIs.04-26-2012
20120002568Configuring the Transmission of Periodic Feedback Information on a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) - In order to facilitate sending of different kinds of channel feedback information, a periodic information transmission in a shared uplink channel is configured, PUSCH, and required resources are allocated for the transmission.01-05-2012
20120002567CROSS-LAYER OPTIMIZATION FOR NEXT-GENERATION WIFI SYSTEMS - Systems, methods, and apparatus are described that that increase throughput of a WiFi network. A first method is provided wherein access points monitor and keep track of their states on each resource block (frequency channel and antenna pattern) associated therewith and dynamically select the resource blocks that increase network throughput based on the instantaneous states of the access points. A second method is provided comprising employing Q-learning to determine one or more modifications of operating parameters of a network node based on observed throughput of the network and implementing the one or more modifications at the node. A third method is also provided which combines the first and second methods so as to increase network throughput at both the physical layer and the MAC layer.01-05-2012
20120002566COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND A COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - The disclosure provides a communication apparatus that can accurately measure the available bandwidth of a communication path between itself and another communication apparatus by performing measurement communication in accordance with an execution frequency. The communication apparatuses can select the optimum communication method in accordance with the identified available bandwidth, so that each of the communication apparatuses can reliably perform communication with a counterpart apparatus. The execution frequency is identified in accordance with the communication stability so that an appropriate execution frequency can be identified for each bidirectional communication path. In this way, communication apparatuses can accurately measure the available bandwidth by performing measurement communication with the optimum execution frequency.01-05-2012
20120002565COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND A COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - This disclosure provides a communication apparatus that can perform reliable and stable communication with one or more counterpart apparatuses in a communication network, where the network has plural communication paths in which data communication transmissions are performed according to a predetermined transmission condition. The transmission condition of a communication packet for at least one of the plural communication paths is determined to be different from the predetermined transmission condition if bandwidth measurement is not performed on that communication path while bandwidth measurement is performed on one or more of the other communication paths. Accuracy of measuring available bandwidth in the communication network can be improved because communication paths that perform bandwidth measurements are less impacted by communication paths that do not perform bandwidth measurement.01-05-2012
20110019562WIRELESS HARDWARE DEVICE FOR DETECTING RELATIONS OF DISTANCE, AND SYSTEM FOR MONITORING RELATIONS OF DISTANCE BETWEEN WIRELESS HARDWARE DEVICES - Described herein is a wireless device, provided with: a transceiver module, which transmits data packets that have a transmission-power level selectable from among a number of power levels and include information of the transmission-power level, and receives data packets from surrounding devices; and a control unit, which is connected to the transceiver module and controls the transmission and reception of the data packets by the transceiver module. The control unit carries out processing operations on the data packets received from the surrounding devices in a detection time interval in order to determine proximity relations between the wireless device and said surrounding devices.01-27-2011
20120106389METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for operating a network comprising a primary station communicating with a plurality of secondary stations, the method comprising the primary station communicating with a secondary station in a discontinuous mode; the secondary station transmitting to the primary station a control message based on the current status of the secondary station; the primary station changing a parameter of the discontinuous mode based on the control message.05-03-2012
20120106379NETWORK MONITORING APPARATUS FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATION QUALITY AND A METHOD THEREFOR - In a communication quality monitoring apparatus, a learning estimator uses collected network information and operational expressions for service quality to update the expressions based on a difference between an estimation of the quality and service quality information to learn the relationship between the loads and the quality. Based on the service quality information, a determiner determines whether or not the quality is lower than a predetermined value. When the quality is determined lower than the predetermined value, a control selector generates candidate information based on the network information and network configuration information, and determines, before control, whether or not the service quality estimation obtained from this candidate information and the operational expression exceeds the predetermined value. Apiece of candidate information determined as exceeding this value is selected. Based on control contents in the candidate information, a network controller controls the network devices.05-03-2012
20120106378SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IP TARGET TRAFFIC ANALYSIS - Methods and systems for identifying network users who communicate with the network (e.g., the Internet) via a given network connection. The disclosed techniques analyze traffic that flows in the network to determine, for example, whether the given network connection serves a single individual or multiple individuals, a single computer or multiple computers. A Profiling System (PS) acquires copies of data traffic that flow through network connections that connect computers to the WAN. The PS analyzes the acquired data, attempting to identify individuals who login to servers.05-03-2012
20120106374METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR USING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNALS - In a wireless communication system, a wireless device is identified as being a relay device. A channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) configuration is selected such that at least one CSI-RS can be transmitted to the wireless device in a subset of subframes assigned to relay backhaul transmissions.05-03-2012
20120106365NETWORK PACKET LATENCY MEASUREMENT - A solution for network packet latency measurement includes, at a network device having a memory, storing a first time value indicating when an ingress port of the network device received a packet. The solution also includes storing a second time value indicating when an egress port of the network device received the packet for transmission towards another network device. The solution also includes storing a difference between the first time value and the second time value.05-03-2012
20120008511BLIND UPLINK INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKING - Blind interference cancellation is described for wireless networks in which a subject base station or cancellation apparatus obtains semi-static information for at least one of its neighboring cells. The base station measures the noise level of each of the neighboring cells based on samples it takes of uplink transmissions in each of the neighboring cells. The neighboring cells are then ranked for interference cancellation based on their relative noise levels. The base station performs discontinuous transmission (DTX) detection to identify at least one interfering user equipment (UE) in the neighboring cell and cancels interference attributable to those identified interfering UEs. The DTX detection and cancelation are then repeated for the remaining neighboring cells in the order they are ranked.01-12-2012
20110299421METHOD FOR REPORTING AND ACCUMULATING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus for coordinating communication in a wireless sensor network may include a plurality of nodes, such as routers, edge nodes, data accumulators and/or gateways. Time management functions, such as determining an elapsed time, may be controlled based on a detected temperature, e.g., a temperature detected at a node, and/or based on a detected clock skew between two or more clocks in two or more different devices. Accurate time management may allow for devices to more accurately coordinate communication instances, e.g., communication that occurs at periodic wake up times. A cluster head, such as a data accumulator, may be associated with a network after its initial formation and cause nodes in the network to alter their hierarchy in the network, thereby making the cluster head accumulator a parent to nodes in the network. Nodes having a relatively lower hop count may have a higher battery capacity than nodes having a higher hop count.12-08-2011
20110299416METHOD AND APPARATUS OPTIMIZING A RADIO LINK - Optimizing a radio link is done by acquiring at least OSI layer one and two performance measurements, determining an optimum setting collection for at least OSI layer three to a top layer, then configuring at least the OSI layer three to the top layer based upon the optimum setting collection. The top layer is at least OSI layer four. The invention includes optimized radio links, methods of making optimized radio links, revenue generating making optimized radio links by providing means for optimizing the radio link.12-08-2011
20110299419OPEN PLATFORM ARCHITECTURE FOR INTEGRATING MULTIPLE HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK FUNCTIONS - A platform for seamlessly hosts a plurality of disparate types of packet processing applications. One or more applications are loaded onto a service card on the platform. A programmable path structure is included that maps a logical path for processing of the packets through one or more of the plurality of service cards according to characteristics of the packets. Multiple path structures may be programmed into the platform to offer different service paths for different types of packets.12-08-2011
20110299417MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BAND OPERATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Embodiments for bandwidth allocation methods, detecting interference with other systems, and/or redeploying in alternate bandwidth are described. Higher bandwidth channels may be deployed at channel boundaries (12-08-2011
20110299415Method and user equipment for acquiring random access information - The present invention discloses a method and User Equipment (UE) for acquiring random access information. The method comprises: during a random access procedure, the UE measures and acquires parameter information in the random access procedure; and after the success of the random access, the UE reports partial or all of acquired parameter information to a base station. According to the present invention, the base station can optimize the random access according to the parameter information reported by the terminal, thereby improving the precision of the random access optimization.12-08-2011
20110299414PRESERVING QUALITY OF SERVICE ACROSS TRILL NETWORKS - Systems and techniques for processing and/or forwarding packets are described. An ingress switch can use a QoS mapping mechanism to map a first set of Quality of Service (QoS) bits in a packet received from a customer to a second set of QoS bits for use in a Transparent Interconnection of Lots of Links (TRILL) packet which encapsulates the packet. The first set of QoS bits can be different from the second set of QoS bits. The TRILL packet can be processed and/or forwarded in the network based on the second set of QoS bits. At the egress switch, the TRILL packet can be decapsulated and the original packet with the original QoS bits (or QoS bits that are different from the original QoS bits) can be forwarded to the customer's network. In this manner, some embodiments of the present invention can preserve the QoS bits across a TRILL network.12-08-2011
20110299412METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UTILIZING A BROADBAND GATEWAY TO PROVIDE ENERGY EFFICIENT MANAGEMENT IN A HOME NETWORK - A broadband gateway may provide energy management service within a home network. The energy management service may enable reducing and/or enhancing energy consumption within the home network. The energy management service may comprise managing one or more devices in the home network by the broadband gateway. The energy management service may be performed based on energy-related information associated with devices, and the information may be stored by the broadband gateway. At least some of the energy-related information may be acquired from the managed devices. The energy management service may comprise controlling and/or configuring the managed devices, and/or communications between the managed devices within the home network. The broadband gateway may track actual energy usage by the managed devices. Information corresponding to energy-related activities and/or usage may be displayed via a user interface. The information may also be reported to entities external to the home network.12-08-2011
20110299411METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTENT AGGREGATION VIA A BROADBAND GATEWAY - A broadband gateway, which enables communication with a plurality of devices, handles at least one physical layer connection to at least one corresponding network access service provider. The broadband gateway determines network channel conditions for a requested service and identifies a user profile for a requesting device. The broadband gateway negotiates a service profile for the requested service with the at least one network access service provider based on the determined network conditions and the identified user profile. Content may be acquired and received for the requested service from the at least one network access service provider utilizing the negotiated service profile. The broadband gateway aggregates and assembles the received content. The resulting assembled content is communicated to the requesting device for the requested service. The broadband gateway may relay content among peer devices. Content conversion may be performed during the relay communication to match user profiles of subsequent peer devices.12-08-2011
20110299410METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING QUALITY OF SERVICE VIA A BROADBAND GATEWAY - Aspects of a method and system for managing quality of service via a broadband gateway are provided. In this regard, a broadband gateway that supports one or more first QoS protocols may determine, based on communications with a plurality of communication devices, whether each of the plurality of communication devices supports the one or more first QoS protocols. The gateway may communicate a result of the determination to a content provider and/or service provider. In this manner, the content provider and/or service provider may determine whether to utilize one or more second QoS protocols to deliver content to a particular one of said plurality of communication devices based on whether said particular of communication devices based on whether said particular one of said plurality of communication devices supports the one or more first QoS protocols. The gateway may be operable to map between QoS protocols.12-08-2011
20110299409REACHABILITY DETECTION IN TRILL NETWORKS - One embodiment of the present invention provides a system for testing reachability between two nodes within a network. During operation, the system transmits a network-testing request frame from a source node to a destination node, and in response to receiving a network-testing response frame corresponding to the request frame, the system determines reachability of the destination node. The network-testing request or response frame is not processed on an Internet Protocol (IP) layer.12-08-2011
20110299408Dynamic Channel and Transmission Rate Selection - Dynamic channel and transmission rate selection is described. In an example, a communication resource for transmitting data to a receiver is selected from several channels, each having several associated rates. The selection comprises storing a weighting factor for each channel/rate combination, monitoring transmission performance on a selected channel and rate, and inferring performance for other rates on the selected channel from the monitored performance. Each weighting factor is then updated using the monitored and inferred performances, and used to select a channel/rate combination for subsequent transmission. In another example, a communication device comprises a transmitter, a processor, and a memory arranged to store a weighting factor associated with each receiver, channel and rate combination. The transmitter sends data to a receiver using one channel and rate, and the processor monitors the performance, updates the weighting factors accordingly, and selects a receiver, channel and rate combination for subsequent transmission.12-08-2011
20110044198QCI Mapping at Roaming and Handover - The technology pertains to wireless telecommunications systems in which a quality of service is handled for a service provided to a user equipment when the user equipment transitions from being served by a source network to being served by a target network. The quality of service is handled even if the source and the target networks implement proprietary QCIs. In general, a source QCI, which may be proprietary to the source network, is remapped to a predetermined QCI that identifies a set of predetermined QCI characteristics whose values are similar to the source QCI characteristics identified by the source QCI. The predetermined QCI and the set of predetermined QCI characteristics are used by the target network to provide the service to the user equipment after the transition.02-24-2011
20110292828Network System and Electronic Apparatus - This network system includes a plurality of electronic apparatuses having a communication function capable of establishing a network selectively employing a channel available on coaxial wiring and is formed to reestablish the network if a management apparatus managing the network determines that communication quality of the channel is deteriorated.12-01-2011
20110292819TWO-WAY RANGING MESSAGING SCHEME - In a two-way ranging scheme where a first apparatus (e.g., device) determines a distance to a second apparatus (e.g., device), specified packets are sent between these apparatuses at specified times to facilitate the determination of the distance. In some aspects, these packets may be defined and/or sent in a manner that enables the apparatuses to detect a leading edge of a received packet with a high degree of accuracy. For example, an apparatus may transmit a packet a defined period of time after transmitting or receiving another packet. In addition, a packet may comprise a defined symbol sequence that is used by an apparatus that receives the packet to identify a leading edge of the packet.12-01-2011
20110134765Quality of Service Based Upon Location - Devices, systems and methods are disclosed which relate to implementing location-based quality of service (QoS) for applications running over a mobile communications network. A user sets up one or more “geofenced area(s)” delimited by position coordinates and associated with their mobile computing device. Also associated with each geofenced area is a “QoS Profile” listing a plurality of requested QoS attributes for traffic going to/from the user's mobile computing device or specific applications running on his/her mobile computing device over the mobile communications network. When the user enters a particular geofenced area associated with their mobile computing device, the QoS Profile associated with that geofenced area is loaded as the active QoS Profile for the mobile computing device. Additionally, as part of their QoS Profiles, a user optionally sets up other conditions which trigger changes in requested QoS attributes for their traffic over the mobile communications network. In embodiments of the present invention, the motion of the user is a condition which triggers changes in requested QoS attributes for their traffic over the mobile communications network.06-09-2011
20110292826METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER - A method of transmitting signals from a transmitter of a wireless communication system comprises determining each transmission power of a first signal and a second signal; if the difference Y in transmission power between the first signal and the second signal exceeds a predetermined value X, adjusting at least one of the transmission powers of the first signal or the second signal so as not to allow the difference in adjusted transmission power to exceed the predetermined value; and simultaneously transmitting the first signal and the second signal to a receiver using the adjusted transmission power.12-01-2011
20110292829ADAPTIVE MODULATION FOR FIXED WIRELESS LINK IN CABLE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - In one embodiment of a communications network, the predetermined encoding scheme and symbol constellation configurations are chosen so that the range in channel qualities that the encoding scheme and symbol constellation configurations are designed to be utilized within overlap with each other. This overlapping provides hysteresis, which reduces the frequency with which a subscriber must alter encoding scheme and symbol constellations. Reducing the frequency of changing encoding scheme and/or symbol constellation eliminates the communication overhead associated with these changes and increases throughput by enabling the subscriber to spend more time transmitting data.12-01-2011
20110292827METHOD FOR DEMODULATING DATA AND DEMODULATING APPARATUS BASED ON A DOWNLINK TRANSMIT DIVERSITY MODE IN A LTE SYSTEM - A demodulating method and a demodulating apparatus at a receiver based on a downlink transmit diversity mode in a LTE system are provided by the present invention. The method includes: dividing received data from sub-carriers of each receiving antenna based on a transmit diversity mode into multiple groups of received data according to numbers of antennas of a transmitter and a receiver; performing an independent demodulation on each group of the multiple groups of received data separately according to a demodulation algorithm of two-port transmitting and single-port receiving, so as to obtain a corresponding group of demodulated data; and for multiple groups of demodulated data corresponding to same transmitted data, performing a maximum ratio combination on the multiple groups of demodulated data according to a channel condition corresponding to each group of the multiple groups of demodulated data, so as to obtain a corresponding final demodulated data value. The demodulating method and the demodulating apparatus of the present invention can ensure the performance of the system adopting the diversity algorithm in situations of various kinds of antenna configurations, reduce cost and the complexity of devices in a practical application, and is very easy for project implementation.12-01-2011
20110292822GATHERING DATA ON CELLULAR DATA COMMUNICATION CHARACTERISTICS - A method for collecting data that can be used to characterize the performance of a wireless communications system is disclosed. The method comprises determining data characterizing a wireless data communication that occurs between an internet service provider and a data collection system. The data collection system comprises a data exchanger and a routing device through which communications can be routed between client devices and an internet via the internet service provider. The routing device includes a memory. The routing device collects the data and stores the data in the memory of the routing device. A system for collecting data is also disclosed.12-01-2011
20110292825METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING COMMON REFERENCE SIGNAL IN DOWNLINK MIMO SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a-reference signals for measuring a channel in a downlink MIMO (Multi Input Multi Output) system The method comprises the steps of: configuring, by a base station at which N12-01-2011
20110292823SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL (SRS) IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK (HETNET) WITH TIME DIVISION MULTIPLEXING (TDM) PARTITIONING - Methods and apparatus for uplink (UL) radio link monitoring (RLM) in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) heterogeneous network (HetNet) with enhanced inter-cell interference coordination (eICIC) are described. Various options are presented in an effort to transmit a sounding reference signal (SRS) of a user equipment device (UE) served by a Node B in the HetNet, avoiding both interference from UL transmissions from other UEs being served by neighboring Node Bs and collisions with the UE's own channel quality information (CQI) or physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), for example.12-01-2011
20110292821Service-Based Inter-Radio Access Technology (INTER-RAT) Handover - In geographical areas with incomplete Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA) coverage, it may be beneficial for a multimode User Equipment (UE) to handover to a GSM network, a WCDMA network, a CDMA 1x RTT network, or an LTE network. When multiple networks are available to the UE and a poor signal quality is detected in the TD-SCDMA network, one of the available networks may be selected for inter-RAT handover based on a service type of the active call on the UE. For example, when a circuit-switched call, such as a voice call, is in progress on the UE, an inter-RAT handover to a GSM network occurs. In another example, when a packet-switched call, such as a data call, is in progress on the UE, an inter-RAT handover to a WCDMA network occurs. Selecting a network for inter-RAT handover based on an active call service type improves the service provided to the UE.12-01-2011
20110292820TWO-WAY RANGING MESSAGING SCHEME - In a two-way ranging scheme where a first apparatus (e.g., device) determines a distance to a second apparatus (e.g., device), specified packets are sent between these apparatuses at specified times to facilitate the determination of the distance. In some aspects, these packets may be defined and/or sent in a manner that enables the apparatuses to detect a leading edge of a received packet with a high degree of accuracy. For example, an apparatus may transmit a packet a defined period of time after transmitting or receiving another packet. In addition, a packet may comprise a defined symbol sequence that is used by an apparatus that receives the packet to identify a leading edge of the packet.12-01-2011
20110292818SMART TRAFFIC OPTIMIZATION - Embodiments of the invention include an apparatus, method, and computer program for collecting and analyzing network traffic flow records. The method includes, in one example, receiving a plurality of flow records which include data about traffic in a network. The method may further include caching the plurality of flow records in temporary storage, analyzing the plurality of flow records to determine a number of bytes of traffic that each of the plurality of flow records represents, and selecting a subset of the plurality of flow records to forward to permanent storage based on the determined number of bytes of each of the flow records.12-01-2011
20110292817METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PREEMPTIVE BACKOFF FOR MEDIUM ACCESS IN WIRELESS PEER-TO-PEER NETWORKS - A method of operating a wireless device is provided in which a number of neighboring nodes is estimated, a medium access priority to access a communication resource in a current timeslot is determined, and whether to transmit a scheduling control signal in the current timeslot is determined based on the number of neighboring nodes and the medium access priority.12-01-2011
20110292816 CONFIGURABLE RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL STRUCTURE FOR RANGE EXTENSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method involving a configurable random access channel structure. One embodiment of the method includes generating a random access channel burst that includes a cyclic prefix and a selected number of repetitions of a preamble. The number of repetitions is selected based on at least one of a cell radius and a radio transmission frequency. This embodiment of the method also includes transmitting the random access channel burst over an air interface.12-01-2011
20110292815METHOD AND TERMINATION NODE FOR BUNDLING MULTIPLE MESSAGES INTO A PACKET - The invention relates to a method and a termination node for bundling multiple messages into a packet having a predetermined maximum size. The total size of messages received from an upper layer is checked if it is large enough to fill the maximum-sized packet. If not, the receipt of further messages is waited for a bundling delay time and if the bundling delay time has expired the messages received during said delay time are bundled into the packet. In order to ensure primarily a maximal bundling efficiency and secondarily a lowest possible delay time for the received messages before they are bundled the bundling delay time is calculated in response to an average arrival rate and an average size of the previously received messages such that the bundling delay time corresponds to an average time to fill the packet of the predetermined maximum size.12-01-2011
20090245120Ethernet Physical Layer Transceiver with Auto-Ranging Function - A method in an Ethernet physical transceiver device for selecting a transmission speed includes resetting a first register and a count value, establishing a link with a remote network device at a first transmission speed, incrementing the first register to a first value, monitoring the link by counting the number of detected false carrier events in the incoming transmission as the count value, and at the expiration of a first time period, comparing the count value of false carrier events to a predetermined threshold. The method continues with reducing the first transmission speed when the count value exceeds the predetermined threshold, maintaining the first transmission speed when the count value is less than the predetermined threshold, and when the first register has a first value, incrementing the first register to a second value and repeating the steps of monitoring the link to reducing the first transmission speed.10-01-2009
20100195519METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PREVENTING A MISS-DETECTION OF DUPLICATED PACKETS AND AN OUT-OF-SEQUENCE DELIVERY TO THE HIGHER LAYER IN UNACKNOWLEDGED MODE OPERATION - A terminal is configured to perform a method capable of preventing the miss detection of duplicated unacknowledged mode data (UMD) protocol data units (PDU) and out-of-sequence delivery in unacknowledged mode (UM) operations. The terminal includes a receiver configured to not make a slot with a sequence number (SN) of k available to receive in new UMD PDU unless a time has passed such that no more retransmissions of a previous UMD PDU with the SN of k is possible. The terminal also includes a transmitter configured to determine a transmission window size for transmitting UMD PDUs.08-05-2010
20100214937Rank Indicator Offset for Periodic CQI Reporting with Periodicity of One - This invention prevents a periodically reported Rank Indicator from interfering with a similarly periodically reported wideband and subband channel quality indicator. Such interference is disadvantageous because it may eliminate wideband channel quality indicator reporting or eliminate each first bandwidth part of subband channel quality indicator reporting. Proper selection of the rank indicator reporting periodicity and offset relative to the wideband and subband channel quality indicator reporting periodicity prevents this interference.08-26-2010
20110299420SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM FOR CALCULATING ADDRESSING AND BANDWIDTH REQUIREMENTS OF A NETWORK - Apparatuses, methods and computer-readable storage mediums are provided for calculating estimated addressing and bandwidth requirements of a customer domain, such as to facilitate designing the respective domain. A method includes selecting customer premises equipment (CPE) of a domain including a plurality of CPEs, where each CPE includes one or more devices, and one of the one or more devices include an interface with which the domain communicates with the respective CPE. The method also includes determining if the interface of the selected CPE comprises a router, and calculating an addressing requirement of the selected CPE, where the addressing requirement includes a number of device addresses for the selected CPE. The method may additionally or alternatively include analyzing traffic patterns of the selected CPE with respect to one or more other CPEs, and based on the analysis, calculating a bandwidth requirement of the selected CPE.12-08-2011
20090290503Controlling Access to a Destination in a Data Processing Network - A method and system of controlling access to a destination (11-26-2009
20110299413PORT PROFILE MANAGEMENT FOR VIRTUAL CLUSTER SWITCHING - One embodiment of the present invention provides a switch system. The switch includes a port profile which specifies a set of port configuration information. During operation, a control mechanism within the switch detects a source MAC address of an incoming frame and determines that the MAC address is associated with the port profile. The control mechanism then applies the port profile to a switch port on which the frame is received.12-08-2011
20080291841Mobile Wimax Signal Analyzing Method - Disclosed herein is a method of analyzing portable Internet signals in a measuring instrument. The method includes the steps of (a) acquiring synchronization using a preamble included in a currently received frame, (b) acquiring the access parameters of a DL_MAP included in the frame, and checking the validity of the DL_MAP, (c) if, as a result of the check at step (b), the DL_MAP is determined to be valid, acquiring downlink parameters and burst configuration information by interpreting the DL_MAP, and (e) performing a variety of diagnoses, including evaluation of signal quality for each burst, using the parameters and the burst configuration information.11-27-2008
20100110911Method and system for conserving power in powerline network having multiple logical networks - A method and system for conserving power in a powerline network, such as a Homeplug AV (HPAV) network, that has multiple logical networks, such as multiple AV logical networks (AVLN). Power conservation is achieved through the expedient of a packet presence region (PPR) that informs nodes whether or not they need to monitor a shared carrier sense multiple access (CSMA) region in a particular beacon period.05-06-2010
20090003230Tool for communication system - A method for designing an, at least partly wireless, local area communication network for industrial application. A 3D plant model of the area in which the communication network is to operate is accessed. Devices that are to communicate in the communication, identify and quantify potential sources of interference or attenuation of the communication signals are introduced into this model. Data regarding communication characteristics of the devices are included. Communication possibilities of the devices are tested and evaluated in the communication network taking into account the possible interference and attenuation sources. If communication possibilities of a particular device is inadequate, adjustments regarding that device are suggested.01-01-2009
20090003229Adaptive Bandwidth Management Systems And Methods - Adaptive bandwidth management systems and methods are disclosed. An exemplary system comprises a network switching device including a plurality of physical ports and at least one switching fabric for managing connections between the physical ports. The system also includes a management processor operatively associated with the plurality of physical ports and the at least one switching fabric. The system also includes program code stored in computer-readable storage and executable by the management processor, the program code configuring the network switching device to conserve electrical energy based on the current bandwidth requirements.01-01-2009
20080219182SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE BASED SERVICES - A system and method for adjusting digital subscriber line based services is provided. In a particular embodiment, a computer readable medium is provided including computer-executable instructions that when executed, cause a computer to modify a value of a first control parameter associated with a Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) network based on a first performance parameter that is measured in real-time at a DSL modem over a first pre-determined time period.09-11-2008
20080310319SERVER, NETWORK SYSTEM, AND NETWORK CONNECTION METHOD USED FOR THE SAME - A server includes a packet monitoring unit for monitoring a packet that is sent from a terminal without a function of automatically allocating an Internet Protocol (IP) address to a destination via an unknown network so as to detect the destined IP address of the packet; and a setting changing unit for setting the destined IP address detected by the packet monitoring unit to a self device.12-18-2008
20080310320Apparatus and method for parameter rollback in a self configurable broadband wireless communication system - An apparatus and method for rolling back operation parameters of a base station in a self-configurable broadband wireless communication system are provided, in which in a manager server, an optimizer for determining optimized operation parameters of the base station based on information which is needed to optimize and is received from the base station, an evaluator for calculating service level of the base station using the optimized operation parameters, and a controller for requesting to roll back the optimized operation parameters when the service level is greater than or equal to a first threshold value.12-18-2008
20110007639METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING IDENTIFIERS - Methods and apparatus related to detecting identifiers in a wireless communications system are described. Various methods and apparatus are well suited to a decentralized peer to peer wireless communications system in which devices monitor for and attempts to detect peer discovery identifiers of interest. Identifiers correspond to identifier bit sequences which are intentionally structured to appear to be random sequences. A portion of an identifier bit sequence is broadcast in a peer discovery interval. A receiver device, searching for a particular bit sequence of interest, tries to match received peer discovery bit sequence portion against a corresponding portion of the bit sequence of interest. Matching bits are determined on a per portion basis, and an updated match quality value is determined. A match or mismatch condition is determined as a function of the updated match quality value.01-13-2011
20080310321METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TIME-ALIGNING TRANSMISSIONS FROM MULTIPLE BASE STATIONS IN A CDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Schemes to time-align transmissions from multiple base stations to a terminal. To achieve time-alignment, differences between the arrival times of transmissions from the base stations, as observed at the terminal, are determined and provided to the system and used to adjust the timing at the base stations such that terminal-specific radio frames arrive at the terminal within a particular time window. In one scheme, a time difference between two base stations is partitioned into a frame-level time difference and a chip-level time difference. Whenever requested to perform and report time difference measurements, the terminal measures the chip-level timing for each candidate base station relative to a reference base station. Additionally, the terminal also measures the frame-level timing and includes this information in the time difference measurement only if required. Otherwise, the terminal sets the frame-level part to a predetermined value (e.g., zero).12-18-2008
20080310316Surrogate Stream for Monitoring Realtime Media - In one embodiment, a separate surrogate monitor stream provides real-time media monitoring statistics for non-media savvy protocols. The surrogate monitor stream contains packet transmission parameters, such as sequence numbers and time stamps, for associated media packets in the non-savvy media stream. The surrogate monitor stream also contains checksums derived from the media packets. The checksums are used to correlate the packets in the surrogate monitor stream with the media packets in the media stream. The information in the surrogate monitor stream is then used in conjunction with the non-savvy media stream to provide real-time media monitoring without having to modify existing infrastructure. For example, head-end video servers do not have to add Real-time Transport Protocol (RTP) support or deal with protocol upgrades like RTP/UDP co-existence.12-18-2008
20080310318Apparatus and Method For Monitoring Base Station Signal in Communication System Having Multiple Antennas - In a signal monitoring apparatus of a base station of a communication system having multiple antennas, a transmitting/receiving unit transmits a plurality of transmit signals by using the multiple antennas or processes a plurality of receive signals received through the multiple antennas. A radio frequency calibration unit calibrates the transmit signals transmitted through the multiple antennas, and processes at least one target transmit signal among the plurality of transmit signals so as to monitor the at least one target transmit signal. A signal monitoring unit receives at least one first signal or at least one second signal, and transmits the at least one first signal or the at least one second signal to user equipment. The at least one first signal is a signal processed from at least one target receive signal among the plurality of receive signals, and the at least one second signal is a signal processed from the at least one target transmit signal by controlling the radio frequency calibration unit.12-18-2008
20090129286REDUCING INTER-SS INTERFERENCE - Certain embodiments are described that enable the provision of enhanced service in wireless networks. Methods for wireless broadband scheduling are described that comprise determining levels of potential interference between subscriber stations located in an area covered by a wireless base station. Communication between the wireless base station and the subscriber stations can be scheduled to minimize interference between the subscriber stations. Scheduling may include ordering the subscriber stations based on the determined levels of potential interference for each station. Such scheduling may result in a list organized in ascending or descending order of potential interference or distance from the base station. Certain of the subscriber stations can be selected to communicate simultaneously based on the ordering. In certain of these embodiments, the ordering can be calculated to reduce mutual interference of the subscriber stations. Determining levels of potential interference can include measuring interference on each subscriber station.05-21-2009
20100034112COMMUNICATION MONITORING METHOD, COMMUNICATION MONITORING SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND EXTERNAL DEVICE - A management system for use in a communication monitoring system, exchanging communication check information between external devices, and monitoring communication in the network, the management system including an information manager for managing topology information about each of a number of network apparatuses, representative information about a representative external device connected to a network apparatus connected to the management system, and adjacent information about one or more external devices adjacent to each of the external devices; and an information notifier for notifying each of the external devices of the topology information, the representative information, and the adjacent information supplied from the information manager.02-11-2010
20100034101METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A CHANNEL MEASUREMENT REPORTS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a ChannelMeasurementReport message in a wireless communication system, comprising generating a ChannelMeasurementReport message comprising a 8 bit MessageID field, a 12 bit PilotPN field that indicates the PilotPN of a sector for which a measurement was performed, a 2 bit CarrieriID field that indicates a carrier on which the measurements are performed, a 40 bit StartPHYFrameNumber field that indicates a frame number of a PHYFrame where an access terminal made a first measurement reported in the message, a 8 bit MeasurementInterval field that indicates a number of PHYFrames between measurements made by the access terminal, and a 8 bit NumMeasurements field that indicates number of measurements included in the message and transmitting the ChannelMeasurementReport message over a communication link. A method and apparatus is also provided for receiving and processing the ChannelMeasurementReport message.02-11-2010
20100034102Measurement-Based Validation of a Simple Model for Panoramic Profiling of Subnet-Level Network Data Traffic - A system and method for profiling subnet-level aggregate network data traffic is disclosed. The system allows a user to define a collection of features that combined characterize the subnet-level aggregate traffic behavior. Preferably, the features include daily traffic volume, time-of-day behavior, spatial traffic distribution, traffic balance in flow direction, and traffic distribution in type of application. The system then applies machine learning techniques to classify the subnets into a number of clusters on each of the features, by assigning a membership probability vector to each network thus allowing panoramic traffic profiles to be created for each network on all features combined. These membership probability vectors may optionally be used to detect network anomalies, or to predict future network traffic.02-11-2010
20100034109COMMUNICATION DATA STATISTICAL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION DATA STATISTICAL METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - An apparatus comprises a receiver module configured to receive packets including multiple different identifiers, an aggregation module configured to classify each packet, which is received by the receiver module into a certain aggregate flow and generate aggregate statistical information including number of packets belonging to the certain aggregate flow, and a statistical processing module configured to perform an updating process arranged to classify the certain aggregate flow into a specific statistical flow and to update statistical information including number of packets belonging to the specific statistical flow based on corresponding aggregate statistical information, the statistical processing module repeating the updating process for multiple aggregate flows, into which packets are classified by the aggregation module, so as to update the statistical information in each of the multiple different statistical conditions.02-11-2010
20100054150Adaptive Communication Systems and Methods - Methods and communication systems are presented, in which impulse noise is monitored on a communication channel, and impulse noise protection parameters are adjusted according to the monitored impulse noise without interrupting communication service.03-04-2010
20100135182HIGH-SPEED IP FLOW MEDIATION APPARATUS USING NETWORK PROCESSOR - There is provided a high-speed IP flow mediation apparatus using a network processor. The apparatus includes a server collecting flow information regarding IP traffic on a high-speed line and a network processor board analyzing the collected information according to Internet applications using a network processor, and transferring the analyzed flow information to a plurality of flow analysis systems.06-03-2010
20090196194ENERGY AWARE EARLY DETECTION - An incoming data packet is received, and a rate of change of residual capacity of a portable power supply is determined. From the determined rate of change it is decided to enqueue or drop the incoming data packet. If the decision is to enqueue, the packet is transmitted. If the decision is drop, the packet is deleted without transmitting. Additional factors may be considered in the decision, such as total energy capacity, residual energy capacity, and first and second derivatives of the residual energy capacity. Real time traffic may be treated differently than non real time traffic, and video enhancement layer packets can be weighted to drop more frequently than video base layer packets for the same flow. If used in the network, congestion probe packets are dropped at a rate matched to the rate at which data packets are dropped to give other nodes an accurate view of link quality.08-06-2009
20100034115Modifying a Rate Based On At Least One Performance Characteristic - Network operating methods provide a first packet switch configured to send a plurality of packets from the first packet switch to a second packet switch via a network path traversing one or more intermediate packet switches, access data describing at least one performance characteristic of the network path, and based on the data, modify a rate at which the first packet switch sends the plurality of packets to the second packet switch via the path. Network management methods receive data describing at least one performance characteristic of a network path having a first endpoint on a first packet switch, a second endpoint on a second packet switch, the network path traversing one or more intermediate packet switches and, based on the received data, instruct the first packet switch to modify a rate at which the first packet switch sends packets to the second packet switch via the network path.02-11-2010
20100034114CQI REPORTING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A CQI reporting method for a Dual-Cell HSDPA service of a mobile communication system is provided for reducing CQI reporting overhead. A user terminal transmits channel quality indicators for downlink channels in a mobile communication system, measures channel qualities of a first downlink channel and a second downlink channel, compares the channel qualities of the first and second downlink channels with each other, selects at least one channel quality of the first and second downlink channels, and transmits at least one channel quality indicator indicating the at least one channel quality.02-11-2010
20100034113METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING A BUFFER STATUS - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) reports a buffer status as part of scheduling information for enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) transmissions. For reporting the buffer status, the WTRU calculates a total amount of data available across all logical channels for which reporting is requested by a radio resource control (RRC) entity. The total amount of data includes an amount of data that is available for transmission and retransmission at a radio link control (RLC) entity and an amount of data that is available for transmission in a medium access control for enhanced dedicated channel (MAC-i/is) segmentation entity in case that a MAC-i/is entity is configured. The WTRU sends scheduling information including a total E-DCH buffer status (TEBS) field that is set based on the total amount of data.02-11-2010
20100034107OPTIMISING COMMUNICATION LINKS - A method for allocating transmission channels to transmit nodes in a wireless network, the network comprising a plurality of receive nodes and a plurality of transmit nodes wherein each receive node is arranged in a transmitter-receiver pair with a respective transmit node, and each of the receive nodes is arranged to receive data signal transmitted from its respective transmit node of the transmitter-receiver pair via a first communication path and is subject to interference when other transmit nodes transmit data signals to their respective receive nodes via other communication paths, the method comprising: (i) determining the communication link gain of a data signal transmitted via each of the communication paths; (ii) for each of the receive nodes, forming a set of the transmit nodes from which the receive node can tolerate interfering transmissions by determining the maximum number of said others of the transmit nodes for which the sum of the interfering communication link gains of the other communication paths connecting those transmit nodes to the receive node does not exceed the quotient of the communication link gain of the first communication path divided by a predetermined quality of service threshold for the first communication path; (iii) collecting the formed set of transmit nodes from step (ii) for each receive node, and using the formed sets to generate a preferred set of transmit node and receive node pairs such that the receive node of each transmit node and receive node pair in the preferred set can tolerate interfering transmissions from the transmit nodes of every other transmit node and receive node pair in the preferred set; and (iv) allocating a communication channel to the transmit nodes contained in said preferred set.02-11-2010
20100034105POWER DISPLAY FOR COMMUNICATION SIGNAL AND SIGNAL ANALYZER - In order to easily understand the relationship between communication signals of a plurality of channels, a signal analyzer provides a display showing a stacked bar graph 02-11-2010
20100034111Arrangement and Method Relating to Digital Subscribe Lines - A method, arrangement, and transceiver for monitoring noise on a twisted pair cable adapted to transfer Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) signals with a given data symbol rate. A spectrum analyzer measures the power spectral density of a background or substantially pure noise signal. A switch and frequency detector determine whether the background pure noise signal includes repetitive impulse noise, and if so, a processor calculates the pulse width of the repetitive impulse noise utilizing an established relationship between the given data symbol rate and the frequency of the repetitive impulse noise given by the power spectral density measurements.02-11-2010
20100034110ITERATIVE RECEPTION METHOD AND ITERATIVE RECEIVER - An iterative reception method and iterative receiver in a mobile communication system are provided. In order to remove inter-cell interference of a signal that is iteratively received in a multi-cell environment, a soft determination value of different cells excluding a specific cell is re-spread to be used. In addition, in order to improve reception performance of the iterative receiver that performs the interference removal by using the soft determination value, channel estimation is iteratively performed on the iteratively received signal by using a soft determination value of a previous order of the specific cell to update a channel estimation value. Accordingly, it is possible to reduce complexity of implementation and effectively remove the inter-cell interference by using the soft determination value.02-11-2010
20100265839Improved Radio Repeater Controllability - A radio repeater includes a first analyzer (10-21-2010
20100265833NETWORK BANDWIDTH DETERMINATION - A method for determining a bandwidth of a network system. A first device in the network transmits a plurality of test data during a first interval of time. A second device in the network receives an amount of the transmitted test data, wherein the amount of the test data received by the second device is less than a total amount of the test data transmitted by the first device during the first interval of time. The bandwidth of the network is then determined based on the amount of the test data that is received by the second device.10-21-2010
20110228695Method for Estimation of Residual Bandwidth - This invention related to a bandwidth estimation method which is easily implementable on network nodes and enables to be made better routing decisions (for example the link with higher residual bandwidth should be favored in routing decisions) and/or estimates the flow admission control (for example accept a new flow only if there is enough available path residual bandwidth) by enabling estimation of availability of the communication capacity estimates.09-22-2011
20090245122SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING GLOBAL NETWORK PERFORMANCE - The present invention provides a system and method for monitoring global network performance across a public Wide Area Network (WAN), and/or private networking through a secure IPSec gateway, and providing a user interface for performance metrics through a secure Internet browser.10-01-2009
20110261715Methods and Arrangements in a Wireless Communication Network for Handling at Least One Primary Tracking Area - A method and arrangement in a data collection network node (10-27-2011
20110261713MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS - There is provided a mobile terminal apparatus and a radio base station apparatus capable of transmitting a downlink signal using an optimum feedback parameter even when a control delay exists and improving throughput characteristics of a downlink channel. A mobile terminal apparatus (1) measures a feedback parameter for a radio base station apparatus (3) using a received signal, obtains a feedback value, predicts a feedback parameter after a control delay in which the feedback value is reflected on transmission of a downlink shared channel to obtain a feedback predicted value, transmits the feedback predicted value to the radio base station apparatus, and the radio base station apparatus (3) selects a precoding weight of MIMO channel transmission using the feedback predicted value and schedules the downlink shared channel using the feedback predicted value.10-27-2011
20110261709METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE USE OF MULTIPLE-INPUT, MUTLIPLE OUTPUT (MIMO) SYSTEMS FOR MULTI-PACKET RECEPTION (MPR) - A method for multipacket communication in an asynchronous wireless system includes the steps of transmitting at least two packets of 2M digital signals from a plurality of transmitters without other transmission taking place within a predetermined number of symbol durations from each side of each packet. Each transmitter generates digital signals denoted as at least two super-symbols according to an Alamouti coding scheme corresponding to M symbols of first set of super-symbols in a first transmission interval and a second set of super-symbols in a second transmission interval. The received packets include inter-symbol interference of the super-symbols when imperfectly synchronized which expands the time interval of the received packets. A symmetric Alamouti structure for the received packets is generated by folding the expanded received signal on itself, multiplying by a factor of −1, and decoding using the Alamouti structure for the received packets at each antenna of the receiver.10-27-2011
20110261706COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A source apparatus writes, in a route request packet, the number of routes requested by the source apparatus. When a relay apparatus receives a route request packet for the first time, the relay apparatus determines a waiting time period, based on a route evaluation value that indicates a state of a route through which the route request packet has passed, and starts a timer. The relay apparatus selects route request packets having as high route evaluation values as possible, among route request packets that have been received until the timer expires, the number of route request packets to be selected being equal to the number of routes requested by the source apparatus, and then broadcasts the selected route request packets.10-27-2011
20100103838METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EVALUATING COMPONENT COSTS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus for calculating a cost index in a communication network. In one embodiment, a plurality of first cost factors associated with a first set of network elements is obtained. Subsequently, a plurality of second cost factors associated with a second set of network elements is obtained. A first cost index is then determined based on the plurality of first cost factors associated with the first set of network elements. Similarly, a second cost index is determined based on the plurality of second cost factors associated with the second set of network elements. Afterwards, the first cost index is compared to the second cost index to determine a point in time when a service provider should minimize new investment in the first set of network elements.04-29-2010
20120026911System and Method for Enhancing Network Stability by Selectively Controlling Adjacency Formation - A system and method for facilitating connecting a switch to a network to improve network performance. In an illustrative embodiment, the system includes a first module for determining when the switch is initially connected to a network and providing a signal in response thereto. A second module selectively forms adjacencies with peers of the switch in response to the signal and based on one or more predetermined parameters. In a more specific embodiment, the switch is a router or Layer-3 (L3) switch. The one or more predetermined parameters include a load factor, values pertaining to capabilities of a processor included in the router, bandwidth capabilities of the interface and/or the router, internal router queue counts, and so on. The router employs a routing protocol such as Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP). The second module throttles and adjacency-formation rate based on the predetermined parameters.02-02-2012
20100091675WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A wireless communication system which includes a transmitter and receiver each having two or more antennae, the system including: a channel condition determining unit which determines a condition of a channel between the transmitter and the receiver; and a system control unit which changes a transmitting system in the transmitter and a receiving system in the receiver in accordance with a determination result obtained by the channel condition determining unit.04-15-2010
20100091677WEB SERVER AND METHOD FOR HOSTING A WEB PAGE FOR PRESENTING LOCATION BASED USER QUALITY DATA RELATED TO A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A web-server communicates wireless networking performance data that reflects the true user experience of a mobile device operating in a particular location and operating on a particular wireless network.04-15-2010
20100091680Method of transmitting control signal in wireless communication system - A method of transmitting a control signal in a wireless communication system includes receiving data or a control signal, and transmitting a feedback signal through a control channel in response to the data or the control signal, wherein the control channel comprises a plurality of mini-tiles in a plurality of tiles, each of which consists of at least one orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol in a time domain and at least one subcarrier in a frequency domain, and if the plurality of tiles have the same pilot pattern, the plurality of mini-tiles are cyclically selected from the plurality of tiles, and if the plurality of tiles have cyclically-arranged pilot patterns, the plurality of mini-tiles are selected at the same position from the plurality of tiles.04-15-2010
20090109866Method for Balancing Quality of Wireless Communication Channel and Wireless Communication Apparatus Using the Same - Disclosed herein are a method for balancing the quality of a wireless communication channel wherein the quality of the wireless communication channel can be more accurately estimated and adjusted on the basis of the combination of observation results of the number of data frames failed to be transmitted in the past and a received signal strength (RSS), and reliability of data transmission over the channel can thus be increased, and a wireless communication apparatus using the same. The method includes collecting information about whether data frames have been successfully transmitted and information about RSSs of the wireless communication channel, acquiring the number of data frames failed to be transmitted and an average RSS in a predetermined observation period using the collected information, comparing the acquired transmission-failed data frame number with a predetermined threshold value and the acquired average RSS with a predetermined reference RSS, respectively, and estimating the quality of the wireless communication channel and quality degradation factors in detail by performing an AND operation with respect to the comparison results. Therefore, it is possible to stably adjust the channel quality.04-30-2009
20100110914METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR IN WIRELESS COMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a channel quality indicator (CQI) includes obtaining CQIs for each of a plurality of sub-bands, a sub-band comprising a plurality of sub-carriers, dividing the plurality of sub-bands into a plurality of layers according to a CQI of a sub-band, a layer comprising at least one sub-band, obtaining a representative value of a representative layer, the representative layer including a sub-band having maximum CQI and transmitting the representative value of the representative layer. Signaling overhead due to CQI feedback can be reduced.05-06-2010
20090168659DIRECTOR DEVICE AND METHODS THEREOF - A director device arrangement for enabling a plurality of monitoring functions to be performed on data traffic traversing through a network is provided. The arrangement includes a set of network ports for receiving data traffic and outputting the data traffic. The arrangement further includes a set of switch chips, which is configured to include at least a first switch chip and a second switch chip, which are configured to interact with one another to perform the plurality of monitoring functions on the data traffic received by the set of switch chips. The arrangement yet also includes a set of monitoring ports, which is configured to receive at least one of the data traffic traversing through the network. The data traffic is configured to traverse the director device arrangement irrespective whether the power is provided to the circuitry of the director device arrangement.07-02-2009
20110194452Transmitting Data with Multiple Priorities as OFDM Symbols - A transmitter transmits data having a set of two or more priorities on subcarriers using orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols. The transmitter includes a media access (MAC) layer, wherein the MAC layer further includes a queue for storing data at each priority, a rate control block connected to each queue, and a physical (PHY) layer. The PHY layer further includes a channel coder for each priority, wherein each channel coder is connected to the corresponding queue to receive data, and to the rate control block to send coding information.08-11-2011
20100110915METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INSPECTION OF COMPRESSED DATA PACKAGES - A method for inspection of compressed data packages, which are transported over a data network, is provided. The data packages comprise a data package header containing control data for securing the correct delivery and interpretation of the package and a payload part containing data to be transferred over the data network. The method comprises the steps of: a) extracting payload data from the payload part of the package, b) appending the extracted payload data to a stream of data, c) probing the data package header so as to determine the compression scheme that is applied to the payload data, d) applying the determined compression scheme to at least one search pattern, which has previously been stored in a search key register, and e) comparing the compressed search pattern to the stream of data. The method can be carried out by dedicated hardware.05-06-2010
20090154366EXCHANGE OF PROCESSING METRIC INFORMATION BETWEEN NODES - Method and nodes are provided for propagating between the nodes information about processing capacity of peer nodes. Two types of signals are sent from propagating nodes towards their peer nodes. A propagating node sends first signal type at a constant rate and a second signal type at a variable rate. A ratio of the rates calculated at a peer node represents the processing capacity available a propagating node. Sequence numbers may be added to signals of the first and second type in order to assist peer nodes in detecting capacity issues.06-18-2009
20110170447Thinning of Packet-Switched Video Data - This invention relates to a method and to a system for thinning a stream of packet-switched video data in which a stream of packet-switched video data is detected and the size of the packets in the video stream is determined, wherein packets of the video stream data are dropped depending on the size of the packets.07-14-2011
20100265843Method, Apparatus and System for Forming Time Division Duplex Multi-Input Multi-Output Downlink Beams - In a method for forming TDD MIMO downlink beams, a BS receives an index of a codebook element from a mobile terminal. The codebook element refers to a codebook element whose correlation value has a greatest modulus value among correlation values that are calculated by the mobile terminal and are about correlation between the codebook element and a channel corresponding to a non-transmitting antenna of the mobile terminal. The BS calculates a channel vector corresponding to the non-transmitting antenna of the mobile terminal. The BS calculates channel vectors of the transmitting antennas of the mobile terminal, and performs SVD to determine a best transmitting precoding matrix.10-21-2010
20130010628SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COOPERATIVE DATA TRANSFER - A method for cooperative data transfer includes establishing a primary wireless connection with a primary access station. The primary wireless connection uses a primary synchronization channel that is transmitted during a first frame of a super frame. The super frame comprises a plurality of frames. The method also includes detecting a secondary synchronization channel generated by an alternate access station during a subsequent frame of the super frame. The method further includes determining whether the detected secondary synchronization channel has a signal strength greater than a threshold signal strength. The method additionally includes receiving permission to begin a cooperative data transfer operation with both the primary access station and the alternate access station.01-10-2013
20100124180APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A SERVICE INTERRUPTION TIME MEASUREMENT - A method and apparatus are provided for determining a service interruption time measurement including routing protocol convergence time and Forwarding Information Base (FIB) insertion time, between network devices A and B in a network which has a routing protocol. A plurality of probe packets are then sent from the device A to the device B, each probe packet comprising a source address corresponding to the device A. A network route to the device A for the source IP address used by the probe packets is unknown to the network. A sequence number and sending time is typically assigned to each probe packet being sent. At a predetermined time, a route to the source address of the device A is injected into the routing protocol. Upon return to the device A of a first of the probe packets, an arrival time to is detected and an upper bound and a lower bound of the service interruption time measurement is calculated.05-20-2010
20100246429METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LINK ADAPTIVE MULTICAST/BROADCAST TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION - A method and apparatus for adaptively transmitting the same data, i.e., multicast/broadcast data, according to channel quality to a receiving group including one or more terminals that request the same service in a wireless network. A base station obtains feedback on channel quality indications (CQIs) from a plurality of terminals, selects a transmission technique that satisfies desired service quality based on the COIs, and transmits data to the terminals included in a receiving group by using the selected transmission technique. The CQIs to be transmitted from the terminals in the receiving group to the base station are transmitted through a previously allocated common CQI feedback channel. In the present invention, in order to reduce a CQI feedback channel capacity, the base station does not allocate a common CQI feedback channel with respect to each reception terminal and allocates radio resources according to CQI levels. As radio resources are allocated according to CQI levels, a CQI feedback channel capacity may not be increased even when the number of terminals in the receiving group is increased and adaptive transmission may be efficiently performed.09-30-2010
20100124178Scalable delay-power control algorithm for bandwidth sharing in wireless networks - A distributed power control technique for wireless networking efficiently balances communication delay against transmitter power on each wireless link. Packets are transmitted over a wireless link from a transmitter to a receiver using a dynamically controlled transmit power level that is periodically updated at the transmitter. The transmit power is computed from i) an observed noise plus interference value of the wireless link and ii) a parameter that determines a balance between per-packet average delay and per-packet average power. In a preferred implementation, the dynamically to controlled transmit power level is computed by minimizing the sum of an average delay cost and an average power cost, weighted by the parameter.05-20-2010
20110019563Scheduling Traffic in a Communication Channel - The invention refers to a method for scheduling traffic in a communication channel of a mobile communications network which detects small sized data bursts and prioritizes their transmission. The detection is performed by comparison with two thresholds, one being an indicator of the instantaneous size of the data burst and the second one being related to the size of said data burst along a given period of time.01-27-2011
20110261719SYSTEMS, PROCESSES AND INTEGRATED CIRCUITS FOR IMPROVED PACKET SCHEDULING OF MEDIA OVER PACKET - A method of processing first and second record packets of real-time information includes computing for each packet a deadline interval and ordering processing of the packets according to the respective deadline intervals. A single-chip integrated circuit has a processor circuit and embedded electronic instructions forming an egress packet control establishing an egress scheduling list structure and operations in the processor circuit that extract a packet deadline intervals, place packets in the egress scheduling list according to deadline intervals; and embed a decoder that decodes the packets according to a priority depending to their deadline intervals.10-27-2011
20110170443LINK SENSITIVE AODV FOR WIRELESS DATA TRANSFER - A method of improving signal quality in an ad hoc on-demand distance vector (AODV) mesh network, comprising detecting at a node the signal quality of a received AODV protocol message, comparing the signal quality of the received AODV protocol message to a threshold; and on detecting that the signal quality of the received AODV message is not above the threshold, dropping the received AODV message. Further, a method of improving AODV mesh operation by detecting at a node the signal quality of the RREQ messages received at that node; and dropping any RREQ messages for which the signal quality is not above a threshold.07-14-2011
20110170441ANALYTICAL COMPUTATION OF CUBIC METRIC - A method includes determining attributes of multiple Code-Division Multiple Access (CDMA) signals, which are to be superimposed to form a composite CDMA signal for transmission by a wireless transmitter. A predefined analytical formula, which computes a Cubic Metric of the composite CDMA signal as a function of the attributes, is evaluated. Transmission of the composite CDMA signal by the wireless transmitter is controlled based on the computed Cubic Metric.07-14-2011
20110170438RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION, USER APPARATUS, AND METHOD - A mobile communications system having a first base station and one or more second base stations is disclosed, wherein the first base station includes a first generator which generates a first known signal for use in common between the first base station and the second base station and a second known signal use specific to each of the first base station and the second base station, and a radio transmitter which wirelessly transmits, to a subordinate terminal apparatus, the first known signal and the second known signal which are generated by the first generator.07-14-2011
20110170428NETWORK BUFFER - Systems, methods, and other embodiments associated with generating a network buffer are provided. A network data model is input that includes a set of network elements, such as nodes and links, and respective costs associated with respective network elements. A center network element around which to generate the network buffer and an offset cost to define a boundary of the network buffer are also input. A network buffer is generated by determining a buffer coverage and cost. The network buffer is made up of a set of buffer network elements located within the offset cost with respect to the center network element. The cost for each buffer network element is determined as the cost associated with travelling a path with minimum cost from the center network element to the corresponding buffer network element. The buffer coverage and costs are output for subsequent analysis.07-14-2011
20110170435METHOD FOR PROCESSING CSI-RS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for processing a Channel State Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS) in a wireless communication system based on a multiple access scheme is provided. The CSI-RS transmission method defines a plurality of CSI-RS patterns, assigns the CSI-RS patterns to individual cells, uses the CSI-RSs alternately per Physical Resource Block (PRB) so as to utilize the transmission powers of all antenna ports for transmitting CSI-RSs, transmits Coordinated Multi Point (CoMP) CSI-RSs and non-CoMP CSI-RSs separately, and mutes specific resources in association with the CSI-RS pattern of adjacent cells.07-14-2011
20110170432ACCESS POINT TRANSMIT POWER SCHEMES - In a multi-level power transmission scheme, an access point transmits at one power level, while repeatedly transmitting at a burst power level for short periods of time. For example, a femto cell may transmit a beacon with periodic high power bursts of short duration, while the femto cell transmit power also undergoes high power bursts aligned with the beacon bursts. In a network listen-based power control scheme, an access point listens for one or more parameters sent over-the-air by the network and then defines transmit power based on the received parameter(s). In some aspects, beacon transmit power may be set based on a defined outage radius parameter and the total received signal power on a channel. In some aspects, access point transmit power may be set based on a defined coverage parameter and the received energy associated with signals from access points of a certain type.07-14-2011
20110170430SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DISTANCE ESTIMATION BETWEEN ELECTRONIC DEVICES - A distance estimation system is disclosed for estimating a distance between two electronic devices. The system includes a power adjustable transmitter that is capable of having its power level adjusted between successive transmissions of packets of data, a remote device that is remote from the power adjustable transmitter for receiving the packets of data, and a distance estimation unit. The distance estimation unit is for generating a distance estimation signal responsive to the packets of data received at the remote device such that the distance estimation signal is associated with a power level at which the power level adjustable transmitter is not able to sufficiently transmit the packets of data to the remote device.07-14-2011
20110170429MOBILE BROADBAND PACKET SWITCHED TRAFFIC OPTIMIZATION - A method in an electronic device and a system for use in a communication network including a core network and at least one access network are described. Intermediate service platforms in an access network process data bound from a base station towards a core network, and vice versa. A first data channel or stream is processed by the intermediate service platform. Exemplary embodiments bypass the intermediate service platform by intercepting a second data channel or stream bound for the intermediate service platform. The data in the second data channel or stream is processed and inserted into a data channel or stream downstream of the intermediate service platform.07-14-2011
20110170433METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING NETWORK LINK QUALITY - Properties of data transmission are measured in a telecommunications network (07-14-2011
20100238818WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION QUALITY INFORMATION GENERATING METHOD - A wireless communication mobile station apparatus wherein the accuracy of measuring the communication quality can be improved. In this apparatus, a desired signal power measuring part (09-23-2010
20110170444SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTIPLE RANGE ESTIMATION LOCATION - A system and method of determining the location of a mobile station by determining the time of transmission of a signal by a mobile station and determining range rings at a plurality of reference stations receiving the transmitted signal, where the range rings represent the distance of the mobile station from the plurality of reference stations.07-14-2011
20110170450COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method, apparatus, and computer program for cooperative transmission are provided. A re-transmitter for a data packet determined as not having been received at a re-ceiver correctly is selected amongst the potentialre-transmitters in a cooperative transmission mode. In more detail, the re-transmitter is selected amongst an original transmitter of the data packet and assisting transmitters configured to assist transmission of the original transmit-ter. The assisting transmitters receive the data packet in the original transmission, unless errors occur in the reception at a given assisting transmitter, and are candidates for the retransmission in case the original transmission results in erroneous reception at the receiver.07-14-2011
20100128620MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND PROPAGATION STATE COLLECTING METHOD - A mobile communications system is disclosed. The mobile communications system includes a unit which causes a mobile station apparatus residing within a communication area of an arbitrary base station apparatus to measure a propagation state of a wireless signal from a surrounding base station apparatus and which collects the measurement results; and a unit which obtains location information of the mobile station apparatus.05-27-2010
20100128624METHOD OF MANAGING ALLOCATED ADDRESS IN LOW POWER WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK - Disclosed is a method of managing an allocated address through a coordinator in a Low Power Wireless Personal Area Network (LoWPAN) including receiving a first beacon data request message from a mobile node that has entered into a communication region of the coordinator; measuring a Link Quality Indication (LQI) of the first beacon data request message, setting the measured LQI as a minimum communication threshold value with the mobile node, and setting an alarm region that is an LQI range for sensing whether the mobile node leaves the communication region; if a second beacon data request message is received from the mobile node, measuring an LQI of the second beacon data request message, and checking whether the measured LQI of the second beacon data request message is included in the alarm region; and if the LQI is included in the alarm region, periodically transmitting a node alive check message to the mobile node.05-27-2010
20100128616Communication Control Apparatus, Wireless Communication Apparatus, Communication Control Method, and Wireless Communication Method - In a transmission bandwidth notification /analysis unit (05-27-2010
20100128615METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE DISCRIMINATION AND STORAGE OF APPLICATION SPECIFIC NETWORK PROTOCOL DATA FROM GENERIC NETWORK PROTOCOL DATA - Discrimination of application specific network traffic from other from general or unclassified network traffic is provided. Users may specify particular applications or data strings to be monitored.05-27-2010
20090141647Acknowledgment of Media Waveforms between Telecommunications Endpoints - An apparatus and method are disclosed that enable a first telecommunications endpoint to ensure that a second endpoint is receiving the first endpoint's packet stream transmissions with a satisfactory waveform quality. When the second endpoint receives the packet stream, it decodes the media waveform from the stream, encodes the waveform back into a second packet stream, and transmits some or all of the packets in the second stream back to the first endpoint. The first endpoint then decodes the received waveform in the second stream and compares it to the original waveform transmitted to the second endpoint. Based on the comparison, the first endpoint adjusts the value of a quality indication, and provides the quality indication to its user and to the second endpoint. Advantageously, the user at the second endpoint is able to determine whether the received waveform is, in fact, close enough to the waveform that the first endpoint's user intended to be received and understood.06-04-2009
20090310501APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for generating performance measurements for a wireless network is provided. The method may comprise: obtaining, at a base station, performance measurements and location data from a mobile device, storing, at the base station and based on the location data, at least a portion of the obtained measurements to at least one virtual geographic bin of a storage array, wherein each virtual geographic bin corresponds to a different geographic area within a cell serviced by the base station, aggregating, at the base station, at least a portion the measurements stored in each virtual geographic bin into one or more location-based performance measurements, and transmitting, from the base station, at least a portion of the location-based performance measurements to a network manager.12-17-2009
20090310497COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION SCHEME SETTING METHOD, PROGRAM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - [Object] To ensure a maximum data transfer rate to achieve an improvement in throughput. [Solving Means] A CPU 114 determines whether or not time-dependent interference is present during communication with a communication partner. When it is determined that time-dependent interference is present, a PHY mode to be used in each zone is determined for each communication partner on the basis of transmission line state information or packet error detection information received via a CPU I/F register 12-17-2009
20090310494REAL-TIME NETWORK MEASUREMENT - A method of operation within a device coupled to a network. A first set of data is received from a first data path of the network. A first set of measurement information is identified from the first set of data, and a quality of the first data path is determined based on the first set of measurement information. A second set of data is then selectively transmitted via either the first data path or a second data path of the network, based on the quality of the first data path.12-17-2009
20090310493COMMUNICATION UNIT, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - A transmission-time measurement section (12-17-2009
20100124181System and Method for Managing a Wireless Communications Network - In an embodiment, a method of operating a base station configured to support a plurality of user devices on a plurality of channels is disclosed. The method includes finding an interference level for each channel, comparing the interference level for each channel with an interference threshold, and determining up to a first number of channels whose interference metric exceeds the interference threshold to determine a set of unsuitable channels. The method also includes determining a set of usable channels, where the usable channels include the plurality of channels that are not determined to be unsuitable channels. The usable channels are allocated to the plurality of user devices.05-20-2010
20100124177METHOD FOR SPECIFYING INPUT EDGE ROUTER - A method of specifying an input edge router has: obtaining a first value of an input packet counter from each of input candidate edge routers having possibility to receive a specified packet passing through a specified area; transmitting a test packet having a destination address of an output edge router supplying the specified packet or a test packet having a destination address of the specified packet, to a source router connected to a network indicated by a source address of the specified packet; obtaining a second value of the input packet counter from each of the input candidate edge routers; calculating a difference between the first and second values in each input candidate edge router; and specifying an input edge router through which the specified packet passes according to the difference.05-20-2010
20110194454WIRELESS TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD - Disclosed are a wireless transmission system and a wireless transmission method that prevent CEC protocols from being affected by wireless communication transmission delays or buffering delays and failing when CEC communication is performed wirelessly in the HDMI standard. The CEC control unit of a first wireless communication device (illustrated with a receiver (08-11-2011
20100118721COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - In a ring type network, a master node sends a measurement packet to a slave node; receives the measurement packet which has been circulated among a plurality of slave nodes; according to time-keeping of an internal clock; stores a sending time and a received time of the measurement packet; sends a measurement result notifying packet showing the sending time and the received time of the measurement packet to the slave node, and each slave node receives the measurement packet; sends the measurement packet received to the next node; according to time-keeping of the internal clock, stores a received time of the measurement packet; further receives a measurement result notifying packet; calculates a time correction value using the sending time and the received time of the measurement packet shown in the measurement result notifying packet received, the received time of the measurement packet stored, a total number of node apparatuses, and a difference between an order of the slave node and an order of the master node according to the packet transferring order, and corrects a time of the internal clock using the time correction value calculated.05-13-2010
20100118718QoS DEGRADATION POINT ESTIMATION METHOD, QoS DEGRADATION POINT ESTIMATION DEVICE, AND PROGRAM - A QoS degradation point estimation device (S05-13-2010
20110149774APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMIT-RESPONSE TIMING FOR RELAY OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - An apparatus and method for relay operation in a wireless communication system comprising determining a first set of subframes for downlink communication from an eNB to a relay node; determining a second set of subframes for uplink communication from the relay node to the eNB; determining a downlink (DL) hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) timing between a first control transmission and a HARQ acknowledge (ACK) message based on a first minimum delay and the first and the second sets of subframes; and determining an uplink (UL) hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) timing between a second control transmission and an uplink transmission based on a second minimum delay and the first and the second sets of subframes.06-23-2011
20100142390Method and Apparatus for Realizing Space Division Multiplexing - A method for realizing space division multiplexing is provided. The method comprises steps as follows: A. acquiring space information of users, and calculating space division isolation between the users based on the acquired space information; B. generating a set of user groups for the space division multiplexing based on the space division isolation between users calculated in step A; C. selecting a user group from the set of user groups for the space division multiplexing generated in step B and allocating the same physical resource to two users among the selected user group when conducting the space division multiplexing. An apparatus for realizing space division multiplexing is further provided. Using said method and apparatus, the space division isolation can be realized reasonably with accuracy.06-10-2010
20110026420LAYER SHIFTING FOR UPLINK MIMO - Wireless communications methods and related apparatuses are provided. The methods include analyzing a report or a channel quality indicator in a multiple-in-multiple-out (MIMO) wireless communications system. In one aspect, the methods include determining whether layer shifting should be employed in view of the report or channel quality indicator. The methods also include enabling or disabling layer shifting in an uplink communication based on the report or the channel quality indicator.02-03-2011
20100128626HIGH DATA RATE INTERFACE APPARATUS AND METHOD - A data interface for transferring digital data between a host and a client over a communication path using packet structures linked together to form a communication protocol for communicating a pre-selected set of digital control and presentation data. The signal protocol is used by link controllers configured to generate, transmit, and receive packets forming the communications protocol, and to form digital data into one or more types of data packets, with at least one residing in the host device and being coupled to the client through the communications path. The interface provides a cost-effective, low power, bi-directional, high-speed data transfer mechanism over a short-range “serial” type data link, which lends itself to implementation with miniature connectors and thin flexible cables which are especially useful in connecting display elements such as wearable micro-displays to portable computers and wireless communication devices.05-27-2010
20100128614Resource allocation in communications system - The application discloses a method for resource allocation in a communications system. The system comprises an apparatus, such as a base station, arranged to monitor the allocation of resource blocks to scheduled data packets. On the basis of the monitoring, eventual non-allocated resource blocks are detected. The apparatus is thus arranged to perform a priority calculation on scheduled user terminals. On the basis of the calculation, one or more of the scheduled user terminals are selected as priority user terminals. Next, the method comprises performing a further allocation step, wherein the non-allocated resource blocks are allocated to one or more of the priority user terminals.05-27-2010
20100128613Detection of bearer loss in an IP-based multimedia session - The present invention provides a method for detecting bearer loss in an IP-based multimedia session. A multimedia session is initiated by an access terminal. A Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) communicates the Session setup information and the bearer characteristics to a Signaling Gateway (SGW). The SGW uses this information to adjust the dormancy timers on the originating side so that the originating access link remains active during the call setup.05-27-2010
20090257355Network node power conservation apparatus, system, and method - A network node self-retirement apparatus, system, and method is provided. The system includes a first network node, a second network node, and a plurality of network nodes. The first network node is configured to monitor a power and traffic level of the first network node and determine an operational weight based thereon. The first network node is further configured to compare the operational weight to a selected operational weight to determine a relationship between the operational weight and the selected operational weight. The first network node is further configured to execute a network node self-retirement procedure when the relationship satisfies a selected condition and to send the operational weight to at least one network node when the relationship does not satisfy the selected condition. The first network node may also determine a network topology based on operational weights received from other network nodes.10-15-2009
20120188890RADIO WAVE STATE DISPLAY SYSTEM, USER TERMINAL, ROUTER, RADIO WAVE STATE DISPLAY METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A user terminal comprises: a wireless quality measurement unit that works according to a first wireless communication method and measures wireless quality thereof at a predetermined time interval; and a radio wave state display unit that integrally displays a radio wave state from the user terminal to a base station based on both a wireless quality of a first wireless section and a wireless quality of a second wireless section where a second wireless communication method is used, the wireless quality of the second wireless section measured by a router.07-26-2012
20110134789REPORT METHOD AND ACCESS CONTROL DEVICE - It is specified that a frame containing at least the plurality of slots is repeated. A detecting unit detects a slot usable in the communications between terminal apparatuses, from among a plurality of slots. A modem unit and an RF unit broadcast the information on the detected slot. A power measuring unit in the detecting unit measures the respective received powers of the plurality of slots, and an empty slot identifying unit identifies a slot whose received power is less than a threshold value.06-09-2011
20110134768NETWORK ANALYSIS USING NETWORK EVENT DATA - A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, network device having a controller to combine network data sources enabling simplified database queries across a plurality of data sources, normalize the data from the plurality of data sources, continuously collect routing information between two routers of interest, selectively and automatically extract network data involving network events and routing, determine a temporal correlation among identified network events, determine a spatial correlation among identified network events, and troubleshoot an interactive media service based on a combination of the temporal correlation and the spatial correlation determined between the defined edge routers. Other embodiments are disclosed.06-09-2011
20100080139TECHNIQUES FOR SUPPORTING RELAY OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Techniques for supporting operation of relay stations in wireless communication systems are described. In an aspect, a bitmap may be sent by a base station and/or a relay station to identify subframes of at least two types in multiple radio frames. For example, the bitmap may indicate whether each subframe covered by the bitmap is of a first type or a second type. UEs may use the bitmap to control their operation. For example, a UE may perform channel estimation or measurement for the subframes of the first type and may skip channel estimation and measurement for the subframes of the second type. In another aspect, a base station may transmit data and/or control information on resources not used by a relay station to transmit a reference signal. This may avoid interference to the reference signal from the relay station, which may improve performance for UEs communicating with the relay station.04-01-2010
20100080141Network system, monitoring device, information processing device, information processing method, computer-readable recording medium - A network system includes plural information processing devices mutually connected through a network.04-01-2010
20100080135BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station for communicating with a mobile station which transmits an uplink signal according to a frequency division multiplexing scheme includes a first measurement unit configured to measure reception power on a frequency band for the random access channel in uplink or a second measurement unit configured to measure the number of receptions of preambles on the random access channel. The base station may either control the frequency band for the random access channel or restrict transmission on the random access channel based on at least one of the reception power on the frequency band for the random access channel and the number of receptions of preambles on the random access channel.04-01-2010
20100080137Primary and Secondary Associations for Improving Cell Edge Performance in Cellular Networks - Embodiments of the invention provide a method to efficiently enable Network MIMO for use in the downlink direction. An association is established between a primary NodeB in a first cell and a secondary NodeB in an adjacent second cell. A set of downlink transmission resources is reserved for use by both the primary NodeB and the secondary NodeB. A transport block is transmitted from the secondary NodeB simultaneously with the primary NodeB to a user equipment (UE) near the edge of the first cell in response to a schedule provided by the primary NodeB. A time instance of the reserved transmission resources is released by the secondary NodeB when no simultaneous transmission of a transport block is scheduled within a minimum time.04-01-2010
20100118732LOOP PREVENTION TECHNIQUE FOR MPLS USING SERVICE LABELS - In one embodiment, a loss of communication is detected between a first edge device of a computer network and a neighboring routing domain. A data packet is received at the first edge device, where the received data packet contains a destination address that is reachable via the neighboring routing domain. A determination is made whether a service label is located in a Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) label stack included in the received data packet. A service label in the MPLS label stack indicates that the received data packet was previously rerouted in accordance with fast reroute (FRR) operations. In response to a determination that the received data packet does not include a service label in the MPLS label stack, the received data packet is rerouted to a second edge device of the computer network for forwarding to the neighboring routing domain.05-13-2010
20100118719BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with a user equipment terminal using a downlink shared channel is disclosed. The base station apparatus includes a radio resource allocation unit allocating radio resource blocks to the shared channel after allocating the radio resource blocks to at least one of a synchronization signal, a common control channel, a broadcast channel, a paging channel, an MBMS channel, and a random access response channel.05-13-2010
20100118730Transmitting Apparatus, Receiving Apparatus, And Communication Method - A transmitting apparatus is capable of transmitting data at a first frequency and second frequency to a receiving apparatus. A transmitter of the transmitting apparatus transmits a predetermined wideband signal, in a first time period in a frequency band which does not include the first frequency and in a second time period in a frequency band which does not include the second frequency. A quality measuring unit of the receiving apparatus measures the quality of communication with the transmitting apparatus based on the wideband signal received in the first and second time periods.05-13-2010
20100118727SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LINK QUALITY SOURCE ROUTING - Systems and methods for routing packets by nodes in an ad hoc network in accordance with a link quality source routing protocol are disclosed. Route discovery, route maintenance, and metric maintenance are designed to propagate and keep current link quality measurements. Metric maintenance includes a reactive approach for links that a node is currently using to route packets, and a proactive mechanism for all links. Nodes are configured to include a send buffer, a maintenance buffer, a request table, link quality metric modules, and preferably a neighbor cache and a link cache. The invention allows for asymmetric links in the network. The invention may be implemented within a virtual protocol interlayer between the link and network layers. The invention may employ any particular link quality metrics, including metrics based on probing techniques as well as metrics based on knowledge gained in other ways.05-13-2010
20100118720METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING AND PROCESSING COMPONENT CARRIERS - A method and apparatus are described which perform bandwidth aggregation by simultaneously monitoring and processing a number of simultaneous, non-contiguous or contiguous component carriers in the downlink. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) can be configured by an evolved Node-B (eNodeB) to support additional component carriers. A pre-configured additional component carrier may be used. Various methods for activating and deactivating the additional component carrier are also described.05-13-2010
20100118717UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS INFORMATION COLLECTION SYSTEM - In an unauthorized access information collection system for monitoring unauthorized access to a honeynet so as to collect unauthorized access information, the system includes: a plurality of honey pots in which a private address or a global address is respectively set and which construct the honeynet; and an unauthorized access information collection device which is disposed between an Internet and the honeynet and which allocates a plurality of global addresses to the private address or the global address by setting of a routing table to transfer a received packet and which performs a communication control from the honeynet side to the Internet side based on a communication control list and records the packets passing through the unauthorized access information collection device.05-13-2010
20100118713SCHEDULING OF MEASUREMENT OCCASIONS OF A MOBILE TERMINAL - In a method of downlink operation in a communication system having a network controller, a base station and a terminal, one communication channel is scheduled by the base station; and one communication channel is scheduled by the network controller. The terminal listens to the channel scheduled by the base station at predetermined times known to the terminal and the network controller. Information is signalled from the network controller to the base station, relating to the predetermined times.05-13-2010
20100085884DYNAMIC TOPOLOGICAL ADAPTATION - Apparatus and methods for reconfiguration of a communication environment based on loading requirements. Network operations are monitored and analyzed to determine loading balance across the network or a portion thereof. Where warranted, the network is reconfigured to balance the load across multiple network entities. For example, in a cellular-type of network, traffic loads and throughput requirements are analyzed for the access points and their user equipment. Where loading imbalances occur, the cell coverage areas of one or more access points can be reconfigured to alleviate bottlenecks or improve balancing.04-08-2010
20110170449Frequency Selective SINR Regeneration - A method is performed by a device in a wireless network. The method includes receiving a transmission that includes a wideband channel quality indicator, determining a received signal power estimate for each frequency band of a frequency domain, and determining an average interference-plus-noise based on the wideband channel quality indicator and the received signal power estimate. The method further includes determining a signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio estimate for each frequency band based on the average interference-plus-noise and the received signal power estimate, and performing a communicative operation based on the signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio estimate.07-14-2011
20120033580RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER PEER-TO-PEER EXCHANGE OF USER EQUIPMENT MEASUREMENT INFORMATION - A wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA) first radio network controller (RNC) includes a logic device configured to control a measurement request device such that the measurement request device requests common measurements using a global procedures module of a radio network sublayer application part (RNSAP) procedures over a radio network controller interface (IUR) for a second RNC, the common measurements including received total wideband power, load and global positioning system (GPS) timing information. The logic device is configured to control the measurement request device such that the measurement request device requests measurements from the second RNC using RNSAP procedures over the IUR, the measurements including received signal code power (RSCP) of a common control physical channel (CCPCH) and interference signal code power (ISCP).02-09-2012
20120033579DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A data transmission method includes receiving a data packet sent by a sender and recording information about the data packet received, sending the received data packet to a receiver through a protocol layer, looking up recorded information about data packets according to a data packet mapping after the protocol layer receives confirmation information of a data packet sent by the receiver to the sender. The data packet mapping is a relation between a recorded data packet and a data packet received by the protocol layer. The method further includes constructing an acknowledgement destined for the sender according to information about the data packet obtained by the steps of looking up recorded information about received data packets.02-09-2012
20120033577Wireless Home Network Routing Protocol - Techniques for a node in a wireless network to process packets are disclosed. An example method includes registering with a network-management system in the network to become a node in the network, determining neighboring nodes, measuring costs of wireless links to its neighboring nodes, measuring radio characteristic levels of the wireless links to its neighboring nodes, sending a link-state advertisement to the network-management system, the link-state packets providing its neighboring relationships and the costs of the wireless links to its neighboring nodes, receiving link weights from the network-management system, computing a routing table for a link-state routing protocol based on (1) the sum of the link weights and the radio characteristic levels for the corresponding wireless links to its neighboring nodes, and (2) a topology of the network, and processing the packets using the routing table.02-09-2012
20120033574AD-HOC NETWORK AND A METHOD FOR CONFIGURING THE AD-HOC NETWORK AND A MOBILE REPEATER TELEPHONE FOR USE IN THE AD-HOC NETWORK AND USE OF THE MOBILE REPEATER TELEPHONE - An ad-hoc network that includes a plurality of telephones at least one of which is a mobile repeater telephone for establishing a first telephone connection line between a first caller telephone and a first receiver telephone, and for simultaneously establishing at least one second telephone connection line between a second caller telephone and a second receiver telephone. A subset of all the mobile repeater telephones in the network each have its own unique code and a subset of the unique codes are known to a subset of all mobile repeater telephones in the ad-hoc network. The mobile repeater telephones have a software program stored on the processors of the telephones or a database that is accessible by the telephones. The software program includes a geographic map in electronic form of the area of the network and includes data about topography and obstacles and how much the obstacles attenuate the signal.02-09-2012
20120033572METHOD FOR THE COMPUTER-ASSISTED PROCESSING OF MEASUREMENTS OF FEATURES IN A RADIO NETWORK - In a method for the computer-assisted processing of measurements of features in a radio network, each of a plurality of measurements is associated with a base station and describes a feature of a field transmitted by a mobile object at the associated base station and/or a field transmitted by the associated base station at the mobile object. A plurality of evaluation units communicate with the base stations, one or more base stations of the radio network being associated with each evaluation unit. The evaluation units evaluate features in the radio network, a suitable evaluation unit always being determined by the position of the mobile object to evaluate the features. Since the feature evaluation is distributed, not all evaluated data in the network is lost in case an evaluation unit breaks down. In addition, using multiple evaluation units ensures that enough computer capacity is available to process the measurements in the method.02-09-2012
20120033571WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system includes a first channel state measurer and a second channel state measurer. When a second communication device measures a state of a channel between the second communication device and a first communication device using reference signals transmitted from the first communication device, the first channel measurer is configured to measure a state of the channel including an interference due to a signal transmitted from another first communication device. When measuring the state of the channel between the second communication device and the first communication device using the reference signals transmitted from the first communication device, the second channel state measurer measures the state of the channel while suppressing the interference due to the signal transmitted from the another first communication device. Accordingly, the wireless communication system can generate adequate feedback information both when cooperative communication is performed and when cooperative communication is not performed.02-09-2012
20120033569ADAPTIVE BUFFER STATUS REPORTING - The present invention relates to a method for communicating in a network from a first station to a second station, wherein the first station comprises at least one buffer memory for storing data packets to be transmitted, the method comprising the steps of (a) the first station estimating the status of the at least one buffer memory, (b) the first station transmitting at least one buffer status packet representative of the buffer memory status, wherein the method further comprises (c) adapting the value of a first parameter of the buffer status packets on the basis of a data traffic characteristic.02-09-2012
20120033568METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONNECTING WIRELESS NETWORK IN A DIGITAL DEVICE - A method and apparatus for connecting a wireless network in a digital device are provided. The method of connecting the wireless network of the digital device includes receiving a signal from a peer digital device, comparing Receive Signal Strength (RSS) of the received signal with a specified threshold to determine whether the peer digital device is located nearby, if it is determined that the peer digital device is located nearby, establishing a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) connection to the peer digital device, and automatically executing an application program that uses the WLAN connection.02-09-2012
20120033567DATA TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, DATA RECEIVING APPARATUS, AND DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD - In a data transmission apparatus a processor refers to a storage unit storing a usage percentage indicative of a percentage by which each of a plurality of routes is used for transmitting data destined for an apparatus, distributes the data destined for the apparatus to routes according to the usage percentage of each route to transmit the data destined for the apparatus, lowers the usage percentage set in the storage unit of a route on which a data transmission load is light compared with other routes to zero. If a state in which the usage percentages of two or more routes are greater than zero continues for a determined period of time, then the processor determines that an equilibrium state has arisen. Upon detecting the equilibrium state, the processor sets usage percentages of the two or more routes between which there is a difference in the storage unit.02-09-2012
20120033566HYBRID FEEDBACK FOR CLOSED LOOP MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE- OUTPUT - The subject matter disclosed herein provides methods and apparatus for closed loop operation of a wireless system implementing multiple input and multiple output (MIMO). In one aspect, there is provided a method. The method may provide channel estimation feedback to a base station by a user equipment in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving downlink data from the base station, calculating a digital portion representing a channel parameter estimation of the downlink data, calculating an analog portion representing an error estimation of the digital portion and providing, as feedback, the digital portion and the analog portion to the base station.02-09-2012
20120033565NON-ACCESS STRATUM PROTOCOL OPERATION SUPPORTING METHOD IN A MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND THE SYSTEM THEREOF - The present invention relates to a method and system for management of the mobility of a terminal by using a non-access stratum (network stratum “NAS”) protocol in a mobile telecommunication network. The method for management of the mobility of a terminal by using an NAS protocol, i.e., messages includes a terminal (“UE”) and a mobile management entity (“MME”), and efficiently divides and processes security protected NAS messages and NAS messages with no security, and efficiently divides and processes EMM (EPS Mobility Management) messages, i.e., mobility management messages, and ESM (Evolved Session Management) messages, i.e., session management messages in a network such as an EPS (Evolved Packet System) of 3GPP, thereby managing the mobility and the sessions of a terminal in an efficient manner.02-09-2012
20120033563PACKET CLASSIFICATION AND PRIORITIZATION USING AN IP HEADER IN A MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE - A method and apparatus for packet classification and prioritization using an internet protocol (IP) header in a mobile wireless device. The mobile wireless device includes an application processor and a transceiver. The transceiver in the mobile wireless device receives a higher layer packet from the application processor and reads a value of a field embedded in the higher layer packet. The transceiver creates at least one lower layer protocol data unit from the higher layer packet and maps the at least one lower layer protocol data unit to a wireless access channel having a quality of service property. The mapping of the lower layer protocol data unit is based on the value of the field read by the transceiver. In representative embodiments, the higher layer packet is an internet protocol datagram, and the field is a differentiated services code point field.02-09-2012
20120033562High Precision Packet Generation in Software Using a Hardware Time Stamp Counter - There is disclosed a system and method for high precision packet generation in software using a hardware time stamp counter. The method may include receiving user selection to create a network test and receiving test information from the user, the test information including a packet transmission rate. A packet transmission interval may be calculated based on the packet transmission rate. The network test is executed. Packets are transmitted at the packet transmission rate, including checking a hardware counter to learn if the packet transmission interval has elapsed and, when the packet transmission interval has elapsed, sending the packet over a network. The method may be performed by a network testing system or computing device.02-09-2012
20110149786TRAFFIC MODELING FOR PACKET DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM DIMENSIONING - A packet-based communications network is dimensioned based on a maximum number of users able to receive a predetermined target throughput of data over a predetermined number of channels. For each of an incremental number of users, at least one blocking probability is calculated, based on a traffic distribution model, and a service delay is calculated, based on the blocking probability. An iterative throughput, corresponding to each of the incremental number of users, is determined based on the corresponding blocking probability and service delay. Each iterative throughput is compared to the target throughput. The maximum number of users is identified as the number of users having a corresponding iterative throughput that is closest to and less than target throughput.06-23-2011
20110149768DUAL-BAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CHANNEL ALLOCATION USING THE SAME - A dual-band wireless communication apparatus and a channel allocation method thereof, the channel allocation method of a dual-band wireless communication apparatus including a plurality of wireless communicators includes: receiving wireless environment information via at least one of the wireless communicators; changing, at a wireless communicator not allocated a channel among the wireless communicators, a frequency band according to a received signal strength; and scanning, at the wireless communicator not allocated the channel, channels in the changed frequency band and setting one of the scanned channels to a channel for communicating with an external device. Thus, the dual-band wireless communication apparatus can offer various wireless application services by minimizing interference caused when a plurality of wireless terminals operates within one wireless communication apparatus.06-23-2011
20110149764RADIO SELECTION IN A MULTI-RADIO DEVICE - Techniques for supporting communication by a wireless device having a set of radios and supporting a set of applications are described. In an aspect, radio selection may be performed based on interference information and additional information to obtain good performance. In one design, a plurality of radios available for use on the wireless device may be identified. Interference information indicative of interference between the plurality of radios may be obtained, e.g., from an interference database or a converted interference database. Additional information used for radio selection may also be obtained and may include information for communication profiles, communication preferences, application requirements, radio capabilities, etc. At least one radio may be selected for use for communication from among the plurality of radios based on the interference information and the additional information.06-23-2011
20110149757METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING CELL DETECTION USING ADDITIONAL PHYSICAL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The described apparatus and methods may include a receiver configured to receive a signal, the signal being a combination of physical channel signals that each correspond to a different one of a plurality of physical channels, and a controller configured to capture signal energy from at least two of the physical channel signals, and detect a cell based on the captured signal energy.06-23-2011
20110149755SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LISTENING POLICIES FOR VIRTUAL SERVERS OF APPLIANCE - The present invention is directed towards a method for using a listening policy for a virtual server on an intermediary device. An intermediary device establishes for a first virtual server a first listening policy with an expression for evaluating packets received by the intermediary device to determine whether the packet may access the first virtual server. The intermediary device listens for packets at a first internet protocol (IP) address and a first port specified for the first virtual server. Then, the intermediary device evaluates the expression of the first listening policy to a first packet received at the first IP address and first port and determines whether to provide the first packet to the first virtual server based on a result of the evaluation.06-23-2011
20110149751Estimating Communication Conditions - Embodiments are configured to provide communication features, including providing channel condition estimates for a communication path, such as packet loss, jitter, and/or available bandwidth, but are not so limited. In an embodiment, a method uses aspects of in-band data packets to provide channel condition estimates. In one embodiment, a system includes a bandwidth estimation component that operates to classify payload packets as part of performing capacity estimation and available bandwidth estimation operations.06-23-2011
20090207752SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTHORIZING THRESHOLD TESTING WITHIN A NETWORK - A system and method for authorizing test traffic over a network. A request is received to perform a throughput test. A state of the network is determined. The throughput test is authorized in response to the determined state of the network being acceptable for performing the throughput test. The throughput test is terminated in response to the determined state of the network being unacceptable for performing the throughput test.08-20-2009
20110199927TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - An SAE/LTE or 4G cellular telecommunications network is disclosed which comprises a plurality of eNodeBs 08-18-2011
20130182598METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMISSION MODE SELECTION IN A MULTI CHANNEL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques to select a suitable transmission mode for a data transmission in a multi channel communication system with multiple spatial channels having varying SNRs are presented in this disclosure. For certain embodiments, a closed-loop technique may be applied, in which back-off factors used to calculate an effective SNR value fed back to a transmitter are adjusted. An open-loop rate control scheme is also presented in which a transmitter may select a data rate and number of streams based on whether transmitted packets are received in error at a receiver.07-18-2013
20110194432COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - A base station apparatus detects an uplink radio error and recovers the uplink. In a communication system comprised of a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus, when the base station apparatus instructs the mobile station apparatus to execute contention based random access, the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus release uplink synchronization, while when the base station apparatus instructs the mobile station apparatus to execute non-contention based random access, the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus maintain uplink synchronization.08-11-2011
20110194436ASSISTED STATE TRANSITIONS OF A USER EQUIPMENT WITHIN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - In an embodiment, a user equipment (UE) determines to initiate a communication session with at least one other UE to be arbitrated by an application server. The UE determines a type of the communication session (e.g., delay-sensitive, PTT, etc.) and/or a size of a call message to be sent by the UE for requesting initiation of the communication session by the application server. The UE selects a reverse-link channel on which to transmit the call message based at least in part upon the determined type of the communication session and/or the determined size of the call message. The UE transitions to a given state (e.g., CELL_FACH, CELL_DCH, etc.) that supports transmissions upon the selected reverse-link channel. The UE transmits the call message on the selected reverse-link channel after the UE is transitioned to the given state.08-11-2011
20110199934COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - The invention involves monitoring the flow of traffic for a particular user to detect a pattern in the flow of traffic. Upon detecting a particular pattern, one or more operating parameters or settings of the radio access network are adapted accordingly. The pattern can correspond to a particular application, or a combination of two or more applications being used concurrently by the user. The parameters or setting include timer settings or threshold values relating to state transitions.08-18-2011
20130182597MOBILE PEER-TO-PEER CONTENT SHARING METHOD AND SYSTEM - Embodiment of the disclosure set forth methods for sharing data in a wireless network. Some example methods include storing in a database a content related information associated with a first mobile device, receiving a request for the content related information from a second mobile device, searching the database for the content related information, and transmitting a search result to the second mobile device to enable the transfer of content between the first mobile device and the second mobile device.07-18-2013
20100080134BACKGROUND SCANNING METHOD FOR WLAN CLIENT DEVICES - Background scan for 802.11 client devices allows them to keep most of its components in low power mode when certain criteria are not met. A method for changing dynamically those criteria according to the air data traffic conditions is described in the present invention. This increases the time the system remains in sleep mode and consequently improves the standby current consumption to portable 802.11 enabled media.04-01-2010
20100080142Automatic Detection of Channel Bandwidth - A step-wise approach to automatically determining the bandwidth of a communication channel includes dividing the channel's potential bandwidth into a number of ranges. An initial range is then selected and a series of data packets specific to the selected range are transmitted from a first endpoint to a second endpoint, with the second endpoint determining one or more channel metrics based on the transmitted packets (e.g., measured transmission rates). If the metrics indicate the current range accurately reflects the channel's bandwidth, a measured transmission rate of the transmitted data packets is used as the channel's bandwidth. Otherwise, another range is selected and the process is repeated. The described approach rapidly determines channel bandwidth, even when the channel between the two endpoints is asymmetric. Techniques described herein are particularly beneficial when used in conjunction with multimedia conferencing applications.04-01-2010
20100080138DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD - Disclosed herein is a data processing apparatus including: an adjusting section configured to receive a stream including packets and a start flag indicative of the beginning of each of the packets in the stream, adjust a rate of the stream to a certain rate, and output the adjusted stream that is the stream after the rate adjustment and the start flag indicative of the beginning of each of the packets in the adjusted stream; a monitoring section configured to monitor a packet interval that is a start interval between the packets in the adjusted stream on the basis of the start flag; and an output control section configured to execute output control of outputting the packets in the adjusted stream if the packet interval is a normal interval and restricting the outputting of the packets in the adjusted stream if the packet interval is an abnormal interval.04-01-2010
20090245128INTEGRATED SWITCH TAP ARRANGEMENT WITH VISUAL DISPLAY ARRANGEMENT AND METHODS THEREOF - An arrangement in a network device for monitoring network traffic is provided. The arrangement includes a set of network ports, which includes a set of input network ports for receiving the network traffic and a set of output network ports for outputting the network traffic from the network device. The arrangement also includes a switch chip, wherein the switch chip is configured at least for analyzing the network traffic. The arrangement further includes a set of monitoring ports, which is configured to receive the network traffic from the set of network ports. The arrangement yet also includes a tap module, which is configured at least for intercepting at least part of the network traffic flowing through the network device and forwarding at least part of the network traffic to at least one of the set of monitoring ports.10-01-2009
20090245126Communication Apparatus, Communication Method, and Recording Medium Storing Program - When a communication apparatus (server device) that includes wireless access means and can send content data by using the wireless access means starts sending content data, it calculates a communication band that remains available for the server device to perform communication, so that any content that has a rate equal to or greater than the remaining communication band may not be publicized open to and may not hence be sent to a client device.10-01-2009
20090245125WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION WHEN RECEIVING A FRAME HAVING A LOW RECEPTION SUCCESS POSSIBILITY - A header analysis unit reads a parameter showing a format of a digital signal contained in a received signal. A received signal quality measurement unit measures a quality of the received signal. An awake/sleep control unit controls restart and sleep of a reception unit based on data from the header analysis unit and the received signal quality measurement unit. The awake/sleep control unit stops a reception operation for a period corresponding to a frame length when the quality of the leading portion of the received signal is less than a predetermined threshold.10-01-2009
20120294165APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION - Apparatus and method for communication are provided. The solution comprises communicating on a synchronised shared channel having a frame structure comprising symbols; receiving from a network element a given number for each frame or sub frame, and during the given number of symbol periods in the beginning of a frame or sub frame measuring interference and making a decision whether to transmit or not during the rest of the symbol periods of the frame or sub frame.11-22-2012
20110194429Reducing Energy Consumption in Mobile Telecommunications - Method and network element for reducing energy consumption in WCDMA cells of a mobile network, the method comprising: monitoring traffic conveyed in the traffic channels of a cell; analyzing certain predetermined parameters in the monitored traffic; determining whether said predetermined parameters meet corresponding predetermined conditions; and when said predetermined conditions are met, switching off continuous transmission of common channels and facilitating the intermittent transmission of the common channels during one or more transmission events, thereby causing the cell to enter a cell standby mode.08-11-2011
20130088985METHOD FOR MEASURING A NEIGHBORING CELL AND AN APPARATUS THEREOF - A method of performing intra-frequency cell measurement by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes determining a measurement gap for the intra-frequency cell measurement based on downlink control information received from an eNB, and performing the intra-frequency cell measurement for a neighboring cell during the measurement gap. The measurement gap corresponds to one or more downlink subframes other than a downlink subframe having downlink data for the UE indicated by the downlink control information.04-11-2013
20090201823Method for Dimensioning A Data Packets Handler Apparatus In A Packet-Switched Mobile Communications Network - A method of dimensioning a data packets handler apparatus in a mobile communications network includes a plurality of cells, each one providing mobile communications coverage in a respective geographic area, the mobile communications network supporting packet-switched traffic and circuit-switched traffic, wherein the data packets handler apparatus to be dimensioned is associated with at least one cell of the mobile communications network. The method includes: obtaining an indication of radio communications resources of the at least one cell; obtaining an indication of an offered packet-switched traffic with respect to the at least one cell; and determining an amount of resources of the data packets handler apparatus potentially needed by the at least one cell for handling the packet-switched traffic based on the radio communications resources and on the offered packet-switched traffic.08-13-2009
20130182593DATA UNIT FORMAT FOR SINGLE USER BEAMFORMING IN LONG -RANGE WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS (WLANS) - A method includes receiving data units each having a preamble with first and second preamble portions, detecting symbol constellation rotations of OFDM symbols in the first preamble portions, and determining, based on the detected rotations, whether the preambles conform to a first format. The method also includes, when it is determined that a preamble conforms to the first format, processing the second preamble portion according to the first format, and, when it is determined that a preamble does not conform to the first format, (i) determining whether information bits in the first preamble portion indicate a single- or multi-user data unit, (ii) when it is determined that the information bits indicate a single-user data unit, processing the second preamble portion according to a second format, and (iii) when it is determined that the information bits indicate a multi-user data unit, processing the second preamble portion according to a third format.07-18-2013
20130182592System and Method for Quality of Service Control - A method for measuring delay in a wireless fidelity (WiFi) network includes measuring a delay associated with transmission of a packet through the WiFi network in response to a measurement request from a requesting device, and contending for access to a communications channel of the WiFi network after measurement of the delay. The method also includes transmitting the delay as measured to the access point using the communications channel after a successful contention.07-18-2013
20090161572 METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR ACKNOWLEDGING DATA RECEIVED BY A COMMUNICATION DEVICE IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a method for acknowledging data received by a communication device, the data being received by data packets, with each packet comprising a plurality of data blocks. The communication device: 06-25-2009
20090154371ESTIMATION OF POSITION USING WLAN ACCESS POINT RADIO PROPAGATION CHARACTERISTICS IN A WLAN POSITIONING SYSTEM - A method for estimating position using WLAN access point radio propagation characteristics in a WLAN location based service is provided. A location-based services system has a plurality of Wi-Fi access points in a target area. The Wi-Fi access points are positioned at geographic locations and have signal coverage areas. A method of characterizing at least one of the Wi-Fi access points comprises determining the geographic location of the Wi-Fi access point, dividing the signal coverage area of the Wi-Fi access point into at least one section, and determining radio propagation characteristics for each section. The radio propagation characteristics of each section characterize a radio channel of the Wi-Fi access point, and the characterization can be used in a location algorithm.06-18-2009
20110013536Side Information Bits of ACK and NACK Bits in Multiple ACK/NACK Transmission - Methods and apparatus for generating, transmitting, and processing error control information in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The error control information is designed so that the probability of a NACK-to-ACK error in transmission is lower than the probability for an ACK-to-NACK error. Multiple ACK/NACK bits are transmitted along with one or more side information bits that indicate the relative quantities of ACK values and NACK values among the ACK/NACK bits. In an exemplary method for generating error control information in a communication device, a plurality of ACK/NACK bits indicating whether corresponding transport blocks were successfully received are generated. One or more side information bits are formed as a function of the ACK/NACK bits, the side information bits indicating the relative quantities of ACK values and NACK values among the ACK/NACK bits, and transmitted along with the ACK/NACK bits to the remote communication node.01-20-2011
20110199922HANDLING OF RECEIVED IMPLICIT NULL PACKETS - A router includes a network ingress processor and a network egress processor. The network ingress processor is configured for modifying a received MPLS packet such that an internal header thereof includes a pre-configured IP flow identifier therein in place of an as-received MPLS flow identifier. Such modifying is performed in response to the network ingress processor parsing a MPLS label stack of the received MPLS packet to determine if an existing MPLS label of the label stack needs to be replaced with an Implicit Null label and in response to determining that there is no other label in the MPLS label stack. The network egress processor includes a flow selector configured for directing packets dependent upon a type of flow identifier included in an internal header thereof, for receiving the modified MPLS packet, and for replacing the internal header with a port-specific header.08-18-2011
20110199928FEEDBACK CONTROL OF PROCESSOR USE IN VIRTUAL SYSTEMS - A device may receive packets for a system and obtain a packet drop rate of the system, a processor utilization rate of the system, and a target processor utilization rate of the system. In addition, the device may determine a target packet drop rate based on the packet drop rate, the processor utilization rate, and the target processor utilization rate. The device may drop a portion of the packets in accordance with the packet drop rate.08-18-2011
20110199921USER EQUIPMENT OPERATION MODE AND CHANNEL OR CARRIER PRIORITIZATION - A method for wireless communications is disclosed that includes determining a power operation control feature of a first mode of operation of a user equipment (UE). A channel prioritization is triggered based at least in part on the power operation control feature. A second configuration indicating UE operation in a second mode is received and is based on a UE generated report of a state resulting from the first mode of operation. The second mode of operation is then implemented.08-18-2011
20110199919METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSOCIATING A RELAY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatuses are provided that facilitate associating with relays in a wireless network. A device can select whether to utilize relay assistance where present based at least in part on measuring one or more determined or projected parameters related to the relay. Where utilizing a relay results in user-plane data channel conditions above a threshold level and control channel conditions below a threshold level, a serving base station can determine whether to employ another base station to serve the device, jointly serve a relay with an additional base station, and/or the like.08-18-2011
20110199918METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ASSISTING IN NETWORK DISCOVERY - A method assist in discovery of a directional communications network using an omni-directional communications network is provided. The method may comprise obtaining connectivity information using a first protocol for one or more apparatuses, and establishing a session with one of the one or more apparatuses for directional communication using a second protocol, wherein the first protocol is different than the second protocol.08-18-2011
20110199917COLLABORATIVE SHARING OF LOCATION INFORMATION AMONG DEVICES IN A NETWORK - A wireless communication device determines its location and communicates the location to other local devices utilizing a nonstandard, standard and/or proprietary protocol in combination with another protocol such as a Bluetooth, RFID, IEEE 802.11 and/or a cellular phone protocol. The location may be determined utilizing a GNSS receiver and/or network device information. A new location may be determined based on the determined location, a relative distance and/or a relative direction to other local devices. Determined location information may be communicated to other devices via a network. The wireless communication device may receive locations and/or corresponding location uncertainties from devices located within a limited range. The received information is utilized to determine a more accurate location. The more accurate location is communicated back to the devices within the limited range and/or to other communication devices.08-18-2011
20090168660ZERO RATING IN WIRELESS PREPAID COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - This disclosure relates to methods and systems for monitoring network usage according to predetermined rules and calculating user charges based on the network usage. The described technique includes receiving a data packet, extracting parameters from the data packet and determining whether the extracted parameters match at least one rule in a rules engine. Charges for the data packet are calculated based on the matched rules. The data packet is forwarded on to its destination.07-02-2009
20090274057Systems, Methods and Software for Identifying a Preferred Egress Gateway in a Bypass Network for Accessing a Content Server in Another Network - A bypass computer network has multiple egress gateways for communicating with one or more content servers in other computer network(s). The bypass network is configured to test the performance between each egress gateway and a content server, and to identify at least one preferred egress gateway for accessing the content server based on the testing. The preferred egress gateway may perform Network Address Translation to translate the source IP address of a client seeking data from the content server to a publicly addressable IP assigned to the preferred egress gateway.11-05-2009
20090141646APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING TIMING FOR TRANSMISSIONS - A communication network element (06-04-2009
20120106391INFORMATION TRANSMISSION IN A MACHINE-TO-MACHINE TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - The invention relates to a method for information transmission in a machine-to-machine telecommunications network and a machine-to-machine telecommunications network. The telecommunications network supports information transmission between a server and a plurality of communication terminals. A common group identifier is assigned to a group containing at least some of the plurality of communication terminals. An information message is transmitted to the plurality of communication terminals to which the common group identifier has been assigned. The information message contains the common group identifier.05-03-2012
20120106390Method, System and Device for Reporting Uplink Pilot Interference - A method, a system and a device for reporting uplink pilot interference are provided, which are applied to time division duplex (TDD) system, and include: a base station measures uplink pilot time slot (UpPTS) interference based on a cell portion; the base station transmits the uplink pilot time slot interference, which carries the home cell portion ID corresponding to the uplink pilot time slot interference, to a radio network controller, therefore the radio network controller selects the transmitting position of the uplink pilot time slot according to the uplink pilot time slot interference and the home cell portion ID. The system realizes the reporting of the dedicated measurement in TDD system.05-03-2012
20120106388COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a communication system in which cooperative communication is performed, adaptive control is performed efficiently relating mainly to precoding processing. There are included, in an anchor base station 05-03-2012
20120106386Method of uplink MDT measurement - Methods of MDT information logging and reporting are provided. In one embodiment, a method is provided to resolve shortcomings of prior art by correlating UL measurements with QoS information to enable UL performance analysis and accurate detection of coverage problems. In another embodiment, a method is provided to resolve the shortcomings of the prior art by making DL measurements and location information collecting or logging conditional on UL measurements.05-03-2012
20120106385CHANNEL BANDWIDTH ESTIMATION ON HYBRID TECHNOLOGY WIRELESS LINKS - A bandwidth estimation algorithm on shared links detects peaks and/or average per-user bandwidth. Estimating is performed at the transport or IP layer with no assistance from lower layer (PHY, MAC, etc.) and the techniques can be used for any of adjusting the level of video optimization to the available bandwidth; driving QoS decisions at the transmitter based on available bandwidth; improving QoS enforcement during transitions among hybrid technologies on a wireless links; and correcting estimates on devices delivering bursty payload.05-03-2012
20120106384METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - An apparatus and a system for transmitting channel state information acquires channel state information of a channel between a mobile terminal and two or more cooperative base stations. The apparatus quantizes the channel state information separately by using a preset single-cell codebook used for quantizing the channel between the mobile terminal and each one of the two or more cooperative base stations. The apparatus acquires united codeword indexes of the quantized channel state information in the single-cell codebook; and transmits the united codeword indexes of the quantized channel state information in the single-cell codebook.05-03-2012
20120106383SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTONOMOUS DISCOVERY OF PEAK CHANNEL CAPACITY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A wireless device includes a data structure that relates peak channel capacity to the quality of the wireless communication link. The wireless communication link quality forms an index to indicate the expected peak channel capacity for that particular quality value of the wireless communication link. The wireless device uses the data storage structure to determine an expected data transfer throughput based on the quality of the wireless communication link. A transfer rate lower than expected may indicate congestion in the core network or the RAN. In this case, the network may slow the data delivery from the data source or temporarily suspend delivery. Conversely, low data throughput may be the result of a poor quality wireless communication link. If the data structure indicates that the data throughput corresponds to the expected throughput for the quality value of the wireless communication link, the system need not take any steps to reduce congestion.05-03-2012
20120106382WIRELESS WIDE AREA NETWORK TEST METHOD AND TEST SYSTEM - The embodiments of the present disclosure provide a WWAN test method and a test system related to the communication field, which is suitable for the product research and development stage and can derive a quantitative data relationship between a NFS test result and an OTA test result. The WWAN test method comprises: measuring a power value of noises, denoted by D(NFS), received by an antenna of a terminal to be tested in a NFS test manner; measuring a power attenuation value, denoted by D-sense, of a path from a WWAN module to the antenna of the terminal; obtaining an antenna efficiency value, denoted by AE, of the terminal; and obtaining a TIS value of an OTA test result by TIS=D(NFS)+D-sense−AE. The embodiments of the present disclosure can be used in the NFS test.05-03-2012
20120106381SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SOFT ACCESS POINT POWER REDUCTION - A system and method for reducing power consumption of a wireless device operating as a soft access point. In one embodiment, a wireless device includes a soft access point controller that configures the wireless device to operate as a group owner in a peer-to-peer wireless local area network. The soft access point controller includes a beacon controller. The beacon controller is configured to transmit beacon frames at a first periodic interval. The beacon controller is also configured to extend a discovery interval of a wireless station by transmitting acknowledgement packets at a second periodic interval. The second periodic interval is shorter than the first periodic interval and shorter than a minimum discovery scan timeout of the wireless station.05-03-2012
20120106380SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HIGH RESOLUTION INDOOR POSITIONING USING A NARROWBAND RF TRANSCEIVER - A sequence of two or more signals representing two or more data packets is transmitted through a wireless channel using a transmitter device. The two or more signals are a result of two or more transmissions that are made sequentially in time at different center frequencies in order to span a desired bandwidth. At least one of the two or more signals includes a physical layer preamble. The sequence of two or more signals is received using a receiver device. A time of arrival of one or more signals of the received sequence is calculated using one or more of the received sequence, the time differences among the two or more transmissions, the different center frequencies, information from the two or more data packets, and any carrier phase differences among the two or more transmissions using the receiver device.05-03-2012
20120106377METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A MEASUREMENT OF PERFORMANCE FOR A NETWORK - Performance for a network is measured by sending multi-objective probes on a path, receiving at least one of the multi-objective probes for the path, and determining performance measurements for at least two parameters of the path determined from the at least one of the multi-objective probes. Separate algorithms are simultaneously executed to measure the at least two parameters of the path determined from the at least one of the multi-objective probes.05-03-2012
20120106376COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device includes a communication unit that receives a reception window size from a reception side communication device and transmits a packet of a transmission amount corresponding to a transmission window size to the reception side communication device; and a control unit that determines whether a channel with respect to the reception side communication device is in a broad band and high delay circumstance, changes a first state where the transmission window size is a first window size which is not larger than the reception window size to a second state wherein the transmission window size is a second window size which is larger than the reception window size when the channel is determined as the broad band and high delay circumstance, and transmits the packet of the transmission amount larger than the reception window size in the second state.05-03-2012
20120106371COLLISION DETECTION AND BACKOFF WINDOW ADAPTATION FOR MULTIUSER MIMO TRANSMISSION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure generally apply to a wireless local area network (WLAN) where an access point (AP) has data to send to multiple stations (STAs). By using the Downlink Spatial Division Multiple Access (DL-SDMA) technique, the AP may send data at the same time towards multiple STAs. Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatuses for detecting that a multiuser multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) transmission has suffered a collision and to adapting a contention window (CW) size for a backoff counter applied to a subsequent MU-MIMO transmission.05-03-2012
20120106369COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND RING NETWORK MONITORING METHOD - A communication apparatus forming a ring network sends a test frame that is not designed to be discarded at a block point in the ring network established to discard the user frame and that is configured to have a data size randomly selected from the data sizes permitted for the user frame, from a first communication port connected to a transfer channel in a first direction in the ring network. The communication apparatus determines that the transfer status of the user frame in the ring network is normal when the sent test frame is received via a second communication port connected to a transfer channel in a second direction in the ring network in a predetermined manner.05-03-2012
20120106368METHOD AND APPARATUS OF DETECTING RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of detecting resource assignment information by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The UE detects a number of Assignment Advanced-MAP (A-A-MAP) groups and a number of a plurality of A-A-MAP Information Elements (IEs) included in each of the A-A-MAP groups, extracts type and flag of each of the plurality of A-A-MAP IEs; and performs blind detection of resource assignment information on the basis of the type and flag of each of the A-A-MAP IEs.05-03-2012
20120106366DATA LOSS MONITORING OF PARTIAL DATA STREAMS - A method for detecting loss of sensitive information in partial data streams may include identifying partial data streams containing segments lost while capturing network traffic at a network computing device, determining characteristics of content of the partial data streams, padding content portions of the lost segments in the partial data streams, and scanning the partial data streams for sensitive information according to at least one data loss prevention (DLP) policy.05-03-2012
20120106364HETEROGENEOUS COEXISTENCE MANAGEMENT IN SECONDARY NETWORKS - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to provide for wireless resource sharing between heterogeneous wireless networks to enable coexistence in a TV band white space. An example embodiment of the invention includes a method, comprising the steps of: registering coexistence information services to a wireless network, wherein decisions concerning operational parameters of the wireless network are made by a wireless device belonging to the wireless network; determining that the wireless network has one or more neighboring wireless networks; receiving a satisfaction level indication for the wireless network, the satisfaction level indication representing how satisfied the wireless network is with current communication resources; and notifying one or more network controllers serving the one or more neighboring wireless networks of the registered service type and the satisfaction level indication of the wireless network.05-03-2012
20120106362DISTRIBUTED LEARNING METHOD FOR WIRELESS MESH NETWORKS - In a wireless mesh network, an algorithm is used by mesh points in the network to predict the success of and interference created by a new transmission opportunity. In particular, it is provided a method for mesh points, in a mesh network, to determine whether to transmit to another mesh point simultaneously while another transmission is taking place on the same communication link. A mesh point should not transmit to another mesh point if the mesh point's transmission interference disturbs a simultaneous transmission from another mesh point. Furthermore, a transmitting mesh point should not transmit to a receiving mesh point if the transmission will be disturbed at the receiving mesh point from interference from a simultaneous transmission from another mesh point.05-03-2012
20110199933METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES AMONG MULTIPLE USERS - A method and apparatus for allocating resources among multiple users are provided. The method includes: determining the code allocation manners of multiple users involved in resource allocation, and determining a CQI value for each user in each code allocation manner; obtaining a TBS of each user corresponding to the determined CQI value and code for each user; and obtaining the total TBS of all users involved in resource allocation in each code allocation manner, and selecting the combination of the CQI value and code allocation manner corresponding to the largest TBS from the total TBS to serve as the manner for resource allocation. During the resource allocation among multiple users, the channel conditions of other users are considered while allocating resources to each user. This maximizes the sent data amount.08-18-2011
20110199931HIGH DATA RATE INTERFACE APPARATUS AND METHOD - A data interface for transferring digital data between a host and a client over a communication path using packet structures linked together to form a communication protocol for communicating a pre-selected set of digital control and presentation data. The signal protocol is used by link controllers configured to generate, transmit, and receive packets forming the communications protocol, and to form digital data into one or more types of data packets, with at least one residing in the host device and being coupled to the client through the communications path. The interface provides a cost-effective, low power, bi-directional, high-speed data transfer mechanism over a short-range “serial” type data link, which lends itself to implementation with miniature connectors and thin flexible cables which are especially useful in connecting display elements such as wearable micro-displays to portable computers and wireless communication devices.08-18-2011
20110199930COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CALIBRATION DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND METHOD FOR UPDATING A CORRESPONDENCE RELATIONSHIP - A transmission apparatus and method updates a communication mode selection table that updates a communication mode selection table correctly and selects an optimal MCS according to an actual channel condition. A buffer temporarily stores calibration data to be transmitted for updating a table. A scheduler performs scheduling of data to be transmitted based on a CIR on a downlink reported from a plurality of communication terminal apparatuses. When there is no data to be transmitted, the scheduler sends calibration data from the buffer. When calibration data is transmitted as a result of the scheduling, the scheduler notifies an address information generation section of the communication terminal apparatus to which the calibration data is transmitted. In one mode, first data is transmitted from a first communication apparatus to another communication apparatus, the first communication apparatus receives from the other communication apparatus, information on an error rate when the other communication apparatus receives the first data; and08-18-2011
20120269088METHOD FOR BUILDING AD HOC NETWORK - Before software for a routing protocol in a second wireless terminal receives a routing packet between a first wireless terminal and the second wireless terminal that are both included in an ad hoc network, stability determining software determines whether or not a link between the first wireless terminal, which is the source of the routing packet, and the second wireless terminal is stable. When the link is determined to be stable, the software for the routing protocol in the second wireless terminal processes the routing packet. This allows building of a route using only a stable link between adjacent nodes.10-25-2012
20120269089SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MONITORING INTERLAYER DEVICES AND OPTIMIZING NETWORK PERFORMANCE - A system and method is disclosed for monitoring and optimizing interlayer network performance that includes determining at the data link layer of a network device whether there is degradation in transmission performance over at least one link in the network using network performance information data and if so, the system and method communicates from data link layer of the network device to a second layer of the network device information regarding the degradation in transmission performance associated with the at least one link in the network. The system and method optimizes, at the second layer of the network device, network performance to overcome the degradation in the transmission performance associated with the at least one link in the network.10-25-2012
20130182591COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MONITORING DEVICE OF RING NETWORK, AND FLOW RATE MONITORING METHOD OF RING NETWORK - A communication system includes a plurality of communication devices forming a ring network and a monitoring device. Each of the plurality of communication devices appends, to a frame that the communication device relays, an ID tag indicating the number of communication devices relaying that frame in the ring network. The monitoring device refers to frames received by a predetermined communication device and having the ID appended thereto, and tallies an amount of data for frames for each number of relaying communication devices.07-18-2013
20090201828METHOD OF DETERMINING PATH MAXIMUM TRANSMISSION UNIT - Network endpoints using TCP/IP operate to determine the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of the path between them. This determination is done so as to avoid the expensive IP fragmentation that will occur when transitting links with a smaller MTU size. The standard method of determining the path MTU (PMTU) has several known deficiencies, including: inefficient use of bandwidth as proper operation will likely result in the loss of one or more packets and difficulty of implementation as the reverse channel communication mechanism, reception of ICMP messages indicating the discarding of unfragmentable packets, is frequently blocked by firewalls and other security apparatus.08-13-2009
20090201826SEGMENT SENSITIVE SCHEDULING - Systems and methods of scheduling sub-carriers in an OFDMA system in which a scheduler takes into account channel conditions experienced by the communication devices to optimize channel conditions. The scheduler can partition a set of sub-carriers spanning an operating bandwidth into a plurality of segments. The segments can include a plurality of global segments that each includes a distinct non-contiguous subset of the sub-carriers spanning substantially the entire operating bandwidth. One or more of the global segments can be further partitioned into a plurality of local segments that each has a bandwidth that is less than a channel coherence bandwidth. The scheduler determines channel characteristics experienced by each communication device via reporting or channel estimation, and allocates one or more segments to communication links for each device according to the channel characteristics.08-13-2009
20090201825Partial CQI Feedback in Wireless Networks - Within a wireless network, feedback information from user equipment (UE) to a control node (eNodeB) is necessary to support various functions. A UE receives an allocation from the eNodeB comprising a plurality of periodic transmission instances for a channel quality indicator (CQI) and a schedule comprising a plurality of periodic transmission instances for a rank indicator (RI), wherein the CQI comprises RI and other CQI fields. The UE then transmits an RI without transmitting the other CQI fields in a transmission instance allocated for both RI and other CQI fields.08-13-2009
20090279443ANALYZING SYSTEM OF NETWORK TRAFFIC ACCORDING TO VARIABLE COMMUNICATION'S MASS AND ANALYZING METHOD THEREOF - An analyzing system for measuring and analyzing communication traffic of a network and an analyzing method using the analyzing system are provided. The system includes a data measurement module configured to capture data that influences a change in communication traffic in a network; a measured data functionizing module configured to obtain a probability density or a cumulative distribution; a distribution function database configured to store function information on theoretically generalized distribution; a parameter decision module configured to apply the data to the function information and to decide parameters; and a suitability check module configured to select information similar to the probability density or the cumulative distribution from among the function information.11-12-2009
20110170446Multi-Carrier Communications With Group-Based Subcarrier Allocation - A method and apparatus for subcarrier selection for systems is described. In one embodiment, the system employs orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA). In one embodiment, a method for subcarrier selection comprises a subscriber measuring channel and interference information for subcarriers based on pilot symbols received from a base station, the subscriber selecting a set of candidate subcarriers, providing feedback information on the set of candidate subcarriers to the base station, and receiving an indication of subcarriers of the set of subcarriers selected by the base station for use by the subscriber.07-14-2011
20110170440METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING TRANSMISSION SIGNALS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods, apparatus, and computer-program products for the detection of potentially interfering user equipment (UE) in the proximity of a detecting entity. The detecting entity may be a base station or a UE. The detecting entity may take one or more actions in response to the detection in an effort to mitigate interference.07-14-2011
20110170436APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RELAY TRANSITION TIME - An apparatus and method for establishing a relay transition time in a network node in a wireless communication system comprising comparing a network node transmit/receive (TX/RX) switch time to a switch threshold; and using a fraction of the cyclic prefix (CP) as a guard period if the network node TX/RX switch time is less than or equal to the switch threshold, or using a sounding reference signal (SRS) configured channel to blank out a last symbol if the network node TX/RX switch time is greater than the switch threshold.07-14-2011
20130182585LINK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MULTI-STAGE, HIGH-SPEED SYSTEMS - A system includes a plurality of modules, a backplane communicatively coupled to the plurality of modules, a plurality of links defined between the plurality of modules over the backplane, and a link management system configured to dynamically manage parameters associated with each of the plurality of links A link management method includes, for a system, defining a codebook for each module, device, and interconnect in the system, the codebook includes data describing physical link topologies and configuration parameters associated therewith, for initializing a link in the system, obtaining appropriate codebooks for each segment in the link, calculating an overall link loss for the link based on data in the appropriate codebooks, and obtaining configuration parameters for the link based on the overall link loss.07-18-2013
20090285114Communication Apparatus, Communication Method, Program, and Communication System - A communication apparatus includes a receiving unit that receives a data frame including a plurality of pieces of unit data and transmitted from a communication partner; a determining unit that determines whether there is data loss, for each piece of unit data included in the data frame received by the receiving unit; a transmission right acquiring unit that acquires a transmission right; and a generating unit that generates grant data for granting the transmission right acquired by the transmission right acquiring unit to the communication partner, when the determining unit determines that at least any one of the pieces of unit data has been lost.11-19-2009
20090285110TRANSMISSION PATH QUALITY MEASURING DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, QUALITY MEASUREMENT METHOD, AND QUALITY MEASURING PROGRAM - The present invention provides a communication quality measuring device, a communication quality measurement method, and a communication quality measuring program by which the reliability and accuracy of the results of measurement carried out on a transmission path are improved, and comparisons between the results of measurement at one time and the results of measurement at another time or between one flow and another flow are made easier.11-19-2009
20090285109METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ADAPTIVE EFFECTIVE CINR REPORTING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present disclosure allow a MS to dynamically adjust the mapping of a physical CINR measurement to an effective CINR. For some embodiments, an effective CINR value may be generated based on a physical CINR value and a measured packet error rate (PER) over one or more time periods. By dynamically adjusting the effective CINR reported back to a BS, the MS may allow the BS to select a coding scheme that effectively compensates for changes in channel conditions, which may improve system performance.11-19-2009
20090262657DATA TRANSFER PATH EVALUATION USING FILTERING AND CHANGE DETECTION - If a condition in a data transfer path is modeled appropriately, then a filter-based approach can be used to provide an estimate of the condition. This permits accurate, real-time estimates of the condition with modest requirements for data processing and memory resources. Change detection can be implemented to control a parameter of the filter.10-22-2009
20090262656METHOD FOR NEW RESOURCE TO COMMUNICATE AND ACTIVATE MONITORING OF BEST PRACTICE METRICS AND THRESHOLDS VALUES - A method is provided for monitoring a resource by utilizing proxy metrics provided by a dependent resource. A primary resource is recognized by a dependent resource, where the dependent resource is dependent upon certain capabilities of the primary resource. Metrics of the primary resource upon which the dependent resource needs are determined. Thresholds related to the metrics of the primary resource are determined. The dependent resource communicates the metrics and related thresholds to a central management tool. The metrics and related thresholds are monitored. Also, the dependent resource may act as a proxy for the primary resource, where the central management tool monitors the metrics and the related thresholds of the primary resource via the dependent resource.10-22-2009
20090262654RADIO ACCESS NETWORK APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION AND HANDOVER CONTROL METHOD - A radio access network apparatus includes: a receiver unit 10-22-2009
20090262653WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MOBILE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND CQI REPORT METHOD - Provided is a wireless communication mobile station device by which a throughput can be improved in multicarrier communication. In the device, a group control section (10-22-2009
20090122716Communication bandwidth measurement apparatus, recording medium on which program is recorded, and method - To provide a terminal apparatus, a program, and a communication bandwidth determination method which can correctly measure a communication bandwidth, without providing a server apparatus which measures the communication bandwidth.05-14-2009
20130182584Methods and apparatus relating to connection and/or session establishment decisions - Wireless communications devices with existing peer to peer links transmit, e.g., in accordance with a recurring schedule, quality of service related information corresponding to the existing links. The transmitted quality of service related information is, e.g., information indicating an obtained quality of service for the existing link. In some embodiments, quality of service related information is communicated in one of: a peer discovery signal, a connection ID broadcast signal and a contention resolution signal. A wireless communications device seeking to establish a new peer to peer link receives quality of service related information corresponding to existing links and estimates a quality a service achievable on the new desired potential link based on the received quality of service related information. The wireless communications device decides whether or not to establish the new peer to peer link based on its quality of service estimate.07-18-2013
20090290502METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING INFORMATION VIA SELECTION OF RESOURCES USED FOR TRANSMISSION - Techniques for transmitting information in a wireless network are described. In an aspect, information may be conveyed based on specific resources used to send a signal, e.g., a pilot. A pseudo-random function may receive the information to convey via the signal and possibly other information and may provide pseudo-random values, which may be used to select the resources to use to send the signal. In one design, a transmitter (e.g., a base station for a sector) may determine first information (e.g., a sector ID) to convey via a pilot and may also determine second information for absolute time (e.g. a pilot cycle index). The transmitter may determine resources (e.g., slots) to use to send the pilot based on the first and second information and possibly based further on a PN offset assigned to the sector. The transmitter may transmit the pilot in the determined resources.11-26-2009
20090274060SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REMOTE MONITORING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A technique for combining operations of a wireless access point with a remote probe. An access point links a wireless client to a wireless switch. A remote probe captures wireless packets, appends radio information, and forwards packets to a remote observer for analysis. In an embodiment, the observer may provide a protocol-level debug. A system according to the technique can, for example, accomplish concurrent in-depth packet analysis of one or more interfaces on a wireless switch. The system can also, for example, augment embedded security functions by forwarding selected packets to a remote Intrusion Detection System (IDS). In an embodiment, filters on the probes may reduce overhead.11-05-2009
20090274061COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIA FOR WIRELESS OFDM COMMUNICATION - Messages transmitted between a receiver and a transmitter are used to maximize a communication data rate. In particular, a multicarrier modulation system uses messages that are sent from the receiver to the transmitter to exchange one or more sets of optimized communication parameters. The transmitter then stores these communication parameters and when transmitting to that particular receiver, the transmitter utilizes the stored parameters in an effort to maximize the data rate to that receiver. Likewise, when the receiver receives packets from that particular transmitter, the receiver can utilize the stored communication parameters for reception.11-05-2009
20090274058SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HEARTBEAT SIGNAL GENERATION - A system and method for heartbeat signal generation are provided. The method includes determining a communication condition and generating heartbeat signals based on the determined communication condition. The system includes a plurality of communication cells and at least one communication device configured to generate heartbeat signals. A rate of generating the heartbeat signals is based on one of (i) a service priority or user group and (ii) communication requirements for a network type for each of the plurality of communication cells.11-05-2009
20090296595SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING FEEDBACK OVERHEAD IN WIRELESS NETWORKS USING CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS - A method for reducing feedback overhead in a wireless communications system is described. Channel quality indicator (CQI) values corresponding to a measured channel quality are received from one or more mobile communications devices. The mobile communications devices to be scheduled at a future time are estimated. CQI values are requested from the mobile communications devices that are estimated to be scheduled at a future time.12-03-2009
20090296593METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MEASURING AND REPORTING DATA GAP FROM WITHIN AN ANALYSIS TOOL - Network data gap is determined and reported to enable a user to validate that all the traffic that was intended to be monitored is being monitored in monitoring and/or troubleshooting tools for observation of network traffic and network installation and maintenance. Span port oversubscription, incomplete span configuration, incorrectly placed network taps and monitoring device packet drop may thereby be detected and reported as data gap.12-03-2009
20110170445METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR DETERMINING TRANSMISSION DELAY DIFFERENCES - The invention relates to determining mutual differences of transmission delays experienced by protocol data units transmitted in a communications network. This invention is based on a surprising discovery that the time difference between the receiving moments of protocol data units the temporal receiving order of which deviates from their temporal transmitting order represents the smallest possible difference between the transmission delays experienced by these protocol data units. In a method according to the invention it is determined, based on an order indicator associated with a protocol data unit received at an earlier point of time and an order indicator associated with a protocol data unit received at a later point of time, whether the mutual order of the protocol data units changed during transmission. If the mutual order has changed, the time difference between the receiving moments of the protocol data units is calculated, which time difference represents the smallest possible difference between the transmission delays experienced by these protocol data units.07-14-2011
20090279447Antenna Selection with Frequency-Hopped Sounding Reference Signals - The embodiments of the invention describe a method for antenna selection in a wireless communication network. The network includes a transceiver having a set of antennas. The transceiver is configured to transmit a frequency-hopped sounding reference signal (SRS) over a subband from a subset of antennas at a time. The transceiver transmits the frequency-hopped SRS from subsets of antennas in the set of antennas alternately. In response to the transmitting, the transceiver receives information indicative of an optimal subset of antennas and transmits data from the optimal subset of antennas.11-12-2009
20090279446RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND CQI GENERATION METHOD - It is possible to provide a radio communication device and a CQI generation method capable of reducing the total number of CQI when reporting CQI for each level in a hierarchized RB. In the device and the method, the RB hierarchy is made as follows: a plurality of groups each consisting of the same number of RB are made to be one level, a group consisting of a plenty of RB is made to be a lower level, and a group consisting of a small number of RB is made to be a higher level. UE reports CQI for each level to Node B according to the RB reception quality at a longer cycle for lower level and at a shorter cycle for a higher level.11-12-2009
20090279448QUASI-OMNI TRAINING IN CHANNEL TIME ALLOCATION PERIOD - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a method for association in contention access periods and to a method for multi-cycle training in channel time allocation periods.11-12-2009
20090279445COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION AND TERMINALS USED THEREIN - A communications system of the present invention is an OFDMA system (11-12-2009
20110170442METHOD FOR ESTIMATING CARRIER-TO-NOISE RATIO AND BASE STATION APPARATUS USING THE SAME IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for estimating a Carrier-to-Noise Ratio (CNR) at a Base Station (BS) in a wireless access system are provided. In the method, a preamble signal received from at least one neighbor BS is converted to a frequency response of a preamble sequence and Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT)-processing the preamble signal, an estimation period of the IFFT-processed preamble signal, corresponding to a Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) size, is divided into a predetermined number of blocks, carrier power values of the blocks are accumulated for a predetermined number of frames, an average of timing offsets of the frames corresponding to a position of a block having a maximum average of accumulated carrier values is determined to be a timing offset of the preamble signal, a carrier power value of the preamble signal is calculated using the timing offset, and a CNR of the preamble signal is estimated using the carrier power value.07-14-2011
20110170439RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE TERMINAL - To provide a radio base station apparatus and mobile terminal supporting each of a plurality of mobile communication systems when the plurality of mobile communication systems coexists, the radio base station apparatus assigns a modulated signal of a control signal to at least one frequency band with the system band of the LTE system as a unit on a predetermined data block basis (CCE basis) according to a predetermined rule, and when data blocks are assigned according to the rule as shown in FIG. 07-14-2011
20110170437METHOD OF SUBCARRIER ALLOCATION IN AN OFDMA-BASED COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND NETWORK - A method of subcarrier allocation in an OFDMA-based communication network, wherein the network includes a network controller and a number of base stations, wherein the network is divided into different cells and/or sectors, and wherein subchannels are generated by forming subsets of active orthogonal subcarriers of the OFDMA frame structure, is characterized in that the base stations measure the traffic load and/or the interference from neighboring and/or other cells and/or sectors, wherein an allocation of the subchannels to the cells and/or sectors is performed on the basis of the results of the measurements. Furthermore, a network applying OFDMA technology is disclosed.07-14-2011
20110170434Method, electronic component and system for the diagnosis of communication connections - The invention relates to a method and system for diagnosing communication connections in a communication system. The invention enables the provision of a plurality of first diagnosis units and at least one second diagnosis unit, wherein the first and second diagnosis units each are assigned to a communication connection of the communication system and are configured for determining a value of a diagnosis variable of the respectively assigned communication connections, and provides for determining a value of at least one diagnosis variable by each of the first diagnosis units, determining a value of at least one diagnosis variable by the at least one second diagnosis unit, transferring the values determined by the first diagnosis units to an evaluation unit, statistically evaluating the transferred values by the evaluation unit, and diagnosing the values determined by the at least one second diagnosis unit depending on the statistical evaluation by the evaluation unit.07-14-2011
20130182583ACQUISITION OF CELL INFORMATION FOR ENHANCING NETWORK OPERATION IN HETEROGENEOUS ENVIRONMENT - A user equipment (UE) performs measurements on a serving cell and at least one neighbor cell in a heterogeneous wireless communications network that includes one or more higher power radio network nodes operating near one or more lower power radio network nodes. The UE acquires enhanced neighbor cell information (eNCI) including at least subframe information and determines an allowed set of one or more subframes during which the UE may make downlink and/or uplink measurements for at least one cell in the heterogeneous network. A network node in the heterogeneous network generates the eNCI, from which the UE may determine the allowed set of radio transmission subframes, and provides the eNCI for the UE to coordinate the UE measurements on the at least one cell during one or more of the allowed subframes.07-18-2013
20090285116MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BAND OPERATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Embodiments for bandwidth allocation methods, detecting interference with other systems, and/or redeploying in alternate bandwidth are described. Higher bandwidth channels may be deployed at channel boundaries (11-19-2009
20090285112METHOD FOR MANAGING A RELAY PATH IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - A method of managing a relay path in a mobile multi-hop relay (MMR) environment is provided. A relay station (RS) discovers a link quality of neighboring RSs, which is necessary for managing a path, and reports the link quality to a base station (BS). The BS selects an optimal path having a tree-structure based on the reported link quality and informs the RS. Thus, wireless resources can be efficiently used.11-19-2009
20090285113AUTONOMOUS CARRIER SELECTION FOR FEMTOCELLS - A carrier for a femtocell is selected from a set of carriers available to femtocells. The femto node determines a preference order for the set and measures received signal strength (RSS) for each carrier. The femto node determines a least interference carrier from the set based on the RSS for each carrier, then defines a selected carrier for the femtocell by comparing the RSS of the least interference carrier to the RSS of other carriers in the set. The selected carrier may have a RSS larger than or equal to the RSS of the least interference carrier offset by a predefined margin. The comparisons may be performed in the preference order. The set available to femto nodes may be a subset of all carriers available to a combination of femtocells and macrocells and one or more of the carriers available to femtocells also may be a carrier available to macrocells.11-19-2009
20110199914System and Method for Capacity Planning on a High Speed data Network - The present disclosure describes a method and system for monitoring the bandwidth utilization on a high speed data network port over time. According to the method described herein, measurements of the bandwidth utilization on the port may be taken over a predetermined time interval and analyzed to determine whether the utilization measurement equals or exceeds a predetermined upper threshold. If the port exhibits high bandwidth utilization within the time interval, an alert may be set for further monitoring of the port or for port augmentation.08-18-2011
20110199929METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MEASURING NETWORK PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS - A method and a device for measuring network performance parameters are disclosed. The method includes: receiving an extended bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) packet that includes a packet loss monitoring Type-Length-Value (TLV) and/or a time delay monitoring TLV; and calculating network performance parameters according to the packet loss monitoring TLV and/or the time delay monitoring TLV in the received extended BFD packet. The device includes: an extended BFD packet receiving module and a network performance parameter calculating module. The method and the device enables the calculating of network performance parameters and the monitoring of network performance, and therefore the problem of monitoring network performance in technical solutions in the prior art is solved.08-18-2011
20090290506TELECOMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND METHOD, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND PROGRAM - The present invention relates to a telecommunications apparatus and a method, a storage medium, and a program for determining whether or not an other side communicating apparatus is near in a network. In a transmitting apparatus, a transmitting unit transmits a sending-message, and a control unit receives a response message to the sending-message, which includes acknowledgement information based on shared data and transmission information in the sending-message. The transmitting apparatus also includes a first judging unit that judges whether a response time of the acknowledgement message is less than a predetermined time. A receiving apparatus includes a generating unit that generates the acknowledgment information and transmits the response message to the transmitting apparatus.11-26-2009
20110170431MITIGATION OF INTERFERENCE DUE TO PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION - Techniques for mitigating interference due to peer-to-peer (P2P) communication are described. In an aspect, a P2P UE may measure the signal strength of downlink signals from base stations and may set its transmit power based on (e.g., proportional to) the measured signal strength in order to mitigate interference to WWAN UEs communicating with base stations. In another aspect, the P2P UE may measure the signal strength of uplink signals from WWAN UEs and may set its transmit power based on (e.g., inversely proportional to) the measured signal strength in order to mitigate interference to the WWAN UEs. In one design, the P2P UE may measure the signal strength of an uplink signal from a WWAN UE, estimate the pathloss between the two UEs based on the measured signal strength, and determine its transmit power based on the estimated pathloss.07-14-2011
20110170427Best Companion PMI-Based Beamforming - From one perspective, a fixed rank r (r>1 is an integer) is determined from received signaling; at least one codeword of rank r is selected from a codebook of antenna weights for controlling inter-cell interference between a serving cell and a neighboring cell; and the selected at least one codeword of rank-r is reported to the serving cell. From a different perspective, the fixed rank r is derived and signaled to user equipments UEs operating in a serving cell; there is received from a UE in the serving cell a report indicating the at least one rank-r codeword; and an indication of the at least one rank-r codeword is forwarded to the neighboring cell. Methods, apparatus and computer programs are detailed as well as embodiments in which different ranks are used for different neighboring cells and narrowband/wideband PMI reporting which can also be different for different neighboring cells.07-14-2011
20100290354METHOD FOR DETERMINING ETHERNET MODE OF OPERATION DURING PASSIVE MONITORING - A procedure for determining the mode of operation of an Ethernet network during passive monitoring of the network. A passive tap is introduced into a network and configured to operate according to a first Ethernet mode. The tap determines whether or not it is operating in the same mode as that being used by devices within the network segment being monitored. If so, the tap continues to operate in the current mode, otherwise, the tap switches modes and the process repeats until the tap is deemed to be operating in the correct mode.11-18-2010
20090103446APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING NOISE AND INTERFERENCE ON RANGING CHANNEL IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for estimating a noise/interference power value of a ranging channel in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. An apparatus for a base station in a broadband wireless communication system includes an operator, an estimator, and an adder/subtractor. The operator calculates the receive (RX) power of a ranging subcarrier signal received through ranging subcarriers. The estimator estimates the signal power of a detected ranging signal. The adder/subtractor calculates the noise/interference power of a ranging channel by subtracting the signal power of the detected ranging signal from the RX power of the ranging subcarrier signal.04-23-2009
20090103447RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS BASED ON VARIABLE TTI LENGTH CONTROL - A controlling method and a radio base station apparatus capable of variably determining a Transmission Time Interval (TTI) length in accordance with a communication environment of a mobile terminal is disclosed. The radio base station apparatus includes a receiving section receiving information via an uplink channel; and a scheduler variably determining a Transmission Time Interval (TTI) length for any one of an uplink shared channel and a downlink shared channel or both based on at least any of a moving speed of a mobile terminal, location of the mobile terminal in a cell, a provided throughput value, and a number of retransmissions obtained from the received information. Preferably, the scheduler includes a TTI length allocation table describing relationships between parameter values and the corresponding TTI length, the parameters being used for estimating the location and/or the moving speed of the mobile terminal.04-23-2009
20090103444Method and Apparatus for Power Throttling of Highspeed Multi-Lane Serial Links - A method for managing the power consumption of an information handling system including a multi-lane serial link having a lane setting that identifies the number of active lanes in the multi-lane serial link. The method may include determining a number of lanes required for the multi-lane serial link based on one or more I/O devices connected to the information handling system, triggering a reduction of the lane setting of the multi-lane serial link if the lane setting of the multi-lane serial link is greater than the determined number of lanes required, and automatically reducing power to the multi-lane serial link in response to the reduction of the lane setting.04-23-2009
20090296598METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETECTING CHARACTERISTICS OF A WIRELESS NETWORK - Characteristics about one or more wireless access devices in a wireless network, whether known or unknown entities, can be determined using a system and method according to the present invention. An observation is made of the activity over a Wireless Area Network (WLAN). Based on this activity, changes in state of wireless access devices within the WLAN can be observed and monitored. These changes in state could be indicative of normal operation of the WLAN, or they may indicate the presence of an unauthorized user. In the latter case, an alert can be sent so that appropriate action may be taken. Additionally, ad hoc networks can be detected that may be connected to a wireless access point.12-03-2009
20090296597DETECTION PROGRAM, RELAY DEVICE, AND DETECTING METHOD - Only when a request formed of a plurality of request packets obtained by dividing the request is reconstructed, the request is transmitted to a survey target node that returns a response formed of a plurality of response packets obtained by dividing the response. When no response packet has been received at all from the survey target node, it is determined that any of the request packets has been discarded on a first route from a surveying node as a transmission source of the request to the survey target node. When one or more response packets have been received from the survey target node but the response cannot be reconstructed, it is determined that any of the response packets transmitted from the survey target node has been discarded on a second route from the survey target node to the surveying node as the transmission source of the request packets.12-03-2009
20090296594ESTIMATING CARDINALITY DISTRIBUTIONS IN NETWORK TRAFFIC - In one embodiment, a method of monitoring a network. The method includes: receiving, from each host of a set of two or more hosts of the network, a corresponding vector of M components constructed based on data packets received at the host during a time period, M being an integer greater than 1; and, based on the constructed vectors, using an expectation-maximization algorithm to estimate a cardinality distribution for the hosts in the set, wherein constructing a vector includes updating a component of the vector of the corresponding host in response to the corresponding host receiving a data packet, the updating including selecting the component for updating by hashing one or more fields of the data packet received by the corresponding host.12-03-2009
20090296596NETWORK QUALITY MEASUREMENT BASED ON QUALITY MEASUREMENT PACKET - An apparatus for measuring network quality by use of packets exchanged between a transmission apparatus and a reception apparatus serving as agents arranged in a network includes a unit configured to acquire from the reception apparatus a transmission timing corresponding to a worst quality that is determined by the reception apparatus based on quality data collection packets, the quality data collection packets being transmitted from the transmission apparatus at transmission timing that is successively changed, a unit configured to notify the transmission apparatus of the acquired transmission timing as a transmission timing for transmitting a quality measurement packet, a unit configured to acquire quality information from the reception apparatus, the quality information being measured by the reception apparatus based on the quality measurement packet transmitted from the transmission apparatus, and a unit configured to check the network quality based on the acquired quality information.12-03-2009
20090296591WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - When communicating with a second wireless station, a first wireless station judges, based on link-related information received form the second wireless station and link-related information extracted from a signal transmitted by a fourth wireless station, whether a transmission link from the third wireless station to the fourth wireless station and a transmission link from the first wireless station to the second wireless station can be concurrently established without interference with each other. If judging affirmatively, the first wireless station transmits a signal to the second wireless station in synchronization with a signal transmitted by the third wireless station to the fourth wireless station. Preferably, when the first wireless station having a concurrent transmission control function communicates with the second wireless station having a interference reduction function, the first wireless station controls the interference reduction function of the second wireless station based on the link-related information received from the second wireless station and interference information, such that the transmission link from the third wireless station to the fourth wireless station and the transmission link from the first wireless station to the second wireless station can be established at the same time without interference with each other. If judging that the concurrent transmission is available, the first wireless station transmits a signal to the second wireless station according to a timing that overlaps transmission of a signal from the third wireless station to the fourth wireless station.12-03-2009
20090207750NETWORK MONITORING BASED ON POINTER INFORMATION - A computer system and method for identifying and extracting content from data traffic, the system including: a capture driver arranged to monitor data traffic and to copy data packets from the traffic to a buffer without disrupting the traffic flow, and to generate pointer information to identify specific parts of a data packet; a plurality of decoder modules, each module being adapted to decode one or more specific data transfer protocols; and a control interface adapted to receive pointer information from the capture driver, to route the pointer information to one or more of the plurality of decoder modules, and to route extracted content from the data traffic to an application.08-20-2009
20120294168DYNAMIC SPECTRUM MANAGEMENT - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and a dynamic spectrum management (DSM) engine are described. The WTRU includes a transceiver, a radio frequency (RF) spectrum sensing unit and a processing unit. The transceiver transmits over a wireless link. The RF spectrum sensing unit measures information indicative of usage of a spectrum by other devices. The processing unit detects a change in performance of the wireless link, controls the transceiver to transmit a notification to a DSM engine indicating that the change in the performance of the wireless link was detected on a condition that the processing unit detects the change in performance of the wireless link, and receives a sensing task request for the WTRU to measure the information indicative of the usage of the spectrum by other devices based on the notification transmitted to the DSM engine indicating that the change in the performance of the wireless link was detected.11-22-2012
20120294162Reduced Complexity Receiver For UL CoMP - Methods, apparatus and computer program products are disclosed. A method includes receiving signals from a number of antennas, the signals from a number of user equipments and comprising a number of sub-bands allocated to the number of user equipments; selecting, based on one or more criteria and for each of number of selected sub-bands allocated to a selected one of the number of user equipments, one or more antennas of the number of antennas to be used for signal detection and interference suppression on the received signals for the selected user equipment; and performing, for the selected user equipment, the signal detection and interference suppression on the received signals for each of the number of selected sub-bands based on the corresponding selected one or more antennas for each of the number of selected sub-bands to create an output signal.11-22-2012
20110205918Apparatus for Power Line and Wireless Communications - A communications apparatus comprises a first medium interface circuit for communicating data over a power line, a first medium access controller, having a first MAC address, for controlling the first medium interface circuit, an 802.11 compliant second medium interface circuit for wireless data communications, a second medium access controller, having a second MAC address, for controlling the second medium interface circuit, and a communications medium access controller configured to apportion data for simultaneous communication over the wireless and power line media. The first medium interface circuit and the second medium interface circuit are linked at the layer II level of the OSI model. A network of said devices is also disclosed, the network possibly including device connected via only one of the media.08-25-2011
20110205916METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING TRAFFIC IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An inspection node receives an event to begin monitoring a traffic flow where the event comprises a flow identifier associated with the traffic flow. The inspection node receives the traffic flow where the traffic flow comprises a plurality of packets and begins inspecting the plurality of the packets to obtain an application identifier. Based upon the flow identifier and the application identifier, the inspection node performs a sampling process on the traffic flow. After determining the end of the traffic flow, the inspection node terminates the sampling process.08-25-2011
20100110924MULTIHOP RADIO HAZARD REPORTING SYSTEM - A method and a system for the propagation of a message in a radio-operated communication network having a base unit and a plurality of members, wherein the base unit and the members each includes a transmitter and a receiver, the receiver being activated at cyclical switch-on times for a certain respective receiving period. A message to be sent from a member to the base unit is transmitted by the member to at least one adjacent member as a function of at least one rule, and the message is transmitted by the at least one adjacent member, according to the at least one rule, to at least one member adjacent thereto, in the direction of the base unit. The process is repeated such that the message is transmitted from at least one adjacent member receiving the message according to the at least one rule to at least one member adjacent thereto, in the direction of the base unit. The message is transmitted from the at least one member that is adjacent to the base unit to at least the base unit.05-06-2010
20100110919METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING DATA CONNECTIONS IN A DATA NETWORK HAVING A PLURALITY OF DATA NETWORK NODES - A method and a device for controlling data connections in a data network including a plurality of data network nodes. The quality of a first data connection is evaluated on the basis of the adaptations of at least one coding used for the first data connection, and a second data connection is established according to the evaluation and used as a replacement for the first data connection.05-06-2010
20100110918Method and apparatus for performance monitoring in a communications network - A method and device for determining a packet drop indicator, for use in a communication system is described. The method comprises the following steps: A. determining the number of packets sent at a sending side within a first time period; B. determining the number of packets received at a receiving side within a second time period; and C. calculating a packet drop indicator on the basis of said number of sent packets and said number of received packets.05-06-2010
20100110913INTERFERENCE DETECTING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DETECTING INTERFERENCE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - The present invention relates to a method for detecting interference and an interference detecting device for a wireless communication capable of improving detection accuracy of an interference signal in a wireless communication device without influencing network operation while the interference signal is detected; and, more particularly, to a method for detecting interference and an interference detecting device for a wireless communication to determine an interference signal by increasing an interference packet count according to an RSSI value, its own packet detection, gain reduction, deterioration of signal quality, the number of the same symbols, and so on and comparing an increased interference packet count value with a threshold value by using each ZigBee device as a main constituent of interference detection unlike a conventional method for detecting interference in which a ZigBee coordinator or a ZigBee router is a main constituent of interference detection.05-06-2010
20100110910MULTISERVICE COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH DEDICATED ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING - A multiservice communication device includes a plurality of transceivers that wirelessly transceive data with a corresponding plurality of networks in accordance with a corresponding plurality of network protocols. An environmental monitoring receiver processes received RF signals over a broadband spectrum and that generates environmental data in response thereto. A processing module processes the environmental data and generates a least one control signal in response thereto, the at least one control signal for adapting at least one of the plurality of transceivers based on the environmental data. In an embodiment of the present invention, the environmental monitoring receiver can be implemented via one of the plurality of transceivers when operating in an environmental monitoring mode.05-06-2010
20100110909METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING TRAFFIC FLOWS USING DYNAMIC LATENCY CONSTRAINTS - A method and apparatus that use dynamic latency to estimate traffic flows in a communication network are disclosed. For example, the method obtains a demand matrix having at least one point pair demand, and satisfies each of the at least one point pair demand in the demand matrix by selecting a shortest path that minimizes a dynamic latency and a number of hops.05-06-2010
20100110908METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ADDING LATENCY AND JITTER TO SELECTED NETWORK PACKETS - A method for adding latency and jitter to a number of selected packets transmitted between end systems within a network of end systems is described. The method includes receiving a packet identifier, the packet identifier indicating a selected packet to which latency and jitter is to be added, receiving a selected latency and jitter for the selected packet, receiving a packet, determining if the received packet is the selected packet, and forwarding the received packet to its destination if the received packet is not the selected packet. If the received packet is the selected packet, the method continues by reading a real time clock, computing a transmit time for the received packet based on the selected latency and jitter for the selected packet, and forwarding the received packet to its destination when the real time clock reaches the computed transmit time.05-06-2010
20100110923METHOD OF OPERATING A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - In a method of operating a data network comprising a plurality of interconnected nodes (05-06-2010
20100110912METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING THE BROADCAST/MULTICAST SERVICE - The present application discloses a method and system for transmitting a Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS), which is used for solving the problem that macro cell coverage of the MBMS and macro diversity combining of multi-cells cannot be implemented efficiently based on a frame structure of the existing Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA) system in prior art. The method includes: mapping a channel estimation code and data symbols of a Broadcast/Multicast Service to a resource unit, wherein the channel estimation code is mapped in front of the data symbols in a signal frame at a time slot for all services or a time slot for the MBMS; and transmitting the resource unit. Using the present application, efficiency and performance of transmitting a MBMS are improved, and the multi-cells combining of the MBMS and deployment of the MBMS with a macro cell mechanism are implemented efficiently.05-06-2010
20100110907SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MEASURING INTERFACE UTILIZATION USING POLICERS - An approach is provided for monitoring interface utilization. Bandwidth data for an interface is collected during a configurable time interval, and a peak utilization of the interface over the time interval is determined using a plurality of incremented policers to measure the collected bandwidth data. An implementation of which is system that includes a monitoring module configured to collect bandwidth data for an interface over a configurable time interval, a plurality of incremented policers configured to measure the collected bandwidth data, and an analysis module configured to determine a peak utilization of the interface over the time interval using the measurements of the plurality of incremented policers.05-06-2010
20100110906EFFICIENT FULL MESH LOAD TESTING OF NETWORK ELEMENTS - A method for testing a network element that includes multiple ports includes assigning one or more of the ports to serve as input and output test ports. One or more of the ports other than the test ports are terminated with respective loopback connections. The network element is configured to forward packets entering the network element at the input test port, so as to cause the packets to be distributed among the terminated ports and to exit the network element, after re-entering the network element at one or more of the terminated ports, at the output test port.05-06-2010
20080212486Checking of broadband network components - Systems and methods for checking broadband network components are provided in which an automated interactive system permits a field technician to check various conditions of a communication line or other broadband network components without the assistance of a support technician. While options to request assistance from a support technician are provided, the automated interactive system permits the field technician to perform various functions on a communication line without additional assistance, especially for routine tasks. The automated interactive system, therefore, removes efficiencies that may be associated with conventional approaches for checking broadband network components.09-04-2008
20080212485Transmission links - Implementations related to transmission systems are presented herein.09-04-2008
20090097410METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING CQI IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for reporting CQI in a wireless communication system, the method comprising determining the value of (RL PHYFrame Index-CQIPilotReportPhase)mod CQIPilotReportInterval, determining if DLFSS is not equal to FLSS and transmitting R-CQICH on the Control segment.04-16-2009
20120294159METHOD OF MEASURING ACTIVITY OVER A VOIP CALL11-22-2012
20120294163Apparatus and Method for Direct Device-to-Device Communication in a Mobile Communication System - The invention concerns a method and an apparatus implementing the method. In the method at least one synchronization signal is received from a base station to a mobile node, which determining timing based on the at least one synchronization signal, for example, a group of orthogonal frequency division multiple access resource elements. The mobile node transmits an uplink radio resource reservation request to a base station. The mobile node receives from the base station an assignment of a radio resource dedicated for radio transmission to a remote node, the radio resource being within a band having a transmission power upper limit. The mobile node transmits a signal to the remote mobile node on the radio resource based on the timing determined.11-22-2012
20120294174BANDWIDTH CALCULATING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE RESERVATION IN mVoIP SYSTEM - A provided is a bandwidth calculating method for resource reservation. The method includes receiving a message having a CODEC type and a ptime value wherein the ptime denotes an interval of transmitting a packet, extracting the CODEC type and the ptime value from the received message, and calculating a required bandwidth using the extracted CODEC type and the extracted ptime value.11-22-2012
20100103835SCHEDULER AND SCHEDULING METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN MIMO BASED WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A scheduler and scheduling method that may select a data transmission time interval and a data transmitting station are included in a multi-user Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) communication system. An access point may include a receiver to receive channel measurement signals from stations using a plurality of receive antennas; a channel estimation unit to generate channel state matrices with respect to wireless channels formed from the stations to the receive antennas using the channel measurement signals; and a scheduler to select at least one transmitting station from the stations by considering the channel state matrices and a number of the receive antennas. The receiver may receive a data stream from the selected transmitting stations. Stations receive identifiers corresponding to transmitting stations and/or transmitting antennas to identify stations or antennas for transmitting data streams to the access point.04-29-2010
20100103829SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MOBILITY MANAGEMENT - A telecommunications system having a plurality of access networks, each of which can provide a facility for mobile terminals to communicate data in accordance with a communications service when in a coverage area provided by the access networks. The telecommunications system includes a mobility manager which receives network evaluation messages from a mobile terminal which provide an indication of a quality of communications available via a communications link with one or more of the plurality of access networks, which are currently available for communicating data. The mobility manager identifies one of the access networks with which the mobile terminal should be affiliated for communicating the data via a communications link provided with the access network based on an amount of power, which the mobile terminal may consume when communicating via the identified access network, and communicates an instruction to the mobile terminal to change affiliation to the identified access network.04-29-2010
20120294184METHOD FOR REPORTING THE RESULTS OF SPECIFIC REFERENCE-CELL-BASED QUALITY MEASUREMENT IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION, AND APPARATUS FOR THE METHOD - The present invention relates to a method in which a terminal reports the results of quality measurement based on a specific reference cell from among a plurality of serving cells for the terminal in a mobile communication system using carrier aggregation. The present invention also relates to a terminal apparatus for the method. For this purpose, the terminal receives measurement configuration information from a network, performs a quality measurement in accordance with the received measurement configuration information, determines whether or not a report criterion based on a specific reference cell from among the plurality of cells for the terminal is met in accordance with the measurement result, and, if the report criterion based on the specific reference cell is met, sends a report message, including the measurement results and an indicator that indicates the specific reference cell, to the network.11-22-2012
20120294176COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication quality managing unit (11-22-2012
20120294178MEASUREMENT CONTROL METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A measurement control method, system and device for a multi-carrier system are disclosed. The method includes that: UE selects the channel quality of a serving carrier or serving carrier group as a reference value, uniformly starts measurement on carriers except serving carriers or serving carrier groups when the reference value is smaller than a measurement starting threshold, s-Measure, configured by an eNB for the serving carriers or serving carrier groups, and uniformly closes the measurement on the carriers except the serving carriers or serving carrier groups when the reference value is larger than or equal to the s-Measure. Through referring to the channel quality of one serving carrier or one serving carrier group, measurement on the carriers except the serving carriers or serving carrier groups is uniformly started and closed, so as to solve the problem that the UE controls measurement according to multi-carrier signal quality in multiple serving cells.11-22-2012
20120294181DATA TRANSFER PATH EVALUATION USING FILTERING AND CHANGE DETECTION - If a condition in a data transfer path is modeled appropriately, then a filter-based approach can be used to provide an estimate of the condition. This permits accurate, real-time estimates of the condition with modest requirements for data processing and memory resources. Change detection can be implemented to control a parameter of the filter.11-22-2012
20120294180SELECTING RECEIVER PARAMETERS BASED UPON TRANSMITTING DEVICE IDENTIFICATION VIA TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS - A wireless device includes at least one antenna, an RF interface, and processing circuitry coupled to the RF interface and indirectly to the at least one antenna. The wireless device identifies other wireless devices that service based upon transmission characteristics of wireless signals received from other wireless devices and/or relative positions of the other wireless devices with respect to itself. In a first operational period, the wireless device determines transmission characteristics of the other wireless devices. Then, during a second operational period, without further interaction with the other wireless devices, the wireless device determines communication link characteristics based simply upon transmission characteristics of the other wireless devices.11-22-2012
20120294182Method and Apparatus for Providing Mobile Inter-Mesh Communication Points in a Multi-Level Wireless Mesh Network - A mobile backhaul inter-mesh communication point forms an interface between a wireless mesh network on a first level and a wireless mesh network on a second, higher bandwidth, level. The two wireless networks are differentiated, e.g., by causing the mesh networks to be formed using different spectra, protocols or coding, or antennae. The mobile intra-mesh communication point functions as an access point in the lower level mesh network and as a relay point in the upper level mesh network. Utilizing mobile inter-mesh communication points facilitates deployment of wireless network access points while enabling the location of access points to follow the concentration of network users. Mobile inter-mesh communication points may be deployed in personal vehicles such as cars, trucks, and motorcycles, public transportation vehicles such as busses, trains, and aircraft, emergency vehicles such as fire trucks and ambulances, and many other types of vehicles.11-22-2012
20120294175CONTROL DEVICE AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A control device 11-22-2012
20120294179ACTIVE SET MODIFICATION TO RELEASE BACKHAUL CAPACITY - System(s), method(s), and device(s) that enable release of backhaul capacity associated with base stations are presented. During soft handover, a communication device can have its connection maintained with more than one base station. A link controller component can identify a radio link having the highest quality and can determine the relative backhaul load of each base station communicating with the communication device. The link controller component determines whether the base station having the highest radio link quality is experiencing the heaviest backhaul load relative to the other base stations. If the base station with the highest link quality does not also have the heaviest backhaul load, the link controller component identifies the base station having the heaviest backhaul load and the identified base station can have its status modified with respect to the communication device for a desired period of time, in accordance with predefined status modification criteria.11-22-2012
20120294185ADAPTATION OF CYCLIC SHIFT FOR RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLES - The present invention enables automatic configuration of random access parameters. The base station is configured to control PRACH transmission of UEs, wherein the UE PRACH transmission comprises transmission of PRACH preambles constructed of root sequences. This is achieved by storing statistics associated with previous transmissions. A parameter associated with the construction of the PRACH is tuned based on the stored statistics. The base station controls the UE PRACH transmission by transmitting information to the UEs relating to the tuned parameter. This information is used by the UE when constructing the PRACH preambles. In this way, the cell parameters relating to random access can be improved to fit better to individual cells resulting in improved resource usage.11-22-2012
20120294183Method and system for diagnosing access node - A method for diagnosing an access node (AN) is provided, including: a service node (SN) sending a diagnosis query message to the AN; after receiving the diagnosis query message, the AN returning a diagnosis query response message to the SN; and the SN displaying a query result on a command line or sending the query result to a network management system. A system for diagnosing an AN is provided too. The method and system solve the communication problem between the network system, maintenance group or operator associated with the SN and the network system, maintenance group or operator associated with the AN. As a result, the diagnosis of the AN is fast and efficient, thereby improving the diagnosis efficiency during the network failure and subscriber service failure.11-22-2012
20090168662MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication system of the present invention generates a gap section based on a channel quality indication, and determines the timing or the frequency of generating the gap section based on a given parameter between the base station device and the mobile station device.07-02-2009
20090168661VISUAL METERING AND RESPONSE TO MAINTAIN VOICE QUALITY IN A VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL CALL - A computer implemented method, apparatus, and computer usable program product for managing a voice over Internet Protocol call. A selected set of resources associated with a quality of the voice over Internet Protocol call in a data processing system is monitored during the voice over Internet Protocol call. A determination is made as to whether the quality of the voice over Internet Protocol call in a data processing has fallen below a desired level. A corrective action is performed with respect to the selected set of resources in response to the quality of the voice over Internet Protocol call falling below the desired level.07-02-2009
20110205930Method for Transmitting of Reference Signals and Determination of Precoding Matrices for Multi-Antenna Transmission - Techniques are disclosed for determining transmitter antenna weights at a base station (08-25-2011
20110205927Automated On-Line Business Bandwidth Planning Methodology - Closed-loop control is applied to the field of automated on-line business bandwidth planning tools by comparing measured business bandwidth with a baseline for providing a difference indication, changing the baseline according to the difference, and reporting the change as an event relating to a service level agreement.08-25-2011
20110205926METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Method and arrangement in a first node for requesting a status report from a second node. The first node and the second node are both comprised within a wireless communication network. The status report comprises positive and/or negative acknowledgement of data sent from the first node, to be received by the second node. The first node comprises a first counter configured to count the number of transmitted Protocol Data Units, PDUs, and a second counter configured to count the number of transmitted data bytes. The method and arrangements comprises initialising the first and the second counter to zero, transmitting data to be received by the second node, comparing the value of the first and the second counters with a first threshold limit value and a second threshold limit value and requesting a status report from the second node if any of the threshold limit values is reached or exceeded.08-25-2011
20110205924Collision avoidance in multiple protocol communication networks using a shared communication medium - A method for collision avoidance in multiple protocol networks using a shared communication medium begins by determining a first protocol probable active time period. The method continues by determining a first protocol probable inactive time period. The method continues by generating a transmit blocking indication based on the first protocol probable active time period and the first protocol probable inactive time period.08-25-2011
20100128623END-TO-END ANALYSIS OF TRANSACTIONS IN NETWORKS WITH TRAFFIC-ALTERING DEVICES - In a network that includes intermediary nodes, such as WAN accelerators, that transform messages between nodes, an end-to-end path of the messages is determined. The determined end-to-end path is used in subsequent analyses of message traces, to identify timing and other factors related to the performance of the network relative to the propagation of these messages, including the propagation of the transformed messages. A variety of techniques are presented for determining the path of the messages, depending upon the characteristics of the collected trace data. Upon determining the message path, the traces are synchronized in time and correlations between the connections along the path are determined, including causal relationships. In a preferred embodiment, a user identifies an application process between or among particular nodes of a network, and the system provides a variety of formats for viewing statistics related to the performance of the application on the network.05-27-2010
20100061263DEFINING LOST EVENT TALLEY TAG PACKETS WHEN PET COUNT RATES EXCEED AVAILABLE ACQUISITION BANDWIDTH - A system identifies when received packets are lost at a node in a multi-node processing chain. The system processing chain may include a gantry interface module for receiving coincident event data from a PET (Positron Emission Tomography) detector array, a DMA (direct memory access) rebinner card, and a transmission line coupled between the gantry interface module and the DMA card. FPGA and FIFO elements in each processing portion receive packets that may be lost if there is insufficient FIFO capacity. Lost packets are marked, discarded, and counted. At specified intervals, set in accordance with a threshold number of packets received a lost tally data packet is generated that includes count information for lost packets. The lost tally data packet is forwarded downstream when sufficient storage capacity exists.03-11-2010
20100061261SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING ALARMS BASED ON BURSTING TRAFFIC - A system and method for generating alarms based on traffic bursting. Marked packets are received. A determination is made whether the marked packet conforms with a bandwidth profile. The packet is remarked in response to determining the marked packet does not comply with a CIR threshold and an EIR threshold. An alarm is generated in response to remarking the packet.03-11-2010
20100061258METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING REPORTING PERIOD OF CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for determining a reporting period of channel quality indicator. The method includes the steps of: a) estimating a channel gain through a channel received from a base station; b) calculating a weight by using a variable for determining a fairness value and the estimated channel gain, and estimating weight channel quality to the estimated channel gain by using the calculated weight; c) comparing the estimated weight channel quality and a threshold value; and d) feeding back estimated channel quality indicator by using wireless resources assigned for the channel quality indicator feedback only in case that the weight channel quality is higher than the threshold value.03-11-2010
20100061257NETWORK MONITORING DEVICE, NETWORK MONITORING METHOD, AND NETWORK MONITORING PROGRAM - Information on a communication relation or communication path to be monitored is automatically generated to reduce load of a user. A path information generation part of a network monitoring device receives a destination IP address designated by a user as an object of monitoring. When the input of the destination IP address is received, the path information generation part uses configuration information tables, which store configuration information of a device on a network being monitoring, to identify IP addresses of networks to which a plurality of terminals belong, as branch IP addresses. Further, the path information generation part uses the configuration information tables and transfer destination information tables which store a routing table of a router on the network, in order to identify the connection order of routers between the designated destination IP address and the identified branch IP addresses, to generate path information.03-11-2010
20100061256Methods of Determining Whether a Frequency Channel is Available for Data Transmission for a Communication Device - A method of determining whether a frequency channel is available for data transmission for a communication device is provided. The method provided comprises dynamically selecting a time interval for determining whether the frequency channel is available for data transmission for the communication device. The method provided further comprises determining whether the frequency channel is available for data transmission for the communication device, during the time interval selected.03-11-2010
20110267974COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND SLAVE STATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus includes a main-data processing unit that performs predetermined data processing on input data, and operates by switching two states of a sleep state as a state where an operation of the main-data processing unit is stopped and a normal state as a state where the main-data processing unit is operating. The communication apparatus includes a filtering unit that extracts communication state information for indicating a communication state from the input data, and a signal processing unit of a sub-data processing unit that shifts the main-data processing unit to a sleep state or a normal state based on the communication state information.11-03-2011
20110267973COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REPORTING RECEPTION QUALITY - A communication apparatus wherein in a case of reporting a reception quality measured for each of a plurality of subbands, even if the band is widened, the degradation in transmission efficiency can be avoided. In this apparatus, an antenna (11-03-2011
20110267971APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING DATA USING SEQUENTIAL RESPONSE PROTOCOL - Provided is a data communication method and apparatus based on a sequential response protocol that is applicable to a multiple user multiple input and multiple output (MU-MIMO) system. The data communication apparatus may include response indexes (RIs) with respect to multiple terminals in at least one spatio-temporal stream to be transmitted to the multiple terminals, and the response indexes may be information associated with a transmission sequence of data to be transmitted by the multiple terminals.11-03-2011
20090296592METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MEASURING AND REPORTING DATA GAP FROM WITHIN AN ANALYSIS TOOL - Network data gap is determined and reported to enable a user to validate that all the traffic that was intended to be monitored is being monitored in monitoring and/or troubleshooting tools for observation of network traffic and network installation and maintenance. Span port oversubscription, incomplete span configuration, incorrectly placed network taps and monitoring device packet drop may thereby be detected and reported as data gap.12-03-2009
20110205922RADIO TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A radio terminal (08-25-2011
20080239974Measurement of Network Performance in Transporting Packet Streams - A method and apparatus for measuring network performance. A packet from a stream of multimedia data packets is received from across a network during a measurement interval. The time interval from the start of the measurement interval to receiving the packet is measured. The response of a buffer to the received packet is determined. The level of the buffer just before the packet arrives is calculated, based on the time interval. The level of the buffer just after the packet arrives is calculated, based on the previous level. A performance measure for the network is determined based on at least one of the two levels.10-02-2008
20080239975Message collision handling - A collision handling receiver for use in a data communication network. The collision handling system and method comprises collision handling receivers together with transmitters inserting pseudo-random delays. Accordingly, multiple sources may transmit simultaneous messages to a receiver so that the messages arrive with varying signal levels and times of arrival. The receiver sorts the symbols into separate sequences by grouping together symbols having similar time of arrival. In addition, the receiver retains the sequences with sufficiently reliable symbol detection, for example, when 75% of the symbols in a sequence are detected with sufficient quality. Receiver then ranks the retained transmitters by received signal level and decodes the messages from transmitters with highest received signal level.10-02-2008
20080239977Methods and arrangements for selection of a wireless transmission method based upon signal to noise ratios - Methods and arrangements for wireless communications are contemplated. Embodiments include transformations, code, state machines or other logic to determine the signal to noise ratios (SNRs) of multiple stations associated with an access point in a wireless network. The embodiments may also include selecting whether one of the stations communicates with the access point by an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) transmission method or a multiple-access joint coding/decoding transmission method, the selecting based upon the SNRs and communicating the selected transmission method to the station of the multiple stations. Some embodiments may include determining an SNR threshold level, selecting the MAC transmission method if the SNR of at least one of the multiple stations is below the SNR threshold level, and selecting the OFDM transmission method if the SNRs of all of the multiple stations are above the SNR threshold level. Other embodiments are described and claimed.10-02-2008
20090003234Link quality prediction - A method and apparatus of predicting link quality of a link is disclosed. The method includes receiving multi-carrier modulated signals over a period of time, estimating an SNR for each received sub-carrier, constructing a sequence of the SNRs, and estimating link PER based upon knowledge of encoding and/or interleaving used during transmission, and the sequence of SNRs.01-01-2009
20090003233Method, Apparatus, and Computer Program Product for Identifying Selected Applications Utilizing a Single Existing Available Bit In Frame Headers - A method, apparatus, and computer program product are disclosed for collecting data about the transmission of network packets that are associated with specified applications. The packets are transmitted through a communications network fabric that is used to couple data processing systems together. A particular existing single bit in a frame header definition is selected. The bit is defined as part of the standard frame header by a communication protocol as an available bit in the frame header. The standard protocol is unchanged by the selection of this bit. An application is specified to be monitored. The selected bit is then set in each network packet that is generated by the specified application. The fabric collects performance data for each packet that has the bit set. Thus, the fabric collects performance data about a transmission of each packet that is generated by the application when that application is setting the bit.01-01-2009
20110205911SYSTEM FOR CHANNEL SOUNDING OF BROADBAND SIGNAL CARRIER MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS AND METHOD THEREOF - Provided are a system for channel sounding of broadband single carrier mobile communications and a method thereof. A channel sounding device is provided, which achieves precise modeling of a broadband mobile communication in a 5 GHz band. The channel sounding device can perform precise channel modeling by collecting broadband channel data of 20 MHz between a base station and a mobile station moving at maximum 150 km/h, using a sounding signal including a 802.15.3 preamble, a maximum length sequence (MLS) signal, and a single carrier frequency domain equalization (SC-FDE) symbol overcoming a limitation of signal distortion of an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) signal. The channel sounding device can simultaneously perform modeling of interference of an adjacent channel as well as a transmission channel.08-25-2011
20110205929 METHOD OF OPTIMISING BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for communication (08-25-2011
20110205928Method for Improving Battery Life and HARQ Retransmissions in Wireless Communications Systems - Methods and apparatus for controlling discontinuous receiver operation in a wireless communication device are disclosed. In an exemplary embodiment, a wireless communication device (08-25-2011
20110205915ECHO MITIGATION IN THE PRESENCE OF VARIABLE DELAYS DUE TO ADAPTIVE JITTER BUFFERS - In an example embodiment, a control connection is introduced between an adaptive jitter buffer (AJB) and an adaptive bulk delay (ABD) buffer of an echo canceller (ECAN) in an Internet Protocol (IP) conference bridge. The control connection allows the AJB to control the amount of delay inserted by the ABD in the ECAN convolution processor (CP) signal path. The adjustment in ABD delay restores the time alignment of the ECAN internal echo estimate and offsets variations in echo tail delay introduced by network induced AJB delay changes. Time-invariance is preserved in the echo tail path.08-25-2011
20110205920COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device according to the present invention includes: a receiving unit which receives a block transmitted by a communication device; a photocurrent measuring unit which measures a reception quality of the received block; a PHY rate determining unit which determines, based on the reception quality, a PHY rate that is used by the communication device for transmitting a next block; a block size control unit which determines, based on the measured reception quality, a block size; and a transmission unit which transmits feedback information including the determined PHY rate and the determined block size to the communication device, and the block size control unit determines the block size to be a value smaller than a maximum value of a block size that can be transmitted by the communication device, when a value indicating the reception quality of the block is within a predetermined range including a PHY rate threshold.08-25-2011
20100097950IN ONE OR MORE NETWORK COEXISTABLE ENVIRONMENT, A METHOD FOR DETERMINING WHETHER A SPECIFIC CHANNEL IS AVAILABLE OR NOT, A METHOD FOR RECEIVING A SIGNAL FOR DETECTING AND A METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN COEXISTENCE WITH A DIFFERENT KIND OF NETWORK - Network communication and more particularly a method for determining whether a specific channel is available or not in an environment a plurality of networks can coexist are disclosed. In addition, a method for increasing a range for detecting a signal of a different type of network using a signal composed of a narrowband signal as a signal for detecting the different type of network is disclosed. Furthermore, a method for performing communication in an environment in which one or more communication networks and more particularly different types of networks coexist is disclosed.04-22-2010
20110199924SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, AND METHODS FOR MONITORING NETWORK CAPACITY - Methods, systems, and devices for monitoring network capacity and determining network utilization are herein disclosed. A traffic flow of captured data packets received at an ingress port of a network captured traffic distribution device may be sampled at a frequency corresponding to a first time period. The sample may be analyzed to determine whether, for example, the ingress port is active during the first time period. An increment may be added to a first counter based on a determination that the ingress port is active. The increments from a predefined plurality of first time periods may be aggregated and the predefined plurality of first time periods may correspond to a second time period. A second counter value may be generated for the second time period based on the aggregate and a percent utilization of the ingress port for the second time period may be determined based on the second counter value.08-18-2011
20110199923Enabling Reporting of Non-Real-Time MDT Measurements - Methods and apparatus for informing a network node of a wireless communication network of the presence of logged measurements are disclosed. A first mobile station performs measurements concerning one or more connectivity aspects for the first mobile station in relation to the wireless communication network and stores the measurements in an internal log, where the measurements are performed according to a reporting configuration for the first mobile station. The first mobile station then sends a notification to the first network node regarding the presence of logged measurements in order to enable the first network node to respond to the notification with a request for a logged measurement report.08-18-2011
20120195217COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device and methods are disclosed. A first throughput is calculated when a current modulation scheme and a current encoding rate is changed, and a second throughput is calculated when a current retransmission unit is changed. The current modulation scheme and the current encoding rate are changed to provide a changed modulation scheme and a changed encoding rate, if the first throughput is greater than or equal to the second throughput when prescribed conditions are met. The current retransmission unit is changed to provide a changed retransmission unit, if the first throughput is less than the second throughput. Information is transmitted to a communication device of a communication partner based on the changed modulation scheme, the changed encoding rate, and the changed retransmission unit.08-02-2012
20080239981COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM RECORDING COMMUNICATION CONTROL PROGRAM - The present invention provides a communication control system that monitors a status of a transmission line, and can dynamically change a communication band used by a communication device included in an access line based on the monitored result. Line terminal devices (10-02-2008
20110199935RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TRANSMISSION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD - Provided are a radio communication system, a transmission device, and a communication signal transmission method, which enable a reception device to correctly demodulate a communication signal without performing a feedback of a propagation path characteristic from the reception device to the transmission device. The transmission device includes an SVD calculation unit for calculating, as an inverse-direction propagation path characteristic, a propagation path characteristic exhibited in a direction from the reception device toward the transmission device and for calculating a forward-direction propagation path characteristic being a propagation path characteristic exhibited in a direction from the transmission device toward the reception device, based on the inverse-direction propagation path characteristic, reception-side calibration information regarding radio reception units notified from the reception device, and transmission-side calibration information regarding radio transmission units, and a weight synthesis unit for generating the communication signal weighted based on the forward-direction propagation path characteristic.08-18-2011
20110199916METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING THE LOCATION OF A WIRELESS ACCESS POINT USING SINGLE DEVICE BASED POWER MEASUREMENTS - A mobile device measures power from different locations for an encountered wireless access point, a WiFi or Bluetooth access point, and communicates the power measurements to a remote location. The remote location server collects power measurements for the encountered wireless access point from a plurality of communication devices. The remote location server determines the location of the encountered wireless access point utilizing corresponding power measurements from a single communication device. The power measurements are performed at different locations and over a period of time. The power measurements are time stamped and transmitted to the remote location server. The single communication device is selected based on quality and/or availability of corresponding power measurements for the encountered wireless access point. The determined location of the encountered wireless access point is stored into a reference database so as to be shared among the plurality of communication devices.08-18-2011
20110222416SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR OVER THE AIR LOAD INDICATOR FOR WIRELESS SCHEDULING - Systems and methods for facilitating inter-cell interference coordination using load indication are described. A UE may receive load indicator signals from a plurality of base stations in adjacent cells and determine, based at least in part on the load indicator signals, a transmit power metric. The transmit power metric may be provided to a serving base station, which may allocate uplink resources based on the transmit power metric. Additional information related to receiver sensitivity and/or path loss may be used to determine the transmit power metric.09-15-2011
20100128619RELAY DEVICE, RELAY METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A relay device, a relay method, and a program that can suppress occurrence of congestion of packets, for example applied to a Layer 05-27-2010
20100128618 Inter-Cell Interference Co-Ordination - The invention relates to a cold-working steel having the following chemical composition in % by weight: 1.3-2.4 (C+N), whereof at least 0.5 C, 0.1-1.5 Si, 5 0.1-1.5 Mn, 4.0-5.5 Cr, 1.5-3.6 (Mo+W/2), but max 0.5 W, 4.8-6.3 (V+Nb/2), but max 2 Nb, and max 0.3 S, 10 in which the content of (C+N) on the one hand and of (V+Nb/2) on the other hand, are balanced in relation to each other such that the contents of these elements are within an area that is defined by the coordinates A, B, C, D, A in the system of coordinates in FIG. 05-27-2010
20100135172METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PREDICTING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR IN A HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS SYSTEM - Various embodiments are disclosed which predict the channel quality indicator (CQI) in High Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA). The accuracy of CQI is crucial for HSDPA performance. In some HSDPA systems the CQI may be as much as three (3) subframes stale. Accordingly, the prediction of CQI values is required in order to efficiently schedule data for transmission over the communication channel. Various embodiments disclose first order adaptive IIR filters which are significantly less complex than the finite impulse response (FIR) counterparts and achieve similar accuracy. By minimizing the mean squared error (MSE), an exact gradient descent algorithm may be used as well as two embodiment pseudolinear regression algorithms.06-03-2010
20080232269DATA COLLECTION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IP NETWORKS - A system operative to collect and analyze data in a digital network includes a probe layer comprising a probe disposed in the digital work. The probe is configured to identify and capture data from frames passing through the probe. The system also includes an analysis layer operative to receive the captured data from the probe. In addition, the system includes an application layer comprising a system master operative to mediate between an application and the probe.09-25-2008
20080232265Communication terminal, data exchange method, and computer product - When a first communication terminal retrieves data from a second communication terminal, the first communication terminal increases a reliability rank of the second communication terminal if the user of the first communication terminal selects a piece of data retrieved from the second communication terminals. When providing data to the second communication terminal, the first communication terminal controls data to be provided to the second communication terminal based on the reliability rank of the second communication terminal.09-25-2008
20100172262APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DELAY TIME COMPUTATION AND DELAY COMPENSATION BETWEEN BASE STATION AND REMOTE RADIO FREQUENCY UNIT IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for delay time computation and delay compensation between a Base Station (BS) and a remote Radio Frequency (RF) unit in a broadband wireless access system are provided. In a method of operating an apparatus for determining a delay time to compensate for delay between a BS modem card and a remote RF unit in a wireless access system, the method includes determining a process delay time required when traffic data is output from the BS modem card to an antenna of the remote RF unit in a state where a reference cable having a length short enough to neglect a cable delay time is connected between the BS modem card and the remote RF unit, determining a cable delay time required when a sync pulse signal is transmitted through a cable used in actual system operation between the BS modem card and the remote RF unit, and determining a time for outputting traffic data at an earlier time from a modem included in the BS modem card by using the determined process delay time and cable delay time.07-08-2010
20080273471Terminal Device, System And Method For Measuring Traffic Based On User Services - A terminal device includes a service type distinguishing module and a traffic measuring module. The service type distinguishing module is adapted to distinguish types of services accessed by the terminal device; the traffic measuring module is adapted to measure the traffic of each service type according to the service types distinguished by the service type distinguishing module. The present disclosure also discloses a system and method for measuring traffic based on user services. With the technical scheme of the disclosure, traffic of different service types can be measured respectively on a terminal device, so that the charging system is able to apply different charging policies to different service types.11-06-2008
20100128617METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TWO-WAY RANGING - The subject matter disclosed herein relates to a system and method for wirelessly receiving a first communication from a first mobile device. A processing delay may be measured. An acknowledgement communication indicating receipt of the first communication may be generated. A measurement of the processing delay may be broadcast in a broadcast packet, for example, or by transmitting a subsequent communication including the processing delay in response to receiving a second communication having a request for the measurement of the processing delay.05-27-2010
20080279111COLLECTING NETWORK TRAFFIC INFORMATION - An apparatus and method for collecting network traffic information is arranged to receive network traffic elements including one or more key fields having respective key field values. The apparatus and method further classify received network traffic elements into one of a plurality of flows dependent on the key field value of one or more key fields defined by a flow profile. The method and apparatus are further configurable to vary the flow profile, create a flow record and export the flow record to a collecting node.11-13-2008
20080279113Information Gathering From Traffic Flow in a Communication Network - The invention relates to a method for gathering information from traffic flowing in communication networks. The method includes generating in a network element, which sees the traffic flowing in the network, events on the basis of the traffic flow and predefined instructions, an event being a piece of information indicating that a certain matter has occurred in the traffic flow, sending said events for analysis in a central processing element, analysing said events in said central processing element, and conveying on the basis of said analysis information to network operator systems.11-13-2008
20080279112SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING MEDIA NETWORK RESOURCES - A system and method for configuring media resources is disclosed. A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, a network element having a controller element to present a graphical user interface (GUI) to identify available configuration settings for one or more self-describing services offered to one or more media devices in the network, and manage a network connectivity of the media devices in the network to receive the one or more self-describing services in accordance with a selection of the available configuration settings. Additional embodiments are disclosed.11-13-2008
20080285478Transporting GSM packets over a discontinuous IP Based network - A system for transferring data includes an interface configured to receive data that is sent via a first link, and a processor coupled to the interface. The processor is configured to: receive data that is sent via a first link; determine whether there is discontinuity in the received data, the determination being based at least in part on information included in the received data; in the event that the received data includes a discontinuity, generate replacement data that repairs the discontinuity; and transmit at least a portion of replacement data to a second link such that a synchronization requirement associated with the second link is fulfilled.11-20-2008
20080285477Radio Communication Method and System Capable of Reducing Inter-Cell Interference, and Its Mobile Station and Base Station - There is provided a radio communication method capable of reducing inter-cell interference.11-20-2008
20080285475Charging for Network Services based on Delivered Quality of Service - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving quality if service difference data. Quality of service difference data indicates how a particular flow of data packets between a first end node of a particular subscriber and a different second end node differs from a particular quality of service level. The particular quality of service level is one of multiple quality of service levels available over the network. Quality of service data based on the quality of service difference data is sent to billing server that charges the particular subscriber based on the quality of service data.11-20-2008
20080285474Dynamically Troubleshooting Voice Quality - In an example embodiment, a method for dynamically troubleshooting voice quality. The method comprises generating a request to intercept a predetermined data stream on a network, acquiring a replicated copy of the intercepted data stream responsive to the request and analyzing the replicated copy of the intercepted data stream.11-20-2008
20080285473ACCESS AND BACKHAUL FRAME INTERLACING FROM TIME DIVISION DUPLEX WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method, base station, and wireless communications system for interlacing Access and Backhaul frames in a Time Division Duplex wireless communication system. The method includes monitoring Access traffic and Backhaul traffic (11-20-2008
20080291840Method and Apparatus for Selecting a Network Element for Testing a Network - A network element is identified from among a plurality of network elements to be used to test parameters of a network. The use of one network element to test the network provides more reliable results than using random communications from a plurality of network elements. The test network element is identified using testing pool definitions which may be provided by a network operator. The testing procedure using the single network element may use multiple pings to reduce the affect of transient responses on the network.11-27-2008
20100034108Wireless Communication System - The terminal measures the wireless channel quality of each frequency band, and notifies the base station of the quality. The base station determines the frequency band to be used by the terminal on the basis of the notification from the terminal. Then, the terminal is grouped depending on the difference etc. in frequency band in operating the terminal, and notified which terminal group the terminal belongs. Upon receipt of the notification from the base station, the terminal sets its own available frequency band and terminal group, and measures the notified wireless channel quality of the available frequency band. The measurement result is notified to the base station. The base station perform a scheduling process for each available frequency band on the basis of the wireless channel quality of the available frequency band of the terminal, and starts communicating with the terminal.02-11-2010
20080304422Methods and devices for providing robust nomadic wireless mesh networks using directional antennas - The number of directional antennas and associated radios needed to ensure a nomadic wireless mesh network (NWMN) remains operational in the event of node or link failures, while minimizing delay and other unwanted effects, may be determined using novel methods and devices. Such a determination may reduce the number of antennas and radios a service or network provider normally uses, thus reducing its costs.12-11-2008
20120294160Methods and Systems for Managing Device Bandwidth Usage - Systems and methods for controlling a wireless device by a user based on bandwidth used when the device is connected to a network are disclosed. The bandwidth used by a process when the wireless device is connected to a network is determined. Information associating the value of the bandwidth used by the process when connected to the network, with at least one characteristic of the network is provided. A bandwidth management profile that identifies what process is allowed to be executed on each network is generated. The bandwidth management profile is used to determine whether the process should be executed on the network.11-22-2012
20080316937METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OBTAINING CROSSTALK INFORMATION - A method for obtaining crosstalk information includes the following steps: obtaining the transmission power variation of the crosstalk source and the noise power of the crosstalk destination; based on the obtained transmission power variation of the crosstalk source and the noise power of the crosstalk destination, obtaining the crosstalk coefficient of the frequency point in which the dynamic characteristic varies, as the crosstalk information. A device for obtaining crosstalk information comprises a crosstalk coefficient obtaining module for obtaining the crosstalk coefficient of the frequency point in which the dynamic characteristic varies. Based on the crosstalk coefficient in the lines, it is ensured that the crosstalk coefficient obtained is close to the real crosstalk information.12-25-2008
20080291842VIDEO QUALITY ASSESSMENT - The present invention relates to the problem of estimating the effect of packet transmission impairments, including packet loss, on the subjective quality of a video transmission where frames of data relating to the same video frame or field are permitted to span more than one packet. The invention provides a method of assessing quality of a video signal comprising a sequence of video frames received via a packet switched network using a parameter which is a weighted sum of two counters where the first counter is incremented in dependence of the total number of packets in frames determined to have been received with one or more lost packets and the second counter is incremented in dependence of the number of packets following the first lost packet in each frame and the lost packet itself.11-27-2008
20110205923MEASUREMENT IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to measurement in radio communication systems. In particular, the present invention relates to a sounding method in a cellular wireless communication system, the communication system itself and its components like base stations and mobile stations. The radio communication system (08-25-2011
20120033578METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR POWER CONTROL - A method for setting a power control level (02-09-2012
20120294177Method and apparatus for multi-homing path selection of stream control transmission protocol - The present disclosure discloses a method for multi-homing path selection of a stream control transmission protocol (SCTP). The method includes the following steps of: starting quality evaluation of paths; calculating a quality evaluation value of each path; comparing the quality evaluation value of each path; and selecting a path with the highest quality evaluation value to transmit a data message. The present disclosure also discloses an apparatus for multi-homing path selection of an SCTP. By adopting the method and the apparatus, a network selects the path with the highest quality evaluation value to transmit a data message. As long as path faults affect the transmission efficiency, other path with better quality is selected for transmission, thus the capability of the network of dealing with all kinds of path faults can be improved, and the data transmission speed and quality are further improved.11-22-2012
20120294161QUALITY OF SERVICE COGNIZANT SCHEDULER FOR FEMTOCELL BASE STATIONS - A method and system are provided to schedule the transmissions to a plurality of applications for a plurality of users connected to a femtocell taking into account the quality of service (QoS) requirements of each application served while maintaining an efficient use of the wireless radio resources as well as a user and application weighted notion of fairness of service reception. The scheduler differentiates between not only different users but also between applications of each user, and schedules data transmission amongst these applications so that QoS requirements for all applications are satisfied.11-22-2012
20120294158SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK INTRUSION DETECTION BASED ON MONITORING NETWORK TRAFFIC - Systems, methods, and apparatus for network intrusion detection are provided. A device may include at least one memory and at least one processor. The at least one memory may be configured to store computer-executable instructions that facilitate traffic inspection of communications received by the device. The at least one processor may be configured to access the at least one memory and execute the computer-executable instructions to (i) identify one or more network traffic parameters associated with a network traffic profile for the device; (ii) evaluate, based at least in part upon the one or more network traffic parameters, at least one communication received by the device; and (iii) determine, based at least in part upon the evaluation, whether the at least one communication satisfies the traffic profile.11-22-2012
20110007659BROADCAST SYSTEM, BROADCAST MANAGEMENT DEVICE, BROADCAST METHOD, AND TERMINAL - Provided is a broadcast system that assigns a communication channel to a program and broadcasts data for the program to terminals, the broadcast system including a broadcast management device and a communication access network device. The management device calculates as a score a measure of viewing requests from users of the terminals for a plurality of programs, and determines a program to actually broadcast on the communication channel based on the score. The communication access network device transmits program data on a communication channel according to the determination of the broadcast management device.01-13-2011
20110007645SYSTEM AND PROCESS FOR DIMENSIONING A CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A process for dimensioning a cellular telecommunications network, including, for each of one or more network elements of the network: accessing network element environment data representing a configuration and environment of the network element; accessing QoS data representing quality of service criteria for users of the network; and processing the network element environment data and the QoS data to generate network element capacity data representing combinations of loads of network services corresponding to capacities of the network element that meet the quality of service criteria.01-13-2011
20110007656DETERMINISTIC BACK-OFF METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus are described including identifying a channel that a decentralized network is using for communications and identifying a station that is a member of the decentralized network to monitor data transmission activity over the identified channel. Also described are a method and apparatus for a station to transmit data over a communication medium of a decentralized network including monitoring the communication medium, determining if the communication medium is idle, transmitting data if the communication medium is idle and if the station has a data to transmit and adjusting a slot count and a service ring configuration if the medium is busy. Further described are a method and apparatus including monitoring a communication channel used by a decentralized network, determining a number of available idle time slots between two successive frame transmissions initiated by different stations, updating a service ring, adjusting a number of stations and adjusting a slot count.01-13-2011
20110007655METHOD FOR TESTING TRANSMISSION MODES OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method for testing transmission modes of a wireless communication device. According to the method, a switching range is determined in a parameter space in a test device. The parameter of the parameter space describes the quality of transmission and influences a recommendation for a transmission mode to be adjusted in a device to be tested. The switching range is a subspace of the parameter space and contains at least one switching limit for the recommendation for the subsequent transmission mode to be adjusted. In a further step, random parameter points from the switching range are generated depending on a probability distribution which is defined for the switching range. A signal is generated for every parameter point and has a transmission mode determined by the parameter point and is transmitted to the device to be tested. The device to be tested then transmits one response signal per received signal to the test device, the response signal containing a recommendation for a subsequent transmission mode to be adjusted. All recommendations from all received response signals are evaluated in the test device.01-13-2011
20110007658Method and Apparatus for Investigating whether a Given Signal is Received in a Given Set of OFDMA Resource Elements - A method for investigating a signal in an OFDMA transmission is disclosed. The method comprises receiving the OFDMA transmission and obtaining a resource grid comprising resource elements of the transmission; determining a set of pairs of the resource elements, wherein the resource elements of the pair are disjoint; for each pair, comparing signals of the resource elements of the pair; determining a statistical test value based on the comparisons; and processing the statistical test value to obtain a desired output about the signal. A computer program for implementing the method, a receiver arrangement adapted to perform such investigation, and a communication apparatus using such receiver arrangement are also disclosed.01-13-2011
20110007650METHOD OF ESTIMATING POSITION OF MOBILE NODE IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method of estimating the position of a mobile node in a wireless sensor network using a passive mode OWR method. The method includes: estimating frequency offsets of anchor nodes and a mobile node; allowing the anchor nodes to sequentially transmit ranging frames; allowing the mobile node to receive the ranging frames and to estimate the difference between the reception times of signals from two anchor nodes; and applying the estimated difference between the reception times of the signals to time difference of arrival (TDOA) to estimate the position of the mobile node. According to the above-mentioned structure of the present invention, a plurality of mobile nodes can estimate their positions with a minimum number of ranging frame transmissions, without using a separate network synchronization unit. In addition, it is possible to easily construct a wireless sensor network for position recognition, and rapidly and accurately perform distance estimate using an OWR method.01-13-2011
20110007654Restoring Aggregated Circuits with Circuit Integrity Checks in a Hierarchical Network - A system and method is disclosed that assures component circuits transported in aggregated circuits restore correctly after an aggregated circuit fault. The system and method implements component circuit tail segment integrity checks whenever an aggregated circuit is restored in a higher level of a network hierarchy. Switches at both ends of an aggregated circuit perform circuit integrity checks of the tail segments of every component circuit. A failure of the component circuit integrity check on any component circuit causes that component circuit to be released and restored end-to-end.01-13-2011
20110007653APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING PACKET DATA ON A SUBSET OF CARRIER FREQUENCIES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A remote station for a wireless communication system including a base station is disclosed. The remote station includes a front end structure configured to receive packet data in parallel on a subset of carrier frequencies. Each packet data is preceded by a header field for identifying the remote station as the recipient of the packet data and the subset of carrier frequencies is based on a set of a corresponding number of multiple carrier frequencies.01-13-2011
20110007648Method, System, and Network Apparatus for Evaluating Quality of Experience - A method for evaluating quality of experience (QoE) includes obtaining service parameter information sent from a media server. Quality of service (QoS) metrics is obtained. QoE is obtained according to the service parameter information and the QoS metrics.01-13-2011
20110007649BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND METHOD OF DETERMINING TRANSMIT POWER - A base transceiver station (01-13-2011
20110007646INTERFERENCE RESISTANT SATELLITE LINK POWER CONTROL USING DOWNLINK BEACON - A method for determining EIRP of user terminals in a satellite communication system comprises obtaining a frequency gain of a gateway at one or more frequencies, obtaining a path gain of the gateway for one or more signal paths, and obtaining a satellite beacon signal power at a receiver of the gateway. The method also comprises determining a target signal power at the gateway for one or more frequency channels, where the target signal power based at least in part on the frequency gain, the path gain, and the satellite beacon signal power. The method also comprises obtaining a message signal power at the gateway of a message from a user terminal, and determining the EIRP of the user terminal based at least in part on a difference between the target signal power and the message signal power.01-13-2011
20110007647MF-TDMA SATELLITE LINK POWER CONTROL - A method for determining attenuation settings across carriers in a return link bandwidth of a user terminal comprises determining a first attenuation setting for a user terminal at a first transmission frequency, where the first attenuation setting is based on a first signal quality metric value of a first message sent from the user terminal at the first transmission frequency. The method also comprises determining a second attenuation setting for the user terminal at a second transmission frequency, where the second attenuation setting is based on a second signal quality metric value of a second message sent from the user terminal at the second transmission frequency. The method also comprises determining the attenuation settings across the carriers in the return link bandwidth of the user terminal based on the first attenuation setting and the second attenuation setting.01-13-2011
20110007644FREQUENCY OFFSET ESTIMATION IN A CDMA SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method of estimating a frequency offset. The method comprises receiving a wireless signal timed according to a first frequency; generating a local signal timed according to a second frequency; and performing a plurality of synchronization searches, each search comprising obtaining a set of correlation results indicative of a correlation between the wireless signal and the local signal at different timing offsets of the wireless signal relative to the local signal. The method the no comprises finding a series of results, with a result from each of a plurality of the synchronization searches, for which the difference in; timing offset between results from adjacent searches in the series is within a maximum specified value. A frequency off set between the first and second frequencies can be determined from the series.01-13-2011
20110007642System reliability evaluation method for transmission by two minimal paths in time restriction - A system reliability evaluation method for transmission by two minimal paths in time restriction is disclosed. The minimal path includes plural arcs between a start node and a terminal node in a flow network. The method includes the steps of providing a virtual network in a computer for simulating the flow network; inputting a transmission requirement and a time restriction; distributing the transmission requirement in a first minimal path and a second minimal path to make the first minimal path have a first throughput and the second minimal path have a second throughput; finding a plurality of feasible solutions satisfying the relation that the first throughput plus the second throughput equals the demand in the time restriction; finding a lower boundary vector by applying the comparative method; and computing a system reliability by applying set theory.01-13-2011
20110007641Method and Device for distributing connections towards a receiving domain - A method is described for distributing a plurality of connections (01-13-2011
20110007640MULTIPLE PEER-TO-PEER SIGNALING - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product operable in a wireless communication system are provided in which a first signal is generated for transmission to a wireless node to enable the wireless node to determine a first preferred beam pattern. A second preferred beam pattern is determined from a second signal received from the wireless node. The apparatus communicates with the wireless node through at least one of the first or second preferred beam pattern.01-13-2011
20090190486System and methods for distributed output packet metering using input lookups - System and methods for metering output packet traffic at network devices. Ingress packet lookups are employed in combination with egress packet meters, which can be arranged in parallel fashion, and used to meter traffic across multiple blades of a switch chassis. Also, egress packet traffic metering is accomplished while matching complex ingress rules without additional egress packet processing. The system has a first node for creating requests that contain a number of filter indicies for specifying packet forwarding criteria. The first node also specifies values for the filter and meter indicies based on a packet to be forwarded. The system also has a second node coupled to the first node and to a number of ports. The second node has at least one table for specifying which of the ports are to receive the packet based on the filter values, and at least one table for accounting for egress traffic bandwidth.07-30-2009
20090190487METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT FOR A NETWORK TUNNEL - A method and apparatus for providing performance measurements on network tunnels in packet networks are disclosed. For example, the method establishes two tunnels between a first measurement host and a first router, and establishes a tunnel between the first router and a second measurement host. The method also establishes a multicast group having a plurality of members, and sends one or more packets addressed to the multicast group from the first measurement host. The method measures the frequencies of directly and/or indirectly received responses from the plurality of members of the multicast group, and provides a plurality of estimated values for a plurality of packet transmission rates from measurement of the frequencies for one or more of said tunnels.07-30-2009
20080239982METHOD FOR MONITORING IMPULSE NOISE - In a network for digital data packet transmission, quality records are stored in a memory. Each of the quality records is indicative for a reception quality being sensed of one or more received data packets. Thereupon, upon overflow of the memory, one or more of the quality records is discarded from the memory. For at least one of the quality records, discarding weights are generated as a function of at least one of the quality records and associated to the quality records. Hereby, upon such overflow, the discarding weights are taken into account in predefined rules and conditions according to which the discarding of the quality records is performed.10-02-2008
20100142388METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EVALUATING ADAPTIVE JITTER BUFFER PERFORMANCE - A method and system for providing a test signal to evaluate the performance of an adaptive jitter buffer are disclosed. For example, the method transmits a test signal into a communication network, and applies a jitter impairment along a path traversed by the test signal in the network preceding a device supporting a Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) service, wherein the device having an adaptive jitter buffer. The method then analyzes the test signal that is received from the device to determine a performance of the adaptive jitter buffer.06-10-2010
20130215772RECONFIGURATION AND HANDOVER PROCEDURES FOR FUZZY CELLS - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may transmit data via multiple component carriers associated with multiple eNode-Bs. The WTRU may receive a handover request message from a source eNode-B. While maintaining a connection with a component carrier on the source eNode-B, the WTRU may establish a connection with another component carrier on a target eNode-B.08-22-2013
20130215768SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATIC DSCP TRACING FOR XOIP ELEMENTS - Systems, methods, and non-transitory computer-readable storage media for performing automatic Differentiated Services Code Point tracing for XoIP elements. A system configured as an agent maintains a cache of destination network addresses based on prior network communications. Then, the system identifies a destination network address to test. The system can identify the destination network address to test based on the cache of destination network addresses. The cache can include additional information, such as network test results, traffic information, port numbers, DSCP trace value, measurements of traffic protection, service provider information, etc. Next, the system automatically sends to the destination network address a network test configured to determine a Differentiated Services Code Point trace. The system can perform the network test for any type of network traffic and port.08-22-2013
20080267085Method for Generating /Changing Transport Connection Identifier in Portable Internet Network and Portable Subscriber Station Therefor - The present invention relates to a method for generating/changing a transport connection identifier (CID) in a portable Internet System, and a terminal using the same. Accordingly, the present invention provides a terminal including a packet detecting unit, a user input/output unit, a CID managing unit, and a data storing unit. The packet detecting unit determines whether a packet can be classified by a pre-established packet classification rule or a packet cannot be classified by the rules (10-30-2008
20080267086ESTIMATION OF THERMAL NOISE AND RISE-OVER-THERMAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for estimating thermal noise and rise-over-thermal (RoT) in a communication system are described. In an aspect, thermal noise in a sideband may be measured and used to estimate thermal noise in a signal band. In one design, received power in the sideband may be measured, e.g., by computing total power of FFT transform coefficients within the sideband. Thermal noise may be estimated based on (e.g., by filtering) the measured received power in the sideband. Received power in the signal band may also be measured. Total received power may be estimated based on (e.g., by filtering) the measured received power in the signal band. RoT may then be estimated based on the estimated thermal noise and the estimated total received power. The estimated RoT may be used to estimate an available load for a cell, which may be used to admit and/or schedule users in the cell.10-30-2008
20080267083Automatic Discovery Of Service/Host Dependencies In Computer Networks - An activity model is generated at a computer. The activity model may be generated by monitoring incoming and outgoing channels for packets for a predetermined window of time. To generate an activity model, an input and an output channel are selected. A probability distribution function describing the observed waiting time between packet arrivals on the selected input channel and the selected output channel is generated by mining the data collected during the selected window of time. A probability distribution function describing the observed waiting time between a randomly chosen instant and receiving a packet on the selected input channel is also generated. The distance between the two generated probability distribution functions is computed. If the computed distance is greater than a predefined confidence level, then the two selected channels are deemed to be related. Otherwise, the selected channels are deemed to be unrelated. The activity model is further generated by comparing each input and output channel pair entering or leaving a particular computer.10-30-2008
20100150002Method and System for Determining the Cause of Trunk Group Blocking - Described herein are systems and methods for categorizing a blocked trunk group event into likely causes, thereby improving the ability to prevent and/or resolve any disruptions in services. An exemplary method includes analyzing network traffic from at least one trunk group, detecting a trunk group blocking event, and categorizing a cause of the trunk group blocking event based on the analyzed network traffic. An exemplary system includes a trunk group analyzing tool for analyzing network traffic from at least one trunk group, detecting a trunk group blocking event, and categorizing a cause of the trunk group blocking event based on the analyzed network traffic.06-17-2010
20100271968TECHNIQUES FOR CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods for a User Equipment (UE) to transmit Channel Quality Index (CQI) feedback information, and an indicator in feedback information, to an evolved Node B (eNB) in a wireless communication system, and apparatuses therefore, are provided. A method for a UE to transmit CQI feedback information to eNB in a wireless communication system, includes obtaining one or more Transmission Points Configurations for Coordinated MultiPoint (CoMP) (TPCCs), each TPCC including a unique combination of one or more cells in a CoMP measurement set, estimating a channel for one or more cells in the CoMP measurement set, computing a CQI for each of at least one of the one or more TPCCs, each CQI being computed using one or more estimated channels that correspond to the combination of one or more cells included in a corresponding TPCC, generating CQI feedback information based on the one or more CQIs, and transmitting the CQI feedback information.10-28-2010
20100135175Method and Arrangement in Communication Networks - The present invention relates to a user equipment (06-03-2010
20100271966COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RESOURCE MANAGEMENT DEVICE, WIRELESS BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - Disclosed is a technique of efficiently collecting communication quality information with excellent responsiveness in wireless resource management. According to the technique, a RRM 10-28-2010
20100142396METHOD FOR SELECTING OPERATIONAL CHANNEL OF NETWORK COORDINATOR IN WIRELESS NARROW AREA NETWORK AND COORDINATOR USING THE SAME - A method for selecting an operational channel of a wireless narrow area network, a coordinator using the same, and a computer-readable recording media recording a program for realizing the method. More particularly, a method for selecting an operational channel of a wireless narrow area network in which one radio channel is occupied by a plurality of coordinators at different timings by selecting a predetermined period of a radio channel where a coordinator of the wireless narrow area network is used by another coordinator as own operational channel, a coordinator using the same, and a computer-readable recording media recording a program for realizing the method.06-10-2010
20090034425CALL CASE CONTROLLED BLER TARGET SETTING - A method and system are disclosed for call case controlled block error rate (BLER) or bit error rate (BER) target setting in WCDMA and other CDMA technologies for Mobile to Mobile (MTM) and Mobile to Public Switched Telephone Network (MTPSTN) communication systems, whereby first an overall BLER/BER target value is defined.02-05-2009
20100142398HARDWARE IMPLEMENTATION OF NETWORK TESTING AND PERFORMANCE MONITORING IN A NETWORK DEVICE - An embodiment of the present invention offloads the generation and monitoring of test packets from a Central processing Unit (CPU) to a dedicated network integrated circuit, such as a router, bridge or switch chip associated with the CPU. The CPU may download test routines and test data to the network IC, which then generates the test packets, identifies and handles received test packets, collects test statistics, and performs other test functions all without loading the CPU. The CPU may be notified when certain events occur, such as when throughput or jitter thresholds for the network are exceeded.06-10-2010
20090109867WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - The wireless communication apparatus, which performs a wireless communication by using one of switchable communication rates, includes quality assurance level specifying means for specifying a quality assurance level that is the minimum communication rate for assuring transfer quality of a streaming data of specified transfer rate; communication rate setting control means for determining an initial setting value that is higher communication rate than the quality assurance level, setting the communication rate to the initial setting value when the communication is started, and changing a setting of the communication rate according to the communication state; and a transmission process unit for performing a modulation process of the streaming data according to the communication rate for transmitting the modulated streaming data.04-30-2009
20090180393Sampling apparatus distinguishing a failure in a network even by using a single sampling and a method therefor - A network analyzer includes a sampler and a network anomaly detector. The sampler acquires communication data flowing through nodes by a data collector, estimates a topology of the nodes based on the acquired communication data by a topology estimator, stores the estimated topology of the nodes in a storage, reads out the estimated result from the storage to generate a predetermined item for each read-out topology of the nodes as a sampling rule by a rule generator, and samples the supplied communication data based on the generated sampling rule by a packet sampler. The topology of the network is thereby estimated in advance to narrow down objects to be sampled. The behavior of the communication data can thus be grasped in correlation between a target network and other networks.07-16-2009
20110205912PACKET TIMING MEASUREMENT - A method and apparatus for performing packet time measurements. In one embodiment, the method comprises transmitting a packet in the network from a sender to a receiver through a plurality of devices; creating a plurality of packets by copying the packet at each of the plurality of devices as the packet is being transmitted through the plurality of devices, including adding a time stamp to each packet in the plurality of packets, wherein time stamps of plurality of packets are generated with data from time stamp engines synchronized to a global clock; sending the plurality of packets with their time stamps to a tool; and performing analysis on the plurality of packets using the tool.08-25-2011
20090190485Method of Closed Loop Power Control Adjusted by Self-Interference - A method and apparatus for controlling the transmit power of a mobile device in a mobile communication network takes the level of self-interference into account to perform inner-loop power control. For normal inner-loop power control, a signal quality estimate is compared to a signal quality target and power control commands are generated based on the comparison. When self-interference is the dominant impairment in the received signal, a “fast break” is introduced to change inner-loop power control command generation.07-30-2009
20090190484DIRECTIONAL TOPOLOGY DISCOVERY FOR DOWNHOLE NETWORKS - An apparatus and method for discovering and monitoring a collection of nodes in a downhole network may include receiving data packets originating from several downhole nodes. These packets may be read to extract a unique identifier and hop count for each of the nodes. This information may then be used to create entries in a network topology table corresponding to each of the downhole nodes. Each entry may contain unique identifier identifying the respective node, a hop count identifying a location of the node within the downhole network, and a direction identifier. The method may further include modifying one or more entries in the topology table having a conflicting hop count and direction identifier.07-30-2009
20090190492Header Estimation To Improve Multimedia Quality Over Wireless Networks - A method is provided for estimating the header of a data packet in a wireless communication system. The method includes: maintaining a list of data packets received without an error at a receiver; receiving at the receiver a corrupt data packet having errors in its header; computing a likelihood score for the header of the corrupt data packet in relation to each entry in the list of data packets; and selecting an entry having the highest likelihood score as an estimated header for the corrupt data packet.07-30-2009
20090190483Network transmission system and a testing method thereof - A method, testing the network transmission, includes the step of providing a buffer of a scheduled size in a first storage unit, moving at least one transmission data from a second storage unit to the buffer in the first storage unit, and uploading the transmission data from the buffer in the first storage unit to an Internet.07-30-2009
20090190490METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR DETERMINING TRANSMISSION DELAY - Determining mutual differences of transmission delays experienced by protocol data units transmitted in a communications network is based on a surprising discovery that the time difference between the receiving moments of protocol data units the temporal receiving order of which deviates from their temporal transmitting order represents the smallest possible difference between the transmission delays experienced by these protocol data units. In a method it is determined, based on an order indicator associated with a protocol data unit received at an earlier point of time and an order indicator associated with a protocol data unit received later, whether the mutual order of the protocol data units changed during transmission. If the mutual order has changed, the time difference between the receiving moments of the protocol data units is calculated, which time difference represents the smallest possible difference between the transmission delays experienced by these protocol data units.07-30-2009
20090185501METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINATION AND EXCHANGE OF NETWORK TIMING INFORMATION - Aspects of a method and system for determination and exchange of network timing information are provided. In this regard, for each network hop traversed by a packet, a propagation delay of said network hop may be determined. Moreover, the propagation delay, and/or a hop length calculated utilizing the propagation delay, may be appended to the packet. The packet may, for example, be a MMRP registration packet or a SRP reservation packet. The packet may be dropped in instances that the propagation delay and/or length of a one or more traversed network hops is outside a determined range. The hop length may be determined by multiplying the propagation delay by a speed of propagation on the hop. The speed of propagation may be determined based on the physical layer technology associated with the network hop. Digital rights management may be implemented for media communicated on the network hop based at least in part on the hop length or the propagation delay. In this regard, use of media content may be restricted to a specified location.07-23-2009
20120195223Verifiable and Accurate Service Usage Monitoring for Intermediate Networking Devices - Various embodiments are disclosed for a services policy communication system and method. In some embodiments, an intermediary networking device provides a service intermediary or intermediate connection between a network and one or more communications devices; implements a service policy set for assisting control of the intermediate networking device use of a service on the network, in which the service policy set includes one or more service policies, each policy being associated with either the intermediate networking device or a communications device; and monitors use of the service based on the service policy set; and in which the one or more of the communication devices include a service usage notification capability, and the implementation of the first service policy set is verified.08-02-2012
20120195220Wireless Mesh Network and Method of Frequency Optimization - The present invention relates to a wireless mesh network and a method of frequency optimization comprising devices such as router over which the connection established with the other networks is routed, access points which act as a data transmission point in the network and client devices which use the network resources over access points; operate with the IEEE 802.11n standards compatibly and wherein the most appropriate channel is selected by monitoring the frequencies of the current and candidate channel on which the data transmission is carried out.08-02-2012
20120195222Verifiable and Accurate Service Usage Monitoring for Intermediate Networking Devices - Various embodiments are disclosed for a services policy communication system and method. In some embodiments, an intermediary networking device provides a service intermediary or intermediate connection between a network and one or more communications devices; implements a service policy set for assisting control of the intermediate networking device use of a service on the network, in which the service policy set includes one or more service policies, each policy being associated with either the intermediate networking device or a communications device; and monitors use of the service based on the service policy set; and in which the one or more of the communication devices include a service usage notification capability, and the implementation of the first service policy set is verified.08-02-2012
20120195221METHOD AND APPARATUS OF RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FOR MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST MULTICAST SERVICES - A method and apparatus of resource management for multimedia broadcast multicast services (MBMS) are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) sends a measurement report and an MBMS reception performance report to a network. Single frequency network (SFN) area change may be made based on cell reselection information, WTRU macro-diversity MBMS reception performance, neighbor cell signal strength reported by a WTRU, interference level measured by the WTRU, a number of WTRUs in a cell, service priority, WTRU class, WTRU mobility trend, WTRU location to a cell center, WTRU MBMS reception interference level, etc. The MBMS service on/off decision and/or point-to-point (PTP) to point-to-multipoint (PTM) switching may be made based on a channel condition of a WTRU. The channel condition may be determined based on whether the WTRU is in in-sync or out-of-sync in MBMS reception, consecutive negative acknowledgements (NAKs) within a certain time window, measured pathloss from a reference channel, etc.08-02-2012
20120195219APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PRECODING BY LIMITED COOPERATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method are provided for precoding by limited cooperation in a wireless communication system. A method of data precoding by a Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system includes determining a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) parameter indicating channel size information between the BS and a User Equipment (UE) served by the BS; transmitting the determined CQI parameter through a backhaul to a central unit; receiving, from the central unit, a weight factor based on a CQI parameter from each cell; and determining a precoding vector based on the weight factor. The weight factor represents a relative ratio of an inter-cell environment that is to be interfered by the BS.08-02-2012
20120195218SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DELIVERING PUSH MESSAGE - A system may deliver a push message to user equipment. The system may include a push notification server and a mobile communication core network. The push notification server may be configured to create and transmit a push message when a certain data is updated. The mobile communication core network may be configured to receive the push message from the push notification server, determine whether a user equipment associated with the push message is connected to a wireless local area network (WLAN) access network, and transmit the push message to the user equipment through at least one of a mobile communication radio access network and the WLAN access network based on the determination.08-02-2012
20090303889Method of uplink synchronization establishment based on the united transmission technology and the transmission matrix thereof - The present invention discloses an establishment method of uplink synchronization based on the joint transmission technology. User equipment (UE) first performs channel estimation for the downlink channel which is close to the uplink channel and determines the transmission timing of the transmission signals of uplink synchronous time slot. What's more, based on the estimation result of the downlink channel, UE constructs the transmission matrix A as well as the matrix d that is related to the signals originally intended to be sent, and then solves d=Ae+n, obtaining the converted signal e, which is used to replace the original uplink synchronous sequence for transmission, during transmission process, the method employs the transmission timing that is determined by step (b); the base station estimates the received signals by a correlator, obtaining the timing of uplink signals and deducing the time adjustments for UE; finally the network instructs UE to complete the adjustments for the transmission timing of uplink signals, and the establishment of uplink synchronization is completed. With this method, the base station within the mobile communication system can precisely instruct UE to complete the establishment process of uplink synchronization. The present invention also discloses a transmission matrix in TD-SCDMA system and its generation method thereof. The transmission matrix can be used to eliminate channel time delay feature after the conversion of uplink synchronous sequence.12-10-2009
20120195208PROGRAMMABLE MULTIFIELD PARSER PACKET - A method of operating a packet parser in a computing system includes providing a configurable packet pointer by the packet parser, the packet pointer configured to index a configurable number of atomic parsing elements, the atomic parsing elements having a configurable size, in a data stream received by the computing system for extraction, wherein the indexed atomic parsing elements are non-contiguous in the data stream; and receiving the extracted indexed atomic parsing elements from the data stream by the packet parser.08-02-2012
20100142400ERROR DETECTION AND RECOVERY IN A DIGITAL MULTIMEDIA RECEIVER SYSTEM - A method for detecting errors in a digital multimedia receiver system is disclosed including the steps of receiving a packetized bitstream representing a video program from at least one of a plurality of transponders in the receiver system, the packetized bitstream periodically including a marker packet having data relating to a continuity counter value, and counting each occurrence of the marker packet in a first counter. The continuity counter value is evaluated at the occurrence of each counting and a second counter is incremented if each continuity counter value is one higher than a previously evaluated continuity counter value. It is determined whether a valid bitstream is being received by comparing values of the first and second counters at predetermined time intervals.06-10-2010
20100142399METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INFORMATION TRANSFER - A method for information transfer includes: determining, by a source Mobility Management Network Element (MMNE) of a source Access Network (AN), version number of GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) used between the source MMNE and a destination MMNE of a destination AN; and transmitting, by the source MMNE, user information corresponding to the version number of the GTP used between the source MMNE and the destination MMNE to the destination MMNE. The embodiment of the invention also provides a device for information transfer. With the embodiment of present invention, corresponding user information transfer may be realized.06-10-2010
20100142395BAND MEASUREMENT METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A band measurement method for measuring a band available for communication with a target device connected via a network includes: transmitting a first request having a first data size and requesting a response having a fixed size to the target device via the network; determining a first time between the transmitting of the first request and the receipt of the response upon receipt of the response; transmitting a second request having a second data size and requesting a response having the fixed size to the target device via the network; determining a second time between transmitting of the second request and the receipt of the response upon receipt of the response; and calculating a first communication band available for transmitting data to the target device by dividing the difference between the first and second data sizes by the difference between the first and second times.06-10-2010
20100142397METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IDENTIFYING UDP COMMUNICATIONS - The allocation of network resources, such as bandwidth, etc., can be dynamically adjusted based on the knowledge of the traffic volume, the transport protocol used by the payload and entitled level of services. The type of transport protocol can be determined by monitoring and analyzing characteristics of the data traffic. The frames or packets over a particular channel are monitored to identify the time between frames for a particular period of time. This time then can be used to calculate a recent average time. The timing of subsequently received frames can then be compared to this average to determine if the transport protocol is UDP, TCP or some other protocol. In other embodiments a recent average throughput can be calculated and be compared to a current throughput. This information, along with the load and entitled level of service is used to control the network resources.06-10-2010
20090161569SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR FACILITATING CARRIER ETHERNET PERFORMANCE AND QUALITY MEASUREMENTS - An Ethernet metric system and methodology which provides comparable measurements over a data link layer for use in network engineering and Service Provider (SP) performance monitoring. The Ethernet metric system of the present invention utilizes a measurement appliance known as a nodal member for measuring various Ethernet and IP metrics. A plurality of nodal members is used to make one-way or round-trip measurements over asymmetrical paths. The system includes a database for storing measurement data recorded by the plurality of nodal members. A workstation is also contemplated to facilitate system configuration and reporting of measurement data. The system further includes at least one service daemon for interfacing between the plurality of nodal members and the database. Additionally, the service daemon instructs the plurality of nodal members to create vectors and obtain vector configuration from the database. The service daemon processes results data transmitted from the nodal members to the database.06-25-2009
20090161566Network Management System and Method for Performing Scalable Loss Measurements within an Access Network - A network management system and a method are described herein that determine if one or more devices (e.g., consumer premises equipment(s)) are experiencing an unacceptable packet loss for downstream multicast traffic in an access network. In one embodiment, the network management system performs the following operations: (1) cause a trigger probe to be sent to the one or more devices, where each trigger probe contains information which causes the corresponding device to start a packet loss measurement; and (2) receive an unacceptable loss measurement message from one of the devices if that one device experienced packet losses over a certain period of time that exceeded a predetermined threshold which would be an indication that the one end device is experiencing an unacceptable packet loss.06-25-2009
20090180395COMMUNICATING NETWORK STATUS - A method for communicating network status information includes receiving, via a first link, a request for status information from a client device, the first link being a link between a router device and a client device. In response to the request, a data exchanger is polled for status information via a second link. The second link is a link between the router device and the data exchanger. The status information identifies a state of a third link between the data exchanger and a wide area network. The status information is received via the second link and communicated to the client device via the first link.07-16-2009
20110267972APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING OF CYCLIC SHIFT PARAMETER FOR SUPPORTING ORTHOGONALITY IN MIMO ENVIRONMENT - A method includes: determining a CS parameter which implicitly indicates an orthogonality allocation rule and orthogonality-related information, by determining a multiple access state of one or more User Equipments (UEs), and transmitting the determined CS parameter to the one or more UEs, wherein the orthogonality-related information comprises an Orthogonal Cover Code (OCC) indicated by the CS parameter, the orthogonality allocation rule is determined as a uniform scheme or a non-uniform scheme according to a set with at least one element to which the CS parameter belongs, if the non-uniform scheme is applied as the orthogonality rule, determining the at least one element as the CS parameter of the UE if the UE is in an SU-MIMO (Single User Multiple Input Multiple Output) state, and if the uniform scheme is applied as the orthogonality rule, determining the at least one element as the CS parameter of the UE if the UE is in an MU-MIMO (Multiple User Multiple Input Multiple Output) state.11-03-2011
20110267969BROADBAND TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM BETWEEN ONE OR MORE CONTROL CENTERS AND ONE OR MORE MOBILE UNITS - A broadband telecommunication system between one or more control centers (CC) and one or more mobile units (MU) moving at high speed, the communication being supported by a wireless radiosystem with handover (HO) roaming. According to the main aspect of the invention, it is possible to minimize the scan step of the handover, thanks to the introduction in the procedure of a certain number of parameters and the setting thereof suitably handled via a specific algorithm.11-03-2011
20090129283METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION OF DEVICE IN WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK - Provided is a method of transmitting information regarding a device in a wireless personal area network (WPAN). In the method, a probe request frame is received from one of devices belonging to the WPAN according to a common mode which is a physical layer (PHY) transmission mode being commonly supported by the devices, the probe request frame containing information requesting information regarding a PHY transmission mode supported by another specific device, a probe response frame containing the information regarding the PHY transmission mode supported by the specific device is generated, and then the probe response frame is transmitted to the device transmitting the probe request frame, according to the common mode.05-21-2009
20110026413METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MULTIPLE FREQUENCY HYPOTHESIS TESTING WITH FULL SYNCH ACQUISITION IN AN E-UTRA/LTE UE RECEIVER - A mobile device receives a radio frequency (RF) signal comprising a primary synchronization sequence (PSS) and a secondary synchronization sequence (SSS). The mobile device performs multiple frequency hypothesis (MFH) testing via multiple MFH branches. A SSS decoding and a PSS correlation process are performed, respectively, per MFH branch. The SSS decoding may be performed according to corresponding PSS detection. Cell-specific information such as cell ID information and/or Cyclic Prefix (CP) length is acquired per MFH branch based on corresponding PSS detection and SSS decoding. Subsequently, the mobile device selects a particular MFH branch with a maximum PSS correlation peak over the entire MFH branches. The cell-specific information from the selected MFH branch is utilized for communications within a corresponding cell if the information is detected consistently. The mobile device compares cell ID information and/or CP length information over the remaining MFH branches for consistency check.02-03-2011
20110205925DYNAMIC CHANNEL SHARING USING BANDWIDTH METRICS - In a Mobile Ad Hoc Network (MANET), each node calculates a bandwidth output value representative of data output requirements for the node relative to the transmit time slots available to the node. This value is shared with other nodes in the MANET and may be employed to more efficiently allocate channel usage among nodes as traffic demands and network topology change.08-25-2011
20110205921METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING FORBIDDEN CHANNEL LIST - A method for generating a forbidden channel list for a combined wireless communication station comprises the steps of: obtaining a channel usage report from an access point; performing a channel scan procedure; generating at least one of a channel load report, a noise indicator report, a signal strength indicator report and a packet error rate report according to the results of the channel scan procedure; and generating a forbidden channel list at least according to the generated one of the channel usage report, the channel load report, the noise indicator report, the signal strength to report, and the packet error rate report.08-25-2011
20110205917SIGNAL PROCESSING SYSTEM, SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS, SIGNAL PROCESSING PROGRAM - A signal processing system that includes a transmitter component, a receiver component, a comparison component and an execution component is provided. The transmitter component transmits a predetermined detection signal, using one or other of a plurality of signal lines of a transmission path. The receiver component receives an interference signal, occurring in a different signal line from the signal line the transmitter component used for transmitting the detection signal, the interference signal occurring from interference due to the detection signal transmitted from the transmitter component. The comparison component compares a voltage value of the interference signal received by the receiver component with a predetermined reference voltage value. The execution component, based on a comparison result of comparison by the comparison component, executes predetermined processing according to the comparison result.08-25-2011
20110205914Threshold Determination in TDOA-Based Positioning System - A method in a wireless communication terminal including receiving a signal comprising at least a Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) transmission from a serving cell and a PRS transmission from a neighbor cell, estimating a signal quality metric (SQM) based on the PRS transmission from the neighbor cell, estimating a time difference of arrival (TDOA) measurement for the neighbor cell based on the PRS transmissions, determining if the estimated SQM satisfies a criterion, and sending a report to the serving cell that includes at least the estimated TDOA if the criterion is satisfied.08-25-2011
20110205913BEAMFORMING AND SDMA METHODS FOR WIRELESS LAN AND OTHER APPLICATIONS - Embodiments of the present disclosure present methods for calculating beamforming and spatial division multiple access (SDMA) weights utilizing minimum mean square error (MMSE) method. The beamforming and SDMA weights may also be normalized for further performance improvements.08-25-2011
20110205910SYSTEM, APPARATUS, AND METHOD TO INDICATE PREFERRED ACCESS POINTS AND SERVICE PROVIDERS - The present invention is a system, apparatus, and method for a “Priority” field that is included in the information transmitted by an Access Point (AP) (08-25-2011
20130215780Closed User Groups - An arrangement for providing, on an ad hoc basis, a closed user group (CUG) among a collection of pre-defined IP network users. A set of intelligent access devices, dispersed through the IP network, constantly transmit a set of pings associated with the defines CUGs to discover those devices within its communication range. The discovered IP addresses for each device is thus constantly updated, allowing group members to remain in constant contact (emulating an “always on” connection). The users feels they are always connected with group members and thus have instant access to voice/data/video sessions—much like hot lines or “always on” connections.08-22-2013
20090161574Method and System for Establishing a Communications Connection - According to one embodiment of the invention, a method for establishing a communications connection is provided. The method includes transmitting, by a digital subscriber line access multiplexer to a communications device, a plurality of parameters each representing a different indication of a same feature of the digital subscriber line access multiplexer. Each parameter is correlated with one or more communications settings. The method also includes establishing a plurality of digital subscriber line connections with the communications device. Each connection corresponds with a particular one of the parameters. The method also includes selecting one of the connections as meeting a predetermined criteria. The method also includes identifying one of the parameters that corresponds to the selected connection. The method also includes establishing a digital subscriber line connection with the communications device using at least one communications setting correlated with the identified parameter.06-25-2009
20090161573Network System, Edge Node, and Access Device - In order to specify a data discarding point in a network, provided is a network system for collecting, in the network including an access network and a transport network, pieces of statistical information including a traffic amount of the network, including: an access terminal coupled to the access network; and an edge node for interconnecting the access network and the transport network, in which: the access terminal is configured to: measure pieces of statistical information including a traffic amount in the access terminal; and notify the edge node of the measured pieces of statistical information; and the edge node collects the pieces of statistical information notified by the access terminal.06-25-2009
20090161570OPTIMAL COMBINATION OF SAMPLED MEASUREMENTS - Two regularized estimators that avoid the pathologies associated with variance estimation are disclosed. The regularized variance estimator adds a contribution to estimated variance representing the likely error, and hence ameliorates the pathologies of estimating small variances while at the same time allowing more reliable estimates to be balanced in the convex combination estimator. The bounded variance estimator employs an upper bound to the variance which avoids estimation pathologies when sampling probabilities are very small.06-25-2009
20090185503NETWORK TRAFFIC ANALYZING DEVICE, NETWORK TRAFFIC ANALYZING METHOD AND NETWORK TRAFFIC ANALYZING SYSTEM - A network traffic analyzing device accurately analyzes traffic of a communications network. The traffic analysis device includes a real time statistic information setting/managing unit for collecting information regarding communication data between a primary network and an access network from a traffic collecting device in real time. The device also includes a real time statistic information monitoring unit, an alert condition setting unit for alerting one or more conditions regarding the information collected from the traffic collecting device in real time, and an alert managing/notifying unit for generating an alert regarding traffic between the network and the access network based upon one or more alert conditions.07-23-2009
20110267968MULTIPLE-FRAME OFFSET BETWEEN NEIGHBOR CELLS TO ENHANCE THE GERAN SIGNALING PERFORMANCE WHEN POWER CONTROL FOR SIGNALING IS IN USE - The present patent application comprises means and instructions for improving signaling by increasing a power of at least one signaling channel if errors on the signaling channel occur, comprising tracking quality of the at least one signaling channel, determining whether the at least one signaling channel has an error rate that is above a threshold, and increasing power to the at least one signaling channel if the error rate is above the threshold.11-03-2011
20120140665METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR AUTHORIZING POLICY AND CHARGING CONTROL RULE - A method, an apparatus and a system for authorizing a policy and charging control rule are provided. The method includes: receiving a resource allocation request message, where the resource allocation request message indicates that a resource is allocated on a designated bearer; sending ARP information of the designated bearer to a PCRF; and receiving QoS of PCC rule authorized by the PCRF according to the ARP information of the designated bearer, and performing bearer binding according to the QoS of the authorized PCC rule. In the present invention, the PCRF acquires the ARP information of the designated bearer, so that the PCC rule authorized by the PCRF can be bound to the designated bearer, and the user equipment on the designated bearer can be successfully allocated the resource.06-07-2012
20090129287METHOD, SYSTEM, AND MOBILE NODE FOR UPDATING A CLASSIFIER - A method, a system, and a mobile node (MN) for updating a data classifier are provided, which mainly include the following steps: acquiring an MN's classifier information before the relocation of an access router and the MN's new classifier information after the relocation of the access router, updating corresponding properties that are changed in the classifier information, and generating updated classifier information. Therefore, after the relocation of the access router, the classifier for data packets can be correctly found, the data packets can be correctly forwarded according to the classifier information, and the uniqueness of the new CoA can be ensured.05-21-2009
20090129285STATISTIC REPORTING METHOD AND MEDIA GATEWAY - A statistic reporting method includes: obtaining the current time information after an MG determines that the statistic parameter value needs to be reported if the reporting of a statistic parameter value needs to be bound to the time information, when associating the current time with the current value of the statistic parameter to be reported, and reporting such information to an MGC. In the present disclosure, the MG associates the current time information with the current value of the statistic parameter to be reported, and reports such information to the MGC, thus enabling the MGC to obtain the correct time of triggering the reporting of the statistic parameter value, reducing errors and improving the accuracy of subsequent analysis and prediction based on the reported statistic parameter value.05-21-2009
20090129282Method and apparatus for measuring quality of VoIP call - Provided are a method and an apparatus for periodically measuring speech quality in a voice over Internet protocol (VoIP) terminal while a VoIP call between VoIP terminals is in progress. The method comprises: receiving summary information regarding traffic sent from an opposite VoIP terminal; and evaluating speech quality by comparing the summary information with actually received information regarding the traffic sent from the opposite VoIP. Accordingly, each VoIP terminal can precisely evaluate the speech quality periodically and send the evaluation result to each other.05-21-2009
20120140653METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING A MEASUREMENT CONTEXT - A method and a device for processing a measurement context are provided by the present invention. The method includes: preparing for handover between radio access network devices in the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system (06-07-2012
20120140651SYSTEM SUPPORT FOR ACCESSING AND SWITCHING AMONG MULTIPLE WIRELESS INTERFACES ON MOBILE DEVICES - A client-based system for use in a mobile client device in communication with a remote server device provides for dynamically switching among multiple wireless interfaces on the mobile client device. The system includes a first interface for communicating over a cellular network, a second interface for communicating over a WiFi network, and a computer-readable medium within the mobile client device, having thereon computer-executable instructions for switching one or more connection-oriented sessions from one of the first and second interfaces to the other based on a selection policy selected from an energy saving selection policy, an offload selection policy, and a performance selection policy.06-07-2012
20120140650BANDWIDTH EFFICIENCY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method of processing a signal for transmission, the method comprising: determining a quality of a first portion of the signal; and if the quality satisfies a threshold criterion then aggregating a representation of the first portion of the signal with a representation of a subsequent portion of the signal.06-07-2012
20120140647Communications Techniques For Bursty Noise Environments - Techniques are disclosed that involve communicating in bursty noise environments. For instance, a source device may send a probing packet to a destination device. This probing packet is for determining whether the communications medium (e.g., one or more frequency channels) is currently exhibiting a busy or jammed (e.g., due to bursty noise) condition. More particularly, based on whether an acknowledgment of the probing packet is received, the source device determines whether the channel is jammed (or busy) or clear. For example, an unacknowledged probing packet indicates that the channel is jammed or busy, while an acknowledged probing packet indicates that the channel is clear. If the channel is determined to be clear, then the source device may transmit one or more data packets to the destination device. Such data packet transmissions may be in accordance with a non rate-adaptive technique.06-07-2012
20120140643METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC ESTIMATION OF TRAFFIC REASSIGNMENT - A method and apparatus for providing an estimation of traffic reassignment for a network are disclosed. For example, the method and apparatus provide an automatic estimation of traffic reassignment for a wireless network.06-07-2012
20120140642Configuration of access points in a telecommunications network - A GSM or UMTS mobile telecommunications network is provided including a radio access network comprising macro base stations with additional access points. The access points are connected to a network core via a hub and a concentrator and may appear to a mobile terminal as a conventional base station that communicates with the mobile terminal using GSM or UMTS protocols and does not require modification to a standard GSM or UMTS mobile terminal. The access points are associated as a cluster. A procedure includes performing initial configuration of the access points such that one or more of the access points operates in a transmit mode while the other access points operate in a receive mode only. The strength of the received signal is processed by a processor associated with the concentrator which calculates and provides parameters to each of the access points to provide optimum radio coverage within premises.06-07-2012
20100034104DELAYABLE EVENTS IN HOME NETWORK - In one embodiment, a method for monitoring events in a home network is provided. A node receives a subscription request from a control point, wherein the subscription request indicates an interest in delayable eventing. A change is detected in an event variable. It is then determined if the control point can receive an event sent from the node. If the control point cannot receive an event sent from the node, an event notification regarding the change in the event variable is stored such that the event notification can be retrieved when the control point can receive communications from the node.02-11-2010
20120069768TRANSMIT ANTENNA SUBSET SELECTION FOR RETRANSMISSION - A transmit switched antenna system utilizes one of several antennas selection protocols combined with feedback from a receiving device to take advantage of time and space transmission for the same information. A transmit device transmits first information over a first subset of a set of antennas and receives an ACK or NACK from the receiver along with a channel quality indicator. If a NACK is received, the transmitter selects a next antenna subset for transmission, based on the antenna selection protocol utilized. One protocol randomly selects the next subset and does not require the channel quality indicator. Another protocol determines the next antenna subset based on channel quality history, and a third protocol selects the next antenna subset based on expectation of retransmissions for different protocols.03-22-2012
20120069767METHOD AND AN ARRANGEMENT FOR A MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - The present invention relates to a user device and a method for providing a solution for how to make automatic update of the presence state in a mobile device in a communication service e.g. a buddy list in a chat service. The solution is based on that the user device analyzes the background ‘“noise” 5 (sound) of the audio environment, and utilizes this analysis for determining a presence state of the user of the mobile device.03-22-2012
20120069766System and method of hybrid FDM/TDM coexistence interference avoidance - A hybrid FDM/TDM solution for in-device coexistence interference avoidance is proposed. A user equipment (UE) comprises a first radio transceiver and a second co-located radio transceiver. The UE detects coexistence interference between the two radios based on radio signal measurement. The UE sends an IDC interference indicator to its serving base station (eNB). The UE also reports IDC information including recommendation for FDM and TDM configurations to the eNB. The eNB receives the IDC interference indicator and evaluates whether to trigger FDM-based solution to mitigate the coexistence interference. The eNB also evaluates whether to trigger TDM-based solution to mitigate coexistence interference. The evaluation is based on the recommended FDM and TDM configurations. The eNB may trigger FDM-based solution, TDM-based solution, or FDM and TDM solution based on the evaluation results of the feasibility and effectiveness of each solution.03-22-2012
20120069765VIRTUAL GATEWAY NODE FOR DUAL-MODE WIRELESS PHONES - In one embodiment, a virtual gateway mediates between a dual-mode subscriber device and an IP-based PBX. In particular, the virtual gateway includes a WLAN interface for communicating with the dual-mode subscriber device and a network interface (wired or wireless) for communicating with the IP-based PBX over the Internet. As such, the virtual gateway may relay voice and call control instructions between the dual-mode subscriber device and the IP-based PBX, and may provide the same call control functions to the dual-mode subscriber device provided by the call control processor in existing dual-mode phones. The embodiment further provides a dual-mode subscriber device suitable for operation with the virtual gateway. Because the dual-mode subscriber device does not require a call control processor, the battery life and cost of the device are significantly improved.03-22-2012
20120069764METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DOWNLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication is provided that schedules both Distributed Virtual Resource Blocks (DVRB) and Localized Virtual Resource Blocks (LVRB) in a same frequency channel, thereby obtaining the benefits of frequency selective scheduling while minimizing the uplink feedback overhead. In one embodiment of the invention, the communication system assigns one or more downlink Physical Resource Blocks (PRBs) of multiple downlink Physical Resource Blocks (PRBs) to each user equipment (UE) given an LVRB to produce at least one reserved PRB and multiple non-reserved PRBs and assigns a part of each PRB of the multiple non-reserved PRBs to a UE given a DVRB. In another embodiment of the invention, the communication system assigns PRBs pre-reserved for localized transmission to UEs scheduled for LVRBs and assigns parts of multiple PRBs pre-reserved for distributed transmission to each UE given a DVRB.03-22-2012
20120069763Method and Apparatus for Negotiation Control of Quality of Service Parameters - A method and an apparatus for negotiation control of Quality of Service (QoS) parameters are provided. The method includes: obtaining, by a High Rate Packet Data (HRPD) Serving Gateway (HSGW), static QoS parameters of a User Equipment (UE), where the static QoS parameters include static QoS parameters related to an Access Point Name (APN); establishing, by the HSGW, a Packet Data Network (PDN) connection corresponding to the APN with the UE; and sending, by the HSGW, static QoS parameters related to the APN corresponding to the PDN to an access network to enable the access network to perform QoS authorization, according to the static QoS parameters related to the APN corresponding to the PDN, for establishing an air interface bearer for the UE.03-22-2012
20120069761REMOTE TESTING AND MONITORING TO A CELL SITE IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Systems and methods provide remote performance monitoring and testing to a cell site in a cellular communications network. The systems and methods include a network management center having remote monitoring and testing capabilities utilizing an intelligent customer service unit that traps and makes available alarm information on the transport link.03-22-2012
20120069759METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING SUBSCRIBER STATION MOBILITY - Methods and apparatus for identifying a subscriber station which is in motion, determining a mobility metric indicative of a level of mobility of the subscriber station and varying or updating one or more operating parameters based on the mobility metric. An apparatus can determine a measure of mobility based on one or a combination of a plurality of factors, such as variations in signal strength, variations in a channel estimate, or variations in phase or frequency of a particular signal or signal component. The one or more measures of mobility can be combined to form a single measure of mobility, the measure of mobility can be quantized to a predetermined number of mobility levels and one or more operating parameters can be varied or adjusted based on the mobility level.03-22-2012
20120069758MULTI-MODE MULTI-BAND MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND MODE SWITCHING METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is a multi-mode multi-band mobile communication terminal and a mode switching method thereof wherein a mode switching can be performed between an asynchronous network and a synchronous network by minimizing interruption in communication. According to the switching method of a multi-mode multi-band mobile communication terminal, the power of a signal received from an asynchronous network or a synchronous network is measured and the measured power of the received signal drives a modem portion, thereby switching the mode of the mobile communication terminal.03-22-2012
20120069755OFDMA WITH ADAPTIVE SUBCARRIER-CLUSTER CONFIGURATION AND SELECTIVE LOADING - A method and apparatus for allocating subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating at least one diversity cluster of subcarriers to a first subscriber and allocating at least one coherence cluster to a second subscriber.03-22-2012
20120069752METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR GENERATING A MOBILE DEVICE NETWORK FOOTPRINT INDEX - The present relates to a method and a system for generating a mobile device network footprint index. The method and system receives, at an analytic system, information related to a network footprint of mobile devices. This information consists in records representative of mobile IP sessions occurring on a mobile IP network. Then, the method and system aggregates, by means of the analytic system, the information by models of mobile devices; and processes, by means of the analytic system, the aggregated information to calculate at least one metric representative of a network footprint of a selected model of mobile device over a selected period of time. A mobile device network footprint index is generated, by means of the analytic system, by calculating the at least one metric for several selected models of mobile devices over the selected period of time.03-22-2012
20120069751MOBILE TERMINAL AND HANDOVER METHOD OF THE MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal and a handover method for the mobile terminal are disclosed. A mobile terminal according to an embodiment of the invention may include: a communication unit configured to receive from a base station multiple frames, each belonging to one of two or more frame in a set order of priority; and a control unit configured to control the mobile terminal to perform a handover to a base station based on the occurrence pattern of frame types of the multiple frames.03-22-2012
20120069750METHOD TO CONTROL RECONFIGURATION OF MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS BEARERS IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - Methods to control reconfiguration of multiple radio access bearers in a mobile wireless device connected to a wireless network are described. The mobile wireless device is connected to the wireless network through a voice connection and a data connection simultaneously. The data connection is concurrently active with the voice connection. Transmission of one or more signaling messages for the data connection is delayed until the voice connection terminates. Representative signaling messages include messages that reconfigure a radio access bearer supporting the data connection and messages estimated to exceed a pre-determined transmission time interval.03-22-2012
20120069748DYNAMIC MOBILE APPLICATION QUALITY-OF-SERVICE MONITOR - Technologies are generally described for determining a quality-of-service of mobile applications. In some examples, a process for determining a quality-of-service of a mobile application executing on a mobile device coupled to a network includes collecting, by a mobile monitoring application (MMA), network usage measurements associated with multiple network communication sessions from a first network communication layer, wherein the multiple network communication sessions are conducted via the network and are associated with the mobile device. The process may also include evaluating, by the MMA, the collected network usage measurements to determine application-specific usage data associated with the mobile application, and determining, by the MMA, the quality-of-service of the mobile application based on the application-specific usage data.03-22-2012
20120069747Method and System for Detecting Changes In Network Performance - A system and method are provided for identifying a change point in a set of data. The system performs the method by receiving a set of data. The data indicates a plurality of performance measurements from a measurement point in a network. Each of the plurality of measurements represents a single type of performance measurement made at the measurement point at each of a corresponding plurality of points in time. The method also includes dividing the set of data into a plurality of data points in a chronological order. Each data point has a value corresponding to the performance measurements. The method also includes ranking the data points in an ascending order, calculating a cumulative sum for each of the data points, calculating a change score for the set of data points. A change point is identified in the data set if the change score exceeds a predetermined confidence level.03-22-2012
20120069746METHODS OF CO-EXISTENCE FOR WIDEBAND TRANSMISSIONS - Embodiments of systems and methods for providing wideband transmission co-existence are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed.03-22-2012
20120069745METHOD AND APPARATUS TO IMPROVE LDP CONVERGENCE USING HIERARCHICAL LABEL STACKING - A method for improving LDP (Label Distribution Protocol) convergence time in an MPLS (Multi-Protocol Label Switching) network is described. An hierarchical LSP is established to transport packets belonging to a FEC attached to an egress LSR. The hierarchical LSP includes an egress LSR LSP that is common for each of the FECs attached to the egress LSR and forms a path from the ingress LSR through one or more intermediate LSRs to the egress LSR. The egress LSR LSP is used when label switching packets destined for the FECs attached to the egress LSR. The hierarchical LSP also includes a unique FEC LSP for each FEC that is used by the egress LSR to identify and forward packets to that FEC. Responsive to a topology change that changes a next-hop of the ingress LSR to reach the egress LSR, the ingress LSR modifies an entry in a forwarding structure to change the next-hop for the egress LSR LSP and does not modify substantially any forwarding structure entities for the FEC LSPs. LDP convergence time is reduced through a reduction of forwarding structure modifications after the topology change.03-22-2012
20120069744GENERATING AND ALLOCATING PERFORMANCE MONITORING TRAFFIC - A method includes monitoring, by a first network device, traffic from a customer device, wherein the traffic is to be forwarded via a provider's network. The method also includes identifying a traffic pattern associated with the traffic, identifying a link on which the identified traffic pattern was transmitted and generating performance monitoring traffic. The method further includes forwarding, by the first network device, the performance monitoring traffic to the provider's network via the link on which the identified traffic pattern was transmitted.03-22-2012
20120069743INTELLIGENT JACK PROVIDING PERCEPTIBLE INDICATION OF NETWORK CONNECTIVITY - An intelligent network jack configured for connection to a communication network includes a housing, an input connector, an output connector adapted for coupling to the communication network, processing circuitry arranged within the housing and operative to perform a test for connectivity between the network jack and the communication network, and a display for presenting a result of the connectivity test in a user-perceptible manner. In one embodiment, the network jack comprises an in-wall network jack configured for installation with the housing primarily on one side of a wall and with at least the input connector and display accessible on an opposite side of the wall. In another embodiment, the network jack comprises an adaptor network jack with the output connector configured for insertion into an input connector of an existing conventional in-wall network jack.03-22-2012
20090262655MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, AND CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD - A disclosed mobile station includes a storage unit configured to establish a correspondence between an identifier for a downlink Layer-1 control channel associated with a downlink data channel and a physical channel parameter for an uplink Layer-1 control channel and to store the identifier and the physical channel parameter; and a unit configured to determine the physical channel parameter based on the identifier and generate the uplink Layer-1 control channel. A disclosed base station includes a storage unit; a unit configured to measure reception quality based on a signal transmitted from the mobile station, select the physical channel parameter and generate the downlink Layer-1 control channel corresponding to the physical channel parameter; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit control information on the generated downlink Layer-1 control channel.10-22-2009
20090175188REAL-TIME MONITORING OF PERCEIVED QUALITY OF PACKET VOICE TRANSMISSION - The present invention is directed to a system and method for monitoring perceived quality of a packet-switched voice service in a network. The method includes the step of receiving a packetized voice communication via the packet-switched voice service. At least one objective measurement is obtained from the received packetized voice communication. User perceived quality of voice data is derived from the at least one objective measurement. The user perceived quality of voice data is provided to a user. The steps of receiving, obtaining, deriving, and providing are performed in real-time.07-09-2009
20090175184Method of requesting and reporting link quality in an EGPRS2 system - The link quality reporting method includes measuring link quality for received radio blocks, and if there is a modulation scheme with a largest number of radio blocks, reporting link quality for the modulation scheme, and if there is a plurality of schemes with the same number of radio blocks, reporting link quality for a modulation scheme selected using a predetermined method. Performance deterioration can be minimized in a link adaptation process.07-09-2009
20090175182Differentiated service transmission parameters adaptation - Systems and methods are provided for transmitting data on a wireless network. Some embodiments provide a technique whereby a type is determined for the transmission, at least one metric is determined for the transmission based at least in part on the transmission type and/or an indication of conditions on the channel on which the transmission is to be performed, at least one transmission parameter to be used in performing the transmission is selected to optimize the at least one metric, and the data is transmitted in accordance with the at least one transmission parameter.07-09-2009
20100195520Apparatus for detecting quality deterioration of a telecommunications network by discriminating periodic faults - An apparatus for detecting deterioration in quality of a telecommunications network includes a packet monitor for monitoring a packet flowing through the network, a quality information extractor for extracting the quality index of the network on the basis of the packet monitored, a quality deterioration detector for detecting deterioration in quality of the network on the basis of the quality index. The quality deterioration detector determines, for the packet monitored and coming only from a wired line, that the quality of the network is deteriorated if the quality index decreases, and determines, for the packet monitored and coming from a wireless line, that the quality of the network is deteriorated if the quality index aperiodically decreases.08-05-2010
20090147696APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR ENERGY-AWARE HOME GATEWAY BASED ON NETWORK - An energy-aware home gateway based on a network protocol includes a network matching module for performing a physical network interface function on a home and an external network; a processor module for performing an operation and a control function of a system in a active state in which service traffic exists; a memory module used as a system memory of the processor module; and a service function module controlled by the processor module and performing a service function depending on a use state. The home gateway further includes a network protocol agent module for processing control traffic in an idle state in which no service traffic exists; and a power supply module for supplying power to the overall system in the normal active state and for supplying power to the network matching module, the memory module, and the network protocol agent module in the idle state.06-11-2009
20090185502Apparatus and method for planning a wireless network - An apparatus and method for planning a wireless network is provided. An apparatus for planning a wireless network includes a parameter input unit for receiving parameter information, and outputting the parameter information, a Rise over Thermal (RoT) calculator for calculating an RoT using the parameter information, and outputting the RoT, a first uplink performance prediction index determiner for determining a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) level using the RoT, and outputting determined MCS level information, a maximum achievable Carrier to Interference and Noise Ratio (CINR) calculator for calculating a maximum achievable CINR of the determined MCS level using the determined MCS level information, and outputting a calculated maximum achievable CINR, and a second uplink performance prediction index determiner for determining at least one among a mobile station (MS) transmission power, a data rate, and an uplink CINR using the determined MCS level information.07-23-2009
20090147694METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING REVERSE LINK CQI REPORTING MODES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for setting Reverse Link CQI Reporting Modes in an access terminal is provided, comprising determining a value for CQIReportingMode and setting reporting modes of the access terminal based on CQIReportingMode value.06-11-2009
20090147693METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING OTHER CHANNEL INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for monitoring other channel interference in wireless communication system are described. An OSI Monitor Set (OSIMonitorSet) is updated at the beginning of every superframe of a reverse link (RL) serving sector. A list of Pilot PN's (PilotPN's) of the sectors whose pilot strength (PilotStrenth) is larger than or equal to an other sector interference Monitor Threshold (OSIMonitorThreshold) in an OSIMonitorSet is provided, wherein the PilotPN and the PilotStrength are fields in an Overhead Parameter List (OverheadParameterList) of an Overhead Message Protocol and the OSIMonitorThreshold is a configuration attribute of the Overhead Message Protocol. The PilotPN of the reverse link Serving Sector (RLServingSector) are excluded. It is determined if the size of the list OSI Monitor Set Size (OSIMonitorSetSize) is larger than or equal to N06-11-2009
20090141649Communication System and Method - In a communications system a transmitter is arranged to transmit asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) cells in which synchronous transfer mode (STM) channels are assembled. In order to minimise the bandwidth required at lease some of the ATM cells include one or more switch command(s) (06-04-2009
20110222428RELAYING IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication link is provided between a station of an access system and a relay node. The relay node is a node capable of wirelessly communicating with at least one communication device within the coverage thereof. A set up procedure for the communication link is initiated such that the relay node acts as a communication device towards the station, the set up procedure being initiated according to a set up procedure between the station and communication devices accessing the station directly. Communication between the relay node and at least one communication device within the coverage area thereof are handled such that the relay nodes acts as a station of an access system towards said at least one communication device.09-15-2011
20080316936DATA TRANSFER RATE VARIANCE MEASUREMENT METHOD, APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR STORING PROGRAM - A data transfer rate variance indicator having a small amount of calculation for each one packet and a small necessary amount of buffer (memory size), and representing a value suitable for traffic quality evaluation is to be used.12-25-2008
20080316934Reception Quality Measurement Method, Transmission Power Control Method and Devices Thereof - A mobile station that receives F-DCPH symbols and CPICH symbols from a base station: (1) averages a plurality of CPICH symbols in a time sequence before a certain time of interest and estimates a channel, then uses the obtained channel estimation value and the CPICH symbol at the time of interest to calculate an interference power ISCP; (2) averages a plurality of CPICH symbols in a time sequence that include the CPICH symbol at the time of interest and estimates a channel, then uses the obtained channel estimation value and the CPICH symbol at that time of interest to calculate a reference ISCP; (3) corrects an interference power ISCP at the next time of interest using the difference between the ISCP and the reference ISCP; and (4) uses the ISCP that is obtained by the correction and a reception power RSCP of the F-DCPH symbol to calculate a signal to interference power ratio SIR of the mobile station.12-25-2008
20090052340METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REQUESTING A CHANNEL MEASUREMENT REPORT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for requesting a ChannelMeasurementReport in a wireless communication system are described. A ChannelMeasurementReportRequest message comprising an 8 bit MessageID field set to “0x07”, a 12 bit PilotPN field wherein the PilotPN field is set to the PilotPN of the sector requesting the measurement report, a 2 bit CarrierID field wherein the CarrierID field is set to the carrier on which the measurements are requested, a 40 bit StartPHYFrame wherein the StartPHYFrame is set to the frame number of the PHYFrame where access terminals are required to being measurements, a 3 bit NumChannels field wherein the NumChannels field is set to the number of channel to be measured, an 8 bit MeasurementsPerMessage field wherein the MeasurementsPerMessage determines the number of measurements to be included in one report message, an 8 bit NumMeasurementsRequested field wherein the NumMeasurementsRequested determines the total number of measurements to be made by access terminal and a 4 bit Reserved field is generated and transmitted over a communication link.02-26-2009
20090219827REGISTERED STATE CHANGE NOTIFICATION FOR A FIBRE CHANNEL NETWORK - Disclosed herein are various aspects of a Fibre Channel (Fibre Channel) fabric having switches that employ Registered State Change Notifications (RSCNs) with enhanced payloads. Two types of RSCN message formats are provided, both including status information about the affected device(s). In one embodiment, a RSCN message format for inter-switch communication provides various information about the affected devices according to one of a plurality of predetermined formats. In another embodiment, a node device RSCN message format provides information about a port state, the identification of the affected port, along with the port and node world wide names and the FC-4 types supported by the node.09-03-2009
20110222422Method and system for direction setting of a self-configurable asymmetric link - A network including two networking devices connected via a self-configurable asymmetric link. The networking devices connect multimedia sink and source devices. And the networking devices further set the direction of the self-configurable asymmetric link based on a function describing the desired connections between the multimedia sink and multimedia source devices. Also disclosed a network comprising two networking devices connected via a self-configurable asymmetric link. The networking devices configured to connect multimedia sink and source devices. And the networking devices set the direction of the self-configurable asymmetric link based on the usage statistics of the self-configurable asymmetric link.09-15-2011
20110222430METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ASSIGNING TRAFFIC TO A DIRECT TUNNEL, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A method and a device assign traffic to a direct tunnel. The traffic is assigned to the direct tunnel based on a prioritization provided by a serving node and/or by a gateway node. In addition, a computer program product and computer-readable medium are provided.09-15-2011
20110222424DIRECT WIRELESS CLIENT TO CLIENT COMMUNICATION - A wireless station is connected to a wireless network through an access point and can establish a direct client-to-client connection to a second wireless station. The wireless station can communicate directly with the second wireless station without involving the access point. The wireless station communicates with the wired network and with other wireless stations through the access point. The second wireless station may have an infrastructure connection to the access point or may be independent.09-15-2011
20110222417COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - This invention provides a communication technique which allows data communication upon setting a proper operation mode for power consumption level control in accordance with a variation in communication rate or a change in the operation state of the communication apparatus due to various factors. This communication apparatus includes a sub-system including a communication unit to transmit and receive data and a main system which performs reception processing of data received by the sub-system and generation processing of data to be transmitted from the sub-system. The main system includes a main system state detection unit to detect the operation state of the main system. The sub-system includes a control unit to control the transmission/reception of data by setting, for the communication unit, an operation mode for controlling the power consumption level of the sub-system which is selected in accordance with the detection result obtained by the main system state detection unit.09-15-2011
20080239976Communication link interception using link fingerprint analysis - A method for monitoring communication includes intercepting one or more communication links, which are part of a communication system that includes a plurality of the communication links. Data content that is carried by the one or more communication links is decoded. First and second mathematical fingerprints related to the one or more intercepted communication links are computed by evaluating statistical characteristics of the data content decoded from the one or more communication links. The first and second fingerprints are compared to produce a matching result, and a predefined action is performed with respect to the one or more communication links responsively to the matching result.10-02-2008
20110141922ESTIMATING DATA THROUGHPUT - A method may include transmitting a first data burst and a second data burst to a circuit or network under test, the first data burst having a smaller size than the second data burst. The method may also include determining a first latency associated with the first data burst based on time information associated with the first data burst and determining a second latency associated with the second data burst based on time information associated with the second data burst. The method may further include calculating an estimated throughput of the circuit or network under test based on a difference in the first and second latencies, a difference in size for the first and second data bursts, and a first data rate at which the first and second data bursts were transmitted.06-16-2011
20090080340Multicast-based inference of temporal loss characteristics in packet data networks - Disclosed are method and apparatus for characterizing the temporal loss characteristics of a packet data network by multicast-based inference. Multicast probes are transmitted from a source node to a plurality of receiver nodes, which record the arrivals of the multicast probes. From the aggregate data comprising recorded arrivals of the end-to-end paths from the source node to each receiver node, temporal loss characteristics of individual links within the network may be calculated. In a network with a tree topology, the complexity of calculations may be reduced through a process of subtree partitioning.03-26-2009
20090080339Multicast-based inference of temporal delay characteristics in packet data networks - Disclosed are method and apparatus for characterizing the temporal delay characteristics of a packet data network by multicast-based inference. Multicast probes are transmitted from a source node to a plurality of receiver nodes, which record the delays of the multicast probes. From the aggregate data comprising recorded delays of the end-to-end paths from the source node to each receiver node, temporal delay characteristics of individual links within the network may be calculated. In a network with a tree topology, the complexity of calculations may be reduced through a process of subtree partitioning.03-26-2009
20090052339COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH STATE DEPENDENT PARAMETERS - In one embodiment, an apparatus can include: a status detector configured to determine a status associated with an input stream; a parameter controller configured to adjust a parameter in response to a change in the status; and a rendering controller configured to receive the input stream, and to provide a rendered stream in response to the input stream and the parameter.02-26-2009
20090086648Rank Adaptation for an Open Loop Multi-Antenna Mode of Wireless Communication - To perform rank adaptation for a mobile station in a wireless network, it is determined whether the mobile station is fast moving. In response to determining that the mobile station is fast moving, an open loop multi-antenna mode is selected to perform wireless communication between the mobile station and a base station. Also, selection is made from among plural ranks for the wireless communication according to the open loop multi-antenna mode between the mobile station and the base station.04-02-2009
20090086647METHOD OF MEASURING TRANSMIT QUALITY IN A CLOSED LOOP DIVERSITY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a method for determining channel quality information in a high speed packet access communication system with closed loop transmit diversity, power and variance related to a common pilot channel (CPICH) are determined for a rake receiver to obtain a closed loop transmit gain adjustment and to determine the CPICH signal-to-noise ratio. Thereafter, a high speed downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) signal-to-noise ratio is determined from the CPICH signal-to-noise ratio and is mapped to derive channel quality information.04-02-2009
20130121174Methods and Apparatus for Managing Network Signaling - Systems and apparatus for managing signaling of channel state information. A user equipment performs channel state information measurements in measurement subframes. The user equipment receives an uplink triggering grant from a base station, with the uplink triggering grant specifying a measurement subframe for which channel state information is to be reported. The channel state information triggering uplink grant specifies a measurement subframe at least a designated number of subframes back from an uplink communication subframe in which the channel state information is to be reported. At the uplink communication subframe corresponding to the channel state information triggering uplink grant, the user equipment reports the channel state information measured at the specified measurement subframe.05-16-2013
20130121177ALERT-TRIGGERED RECORDING OF SPECTRUM DATA - Techniques are described for alert-triggered recording spectrum data. In one embodiment, a method comprises determining whether network performance for one or more communications channels of a wireless network is below a threshold. In response to determining that the network performance for the one or more communications channels of the wireless network is below the threshold, recording of spectrum data for energy on the one or more communications channels of the wireless network is initiated. In an embodiment, determining whether network performance is below a threshold comprises determining whether the quality of at least one communications channel is below a threshold. In another embodiment, determining whether network performance is below a threshold comprises determining whether one or more network parameters monitored on one or more network elements indicate that network performance is below a threshold.05-16-2013
20130121178ROUTING COMMUNICATIONS BASED ON LINK QUALITY - A node may determine a link quality between the node and multiple neighbor nodes. For each of the multiple neighbor nodes, the node compares the determined link quality between the node and each respective neighbor node to a predetermined threshold quality. If the link quality meets the predetermined threshold quality, the node may qualify the link and add the link to a list of qualified links that meet the threshold link quality. The node may then route communications to neighbor nodes with which the node has a qualified link.05-16-2013
20130121180METHOD AND APPARATUS TO SELECT AN ACCESS POINT - A method and apparatus of selecting at least one access point (AP) enable a user terminal to wirelessly communicate efficiently. The method includes sensing a plurality of APs connectible to the user terminal, measuring a network access speed indicating a speed of transmitting and receiving data between the user terminal and an external device over a network with respect to each of the plurality of APs, and selecting the at least one AP based on the measured network access speed.05-16-2013
20130121181TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A transmission control method performed in a communication apparatus, the transmission control method including: receiving a packet from a counterparty apparatus, measuring a quality of communication with the counterparty apparatus and the fluctuation amount of the quality, controlling a transmission so as to transmit a packet to the counterparty apparatus when the fluctuation amount is relatively large in accordance with a first level and the quality is relatively high in accordance with a second level, and not to transmit a packet to the counterparty apparatus when the fluctuation amount is relatively large in accordance with the first level and the quality is relatively low in accordance with the second level.05-16-2013
20130121186UPLINK DATA TRANSMISSION WITH INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - Systems and methods providing uplink coordinated multi-point (CoMP) communication are shown. A second cell may identify at least one first UE communicating with a first cell and capable of causing high uplink interference to the second cell. The second cell may estimate uplink interference from the at least one first UE at the second cell. The second cell may estimate uplink interference on specific resources. For example, the second cell may determine resources assigned to the at least one first UE for data transmission to the first cell (e.g., using pre-scheduling information provided by the first cell) and estimate uplink interference from the at least one first UE on the resources assigned to the at least one first UE. The second cell may schedule at least one second UE for uplink data transmission to the second cell based on the estimated uplink interference from the at least one first UE.05-16-2013
20130121187COMPUTATION OF MEASUREMENT METRICS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus for computing measurement metrics in a wireless communications network are provided. One example method generally includes obtaining a channel impulse response (CIR) from one or more reference signals (RSs) transmitted from one or more antennas of a base station (BS); calculating an absolute square per element of the CIR to generate channel energy response (CER) elements; calculating a threshold value based on a noise variance estimated from a portion of the CER elements; selecting CER elements that exceed the threshold value; and computing a reference signal received power (RSRP) value based on the selected CER elements.05-16-2013
20090052341MEDIATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING EVENT RECORDS - A mediation method and a mediation system divided into independent node components that process event records independently of the other components of the system. In addition, the system is provided with at least one node manager component that monitors the functioning of the node components. Each of the independent node components operates according to its own settings and is thus self-contained and capable of continuing operation even though some of the other components are temporarily inoperative. The system comprises audit counters providing counts relating to the processed event records, and the node manager is configured to check whether the counts of the audit counters match, in order to ensure that no event records are lost in the mediation system.02-26-2009
20130121188METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FREQUENCY OFFSET ESTIMATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for estimating a frequency offset of a local oscillator using primary synchronization signal (PSS) and secondary synchronization signal (SSS) while initially acquiring a long term evolution (LTE) signal. In certain aspects, a frequency offset estimation procedure may include PSS-based frequency offset estimation and SSS-based frequency offset refinement. The PSS-based frequency offset estimation may include determining a suitable reference PSS and using the ascertained reference PSS to estimate a PSS-based frequency offset. The SSS-based frequency offset refinement may include determining a suitable reference SSS using the PSS based frequency offset and using the ascertained reference SSS to refine PSS-based frequency offset from the PSS-based frequency offset estimation.05-16-2013
20130121189Supporting Different LTE-TDD Configurations in Neighboring Regions and/or Adjacent Carriers - When communications of a single radio access technology (RAT), or different radio access technologies in a proximate communication spectrum are operating at the same time, potential interference between devices may occur. To reduce the interference, the time division duplex (TDD) configuration of one or more conflicting device may be altered. For example, at the edge of a communication region, TDD configurations used by edge base stations to communicate with mobile devices may be set to reduce interference. As another example, communications of a first device may be altered so the first device schedules uplink communications when a second device also has uplink communications scheduled. Other configurations may also be implemented.05-16-2013
20130121191METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - Certain aspects relate to methods and apparatus for reducing interference in a heterogeneous network. Certain aspects relate to methods and apparatus for delinking downlink and uplink resource partitioning in a heterogeneous network. In aspects, the delinking is accomplished by reliably delivering uplink grant to a UE, e.g., pico UE in a pico CRE region, without using downlink Almost Blank Subframe (ABS) resources in which an interfering cell limits transmission to reduce interference to other victim cells. In techniques, instead of using the regular PDCCH sent in downlink ABS resources for uplink grant transmission, the uplink grant is sent on another more reliable downlink control channel using resources configured to avoid interference with transmissions from an interfering base station. In techniques, the DL grant is sent on PDCCH in non-downlink ABS resources, but the UE employs enhanced UE capabilities (e.g., interference cancellation) to process the received control information.05-16-2013
20130121198METHOD, EQUIPMENT FOR SUBMITTING A MEASUREMENT REPORT - A method, relevant equipment and system for determining a User Equipment (UE) or UEs affecting a neighboring cell are disclosed. The method for determining UE or UEs affecting a neighboring cell includes: receiving load information sent by a neighboring cell, where the load information indicates an interfered Physical Resource Block (PRB) of the neighboring cell; determining a UE or UEs that occupy, when scheduling is performed, the interfered PRB; determining UEs located in an Inter-Cell Interference Coordination (ICIC) measurement area corresponding to the neighboring cell; and obtaining an intersection of the UE or UEs that occupy, when scheduling is performed, the interfered PRB and the UE or UEs located in the ICIC measurement area corresponding to the neighboring cell. The technical solution under the present invention enables accurate determining of the UE or UEs that affect the neighboring cell.05-16-2013
20130121199MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATIONS WITH ADAPTIVE CLUSTER CONFIGURATION AND SWITCHING - A method and apparatus for allocating subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating at least one diversity cluster of subcarriers to a first subscriber and allocating at least one coherence cluster to a second subscriber.05-16-2013
20130121200MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATIONS WITH ADAPTIVE CLUSTER CONFIGURATION AND SWITCHING - A method and apparatus for allocating subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating at least one diversity cluster of subcarriers to a first subscriber and allocating at least one coherence cluster to a second subscriber.05-16-2013
20130121201INCREASING THROUGHPUT BY ADAPTIVELY CHANGING PDU SIZE IN WIRELESS NETWORKS UNDER LOW SNR CONDITIONS - Feedback indicates low signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) conditions for a wireless communications link between a transmitter device and a receiver device. After attempting to achieve a target packet error rate (PER) by increasing transmission power for the wireless communications link, the transmitter device receives feedback that indicates a current PER, for data transmitted using an initial automatic repeat request (ARQ) block size, is above the target PER for the receiver device, and changes, based on the feedback, the current ARQ block size to a different ARQ block size for the wireless communications link. The different ARQ block size may be adaptively selected to provide a maximum PDU size that achieves the target PER at the receiver device under the low SNR conditions.05-16-2013
20130121203Apparatus and Method of Reporting Power Headroom in Wireless Communication System - A method and apparatus of reporting a power headroom in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment determines a power headroom based on a configured transmit power and transmits a power headroom report to a base station. The power headroom report includes a power headroom level indicating the power headroom and a backoff indicator indicating whether the user equipment applies power backoff due to power management.05-16-2013
20130121204METHOD FOR ALLOWING TERMINAL TO REPORT MEASUREMENT RESULT FOR MDT TO BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention provides a method for a terminal to report the measurement result of a minimization of drive test (MDT) in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of: receiving MDT setup information from said base station; performing cell measurement on the basis of said MDT setup information; storing the result of said cell measurement in an MDT log on the basis of a valid time that precedes as much as the second interval from storage times, at every storage time of a first interval unit that is contained in said MDT setup information; and reporting to said base station the MDT log in which the result of said cell measurement is stored.05-16-2013
20110222419POWER EFFICIENT COMMUNICATIONS - A method, system, and device provide power-efficient communications within the context of available power. Transmission and receipt data rates are scalable in accordance with output power available from a power source. Data is transmitted at a data rate determined, at least in part, by the available output power.09-15-2011
20090080341Wireless communications device - A wireless communications device wirelessly communicates with a communication partner by allocating communication resource areas thereto on a communication resource area basis. The wireless communications device includes a receiving unit for receiving, from the communication partner, communication quality information parts of the communication resource areas allocated to the communication partner from the communication partner; an estimation unit for estimating communication quality information on another communication resource area among the communication resource areas allocated to the communication partner based on the communication quality information on the parts of communication resource areas received by the receiving unit; and a scheduling unit for allocating the communication resource areas based on the communication quality information on the communication resource areas received by the receiving unit and the communication quality information on said another communication resource area estimated by the estimation unit.03-26-2009
20110222415Method and system for implementing link adaptation based on mobility - A method comprising establishing a wireless link with at least one endpoint. The wireless link includes at least one connection. The method also includes receiving a mobility indication indicative of a rate of travel of the endpoint. The method further include dynamically selecting at least one parameter for the wireless link based on the received mobility indication.09-15-2011
20120069756METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatuses are provided that include mitigating interference for devices communicating with femto nodes or other low power base stations by assigning protected resources for communicating therewith. The protected resources can be negotiated with a macrocell base station using interference cancellation. The protected resources can be assigned based on an early or late handover event, which can indicate that the device may be susceptible to interference from the macrocell base station.03-22-2012
20110141936TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A determination unit of a transmission apparatus determines a transmission timing of notice data (SR) for informing a reception apparatus that the event data has been transmitted according to a transmission state of the event data. An transmission unit transmits the SR at the timing determined by the determination unit.06-16-2011
20110141940METHOD FOR MEASURING AND REPORTING CHANNEL QUALITY IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Mobile Subscriber Station (MSS) and an active Base Station (BS) for measuring/reporting a channel quality in a broadband wireless access communication system. The MSS includes a receiver for receiving, from an active BS, channel quality measurement information for the MSS to measure channel qualities of the active BS and a plurality of neighbor BSs, and channel quality report information defining a report mode for the MSS to report measured channel qualities of the active BS and the plurality of neighbor BSs, a processor for measuring the channel qualities of the active BS and the plurality of neighbor BSs according to the channel quality measurement information, and a transmitter for reporting the measured channel qualities of the active BS and the plurality of neighbor BSs to the active BS according to the channel quality report information.06-16-2011
20110141939Method and Apparatus for Power and Handover Management in a Multiple Wireless Technology Communication Device - Method and apparatuses for power and handoff management in a multiple wireless technology communication device are disclosed. One method includes a wireless device communicating using a first technology, and detecting availability of a second technology. Logic control of the wireless device receives a power level indicator of communication signals of the first technology, and determining an acceptable power level of communication signals of the second technology based on the power level indicator. The logic control determines a requested power level of communication signals of the second technology based on a request from a base station. The logic control provides a modified link quality representation to the base station if the requested power level is greater than the acceptable power level. The wireless device transmits to the base station with the second technology at the acceptable power level.06-16-2011
20110141937SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING A PATTERN WITHIN A DATA PACKET AND DETECTING DATA PACKETS RELATED TO A DATA PACKET INCLUDING A DETECTED PATTERN - Systems, devices, and methods for finding a captured data packet including a data pattern of interest and data packets associated with the found data packet are herein provided. A traffic flow of captured data packets may be received by a network captured traffic distribution device and may be duplicated. A traffic flow of captured data packets may be scanned for data packets including a data pattern of interest and identifying information may be determined for any found data packets. A duplicate traffic flow of captured data packets may also be scanned for data packets with identifying information that matches a found data packet. An egress port for the found data packet may be determined and both the found data packet and any data packets with identifying information matching found data packet might be transmitted to the determined egress port.06-16-2011
20110141935METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING MINIMUM MEAN-SQUARED-ERROR IN SINGLE-CARRIER FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for receiving a Minimum Mean-Squared-Error (MMSE) in a Single-Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) system is provided. The method includes, transforming a signal in a time domain received through an antenna into a signal in a frequency domain, and discriminating between bands respectively allocated to terminals in a frequency domain, estimating a channel and computing a weight value from the signal transformed into the frequency domain, and detecting an MMSE, computing a time-domain bias from the weight value and a channel estimation value of the signal transformed into the frequency domain, normalizing the detected MMSE by using the computed time-domain bias, and transforming the normalized signal into a normalized signal in a time domain, decoding the normalized signal transformed to the time domain, and transmitting the decoded normalized signal transformed into the time domain to each of the terminals.06-16-2011
20110141934MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL TEST APPARATUS AND TEST RESULT DISPLAY METHOD - [Task] To provide a mobile communication terminal test apparatus capable of displaying an EVM or a transmission power measurement result in a frequency division multiple access communication scheme by distinguishing between the allocation band and the non-allocation band.06-16-2011
20110141933METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING POWER FOR UPLINK - A method and apparatus for controlling power for uplink are provided. When a base station is moving or unable to communicate with others, at least one interference amount is estimated for a neighboring base station based on a path gain between a terminal and the neighboring base station and a transmission power of each encoding packet size and transmission format included in a candidate group related to scheduling transmission power parameters. A target interference amount is determined based on an interference amount control value and an initial target interference amount according to a processing load of a serving base station, and one interference amount is selected from estimated interference amounts based on the target interference amount. The terminal determines the transmission power based on an encoding packet size and a transmission format corresponding to the selected interference amount.06-16-2011
20110141932NODE DEVICE AND COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - In a node device 06-16-2011
20110141931FEEDBACK GENERATION METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UPLINK TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL - A feedback generation method for uplink Transmit Power Control (TPC) in a mobile communication system is provided. A feedback generation system for uplink TPC includes an uplink information receiver to receive uplink information from a terminal, to measure a Signal-to-Interference Noise Ratio (SINR) value with respect to the received uplink information, and to measure a movement speed of the terminal, a transmission power adjustment value setting unit to set a transmission power adjustment value based on the movement speed of the terminal; an adjusted SINR calculator to calculate an adjusted SINR value, based on an expected SINR value and the measured SINR value; and a feedback information regenerator to regenerate feedback information based on the transmission power adjustment value and the adjusted SINR value, and to transmit the regenerated feedback information to the terminal.06-16-2011
20110141927PRECODING CONTROL CHANNELS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate precoding signals transmitted over downlink control channels to provide transmit diversity. A dedicated reference signal (DRS) related to a wireless device can additionally be precoded such that the wireless device can determine a precoder or related parameters based at least in part on performing a channel estimate for the precoded DRS signal. The wireless device can utilize the determined precoder or related parameters to decode precoded signals received over downlink control channel resources. Additionally or alternatively, an access point can signal a sequence of precoders to the wireless device. The access poi